• config 802.11b 11gSupport
  • config 802.11b preamble
  • config 802.11h channelswitch
  • config 802.11h powerconstraint
  • config 802.11h setchannel
  • config 802.11 11nsupport
  • config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority
  • config 802.11 11nsupport antenna
  • config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx
  • config 802.11 antenna diversity
  • config 802.11 antenna extAntGain
  • config 802.11 antenna mode
  • config 802.11 antenna selection
  • config 802.11 beaconperiod
  • config 802.11 beamforming
  • config 802.11 cleanair
  • config 802.11 cleanair device
  • config 802.11 cleanair alarm
  • config 802.11 cac video acm
  • config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth
  • config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth
  • config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout
  • config 802.11 cac voice acm
  • config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth
  • config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth
  • config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
  • config 802.11 cac voice load-based
  • config 802.11 cac voice max-calls
  • config 802.11 cac voice sip bandwidth
  • config 802.11 cac voice sip codec
  • config 802.11 cac voice stream-size
  • config 802.11 channel
  • config 802.11 channel ap
  • config 802.11 chan_width
  • config 802.11 disable
  • config 802.11 dtpc
  • config 802.11 enable
  • config 802.11 exp-bwreq
  • config 802.11 fragmentation
  • config 802.11 l2roam rf-params
  • config 802.11 rate
  • config 802.11 tsm
  • config 802.11 txPower
  • config aaa auth
  • config aaa auth mgmt
  • config acl apply
  • config acl counter
  • config acl create
  • config acl cpu
  • config acl delete
  • config acl rule
  • config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig
  • config advanced 802.11 channel add
  • config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event
  • config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event
  • config advanced 802.11 channel dca anchor-time
  • config advanced 802.11 channel dca chan-width-11n
  • config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval
  • config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity
  • config advanced 802.11 channel foreign
  • config advanced 802.11 channel load
  • config advanced 802.11 channel noise
  • config advanced 802.11 channel outdoor-ap-dca
  • config advanced 802.11 channel update
  • config advanced 802.11 coverage
  • config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
  • config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
  • config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
  • config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
  • config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
  • config advanced 802.11 edca-parameters
  • config advanced 802.11 factory
  • config advanced 802.11 group-mode
  • config advanced 802.11 logging channel
  • config advanced 802.11 logging coverage
  • config advanced 802.11 logging foreign
  • config advanced 802.11 logging load
  • config advanced 802.11 logging noise
  • config advanced 802.11 logging performance
  • config advanced 802.11 logging txpower
  • config advanced 802.11 monitor channel-list
  • config advanced 802.11 monitor coverage
  • config advanced 802.11 monitor load
  • config advanced 802.11 monitor mode
  • config advanced 802.11 monitor noise
  • config advanced 802.11 monitor signal
  • config advanced 802.11 profile clients
  • config advanced 802.11 profile customize
  • config advanced 802.11 profile foreign
  • config advanced 802.11 profile noise
  • config advanced 802.11 profile throughput
  • config advanced 802.11 profile utilization
  • config advanced 802.11 receiver
  • config advanced 802.11 txpower-update
  • config advanced backup-controller primary
  • config advanced backup-controller secondary
  • config advanced client-handoff
  • config advanced dot11-padding
  • config advanced assoc-limit
  • config advanced eap
  • config advanced rate
  • config advanced statistics
  • config advanced probe filter
  • config advanced probe limit
  • config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout
  • config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat
  • config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout
  • config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout
  • config advanced timers auth-timeout
  • config advanced timers eap-timeout
  • config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay
  • config ap
  • config ap bhrate
  • config ap bridgegroupname
  • config ap bridging
  • config ap cdp
  • config ap core-dump
  • config ap crash-file clear-all
  • config ap crash-file delete
  • config ap crash-file get-crash-file
  • config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump
  • config ap dot1xuser
  • config ap dot1xuser delete
  • config ap dot1xuser disable
  • config ap ethernet
  • config ap group-name
  • config ap h-reap radius auth set
  • config ap h-reap vlan
  • config ap h-reap vlan native
  • config ap h-reap vlan wlan
  • config ap image predownload
  • config ap image swap
  • config ap led-state
  • config ap link-encryption
  • config ap link-latency
  • config ap location
  • config ap logging syslog level
  • config ap mgmtuser add
  • config ap mgmtuser delete
  • config ap mode
  • config ap monitor-mode
  • config ap name
  • config ap port
  • config ap power injector
  • config ap power pre-standard
  • config ap primary-base
  • config ap priority
  • config ap reporting-period
  • config ap reset
  • config ap role
  • config ap rst-button
  • config ap secondary-base
  • config ap sniff
  • config ap ssh
  • config ap static-ip
  • config ap stats-timer
  • config ap syslog host global
  • config ap syslog host specific
  • config ap tcp-adjust-mss
  • config ap telnet
  • config ap tertiary-base
  • config ap tftp-downgrade
  • config ap username
  • config ap wlan
  • config auth-list add
  • config auth-list ap-policy
  • config auth-list delete
  • config band-select cycle-count
  • config band-select cycle-threshold
  • config band-select expire
  • config band-select client-rssi
  • config boot
  • config cdp timer
  • config certificate
  • config certificate lsc
  • config client ccx clear-reports
  • config client ccx clear-results
  • config client ccx default-gw-ping
  • config client ccx dhcp-test
  • config client ccx dns-ping
  • config client ccx dns-resolve
  • config client ccx get-client-capability
  • config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
  • config client ccx get-operating-parameters
  • config client ccx get-profiles
  • config client ccx log-request
  • config client ccx send-message
  • config client ccx stats-request
  • config client ccx test-abort
  • config client ccx test-association
  • config client ccx test-dot1x
  • config client ccx test-profile
  • config client deauthenticate
  • config client location-calibration
  • config coredump
  • config coredump ftp
  • config coredump username
  • config country
  • config custom-web ext-webauth-mode
  • config custom-web ext-webauth-url
  • config custom-web ext-webserver
  • config custom-web redirectUrl
  • config custom-web webauth-type
  • config custom-web weblogo
  • config custom-web webmessage
  • config custom-web webtitle
  • config database size
  • config dhcp
  • config dhcp proxy
  • config exclusionlist
  • config guest-lan
  • config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url
  • config guest-lan custom-web global disable
  • config guest-lan custom-web login_page
  • config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type
  • config guest-lan ingress-interface
  • config guest-lan interface
  • config guest-lan mobility anchor
  • config guest-lan nac
  • config guest-lan security
  • config hreap group
  • config hreap join min-latency
  • config hreap office-extend
  • config interface acl
  • config interface address
  • config interface ap-manager
  • config interface create
  • config interface delete
  • config interface dhcp
  • config interface guest-lan
  • config interface hostname
  • config interface nat-address
  • config interface port
  • config interface quarantine vlan
  • config interface vlan
  • config known ap
  • config lag
  • config ldap
  • config ldap add
  • config ldap simple-bind
  • config license agent
  • config license boot
  • config load-balancing
  • config local-auth active-timeout
  • config local-auth eap-profile
  • config local-auth method fast
  • config local-auth user-credentials
  • config location
  • config logging buffered
  • config logging console
  • config logging debug
  • config logging fileinfo
  • config logging procinfo
  • config logging traceinfo
  • config logging syslog host
  • config logging syslog facility
  • config logging syslog level
  • config loginsession close
  • config macfilter
  • config macfilter description
  • config macfilter interfac
  • config macfilter ip-address
  • config macfilter mac-delimiter
  • config macfilter radius-compat
  • config macfilter wlan-id
  • config memory monitor errors
  • config memory monitor leaks
  • config mesh alarm
  • config mesh astools
  • config mesh background-scanning
  • config mesh backhaul dca-channels
  • config mesh backhaul rate-adapt
  • config mesh battery-state
  • config mesh client-access
  • config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent
  • config mesh full-sector-dfs
  • config mesh linkdata
  • config mesh linktest
  • config mesh multicast
  • config mesh public-safety
  • config mesh radius-server
  • config mesh range
  • config mesh secondary-backhaul
  • config mesh security
  • config mgmtuser add
  • config mgmtuser delete
  • config mgmtuser description
  • config mgmtuser password
  • config mobility group anchor
  • config mobility group domain
  • config mobility group keepalive count
  • config mobility group keepalive interval
  • config mobility group member
  • config mobility group multicast-addres
  • config mobility multicast-mode
  • config mobility secure-mode
  • config mobility statistics reset
  • config msglog level critical
  • config msglog level error
  • config msglog level security
  • config msglog level verbose
  • config msglog level warning
  • config media-stream
  • config media-stream message
  • config media-stream add
  • config media-stream delete
  • config netuser add
  • config netuser delete
  • config netuser description
  • config netuser guest-role apply
  • config netuser guest-role create
  • config netuser guest-role delete
  • config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate
  • config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate
  • config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate
  • config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate
  • config netuser maxEapUserLogin
  • config netuser maxuserLogin
  • config netuser password
  • config netuser wlan-id
  • config network 802.3-bridging
  • config network allow-old-bridge-aps
  • config network ap-fallback
  • config network ap-priority
  • config network apple-talk
  • config network arptimeout
  • config network bridging-shared-secret
  • config network broadcast
  • config network fast-ssid-change
  • config network ip-mac-binding
  • config network master-base
  • config network mgmt-via-wireless
  • config network multicast global
  • config network multicast igmp snooping
  • config network multicast igmp timeout
  • config network multicast mode multicast
  • config network multicast mode unicast
  • config network otap-mode
  • config network rf-network-name
  • config network secureweb
  • config network secureweb cipher-option
  • config network ssh
  • config network telnet
  • config network usertimeout
  • config network web-auth-port
  • config network webmode
  • config network zero-config
  • config nmsp notify-interval measurement
  • config passwd-cleartext
  • config pmk-cache delete
  • config port adminmode
  • config port autoneg
  • config port linktrap
  • config port multicast appliance
  • config port power
  • config prompt
  • config qos average-data-rate
  • config qos average-realtime-rate
  • config qos burst-data-rate
  • config qos burst-realtime-rate
  • config qos description
  • config qos max-rf-usage
  • config qos protocol-type/config qos dot1p-tag
  • config qos queue_length
  • config radius acct
  • config radius acct IPsec authentication
  • config radius acct IPsec disable
  • config radius acct IPsec enable
  • config radius acct IPsec encryption
  • config radius acct IPsec ike
  • config radius acct mac-delimiter
  • config radius acct network
  • config radius acct retransmit-timeout
  • config radius auth
  • config radius auth IPsec authentication
  • config radius auth IPsec disable
  • config radius auth IPsec encryption
  • config radius auth IPsec ike
  • config radius auth keywrap
  • config radius auth mac-delimiter
  • config radius auth management
  • config radius auth network
  • config radius auth retransmit-timeout
  • config radius auth rfc3576
  • config radius auth server-timeout
  • config radius aggressive-failover disabled
  • config radius backward compatibility
  • config radius callStationIdType
  • config radius fallback-test
  • config rfid auto-timeout
  • config rfid status
  • config rfid timeout
  • config rogue adhoc
  • config rogue ap classify
  • config rogue ap friendly
  • config rogue ap rldp
  • config rogue ap ssid
  • config rogue ap timeout
  • config rogue ap valid-client
  • config rogue client
  • config rogue detection
  • config rogue rule
  • config route add
  • config route delete
  • config serial baudrate
  • config serial timeout
  • config service timestamps
  • config sessions maxsessions
  • config sessions timeout
  • config slot
  • config snmp community accessmode
  • config snmp community create
  • config snmp community delete
  • config snmp community ipaddr
  • config snmp community mode
  • config snmp syscontact
  • config snmp syslocation
  • config snmp trapreceiver create
  • config snmp trapreceiver delete
  • config snmp trapreceiver mode
  • config snmp v3user create
  • config snmp v3user delete
  • config snmp version
  • config spanningtree port mode
  • config spanningtree port pathcost
  • config spanningtree port priority
  • config spanningtree switch bridgepriority
  • config spanningtree switch forwarddelay
  • config spanningtree switch hellotime
  • config spanningtree switch maxage
  • config spanningtree switch mode
  • config switchconfig flowcontrol
  • config switchconfig mode
  • config switchconfig secret-obfuscation
  • config sysname
  • config tacacs acct
  • config tacacs athr
  • config tacacs auth
  • config time manual
  • config time ntp
  • config time timezone
  • config time timezone location
  • config trapflags 802.11-Security
  • config trapflags aaa
  • config trapflags ap
  • config trapflags authentication
  • config trapflags client
  • config trapflags configsave
  • config trapflags IPsec
  • config trapflags linkmode
  • config trapflags multiusers
  • config trapflags rogueap
  • config trapflags rrm-params
  • config trapflags rrm-profile
  • config trapflags stpmode
  • config trapflags wps
  • config watchlist add
  • config watchlist delete
  • config watchlist disable
  • config watchlist enable
  • config wlan
  • config wlan 7920-support
  • config wlan 802.11e
  • config wlan aaa-override
  • config wlan acl
  • config wlan apgroup
  • config wlan broadcast-ssid
  • config wlan call-snoop
  • config wlan chd
  • config wlan ccx aironet-ie
  • config wlan channel-scan defer-priority
  • config wlan channel-scan defer-time
  • config wlan dhcp_server
  • config wlan diag-channel
  • config wlan dtim
  • config wlan exclusionlist
  • config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr
  • config wlan h-reap local-switching
  • config wlan interface
  • config wlan IPv6Support
  • config wlan ldap
  • config wlan load-balance
  • config wlan mac-filtering
  • config wlan media-stream
  • config wlan mfp
  • config wlan mobility anchor
  • config wlan nac
  • config wlan passive-client
  • config wlan peer-blocking
  • config wlan qos
  • config wlan radio
  • config wlan radius_server
  • config wlan radius_server overwrite-interface
  • config wlan security 802.1X
  • config wlan security ckip
  • config wlan security cond-web-redir
  • config wlan security IPsec disable
  • config wlan security IPsec enable
  • config wlan security IPsec authentication
  • config wlan security IPsec encryption
  • config wlan security IPsec config
  • config wlan security IPsec ike authentication
  • config wlan security IPsec ike dh-group
  • config wlan security IPsec ike lifetime
  • config wlan security IPsec ike phase1
  • config wlan security IPsec ike contivity
  • config wlan security passthru
  • config wlan security splash-page-web-redir
  • config wlan security static-wep-key authentication
  • config wlan security static-wep-key disable
  • config wlan security static-wep-key enable
  • config wlan security static-wep-key encryption
  • config wlan security web-auth
  • config wlan security web-passthrough acl
  • config wlan security web-passthrough disable
  • config wlan security web-passthrough email-input
  • config wlan security web-passthrough enable
  • config wlan security wpa1 disable
  • config wlan security wpa1 enable
  • config wlan security wpa1 pre-shared-key
  • config wlan security wpa2 disable
  • config wlan security wpa2 enable
  • config wlan security wpa2 pre-shared-key
  • config wlan security wpa2 tkip
  • config wlan security wpa2 wpa-compat
  • config wlan session-timeout
  • config wlan webauth-exclude
  • config wlan wmm
  • config wps ap-authentication
  • config wps auto-immune
  • config wps cids-sensor
  • config wps client-exclusion
  • config wps mfp
  • config wps shun-list
  • config wps signature
  • config wps signature frequency
  • config wps signature interval
  • config wps signature mac-frequency
  • config wps signature quiet-time
  • config wps signature reset
  • capwap ap controller ip address
  • capwap ap dot1x
  • capwap ap hostname
  • capwap ap ip address
  • capwap ap ip default-gateway
  • capwap ap log-server
  • capwap ap primary-base
  • capwap ap primed-timer
  • capwap ap secondary-base
  • capwap ap tertiary-base
  • lwapp ap controller ip address
  • Saving Configurations
  • save config
  • Clearing Configurations, Logfiles, and Other Actions
  • clear acl counters
  • clear ap-config
  • clear ap-eventlog
  • clear ap join stats
  • clear arp
  • clear client tsm
  • clear config
  • clear ext-webauth-url
  • clear license agent
  • clear location rfid
  • clear location statistics rfid
  • clear locp statistics
  • clear login-banner
  • clear lwapp private-config
  • clear nmsp statistics
  • clear radius acct statistics
  • clear tacacs auth statistics
  • clear redirect-url
  • clear stats ap wlan
  • clear stats local-auth
  • clear stats mobility
  • clear stats port
  • clear stats radius
  • clear stats switch
  • clear stats tacacs
  • clear transfer
  • clear traplog
  • clear webimage
  • clear webmessage
  • clear webtitle
  • Resetting the System Reboot Time
  • reset system at
  • reset system in
  • reset system cancel
  • reset system notify-time
  • Uploading and Downloading Files and Configurations
  • transfer download certpasswor
  • transfer download datatype
  • transfer download filename
  • transfer download mode
  • transfer download password
  • transfer download path
  • transfer download port
  • transfer download serverip
  • transfer download start
  • transfer download tftpPktTimeout
  • transfer download tftpMaxRetries
  • transfer download username
  • transfer encrypt
  • transfer upload datatype
  • transfer upload filename
  • transfer upload mode
  • transfer upload pac
  • transfer upload password
  • transfer upload path
  • transfer upload port
  • transfer upload serverip
  • transfer upload start
  • transfer upload username
  • Installing and Modifying Licenses
  • license clear
  • license comment
  • license install
  • license modify priority
  • license revoke
  • license save
  • Troubleshooting Commands
  • debug aaa
  • debug aaa local-auth
  • debug airewave-director
  • debug ap
  • debug ap enable
  • debug arp
  • debug bcast
  • debug cac
  • debug call-control
  • debug capwap
  • debug capwap reap
  • debug client
  • debug crypto
  • debug dhcp
  • debug dhcp service-port
  • debug disable-all
  • debug dot11
  • debug dot11 mgmt interface
  • debug dot11 mgmt msg
  • debug dot11 mgmt ssid
  • debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
  • debug dot11 mgmt station
  • debug dot1x
  • debug group
  • debug hreap aaa
  • debug hreap cckm
  • debug hreap group
  • debug l2age
  • debug lwapp console cli
  • debug mac
  • debug memory
  • debug mesh security
  • debug mobility
  • debug nac
  • debug nmsp
  • debug ntp
  • debug packet logging
  • debug pem
  • debug pm
  • debug poe
  • debug rbcp
  • debug rfid
  • debug service ap-monitor
  • debug snmp
  • debug transfer
  • debug wcp
  • debug wps sig
  • debug wps mfp
  • eping
  • mping
  • CLI Commands

    The Cisco Wireless LAN solution command-line interface (CLI) enables operators to connect an ASCII console to the Cisco wireless LAN controller and configure the controller and its associated access points.

    This chapter contains the commands available in the Cisco CLI release 7.0. The controllers currently covered are as follows:

    • Cisco 2100, 4400, and 5500 Series Wireless LAN Controllers
    • Cisco Wireless Services Modules (WiSMs)
    • Cisco wireless LAN controller Network Modules
    • Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switches

    This document contains the following sections:

    Show Commands for Viewing the Configuration

    To display Cisco wireless LAN controller options and settings, use the show commands.

    Show 802.11 Commands

    Use the show 802.11 commands to display more detailed 802.11a, 802.11b/g, or other supported 802.11 network settings.

    show 802.11

    To display basic 802.11a, 802.11b/g, or 802.11h network settings, use the show 802.11 command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows to display basic 802.11a network settings:

    > show 802.11a
     
    802.11a Network.................................. Enabled
    11nSupport....................................... Enabled
    802.11a Low Band........................... Enabled
    802.11a Mid Band........................... Enabled
    802.11a High Band.......................... Enabled
    802.11a Operational Rates
    802.11a 6M Rate.............................. Mandatory
    802.11a 9M Rate.............................. Supported
    802.11a 12M Rate............................. Mandatory
    802.11a 18M Rate............................. Supported
    802.11a 24M Rate............................. Mandatory
    802.11a 36M Rate............................. Supported
    802.11a 48M Rate............................. Supported
    802.11a 54M Rate............................. Supported
    802.11n MCS Settings:
    MCS 0........................................ Supported
    MCS 1........................................ Supported
    MCS 2........................................ Supported
    MCS 3........................................ Supported
    MCS 4........................................ Supported
    MCS 5........................................ Supported
     
    --More-- or (q)uit
    MCS 6........................................ Supported
    MCS 7........................................ Supported
    MCS 8........................................ Supported
    MCS 9........................................ Supported
    MCS 10....................................... Supported
    MCS 11....................................... Supported
    MCS 12....................................... Supported
    MCS 13....................................... Supported
    MCS 14....................................... Supported
    MCS 15....................................... Supported
    802.11n Status:
    A-MPDU Tx:
    Priority 0............................... Enabled
    Priority 1............................... Disabled
    Priority 2............................... Disabled
    Priority 3............................... Disabled
    Priority 4............................... Disabled
    Priority 5............................... Disabled
    Priority 6............................... Disabled
    Priority 7............................... Disabled
    Beacon Interval.................................. 100
    CF Pollable mandatory............................ Disabled
    CF Poll Request mandatory........................ Disabled
     
    --More-- or (q)uit
    CFP Period....................................... 4
    CFP Maximum Duration............................. 60
    Default Channel.................................. 36
    Default Tx Power Level........................... 0
    DTPC Status..................................... Enabled
    Fragmentation Threshold.......................... 2346
    TI Threshold..................................... -50
    Legacy Tx Beamforming setting.................... Disabled
    Traffic Stream Metrics Status.................... Enabled
    Expedited BW Request Status...................... Disabled
    World Mode....................................... Enabled
    EDCA profile type................................ default-wmm
    Voice MAC optimization status.................... Disabled
    Call Admission Control (CAC) configuration
    Voice AC:
    Voice AC - Admission control (ACM)............ Disabled
    Voice max RF bandwidth........................ 75
    Voice reserved roaming bandwidth.............. 6
    Voice load-based CAC mode..................... Disabled
    Voice tspec inactivity timeout................ Disabled
    Voice Stream-Size............................. 84000
    Voice Max-Streams............................. 2
    Video AC:
     
    --More-- or (q)uit
    Video AC - Admission control (ACM)............ Disabled
    Video max RF bandwidth........................ Infinite
    Video reserved roaming bandwidth.............. 0
     
     

    This example shows how to display basic 802.11h network settings:

    > show 802.11h
     
    802.11h......................................... powerconstraint : 0
    802.11h......................................... channelswitch : Disable
    802.11h......................................... channelswitch mode : 0

     
    Related Commands

    show ap stats
    show ap summary
    show client summary
    show interface
    show network
    show network summary
    show port
    show wlan

    show 802.11 cleanair

    To display the multicast-direct configuration state, use the show 802.11 cleanair command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h } cleanair config

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

    config

    Displays the network cleanair configuration.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the 802.11a cleanair configuration:

    > show 802.11a cleanair config
    Clean Air Solution............................... Enabled
    Air Quality Settings:
    Air Quality Reporting........................ Enabled
    Air Quality Reporting Period (min)........... 15
    Air Quality Alarms........................... Enabled
    Air Quality Alarm Threshold.................. 35 Interference Device Settings:
    Interference Device Reporting................ Enabled
    Interference Device Types:
    TDD Transmitter.......................... Disabled
    Jammer................................... Disabled
    Continuous Transmitter................... Disabled
    DECT-like Phone.......................... Disabled
    Video Camera............................. Disabled
    WiFi Inverted............................ Disabled
    WiFi Invalid Channel..................... Disabled
    SuperAG.................................. Disabled
    Radar.................................... Disabled
    Canopy................................... Disabled
    WiMax Mobile............................. Disabled
    WiMax Fixed.............................. Disabled
     
    Interference Device Alarms................... Enabled
    Interference Device Types Triggering Alarms:
    TDD Transmitter.......................... Disabled
    Jammer................................... Disabled
    Continuous Transmitter................... Disabled
    DECT-like Phone.......................... Disabled
    Video Camera............................. Disabled
    WiFi Inverted............................ Disabled
    WiFi Invalid Channel..................... Disabled
    SuperAG.................................. Disabled
    Radar.................................... Disabled
    Canopy................................... Disabled
    WiMax Mobile............................. Disabled
    WiMax Fixed.............................. Disabled Additional Clean Air Settings:
    CleanAir Event-driven RRM State.............. Enabled
    CleanAir Driven RRM Sensitivity.............. Medium
    CleanAir Persistent Devices state............ Disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair alarm
    config 802.11 cleanair device
    show 802.11 cleanair air-quality summary
    show 802.11 cleanair device ap
    show 802.11 cleanair device type

    show 802.11 cleanair air-quality summary

    To display the air quality summary information for the 802.11 networks, use the
    show 802.11 cleanair air-quality summary command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h } cleanair air-quality summary

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

    summary

    Displays a summary of 802.11 radio band air quality information.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the air quality information for the 802.11a network:

    > show 802.11a cleanair air-quality summary
     
    AQ = Air Quality
    DFS = Dynamic Frequency Selection
     
    AP Name Channel Avg AQ Min AQ Interferers DFS
    ------------------ ------- ------ ------ ----------- ---
    CISCO_AP3500 36 95 70 0
    CISCO_AP3500 40 93 75 0
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair alarm
    config 802.11 cleanair device
    show 802.11 cleanair
    show 802.11 cleanair device ap
    show 802.11 cleanair device type

    show 802.11 cleanair air-quality worst

    To display the worst air quality information for the 802.11 networks, use the
    show 802.11 cleanair air-quality worst command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h } cleanair air-quality worst

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

    worst

    Displays the worst air quality information for 802.11 networks.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display worst air quality information for the 802.11a network:

    > show 802.11a cleanair air-quality worst
     
    AQ = Air Quality
    DFS = Dynamic Frequency Selection
     
    AP Name Channel Avg AQ Min AQ Interferers DFS
    ------------------ ------- ------ ------ ----------- ---
    CISCO_AP3500 1 83 57 3 5
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair alarm
    config 802.11 cleanair device
    show 802.11 cleanair
    show 802.11 cleanair device ap
    show 802.11 cleanair device type

     

    show 802.11 cleanair device ap

    To display the information of the device access point on the 802.11 radio band, use the show 802.11 cleanair device ap command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h } cleanair device ap cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

    cisco_ap

    Specified access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the device access point for the 802.11a network:

    > show 802.11a cleanair device ap AP_3500
     
    DC = Duty Cycle (%)
    ISI = Interference Severity Index (1-Low Interference, 100-High Interference)
    RSSI = Received Signal Strength Index (dBm)
    DevID = Device ID
     
    No ClusterID DevID Type AP Name ISI RSSI DC Channel
    --- ------------------ ------ ---------- --------------- ---- ----- ---- -------------
    1 c2:f7:40:00:00:03 0x8001 DECT phone CISCO_AP3500 1 -43 3 149,153,157,161
    2 c2:f7:40:00:00:51 0x8002 Radar CISCO_AP3500 1 -81 2 153,157,161,165
    3 c2:f7:40:00:00:03 0x8005 Canopy CISCO_AP3500 2 -62 2 153,157,161,165

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair alarm
    config 802.11 cleanair device
    show 802.11 cleanair
    show 802.11 cleanair air-quality summary
    show 802.11 cleanair device type

     

    show 802.11 cleanair device type

    To display the information of all the interferers device type detected by a specific access point on the 802.11 radio band, use the show 802.11 cleanair device type command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h } cleanair device type device_type

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

    device_type

    Interferer device type for a specified radio band. The device type is one of the following:

    • tdd-tx—Tdd-transmitter device information.
    • jammer—Jammer device information.
    • cont-tx—Continuous-transmitter devices information.
    • dect-like—Dect-like phone devices information.
    • video—Video devices information.
    • 802.11-inv—WiFi inverted devices information.
    • 802.11-nonstd—Nonstandard WiFi devices information.
    • superag—Superag devices information.
    • canopy—Canopy devices information.
    • wimax-mobile—WiMax mobile devices information.
    • wimax-fixed—WiMax fixed devices information.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the information of all the interferers detected by a specified access point for the 802.11a network:

    > show 802.11a cleanair device type Canopy
     
    DC = Duty Cycle (%)
    ISI = Interference Severity Index (1-Low Interference, 100-High Interference)
    RSSI = Received Signal Strength Index (dBm)
    DevID = Device ID
     
    No ClusterID DevID Type AP Name ISI RSSI DC Channel
    --- ------------------ ------ ---------- --------------- ---- ----- ---- -------------
    1c2:f7:40:00:00:03 0x8005 Canopy CISCO_AP3500 2 -62 2 153,157,161,165
     

    show 802.11 media-stream

    To display the multicast-direct configuration state, use the show 802.11 media-stream command.

    show 802.11 { a | b | h } media-stream media-stream name

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    h

    Specifies the 802.11h network.

    media_stream_name

    Specified media stream name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the media-stream configuration:

    > show 802.11a media-stream rrc
     
    Multicast-direct................................. Enabled
    Best Effort...................................... Disabled
    Video Re-Direct.................................. Enabled
    Max Allowed Streams.............................. Auto
    Max Video Bandwidth.............................. 0
    Max Voice Bandwidth.............................. 75
    Max Media Bandwidth.............................. 85
    Min PHY Rate..................................... 6000

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11 media-stream
    Show Mesh Commands
    show media-stream group summary

    show aaa auth

    To display the configuration settings for the AAA authentication server database, use the show aaa auth command.

    show aaa auth

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the configuration settings for the AAA authentication server database:

    > show aaa auth
     
    Management authentication server order:
    1............................................ local
    2............................................ tacacs

     
    Related Commands

    config aaa auth
    config aaa auth mgmt

    show acl

    To display the access control lists (ACLs) that are configured on the controller, use the show acl command.

    show acl { summary | detailed acl_name }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a summary of all ACLs configured on the controller.

    detailed

    Displays detailed information about a specific ACL.

    acl_name

    ACL name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the access control lists:

    > show acl summary
     
    ACL Counter Status Enabled
    -------------------------------------
    ACL Name Applied
    ------------------------- -----------
    acl1 Yes
    acl2 Yes
    acl3 Yes
     

    This example shows how to display the detailed information of the access control lists:

    > show acl detailed acl_name
     
     
    Source Destination Source Port Dest Port
    I Dir IP Address/Netmask IP Address/Netmask Prot Range Range DSCP Action Counter
    - --- ------------------ ------------------ ---- --------- --------- ----- ------ -------
    1 Any 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 Any 0-65535 0-65535 0 Deny 0
    2 In 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 200.200.200.0/ 6 80-80 0-65535 Any Permit 0
    255.255.255.0
    DenyCounter : 0
     
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The Counter field increments each time a packet matches an ACL rule, and the DenyCounter field increments each time a packet does not match any of the rules.


     
    Related Commands

    clear acl counters
    config acl apply
    config acl counter
    config acl cpu
    config acl create
    config acl delete

    config interface acl
    config acl rule
    show acl cpu

    show acl cpu

    To display the access control lists (ACLs) configured on the central processing unit (CPU), use the show acl cpu command.

    show acl cpu

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the access control lists on the CPU:

    > show acl cpu
    CPU Acl Name................................
    Wireless Traffic............................ Disabled
    Wired Traffic............................... Disabled
    Applied to NPU.............................. No

     
    Related Commands

    clear acl counters
    config acl apply
    config acl counter
    config acl cpu
    config acl create
    config acl delete
    config acl rule
    config interface acl
    show acl

    Show Advanced 802.11 Commands

    Use the show advanced 802.11 commands to display more detailed or advanced 802.11a, 802.11b/g, or other supported 802.11 network settings.

    show advanced 802.11 channel

    To display the automatic channel assignment configuration and statistics, use the show advanced 802.11 channel command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the automatic channel assignment configuration and statistics:

    > show advanced 802.11a channel
     
    Automatic Channel Assignment
    Channel Assignment Mode........................ AUTO
    Channel Update Interval........................ 600 seconds [startup]
    Anchor time (Hour of the day).................. 0
    Channel Update Contribution.................... SNI.
    Channel Assignment Leader...................... 00:1a:6d:dd:1e:40
    Last Run....................................... 129 seconds ago
     
    DCA Sensitivity Level:...................... STARTUP (5 dB)
    Channel Energy Levels
    Minimum...................................... unknown
    Average...................................... unknown
    Maximum...................................... unknown
    Channel Dwell Times
    Minimum...................................... unknown
    Average...................................... unknown
    Maximum...................................... unknown
    Auto-RF Allowed Channel List................... 36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,149,
    ............................................. 153,157,161
    Auto-RF Unused Channel List.................... 100,104,108,112,116,132,136,
    ............................................. 140,165,190,196
     
    DCA Outdoor AP option.......................... Enabled
     

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 channel add
    config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca anchor-time
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca chan-width-11n
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity
    config advanced 802.11 channel foreign
    config advanced 802.11 channel load
    config advanced 802.11 channel noise
    config advanced 802.11 channel update
    show advanced 802.11 channel


     

    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    To display the configuration and statistics for coverage hole detection, use the show advanced 802.11 coverage command.

    show advanced 802.11{ a | b } coverage

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the statistics for coverage hole detection:

    > show advanced 802.11a coverage
     
    Coverage Hole Detection
    802.11a Coverage Hole Detection Mode........... Enabled
    802.11a Coverage Voice Packet Count............ 100 packets
    802.11a Coverage Voice Packet Percentage....... 50%
    802.11a Coverage Voice RSSI Threshold.......... -80 dBm
    802.11a Coverage Data Packet Count............. 50 packets
    802.11a Coverage Data Packet Percentage........ 50%
    802.11a Coverage Data RSSI Threshold........... -80 dBm
    802.11a Global coverage exception level........ 25 %
    802.11a Global client minimum exception lev.... 3 clients

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage
    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    show advanced 802.11 group

    To display 802.11a or 802.11b Cisco radio RF grouping, use the show advanced 802.11 group command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } group

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display Cisco radio RF group settings:

    > show advanced 802.11a group
     
    Radio RF Grouping
    802.11a Group Mode................................... AUTO
    802.11a Group Update Interval........................ 600 seconds
    802.11a Group Leader................................. xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
    802.11a Group Member............................... xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
    802.11a Last Run..................................... 133 seconds ago

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 group-mode

    show advanced 802.11 l2roam

    To display 802.11a or 802.11b/g Layer 2 client roaming information, use the show advanced 802.11 l2roam command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } l2roam {rf-param | statistics mac_address }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    rf-param

    Specifies the Layer 2 frequency parameters.

    statistics

    Specifies the Layer 2 client roaming statistics.

    mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display 802.11b Layer 2 client roaming information, enter this command:

    > show advanced 802.11b l2roam rf-param

    L2Roam 802.11bg RF Parameters.....................
    Config Mode.................................. Default
    Minimum RSSI................................. -85
    Roam Hysteresis.............................. 2
    Scan Threshold............................... -72
    Transition time.............................. 5

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 l2roam rf-params

    show advanced 802.11 logging

    To display 802.11a or 802.11b RF event and performance logging, use the show advanced 802.11 logging command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display 802.11b RF event and performance logging:

    > show advanced 802.11b logging
     
    RF Event and Performance Logging
    Channel Update Logging......................... Off
    Coverage Profile Logging....................... Off
    Foreign Profile Logging........................ Off
    Load Profile Logging........................... Off
    Noise Profile Logging.......................... Off
    Performance Profile Logging.................... Off
    TxPower Update Logging......................... Off

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 logging channel
    config advanced 802.11 logging coverage
    config advanced 802.11 logging foreign
    config advanced 802.11 logging load
    config advanced 802.11 logging noise
    config advanced 802.11 logging performance
    config advanced 802.11 logging txpower
    show advanced 802.11 channel

    show advanced 802.11 monitor

    To display the 802.11a or 802.11b default Cisco radio monitoring, use the show advanced 802.11 monitor command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the radio monitoring for the 802.11b network:

    > show advanced 802.11b monitor
     
    Default 802.11b AP monitoring
    802.11b Monitor Mode........................... enable
    802.11b Monitor Channels....................... Country channels
    802.11b AP Coverage Interval................... 180 seconds
    802.11b AP Load Interval....................... 60 seconds
    802.11b AP Noise Interval...................... 180 seconds
    802.11b AP Signal Strength Interval............ 60 seconds

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 monitor load
    config advanced 802.11 monitor mode
    config advanced 802.11 monitor noise
    config advanced 802.11 monitor signal

    show advanced 802.11 profile

    To display the 802.11a or 802.11b lightweight access point performance profiles, use the show advanced 802.11 profile command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile { global | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Specifies all Cisco lightweight access points.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a specific Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the global configuration and statistics of an 802.11a profile:

    > show advanced 802.11a profile global
     
    Default 802.11a AP performance profiles
    802.11a Global Interference threshold.............. 10%
    802.11a Global noise threshold..................... -70 dBm
    802.11a Global RF utilization threshold............ 80%
    802.11a Global throughput threshold................ 1000000 bps
    802.11a Global clients threshold................... 12 clients
     

    This example shows how to display the configuration and statistics of a specific access point profile:

    > show advanced 802.11a profile AP1
     
    Cisco AP performance profile not customized
     

    This response indicates that the performance profile for this lightweight access point is using the global defaults and has not been individually configured.

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 profile clients
    config advanced 802.11 profile customize
    config advanced 802.11 profile foreign
    config advanced 802.11 profile noise

    show advanced 802.11 receiver

    To display the configuration and statistics of the 802.11a or 802.11b receiver, use the show advanced 802.11 receiver command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } receiver

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the configuration and statistics of the 802.11a network settings:

    > show advanced 802.11a receiver
     
    802.11a Receiver Settings
    RxStart : Signal Threshold........................... 15
    RxStart : Signal Lamp Threshold...................... 5
    RxStart : Preamble Power Threshold................... 2
    RxReStart : Signal Jump Status......................... Enabled
    RxReStart : Signal Jump Threshold...................... 10
    TxStomp : Low RSSI Status.............................. Enabled
    TxStomp : Low RSSI Threshold........................... 30
    TxStomp : Wrong BSSID Status........................... Enabled
    TxStomp : Wrong BSSID Data Only Status................. Enabled
    RxAbort : Raw Power Drop Status........................ Disabled
    RxAbort : Raw Power Drop Threshold..................... 10
    RxAbort : Low RSSI Status.............................. Disabled
    RxAbort : Low RSSI Threshold........................... 0
    RxAbort : Wrong BSSID Status........................... Disabled
    RxAbort : Wrong BSSID Data Only Status................. Disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 profile clients

    show advanced 802.11 summary

    To display the 802.11a or 802.11b Cisco lightweight access point name, channel, and transmit level summary, use the show advanced 802.11 summary command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } summary

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the 802.11b access point settings:

    > show advanced 802.11b summary
     
    AP Name MAC Address Admin State Operation State Channel TxPower
    ------------ ------------------ ------------ ----------------- ------- --------
    CJ-1240 00:21:1b:ea:36:60 ENABLED UP 161 1()
    CJ-1130 00:1f:ca:cf:b6:60 ENABLED UP 56* 1(*)
     
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif An asterisk (*) next to a channel number or power level indicates that it is being controlled by the global algorithm settings.


     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig
    config advanced 802.11 channel add
    show advanced 802.11 channel

    show advanced 802.11 txpower

    To display the 802.11a or 802.11b automatic transmit power assignment, use the show advanced 802.11 txpower command.

    show advanced 802.11 { a | b } txpower

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the configuration and statistics of the 802.11b transmit power cost:

    > show advanced 802.11b txpower
     
    Automatic Transmit Power Assignment
    Transmit Power Assignment Mode.................. AUTO
    Transmit Power Update Interval.................. 600 seconds
    Transmit Power Threshold........................ -65 dBm
    Transmit Power Neighbor Count................... 3 APs
    Transmit Power Update Contribution.............. SN.
    Transmit Power Assignment Leader................ xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
    Last Run........................................ 384 seconds ago

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 txpower-update

    show advanced backup-controller

    To display a list of primary and secondary backup controllers, use the show advanced backup-controller command.

    show advanced backup-controller

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the backup controller information:

    > show advanced backup-controller
     
    AP primary Backup Controller.................... controller 10.10.10.10
    AP secondary Backup Controller.................. 0.0.0.0

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced backup-controller primary
    config advanced backup-controller secondary

    show advanced client-handoff

    To display the number of automatic client handoffs after retries, use the show advanced client-handoff command.

    show advanced client-handoff

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client auto handoff mode after excessive retries:

    > show advanced client-handoff
     
    Client auto handoff after retries................ 130

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced client-handoff
    show advanced 802.11 summary

    show advanced dot11-padding

    To display the state of over-the-air frame padding on a wireless LAN controller, use the show advanced dot11-padding command.

    show advanced dot11-padding

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to view the state of over-the-air frame padding:

    > show advanced dot11-padding
     
    dot11-padding.................................... Disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced dot11-padding
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    show advanced eap

    To display Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) settings, use the show advanced eap command.

    show advanced eap

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the EAP settings:

    > show advanced eap
     
    EAP-Identity-Request Timeout (seconds)........... 1
    EAP-Identity-Request Max Retries................. 20
    EAP Key-Index for Dynamic WEP.................... 0
    EAP Max-Login Ignore Identity Response........... enable
    EAP-Request Timeout (seconds).................... 1
    EAP-Request Max Retries.......................... 20
    EAPOL-Key Timeout (milliseconds)................. 1000
    EAPOL-Key Max Retries............................ 2
     

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced eap
    config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay
    config advanced timers eap-timeout

    show advanced max-1x-sessions

    To display the maximum number of simultaneous 802.1X sessions allowed per access point, use the show advanced max-1x-sessions command.

    show advanced max-1x-sessions

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the maximum 802.1X sessions per access point:

    > show advanced max-1x-sessions
     
    Max 802.1x session per AP at a given time........ 0

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced statistics

    show advanced probe

    To display the number of probes sent to the WLAN controller per access point per client and the probe interval in milliseconds, use the show advanced probe command.

    show advanced probe

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the probe settings for the WLAN controller:

    > show advanced probe
     
    Probe request filtering.......................... Enabled
    Probes fwd to controller per client per radio.... 12
    Probe request rate-limiting interval............. 100 msec

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced probe filter
    config advanced probe limit

    show advanced rate

    To display whether control path rate limiting is enabled or disabled, use the show advanced rate command.

    show advanced rate

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the switch control path rate limiting mode:

    > show advanced rate
     
    Control Path Rate Limiting....................... Disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced rate
    config advanced eap

    show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff

    To display whether the WLAN controller disassociates clients after a handoff, use the show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff command.

    show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the disassociated clients after a handoff:

    > show advanced send-disassoc-on-handoff
     
    Send Disassociate on Handoff..................... Disabled



     

    show advanced statistics

    To display whether or not the Cisco wireless LAN controller port statistics are enabled or disabled, use the show advanced statistics command.

    show advanced statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display switch port statistics mode:

    > show advanced statistics
     
    Switch port statistics........................... Enabled

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced statistics


     

    show advanced timers

    To display the mobility anchor, authentication response, and rogue access point entry timers, use the show advanced timers command.

    show advanced timers

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    The defaults are shown in the “Examples” section.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the system timers setting:

    > show advanced timers
     
    Authentication Response Timeout (seconds)........ 10
    Rogue Entry Timeout (seconds).................... 1200
    AP Heart Beat Timeout (seconds).................. 30
    AP Discovery Timeout (seconds)................... 10
    AP Local mode Fast Heartbeat (seconds)........... disable
    AP Hreap mode Fast Heartbeat (seconds)........... disable
    AP Primary Discovery Timeout (seconds)........... 120

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat
    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers auth-timeout
    config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay
    config advanced timers eap-timeout

    Show Access Point Commands

    Use the show ap commands to show access point settings.

    show ap auto-rf

    To display the auto-RF settings for a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show ap auto-rf command.

    show ap auto-rf 802.11 { a | b } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display auto-RF information for an access point:

    > show ap auto-rf 802.11a AP1
     
    Number Of Slots.................................. 2
    AP Name.......................................... AP03
    MAC Address...................................... 00:0b:85:01:18:b7
    Radio Type..................................... RADIO_TYPE_80211a
    Noise Information
    Noise Profile................................ PASSED
    Channel 36................................... -88 dBm
    Channel 40................................... -86 dBm
    Channel 44................................... -87 dBm
    Channel 48................................... -85 dBm
    Channel 52................................... -84 dBm
    Channel 56................................... -83 dBm
    Channel 60................................... -84 dBm
    Channel 64................................... -85 dBm
    Interference Information
    Interference Profile......................... PASSED
    Channel 36................................... -66 dBm @ 1% busy
    Channel 40................................... -128 dBm @ 0% busy
    Channel 44................................... -128 dBm @ 0% busy
    Channel 48................................... -128 dBm @ 0% busy
    Channel 52................................... -128 dBm @ 0% busy
    Channel 56................................... -73 dBm @ 1% busy
    Channel 60................................... -55 dBm @ 1% busy
    Channel 64................................... -69 dBm @ 1% busy
    Rogue Histogram (20/40_ABOVE/40_BELOW)
    Channel 36................................... 16/ 0/ 0
    Channel 40................................... 28/ 0/ 0
    Channel 44................................... 9/ 0/ 0
    Channel 48................................... 9/ 0/ 0
    Channel 52................................... 3/ 0/ 0
    Channel 56................................... 4/ 0/ 0
    Channel 60................................... 7/ 1/ 0
    Channel 64................................... 2/ 0/ 0
    Load Information
    Load Profile................................. PASSED
    Receive Utilization.......................... 0%
    Transmit Utilization......................... 0%
    Channel Utilization.......................... 1%
    Attached Clients............................. 1 clients
    Coverage Information
    Coverage Profile............................. PASSED
    Failed Clients............................... 0 clients
    Client Signal Strengths
    RSSI -100 dBm................................ 0 clients
    RSSI -92 dBm................................ 0 clients
    RSSI -84 dBm................................ 0 clients
    RSSI -76 dBm................................ 0 clients
    RSSI -68 dBm................................ 0 clients
    RSSI -60 dBm................................ 0 clients
    RSSI -52 dBm................................ 0 clients
    Client Signal To Noise Ratios
    SNR 0 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 5 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 10 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 15 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 20 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 25 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 30 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 35 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 40 dBm................................. 0 clients
    SNR 45 dBm................................. 0 clients
    Nearby RADs
    RAD 00:0b:85:01:05:08 slot 0................. -46 dBm on 10.1.30.170
    RAD 00:0b:85:01:12:65 slot 0................. -24 dBm on 10.1.30.170
    Channel Assignment Information
    Current Channel Average Energy............... -86 dBm
    Previous Channel Average Energy.............. -75 dBm
    Channel Change Count......................... 109
    Last Channel Change Time..................... Wed Sep 29 12:53e:34 2004
    Recommended Best Channel..................... 44
    RF Parameter Recommendations
    Power Level.................................. 1
    RTS/CTS Threshold............................ 2347
    Fragmentation Threshold...................... 2346
    Antenna Pattern.............................. 0

     

    show ap ccx rm

    To display an access point’s Cisco Client eXtensions (CCX) radio management status information, use the show ap ccx rm command.

    show ap ccx rm ap_name status

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_name

    Specified access point name.

    status

    Displays the CCX radio management status information for an access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of the CCX radio management:

    > show ap ccx rm AP1240-21ac status
     
    A Radio
    Channel Load Request..................... Disabled
    Noise Histogram Request.................. Disabled
    Beacon Request........................... Disabled
    Frame Request............................ Disabled
    Interval................................. 60
    Iteration................................ 10
     
    G Radio
    Channel Load Request..................... Disabled
    Noise Histogram Request.................. Disabled
    Beacon Request........................... Disabled
    Frame Request............................ Disabled
    Interval................................. 60
    Iteration................................ 10
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    show ap ccx rm

    show ap cdp

    To display the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information for an access point, use the show ap cdp commands.

    show ap cdp { all | ap-name cisco_ap | neighbors { all | ap-name cisco_ap | detail cisco_ap }}

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Displays the CDP status on all access points.

    ap-name

    Displays the CDP status for a specified access point.

    neighbors

    Displays neighbors using CDP.

    detail

    Displays details about a specific access point neighbor using CDP.

    cisco_ap

    Specified access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the CDP status of all access points:

    > show ap cdp all
     
    AP CDP State
    AP Name AP CDP State
    ------------------ ----------
    SB_RAP1 enable
    SB_MAP1 enable
    SB_MAP2 enable
    SB_MAP3 enable
     

    This example shows how to display the CDP status of a specified access point:

    > show ap cdp ap-name SB_RAP1
     
    AP CDP State
    AP Name AP CDP State
    ------------------ ----------
    SB_RAP1 enable
     

    This example shows how to display details about all neighbors using CDP:

    > show ap cdp neighbors all
     
    AP Name AP IP Neighbor Name Neighbor IP Neighbor Port
    --------- --------------- ------------------ -------------- -------------
    SB_RAP1 192.168.102.154 sjc14-41a-sw1 192.168.102.2 GigabitEthernet1/0/13
    SB_RAP1 192.168.102.154 SB_MAP1 192.168.102.137 Virtual-Dot11Radio0
    SB_MAP1 192.168.102.137 SB_RAP1 192.168.102.154 Virtual-Dot11Radio0
    SB_MAP1 192.168.102.137 SB_MAP2 192.168.102.138 Virtual-Dot11Radio0
    SB_MAP2 192.168.102.138 SB_MAP1 192.168.102.137 Virtual-Dot11Radio1
    SB_MAP2 192.168.102.138 SB_MAP3 192.168.102.139 Virtual-Dot11Radio0
    SB_MAP3 192.168.102.139 SB_MAP2 192.168.102.138 Virtual-Dot11Radio1
     

    This example shows how to display details about a specific neighbor with a specified access point using CDP:

     
    > show ap cdp neighbors ap-name SB_MAP2
     
    AP Name AP IP Neighbor Name Neighbor IP Neighbor Port
    ----------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
    SB_MAP2 192.168.102.138 SB_MAP1 192.168.102.137 Virtual-Dot11Radio1
    SB_MAP2 192.168.102.138 SB_MAP3 192.168.102.139 Virtual-Dot11Radio0
     

    This example shows how to display details about neighbors using CDP:

    > show ap cdp neighbors detail SB_MAP2
     
    AP Name:SB_MAP2
    AP IP address:192.168.102.138
    -------------------------
    Device ID: SB_MAP1
    Entry address(es): 192.168.102.137
    Platform: cisco AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9, Cap
    Interface: Virtual-Dot11Radio0, Port ID (outgoing port): Virtual-Dot11Radio1
    Holdtime : 180 sec
     
    Version :
    Cisco IOS Software, C1520 Software (C1520-K9W8-M), Experimental Version 12.4(200
    81114:084420) [BLD-v124_18a_ja_throttle.20081114 208] Copyright (c) 1986-2008 by
    Cisco Systems, Inc. Compiled Fri 14-Nov-08 23:08 by
     
    advertisement version: 2
     
    -------------------------
    Device ID: SB_MAP3
    Entry address(es): 192.168.102.139
    Platform: cisco AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9, Capabilities: Trans-Bridge
    Interface: Virtual-Dot11Radio1, Port ID (outgoing port): Virtual-Dot11Radio0
    Holdtime : 180 sec
     
    Version :
    Cisco IOS Software, C1520 Software (C1520-K9W8-M), Experimental Version 12.4(200
    81114:084420) [BLD-v124_18a_ja_throttle.20081114 208] Copyright (c) 1986-2008 by
    Cisco Systems, Inc. Compiled Fri 14-Nov-08 23:08 by
     
    advertisement version: 2

     
    Related Commands

    config ap cdp
    config cdp timer

    show ap channel

    To display the available channels for a specific mesh access point, use the show ap channel command.

    show ap channel ap_name

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_name

    Name of the mesh access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the available channels for a particular access point:

    > show ap channel AP47
     
    802.11b/g Current Channel...........1
    Allowed Channel List.....................1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11
    802.11a Current Channel.................161
    Allowed Channel List.....................36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,100,
    .........................................104,108,112,116,132,136,140,
    .........................................149,153,157,161

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11-a channel ap
    config 802.11h channelswitch
    config 802.11h setchannel

    show ap config

    To display the detailed configuration for a lightweight access point, use the show ap config command.

    show ap config { 802.11 { a | b } | general } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    general

    Displays general access point settings.

    cisco_ap

    Lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the detailed configuration for an access point:

    > show ap config 802.11a AP02
     
    Cisco AP Identifier.............................. 0
    Cisco AP Name.................................... AP02
    AP Regulatory Domain............................. Unconfigured
    Switch Port Number.............................. 1
    MAC Address...................................... 00:0b:85:18:b6:50
    IP Address Configuration......................... DHCP
    IP Address....................................... 1.100.49.240
    IP NetMask....................................... 255.255.255.0
    Gateway IP Addr.................................. 1.100.49.1
    Cisco AP Location................................ default-location
    Cisco AP Group Name.............................. default-group
    Primary Cisco Switch............................. Cisco_32:ab:63
    Secondary Cisco Switch...........................
    Tertiary Cisco Switch............................
    Administrative State............................ ADMIN_ENABLED
    Operation State................................. REGISTERED
    Mirroring Mode.................................. Disabled
    AP Mode........................................... Sniffer
    Public Safety..................................... Global: Disabled, Local: Disabled
    Sniffing.............................................. No
    Remote AP Debug................................. Disabled
    S/W Version.................................... 3.1.61.0
    Boot Version................................... 1.2.59.6
    Stats Re--More-- or (q)uit
    porting Period.................................. 180
    LED State........................................ Enabled
    ILP Pre Standard Switch.......................... Disabled
    ILP Power Injector............................... Disabled
    Number Of Slots.................................. 2
    AP Model......................................... AS-1200
    AP Serial Number................................. 044110223A
    AP Certificate Type.............................. Manufacture Installed
     
    Attributes for Slot 0
    Radio Type................................... RADIO_TYPE_80211a
    Administrative State........................ ADMIN_ENABLED
    Operation State............................. UP
    CellId...................................... 0
     
    Station Configuration
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    Number Of WLANs........................... 1
    Medium Occupancy Limit.................... 100
    CFP Period................................ 4
    CFP MaxDuration........................... 60
    BSSID..................................... 00:0b:85:18:b6:50
    Operation Rate Set
    6000 Kilo Bits........................... MANDATORY
    9000 Kilo Bits........................... SUPPORTED
    12000 Kilo Bits.......................... MANDATORY
    18000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    24000 Kilo Bits.......................... MANDATORY
    36000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    48000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    54000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    Beacon Period............................. 100
    DTIM Period............................... 1
    Fragmentation Threshold................... 2346
    Multi Domain Capability Implemented....... TRUE
    Multi Domain Capability Enabled........... TRUE
    Country String............................ US
     
    Multi Domain Capability
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    First Chan Num............................ 36
    Number Of Channels........................ 4
     
    MAC Operation Parameters
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    RTS Threshold............................. 2347
    Short Retry Limit......................... 7
    Long Retry Limit.......................... 4
    Fragmentation Threshold................... 2346
    Maximum Tx MSDU Life Time................. 512
    Maximum Rx Life Time...................... 512
     
    Tx Power
    Num Of Supported Power Levels............. 5
    Tx Power Level 1.......................... 18 dBm
    Tx Power Level 2.......................... 15 dBm
    Tx Power Level 3........................... 12 dBm
    Tx Power Level 4.......................... 9 dBm
    Tx Power Level 5.......................... 6 dBm
    Tx Power Configuration.................... CUSTOMIZED
    Current Tx Power Level..................... 5
     
    Phy OFDM parameters
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    Current Channel........................... 36
    TI Threshold.............................. -50
    Legacy Tx Beamforming Configuration....... CUSTOMIZED
    Legacy Tx Beamforming..................... ENABLED
    Antenna Type............................... INTERNAL_ANTENNA
    Internal Antenna Gain (in.5 dBm units).... 11
    AntennaMode................................ ANTENNA_OMNI
     
    Performance Profile Parameters
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    Interference threshold..................... 10%
    Noise threshold............................ -70 dBm
    RF utilization threshold................... 80%
    Data-rate threshold........................ 1000000 bps
    Client threshold........................... 12 clients
    Coverage SNR threshold..................... 16 dB
    Coverage exception level................... 25%
    Client minimum exception level............. 3 clients
    Rogue Containment Information
    Containment Count............................ 0
     

    This example shows how to display the detailed configuration for another access point:

    > show ap config 802.11b AP02
     
    Cisco AP Identifier.............................. 0
    Cisco AP Name.................................... AP02
    AP Regulatory Domain............................. Unconfigured
    Switch Port Number.............................. 1
    MAC Address...................................... 00:0b:85:18:b6:50
    IP Address Configuration......................... DHCP
    IP Address....................................... 1.100.49.240
    IP NetMask....................................... 255.255.255.0
    Gateway IP Addr.................................. 1.100.49.1
    Cisco AP Location................................ default-location
    Cisco AP Group Name.............................. default-group
    Primary Cisco Switch............................. Cisco_32:ab:63
    Secondary Cisco Switch...........................
    Tertiary Cisco Switch............................
    Administrative State............................ ADMIN_ENABLED
    Operation State................................. REGISTERED
    Mirroring Mode.................................. Disabled
    AP Mode......................................... Local
    Remote AP Debug................................. Disabled
    S/W Version.................................... 3.1.61.0
    Boot Version................................... 1.2.59.6
    Stats Reporting Period.......................... 180
    LED State........................................ Enabled
    ILP Pre Standard Switch.......................... Disabled
    ILP Power Injector............................... Disabled
    Number Of Slots.................................. 2
    AP Model......................................... AS-1200
    AP Serial Number................................. 044110223A
    AP Certificate Type.............................. Manufacture Installed
     
    Attributes for Slot 1
    Radio Type................................... RADIO_TYPE_80211g
    Administrative State........................ ADMIN_ENABLED
    Operation State............................. UP
    CellId...................................... 0
     
    Station Configuration
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    Number Of WLANs........................... 1
    Medium Occupancy Limit.................... 100
    CFP Period................................ 4
    CFP MaxDuration........................... 60
    BSSID..................................... 00:0b:85:18:b6:50
    Operation Rate Set
    1000 Kilo Bits........................... MANDATORY
    2000 Kilo Bits........................... MANDATORY
    5500 Kilo Bits........................... MANDATORY
    11000 Kilo Bits.......................... MANDATORY
    6000 Kilo Bits........................... SUPPORTED
    9000 Kilo Bits........................... SUPPORTED
    12000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    18000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    24000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    36000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    48000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    54000 Kilo Bits.......................... SUPPORTED
    Beacon Period............................. 100
    DTIM Period............................... 1
    Fragmentation Threshold................... 2346
    Multi Domain Capability Implemented....... TRUE
    Multi Domain Capability Enabled........... TRUE
    Country String............................ US
     
    Multi Domain Capability
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    First Chan Num............................ 1
    Number Of Channels........................ 11
     
    MAC Operation Parameters
    Configuration............................. AUTOMATIC
    RTS Threshold............................. 2347
    Short Retry Limit......................... 7
    Long Retry Limit.......................... 4
    Fragmentation Threshold................... 2346
    Maximum Tx MSDU Life Time................. 512
    Maximum Rx Life Time....................... 512
     
    Tx Power
    Num Of Supported Power Levels.............. 5
    Tx Power Level 1.......................... 17 dBm
    Tx Power Level 2........................... 14 dBm
    Tx Power Level 3........................... 11 dBm
    Tx Power Level 4........................... 8 dBm
    Tx Power Level 5........................... 5 dBm
    Tx Power Configuration..................... CUSTOMIZED
    Current Tx Power Level..................... 5
     
    Phy OFDM parameters
    Configuration.............................. CUSTOMIZED
    Current Channel............................ 1
    TI Threshold............................... -50
    Legacy Tx Beamforming Configuration....... CUSTOMIZED
    Legacy Tx Beamforming..................... ENABLED
    Antenna Type............................... INTERNAL_ANTENNA
    Internal Antenna Gain (in5 dBm units)...... 11
    Diversity.................................. DIVERSITY_ENABLED
     
    Performance Profile Parameters
    Configuration.............................. AUTOMATIC
    Interference threshold..................... 10%
    Noise threshold............................ -70 dBm
    RF utilization threshold................... 80%
    Data-rate threshold........................ 1000000 bps
    Client threshold........................... 12 clients
    Coverage SNR threshold..................... 12 dB
    Coverage exception level................... 25%
    Client minimum exception level............. 3 clients
    Rogue Containment Information
    Containment Count............................ 0
     

    This example shows how to display the general configuration of a Cisco access point:

    > show ap config general cisco-ap
     
    Cisco AP Identifier.............................. 9
    Cisco AP Name.................................... cisco-ap
    Country code..................................... US - United States
    Regulatory Domain allowed by Country............. 802.11bg:-A 802.11a:-A
    AP Country code.................................. US - United States
    AP Regulatory Domain............................. 802.11bg:-A 802.11a:-A
    Switch Port Number.............................. 1
    MAC Address...................................... 12:12:12:12:12:12
    IP Address Configuration......................... DHCP
    IP Address....................................... 10.10.10.21
    IP NetMask....................................... 255.255.255.0
    CAPWAP Path MTU.................................. 1485
    Domain...........................................
    Name Server......................................
    Telnet State..................................... Disabled
    Ssh State........................................ Disabled
    Cisco AP Location................................ default location
    Cisco AP Group Name.............................. default-group
    Primary Cisco Switch Name........................ 4404
    Primary Cisco Switch IP Address.................. 10.10.10.32
    Secondary Cisco Switch Name......................
    Secondary Cisco Switch IP Address................ Not Configured
    Tertiary Cisco Switch Name....................... 4404
    Tertiary Cisco Switch IP Address................. 3.3.3.3
    Administrative State............................ ADMIN_ENABLED
    Operation State................................. REGISTERED
    Mirroring Mode.................................. Disabled
    AP Mode......................................... Local
    Public Safety................................... Global: Disabled, Local: Disabled
    AP subMode...................................... WIPS
    Remote AP Debug................................. Disabled
    S/W Version.................................... 5.1.0.0
    Boot Version................................... 12.4.10.0
    Mini IOS Version................................ 0.0.0.0
    Stats Reporting Period.......................... 180
    LED State........................................ Enabled
    PoE Pre-Standard Switch.......................... Enabled
    PoE Power Injector MAC Addr...................... Disabled
    Power Type/Mode.................................. PoE/Low Power (degraded mode)
    Number Of Slots.................................. 2
    AP Model......................................... AIR-LAP1252AG-A-K9
    IOS Version...................................... 12.4(10:0)
    Reset Button..................................... Enabled
    AP Serial Number................................. serial_number
    AP Certificate Type.............................. Manufacture Installed
    Management Frame Protection Validation........... Enabled (Global MFP Disabled)
    AP User Mode..................................... CUSTOMIZED
    AP username..................................... maria
    AP Dot1x User Mode............................... Not Configured
    AP Dot1x username............................... Not Configured
    Cisco AP system logging host..................... 255.255.255.255
    AP Up Time....................................... 4 days, 06 h 17 m 22 s
    AP LWAPP Up Time................................. 4 days, 06 h 15 m 00 s
    Join Date and Time............................... Mon Mar 3 06:19:47 2008
     
    Ethernet Port Duplex............................. Auto
    Ethernet Port Speed.............................. Auto
    AP Link Latency.................................. Enabled
    Current Delay................................... 0 ms
    Maximum Delay................................... 240 ms
    Minimum Delay................................... 0 ms
    Last updated (based on AP Up Time).............. 4 days, 06 h 17 m 20 s
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif As of Controller Release 5.2 the 4400 series controllers can only run with the speed and duplex set to auto.


     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    show ap config global

    show ap config global

    To display the global syslog server settings for all access points that join the controller, use the show ap config global command.

    show ap config global

     
    Syntax Description

    The command has no arguments and keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display global syslog server settings:

    > show ap config global
     
    AP global system logging host.............................. 255.255.255.255

     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    show ap config


     

    show ap core-dump

    To display the memory core dump information for a lightweight access point, use the show ap core-dump command.

    show ap core-dump cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display memory core dump information:

    > show ap core-dump AP02
     
    Memory core dump is disabled.
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap core-dump
    show ap crash-file


     

    show ap crash-file

    To display the list of both crash and radio core dump files generated by lightweight access points, use the show ap crash-file command.

    show ap crash-file

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the crash file generated by the access point:

    > show ap crash-file

     
    Related Commands

    config ap crash-file clear-all
    config ap crash-file delete
    config ap crash-file get-crash-file
    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump

    show ap data-plane

    To display the data plane status for all access points or a specific access point, use the show ap data-plane command.

    show ap data-plane {all | Cisco_AP }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Specifies all Cisco lightweight access points.

    Cisco_AP

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the data plane status of all access points:

    > show ap data-plane all
     
    Min Data Data Max Data Last
    AP Name Round Trip Round Trip Round Trip Update
    ------------------ -------------- -------------- -------------- ------
    1130 0.000s 0.000s 0.002s 18:51:23
    1240 0.000s 0.000s 0.000s 18:50:45
     


     

    show ap eventlog

    To display the contents of the event log file for an access point that is joined to the controller, use the show ap eventlog command.

    show ap eventlog ap_name

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_name

    Event log for the specified access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the event log of an access point:

    > show ap eventlog CiscoAP
    AP event log download has been initiated
    Waiting for download to complete
     
    AP event log download completed.
    ======================= AP Event log Contents =====================
    *Feb 13 11:54:17.146: %CAPWAP-3-CLIENTEVENTLOG: AP event log has been cleared from the contoller 'admin'
    *Feb 13 11:54:32.874: *** Access point reloading. Reason: Reload Command ***
    *Mar 1 00:00:39.134: %CDP_PD-4-POWER_OK: Full power - NEGOTIATED inline power source
    *Mar 1 00:00:39.174: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Dot11Radio1, changed state to up
    *Mar 1 00:00:39.211: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Dot11Radio0, changed state to up
    *Mar 1 00:00:49.947: %CAPWAP-3-CLIENTEVENTLOG: Did not get vendor specific options from DHCP.
    ...


     

    show ap image

    To display the detailed information about the predownloaded image for specified access points, use the
    show ap image command.

    show ap image { cisco_ap | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Name of the lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display images present on all access points:

    > show ap image all
     
    Total number of APs.............................. 7
    Number of APs
    Initiated....................................... 4
    Predownloading.................................. 0
    Completed predownloading........................ 3
    Not Supported................................... 0
    Failed to Predownload........................... 0
     
    AP Name Primary Image Backup Image Status Version Next Retry Time Retry Count
    ------------------ -------------- -------------- --------------- -------------- ----------
    AP1140-1 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.38 Complete 6.0.183.38 NA NA
    AP1140-2 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.58 Initiated 6.0.183.38 23:46:43 1
    AP1130-2 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.38 Complete 6.0.183.38 NA NA
    AP1130-3 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.58 Initiated 6.0.183.38 23:43:25 1
    AP1130-4 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.38 Complete 6.0.183.38 NA NA
    AP1130-5 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.58 Initiated 6.0.183.38 23:43:00 1
    AP1130-6 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.58 Initiated 6.0.183.38 23:41:33 1
     

     
    Related CommandsAP1130-6 7.0.56.0 6.0.183.58 Initiated 6.0.183.38 23:41:33 1

    config ap image predownload
    config ap image swap


     

    show ap inventory

    To display inventory information for an access point, use the show ap inventory command.

    show ap inventory ap_name

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_name

    Specifies the inventory for the specified access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the inventory of an access point:

    > show ap inventory test101
     

    NAME: "test101", DESCR: "Cisco Wireless Access Point"

    PID: AIR-LAP1131AG-A-K9, VID: V01, SN: FTX1123T2XX


     

    show ap join stats detailed

    To display all join-related statistics collected for a specific access point, use the show ap join stats detailed command.

    show ap join stats detailed ap_mac

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_mac

    Access point Ethernet MAC address or the MAC address of the 802.11 radio interface.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display join information for a specific access point trying to join the controller:

    > show ap join stats detailed 00:0b:85:02:0d:20
    Discovery phase statistics
    - Discovery requests received.......................... 2
    - Successful discovery responses sent.................. 2
    - Unsuccessful discovery request processing............ 0
    - Reason for last unsuccessful discovery attempt....... Not applicable
    - Time at last successful discovery attempt............ Aug 21 12:50:23:335
    - Time at last unsuccessful discovery attempt.......... Not applicable
     
    Join phase statistics
    - Join requests received............................... 1
    - Successful join responses sent....................... 1
    - Unsuccessful join request processing................. 1
    - Reason for last unsuccessful join attempt.............RADIUS authorization is pending for the AP
    - Time at last successful join attempt................. Aug 21 12:50:34:481
    - Time at last unsuccessful join attempt............... Aug 21 12:50:34:374
     
    Configuration phase statistics
    - Configuration requests received...................... 1
    - Successful configuration responses sent.............. 1
    - Unsuccessful configuration request processing........ 0
    - Reason for last unsuccessful configuration attempt... Not applicable
    - Time at last successful configuration attempt........ Aug 21 12:50:34:374
    - Time at last unsuccessful configuration attempt...... Not applicable
     
    Last AP message decryption failure details
    - Reason for last message decryption failure........... Not applicable
     
    Last AP disconnect details
    - Reason for last AP connection failure................ Not applicable
     
    Last join error summary
    - Type of error that occurred last..................... Lwapp join request rejected
    - Reason for error that occurred last.................. RADIUS authorization is pending for the AP
    - Time at which the last join error occurred........... Aug 21 12:50:34:374

     
    Related Commands

    show ap join stats detailed
    show ap join stats summary
    show ap join stats summary all

    show ap join stats summary

    To display the last join error detail for a specific access point, use the show ap join stats summary command.

    show ap join stats summary ap_mac

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_mac

    Access point Ethernet MAC address or the MAC address of the 802.11 radio interface.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To obtain the MAC address of the 802.11 radio interface, enter the show interface command on the access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display specific join information for an access point:

    > show ap join stats summary 00:0b:85:02:0d:20
     
    Is the AP currently connected to controller.......................... No
    Time at which the AP joined this controller last time................ Aug 21 12:50:36:061
    Type of error that occurred last..................................... Lwapp join request rejected
    Reason for error that occurred last.................................. RADIUS authorization is pending for the AP
    Time at which the last join error occurred........................... Aug 21 12:50:34:374

     
    Related Commands

    show ap join stats detailed
    show ap join stats summary all

    show ap join stats summary all

    To display the MAC addresses of all the access points that are joined to the controller or that have tried to join, use the show ap join stats summary all command.

    show ap join stats summary all

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of join information for all access points:

    > show ap join stats summary all
    Number of APs.............................................. 4
    Base Mac AP EthernetMac AP Name IP Address Status
    00:0b:85:57:bc:c0 00:0b:85:57:bc:c0 AP1130 10.10.163.217 Joined
    00:1c:0f:81:db:80 00:1c:63:23:ac:a0 AP1140 10.10.163.216 Not joined
    00:1c:0f:81:fc:20 00:1b:d5:9f:7d:b2 AP1 10.10.163.215 Joined
    00:21:1b:ea:36:60 00:0c:d4:8a:6b:c1 AP2 10.10.163.214 Not joined
     

     
    Related Commands

    show ap join stats detailed
    show ap join stats summary

    show ap link-encryption

    To display the MAC addresses of all the access points that are joined to the controller or that have tried to join, use the show ap link-encryption command.

    show ap link-encryption {all | Cisco_AP }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    Cisco_AP

    Name of the lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the link encryption status of all access points:

    > show ap link-encryption all
     
    Encryption Dnstream Upstream Last
    AP Name State Count Count Update
    ------------------ --- -------- -------- ------
    1240 Dis 4406 237553 Never
    1130 En 2484 276308 19:31
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap link-encryption
    config ap link-latency



     

    show ap monitor-mode summary

    To display the current channel-optimized monitor mode settings, use the show ap monitor-mode summary command.

    show ap monitor-mode summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display current channel-optimized monitor mode settings:

    > show ap monitor-mode summary

     

    AP Name Ethernet MAC Status Scanning Channel List

    ------------------ ----------------- ---------- ----------------------

    AP_004 xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Tracking 1, 6, 11, 4

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode
    config ap monitor-mode

    show ap stats

    To display the statistics for a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show ap stats command.

    show ap stats { 802.11 { a | b } | wlan } cisco_ap [tsm {client_mac | all}]

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    wlan

    Specifies WLAN statistics.

    cisco_ap

    Specifies the name of the lightweight access point.

    tsm

    Specifies the traffic stream metrics.

    client_mac

    Specified MAC address of the client.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display statistics of an access point for the 802.11b network:

    > show ap stats 802.11b AP02
     
    Number Of Slots.................................. 2
    AP Name.......................................... 1140_LAP_1
    MAC Address...................................... c4:7d:4f:3a:35:53
    Radio Type....................................... RADIO_TYPE_80211b/g
    Stats Information
    Number of Users................................ 3
    TxFragmentCount................................ 232095
    MulticastTxFrameCnt............................ 3834
    FailedCount.................................... 347196
    RetryCount..................................... 683429
    MultipleRetryCount............................. 21416
    FrameDuplicateCount............................ 0
    RtsSuccessCount................................ 20
    RtsFailureCount................................ 0
    AckFailureCount................................ 439834
    RxIncompleteFragment........................... 0
    MulticastRxFrameCnt............................ 0
    FcsErrorCount.................................. 5845734
    TxFrameCount................................... 232095
    WepUndecryptableCount.......................... 0
    TxFramesDropped................................ 22
    Call Admission Control (CAC) Stats
    Voice Bandwidth in use(% of config bw)......... 50
    Total channel MT free........................ 0
    Total voice MT free.......................... 0
    Na Direct.................................... 0
    Na Roam...................................... 0
    Video Bandwidth in use(% of config bw)......... 0
    WMM TSPEC CAC Call Stats
    Total num of voice calls in progress........... 1
    Num of roaming voice calls in progress......... 1
    Total Num of voice calls since AP joined....... 13
    Total Num of roaming calls since AP joined..... 13
    Total Num of exp bw requests received.......... 0
    Total Num of exp bw requests admitted.......... 0
    Num of voice calls rejected since AP joined.... 0
    Num of roam calls rejected since AP joined..... 1
    Num of calls rejected due to insufficent bw.... 0
    Num of calls rejected due to invalid params.... 0
    Num of calls rejected due to PHY rate.......... 0
    Num of calls rejected due to QoS policy........ 0
    SIP CAC Call Stats
    Total Num of calls in progress................. 1
    Num of roaming calls in progress............... 0
    Total Num of calls since AP joined............. 29
    Total Num of roaming calls since AP joined..... 2
    Total Num of calls rejected(Insuff BW)......... 0
    Total Num of roam calls rejected(Insuff BW).... 0
    Total Num of calls rejected(Max call limit).... 9
    Total Num of roam calls rejected(Max call l.... 0
    Total Num of calls rejected(QoS Policy)........ 0
    Band Select Stats
    Num of dual band client....................... 0
    Num of dual band client added.................. 0
    Num of dual band client expired............... 0
    Num of dual band client replaced............... 0
    Num of dual band client detected.............. 0
    Num of suppressed client...................... 0
    Num of suppressed client expired............... 0
    Num of suppressed client replaced.............. 0
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap static-ip
    config ap stats-timer

    show ap summary

    To display a summary of all lightweight access points attached to the controller, use the show ap summary command.

    show ap summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    A list that contains each lightweight access point name, number of slots, manufacturer, MAC address, location, and the controller port number appears.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all connected access points:

    > show ap summary
    Number of APs.................................... 2
    Global AP username.............................. user
    Global AP Dot1x username........................ Not Configured
     
    Number of APs.................................... 2
    Global AP username.............................. user
    Global AP Dot1x username........................ Not Configured
     
    AP Name Slots AP Model Ethernet MAC Location Port Country Priority
    -------- ----- ---------------- ----------------- ---------- ---- ------- --------
    wolverine 2 AIR-LAP1252AG-A-K9 00:1b:d5:13:39:74 Reception 1 US 3
    ap:1120 1 AIR-LAP1121G-A-K9 00:1b:d5:a9:ad:08 Hall 235 1 US 1

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    show ap tcp-mss-adjust

    To display the Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) value for each WLAN defined on an access point, use the show ap tcp-mss-adjust command.

    show ap tcp-mss-adjust { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Specified lightweight access point name.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) maximum segment size (MSS) information of all access points:

    > show ap tcp-mss-adjust all
     
    AP Name TCP State MSS Size
    ------------------ --------- -------
    AP-1140 enabled 536
    AP-1240 disabled -
    AP-1130 disabled -

     
    Related Commands

    config ap tcp-adjust-mss

    show ap wlan

    To display the Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) value for each WLAN defined on an access point, use the show ap wlan command.

    show ap wlan 802.11 { a | b } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    ap_name

    Specifies the lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display BSSIDs of an access point for the 802.11b network:

    > show ap wlan 802.11b AP01
     
    Site Name........................................ MY_AP_GROUP1
    Site Description................................. MY_AP_GROUP1
     
    WLAN ID Interface BSSID
    ------- ----------- --------------------------
    1 management 00:1c:0f:81:fc:20
    2 dynamic 00:1c:0f:81:fc:21

     
    Related Commands

    config ap wlan

    show arp switch

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller MAC addresses, IP addresses, and port types, use the show arp switch command.

    show arp switch

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache information for the switch:

     
    > show arp switch
     
    MAC Address IP Address Port VLAN Type
    ------------------- ---------------- ------------ ---- -------------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx service port 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx service port
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx service port

     
    Related Commands

    clear arp
    debug arp

    show auth-list

    To display the access point authorization list, use the show auth-list command.

    show auth-list

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the access point authorization list:

    > show auth-list
     
    Authorize APs against AAA...................... disabled
    Allow APs with Self-signed Certificate (SSC)... disabled
     
    Mac Addr Cert Type Key Hash
    ----------------------- ---------- ------------------------------------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx MIC

     
    Related Commands

    clear tacacs auth statistics
    clear stats local-auth
    config auth-list add
    config auth-list ap-policy
    config auth-list delete

    show boot

    To display the primary and backup software build numbers with an indication of which is active, use the show boot command.

    show boot

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Each Cisco wireless LAN controller retains one primary and one backup operating system software load in nonvolatile RAM to allow controllers to boot off the primary load (default) or revert to the backup load when desired.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the default boot image information:

    > show boot
     
    Primary Boot Image............................... 3.2.13.0 (active)
    Backup Boot Image................................ 3.2.15.0

     
    Related Commands

    config boot

    show call-control ap

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The show call-control ap command is applicable only for SIP based calls.


    To see the metrics for successful calls or the traps generated for failed calls, use the show call-control ap command.

    show call-control ap { 802.11a | 802.11b } Cisco_ap { metrics | traps }

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    Cisco_ap

    Cisco access point name.

    metrics

    Specifies the call metrics information.

    traps

    Specifies the trap information for call control.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the metrics for successful calls generated for an access point:

    > show call-control ap 802.11a Cisco_AP metrics
    Total Call Duration in Seconds................... 120
    Number of Calls.................................. 10
     
    Number of calls for given client is................. 1
     

    This example shows how to display the metrics for the traps generated for an access point:

    > show call-control ap 802.11a Cisco_AP traps
    Number of traps sent in one min.................. 2
    Last SIP error code.............................. 404
    Last sent trap timestamp...................... Jun 20 10:05:06

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To aid in troubleshooting, the output of this command shows an error code for any failed calls. Table 2-1 explains the possible error codes for failed calls.

     

    Table 2-1 Error Codes for Failed VoIP Calls

    Error Code
    Integer
    Description

    1

    unknown

    Unknown error.

    400

    badRequest

    The request could not be understood because of malformed syntax.

    401

    unauthorized

    The request requires user authentication.

    402

    paymentRequired

    Reserved for future use.

    403

    forbidden

    The server understood the request but refuses to fulfill it.

    404

    notFound

    The server has information that the user does not exist at the domain specified in the Request-URI.

    405

    methodNotallowed

    The method specified in the Request-Line is understood but not allowed for the address identified by the Request-URI.

    406

    notAcceptable

    The resource identified by the request is only capable of generating response entities with content characteristics that are not acceptable according to the Accept header field sent in the request.

    407

    proxyAuthenticationRequired

    The client must first authenticate with the proxy.

    408

    requestTimeout

    The server could not produce a response within a suitable amount of time.

    409

    conflict

    The request could not be completed due to a conflict with the current state of the resource.

    410

    gone

    The requested resource is no longer available at the server, and no forwarding address is known.

    411

    lengthRequired

    The server is refusing to process a request because the request entity-body is larger than the server is willing or able to process.

    413

    requestEntityTooLarge

    The server is refusing to process a request because the request entity-body is larger than the server is willing or able to process.

    414

    requestURITooLarge

    The server is refusing to service the request because the Request-URI is longer than the server is willing to interpret.

    415

    unsupportedMediaType

    The server is refusing to service the request because the message body of the request is in a format not supported by the server for the requested method.

    420

    badExtension

    The server did not understand the protocol extension specified in a Proxy-Require or Require header field.

    480

    temporarilyNotAvailable

    The callee’s end system was contacted successfully, but the callee is currently unavailable.

    481

    callLegDoesNotExist

    The UAS received a request that does not match any existing dialog or transaction.

    482

    loopDetected

    The server has detected a loop.

    483

    tooManyHops

    The server received a request that contains a Max-Forwards header field with the value zero.

    484

    addressIncomplete

    The server received a request with a Request-URI that was incomplete.

    485

    ambiguous

    The Request-URI was ambiguous.

    486

    busy

    The callee’s end system was contacted successfully, but the callee is currently not willing or able to take additional calls at this end system.

    500

    internalServerError

    The server encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from fulfilling the request.

    501

    notImplemented

    The server does not support the functionality required to fulfill the request.

    502

    badGateway

    The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, received an invalid response from the downstream server it accessed in attempting to fulfill the request.

    503

    serviceUnavailable

    The server is temporarily unable to process the request because of a temporary overloading or maintenance of the server.

    504

    serverTimeout

    The server did not receive a timely response from an external server it accessed in attempting to process the request.

    505

    versionNotSupported

    The server does not support or refuses to support the SIP protocol version that was used in the request.

    600

    busyEverywhere

    The callee’s end system was contacted successfully, but the callee is busy or does not want to take the call at this time.

    603

    decline

    The callee’s machine was contacted successfully, but the user does not want to or cannot participate.

    604

    doesNotExistAnywhere

    The server has information that the user indicated in the Request-URI does not exist anywhere.

    606

    notAcceptable

    The user’s agent was contacted successfully, but some aspects of the session description (such as the requested media, bandwidth, or addressing style) were not acceptable.

    show call-control client

    To see call information for a call-aware client when Voice-over-IP (VoIP) snooping is enabled and the call is active, use the show call-control client command

    show call-control client callInfo client_MAC_address

     
    Syntax Description

    callInfo

    Specifies the call-control information.

    client_MAC_address

    Client MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the call information such as the IP port for calls related to the client:

    > show call-control client callInfo 10.10.10.10.10.10
     
    Uplink IP/port................................... 0.0.0.0 / 0
    Downlink IP/port................................ 9.47.96.107 / 5006
    UP............................................... 6
    Calling Party.................................... sip:1021
    Called Party..................................... sip:1000
    Call ID.......................................... 38423970c3fca477
    Call on hold:................................... FALSE
    Number of calls for given client is.............. 1

     
    Related Commands

    show call-control ap

    show capwap client config

    To display the list of clients associated with the capwap access point, use the show capwap client command.

    show capwap client config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display clients associated with capwap access point:

    > show capwap client config
     
    configMagicMark 0xF1E2D3C4
    chkSumV2 23845
    chkSumV1 43434
    swVer 4.2.37.156
    adminState ADMIN_ENABLED(1)
    name AP001b.0cfc.3f80
    location default location
    group name
    mwarName WLC1
    mwarIPAddress 9.41.80.67
    mwarName
    mwarIPAddress 0.0.0.0
    mwarName
    mwarIPAddress 0.0.0.0
    ssh status Disabled
    Telnet status Disabled
    numOfSlots 2
    spamRebootOnAssert 1
    spamStatTimer 180
    randSeed 0x0
    transport SPAM_TRANSPORT_L3(2)
    transportCfg SPAM_TRANSPORT_DEFAULT(0)
    initialisation SPAM_PRODUCTION_DISCOVERY(1)

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    show capwap client ip config

    show capwap client ip config

    To display the capwap static IP configuration, use the show capwap client ip config command.

    show capwap client ip config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the capwap static IP information:

    > show capwap client config
     
    LWAPP Static IP Configuration
    Primary Controller 9.41.80.88
     

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap ip address
    show capwap client config

    show capwap reap association

    To display the list of clients associated to an access point and their Service Set Identifiers (SSIDs), use the show capwap reap association command.

    show capwap reap association

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display clients associated to an access point and their SSIDs:

    > show capwap reap association

     
    Related Commands

    config hreap group
    show capwap reap status

    show capwap reap status

    To display the status of the hybrid-REAP access point (connected or standalone), use the show capwap reap status command.

    show capwap reap status

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of the hybrid-REAP access point:

    > show capwap reap status

     
    Related Commands

    config hreap group
    show capwap reap association

    show certificate compatibility

    To display whether or not certificates are verified as compatible in the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show certificate compatibility command.

    show certificate compatibility

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of the compatibility mode:

    > show certificate compatibility
     
    Certificate compatibility mode:................ off

     
    Related Commands

    config certificate
    config certificate lsc
    show certificate lsc
    show certificate summary
    show local-auth certificates

    show certificate lsc

    To verify that the controller has generated a Locally Significant Certificate (LSC), use the show certificate lsc summary command.

    show certificate lsc { summary | ap-provision }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays summary of LSC certificate settings and certificates.

    ap-provision

    Displays details about the access points that are provisioned using the LSC.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the LSC:

    > show certificate lsc summary
     
    LSC Enabled...................................... Yes
    LSC CA-Server.................................... http://10.0.0.1:8080/caserver
    LSC AP-Provisioning.............................. Yes
    Provision-List............................... Not Configured
    LSC Revert Count in AP reboots............... 3
    LSC Params:
    Country...................................... 4
    State........................................ ca
    City......................................... ss
    Orgn......................................... org
    Dept......................................... dep
    Email........................................ dep@co.com
    KeySize...................................... 390
    LSC Certs:
    CA Cert...................................... Not Configured
    RA Cert...................................... Not Configured
     

    This example shows how to display the details about the access points that are provisioned using the LSC:

    > show certificate lsc ap-provision
     
    LSC AP-Provisioning.............................. Yes
    Provision-List................................... Present
     
    Idx Mac Address
    --- -------------
    1 00:18:74:c7:c0:90

     
    Related Commands

    config certificate
    config certificate lsc
    show certificate compatibility
    show certificate summary
    show local-auth certificates

    show certificate summary

    To verify that the controller has generated a certificate, use the show certificate summary command.

    show certificate summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the certificate:

    > show certificate summary
     
    Web Administration Certificate................. Locally Generated
    Web Authentication Certificate................. Locally Generated
    Certificate compatibility mode:................ off

     
    Related Commands

    config certificate
    config certificate lsc
    show certificate compatibility
    show certificate lsc
    show local-auth certificates

    Show Client Commands

    Use the show client commands to display client settings.

    show client ap

    To display the clients on a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show client ap command.

     

    show client ap 802.11 { a | b } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The show client ap command may list the status of automatically disabled clients. Use the show exclusionlist command to view clients on the exclusion list.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display client information on an access point:

    > show client ap 802.11b AP1
     
    MAC Address AP Id Status WLAN Id Authenticated
    ----------------- ------ ------------- --------- -------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx 1 Associated 1 No

     
    Related Commands

    show client detail
    show client summary
    show client username
    show country
    show exclusionlist

    show client ccx client-capability

    To display the client’s capability information, use the show client ccx client-capability command.

    show client ccx client-capability client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command displays the client’s available capabilities, not the current settings for the capabilities.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client’s capability:

    > show client ccx client-capability 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
    Service Capability.................................. Voice, Streaming(uni-directional) Video, Interactive(bi-directional) Video
    Radio Type.......................................... DSSS OFDM(802.11a) HRDSSS(802.11b) ERP(802.11g)
     
    Radio Type.......................................... DSSS
    Radio Channels.................................. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Tx Power Mode................................... Automatic
    Rate List(MB)................................... 1.0 2.0
     
    Radio Type.......................................... HRDSSS(802.11b)
    Radio Channels.................................. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Tx Power Mode................................... Automatic
    Rate List(MB)................................... 5.5 11.0
     
    Radio Type.......................................... ERP(802.11g)
    Radio Channels.................................. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Tx Power Mode................................... Automatic
    Rate List(MB)................................... 6.0 9.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0
     
    Are you sure you want to start? (y/N)y Are you sure you want to start? (y/N)

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-profiles
    config client ccx stats-request
    show client ccx operating-parameters
    show client ccx profiles
    show client ccx stats-report

    show client ccx frame-data

    To display the data frames sent from the client for the last test, use the show client ccx frame-data command.

    show client ccx frame-data client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the data frame sent from the client for the last test:

    > show client ccx frame-data xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx

    show client ccx last-response-status

    To display the status of the last test response, use the show client ccx last-response-status command.

    show client ccx last-response-status client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of the last test response:

    > show client ccx last-response-status
    Test Status........................ Success
     
    Response Dialog Token.............. 87
    Response Status.................... Successful
    Response Test Type................. 802.1x Authentication Test
    Response Time...................... 3476 seconds since system boot

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx clear-reports
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp-test
    config client ccx log-request
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx last-test-status

    show client ccx last-test-status

    To display the status of the last test, use the show client ccx last-test-status command.

    show client ccx last-test-status client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of the last test of the client:

    > show client ccx last-test-status

    Test Type........................ Gateway Ping Test
    Test Status...................... Pending/Success/Timeout
    Dialog Token..................... 15
    Timeout.......................... 15000 ms
    Request Time..................... 1329 seconds since system boot

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx clear-reports
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp-test
    config client ccx log-request
    show client ccx last-response-status

    show client ccx log-response

    To display a log response, use the show client ccx log-response command.

    show client ccx log-response {roam | rsna | syslog } client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    roam

    (Optional) Displays the CCX client roaming log response.

    rsna

    (Optional) Displays the CCX client RSNA log response.

    syslog

    (Optional) Displays the CCX client system log response.

    client_mac_address

    Inventory for the specified access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the system log response:

    > show client ccx log-response syslog 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
    Tue Jun 26 18:07:48 2007 Syslog Response LogID=131: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 19m 42s 278987us
    Client SysLog = ‘<11> Jun 19 11:49:47 unraval13777 Mandatory elements missing in the OID response’
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 19m 42s 278990us
    Client SysLog = ‘<11> Jun 19 11:49:47 unraval13777 Mandatory elements missing in the OID response’
    Tue Jun 26 18:07:48 2007 Syslog Response LogID=131: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 19m 42s 278987us
    Client SysLog = ‘<11> Jun 19 11:49:47 unraval13777 Mandatory elements missing in the OID response’
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 19m 42s 278990us
    Client SysLog = ‘<11> Jun 19 11:49:47 unraval13777 Mandatory elements missing in the OID response’
     
     

    This example shows how to display the client roaming log response:

    > show client ccx log-response roam 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Thu Jun 22 11:55:14 2007 Roaming Response LogID=20: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 00m 13s 322396us
    Source BSSID=00:40:96:a8:f7:98, Target BSSID=00:0b:85:23:26:70,
    Transition Time=100(ms)
    Transition Reason: Normal roam, poor link
    Transition Result: Success
    Thu Jun 22 11:55:14 2007 Roaming Response LogID=133: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 00m 16s 599006us
    Source BSSID=00:0b:85:81:06:c2, Target BSSID=00:0b:85:81:06:c2,
    Transition Time=3235(ms)
    Transition Reason: Normal roam, poor link
    Transition Result: Success
    Thu Jun 22 18:28:48 2007 Roaming Response LogID=133: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=0d 00h 00m 08s 815477us
    Source BSSID=00:0b:85:81:06:c2, Target BSSID=00:0b:85:81:06:d2,
    Transition Time=3281(ms)
    Transition Reason: First association to WLAN
    Transition Result: Success

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx log-request

    show client ccx manufacturer-info

    To display the client manufacturing information, use the show client ccx manufacturer-info command.

    show client ccx manufacturer-info client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client manufacturing information:

    > show client ccx manufacturer-info 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
    Manufacturer OUI.............................. 00:40:96
    Manufacturer ID............................... Cisco
    Manufacturer Model............................ Cisco Aironet 802.11a/b/g Wireless Adapter
    Manufacturer Serial........................... FOC1046N3SX
    Mac Address................................... 00:40:96:b2:8d:5e
    Radio Type.................................... DSSS OFDM(802.11a) HRDSSS(802.11b)
    ERP(802.11g)
    Antenna Type.................................. Omni-directional diversity
    Antenna Gain.................................. 2 dBi
     
    Rx Sensitivity:
    Radio Type...................................... DSSS
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:1.0 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:2.0 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Radio Type...................................... HRDSSS(802.11b)
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:5.5 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:11.0 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Radio Type...................................... ERP(802.11g)
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:6.0 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:9.0 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:12.0 Mbps, MinRssi:-95, MaxRss1:-30
    Rx Sensitivity.................................. Rate:18.0 Mbps, MinRss1:-95, MaxRss1:-30

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-profiles

    show client ccx operating-parameters

    To display the client operating-parameters, use the show client ccx operating-parameters command.

    show client ccx operating-parameters client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client operating parameters:

    > show client ccx operating-parameters 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Client Mac......................................... 00:40:96:b2:8d:5e
    Radio Type......................................... OFDM(802.11a)
     
    Radio Type......................................... OFDM(802.11a)
    Radio Channels................................. 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 149 153 157 161 165
    Tx Power Mode.................................. Automatic
    Rate List(MB)................................... 6.0 9.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0
     
    Power Save Mode.................................... Normal Power Save
    SSID............................................... wifi
    Security Parameters[EAP Method, Credential]......... None
    Auth Method........................................ None
    Key Management...................................... None
    Encryption......................................... None
    Device Name........................................ Wireless Network Connection 15
    Device Type........................................ 0
    OS Id.............................................. Windows XP
    OS Version......................................... 5.1.6.2600 Service Pack 2
    IP Type............................................ DHCP address
    IPv4 Address....................................... Available
    IP Address......................................... 70.0.4.66
    Subnet Mask........................................ 255.0.0.0
    Default Gateway.................................... 70.1.0.1
    IPv6 Address....................................... Not Available
    IPv6 Address....................................... 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:
    IPv6 Subnet Mask................................... 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:
    DNS Servers........................................ 103.0.48.0
    WINS Servers.......................................
    System Name........................................ URAVAL3777
    Firmware Version................................... 4.0.0.187
    Driver Version..................................... 4.0.0.187

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-profiles

    show client ccx profiles

    To display the client profiles, use the show client ccx profiles command.

    show client ccx profiles client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client profiles:

    > show client ccx profiles 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
    Number of Profiles.................................. 1
    Current Profile..................................... 1
     
    Profile ID.......................................... 1
    Profile Name........................................ wifiEAP
    SSID................................................ wifiEAP
    Security Parameters [EAP Method, Credential]......... EAP-TLS, Host OS Login Credentials
    Auth Method......................................... EAP
    Key Management...................................... WPA2+CCKM
    Encryption.......................................... AES-CCMP
    Power Save Mode..................................... Constantly Awake
    Radio Configuration:
    Radio Type........................................... DSSS
    Preamble Type.................................... Long preamble
    CCA Method....................................... Energy Detect + Carrier
    Detect/Correlation
    Data Retries..................................... 6
    Fragment Threshold............................... 2342
    Radio Channels................................... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Tx Power Mode.................................... Automatic
    Rate List (MB)................................... 1.0 2.0
     
    Radio Type........................................... HRDSSS(802.11b)
    Preamble Type.................................... Long preamble
    CCA Method....................................... Energy Detect + Carrier
    Detect/Correlation
    Data Retries..................................... 6
    Fragment Threshold............................... 2342
    Radio Channels................................... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Tx Power Mode.................................... Automatic
    Rate List(MB).................................... 5.5 11.0
     
    Radio Type........................................... ERP(802.11g)
    Preamble Type.................................... Long preamble
    CCA Method....................................... Energy Detect + Carrier
    Detect/Correlation
    Data Retries..................................... 6
    Fragment Threshold............................... 2342
    Radio Channels................................... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    Tx Power Mode.................................... Automatic
    Rate List (MB)................................... 6.0 9.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0
     
    Radio Type........................................... OFDM(802.11a)
    Preamble Type.................................... Long preamble
    CCA Method....................................... Energy Detect + Carrier
    Detect/Correlation
    Data Retries..................................... 6
    Fragment Threshold............................... 2342
    Radio Channels................................... 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 149 153 157 161 165
    Tx Power Mode.................................... Automatic
    Rate List (MB)................................... 6.0 9.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-profiles

    show client ccx results

    To display the results from the last successful diagnostic test, use the show client ccx results command.

    show client ccx results client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the results from last successful diagnostic test:

    > show client ccs results xx.xx.xx.xx
     
    dot1x Complete....................................... Success
    EAP Method........................................... *1,Host OS Login Credentials
    dot1x Status......................................... 255

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx clear-reports
    config client ccx clear-results

    show client ccx rm

    To display Cisco Client eXtension (CCX) client radio management report information, use the show client ccx rm commands.

    show client ccx rm client_MAC {status |
    report (chan-load | noise-hist | frame request | beacon | frame)}

     
    Syntax Description

    client_MAC

    Client MAC address.

    status

    Displays the client CCX radio management status information.

    report

    Displays the client CCX radio management report.

    chan-load

    Displays radio management channel load reports.

    noise-hist

    Displays radio management noise histogram reports.

    beacon

    Displays radio management beacon load reports.

    frame

    Displays radio management frame reports.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client radio management status information:

    > show client ccx rm 00:40:96:15:21:ac status
     
    Client Mac Address............................... 00:40:96:15:21:ac
    Channel Load Request............................. Enabled
    Noise Histogram Request.......................... Enabled
    Beacon Request................................... Enabled
    Frame Request.................................... Enabled
    Interval......................................... 30
    Iteration........................................... 10
     
     

    This example shows how to display the client radio management load reports:

    > show client ccx rm 00:40:96:15:21:ac report chan-load
    Channel Load Report
    Client Mac Address............................... 00:40:96:ae:53:bc
    Timestamp........................................ 788751121
    Incapable Flag................................... On
    Refused Flag........................................ On
    Chan CCA Busy Fraction
    -----------------------
    1 194
    2 86
    3 103
    4 0
    5 178
    6 82
    7 103
    8 95
    9 13
    10 222
    11 75
     

    This example shows how to display the client radio management noise histogram reports:

    > show client ccx rm 00:40:96:15:21:ac report noise-hist
    Noise Histogram Report
    Client Mac Address............................... 00:40:96:15:21:ac
    Timestamp........................................ 4294967295
    Incapable Flag................................... Off
    Refused Flag........................................ Off
    Chan RPI0 RPI1 RPI2 RPI3 RPI4 RPI5 RPI6 RPI7

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp-test

    show client ccx stats-report

    To display the Cisco Client eXtensions (CCX) statistics report from a specified client device, use the show client ccx stats-report command.

    show client ccx stats-report client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    Client MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to displays the statistics report:

    > show client ccx stats-report 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Measurement duration = 1
     
    dot11TransmittedFragmentCount = 1
    dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount = 2
    dot11FailedCount = 3
    dot11RetryCount = 4
    dot11MultipleRetryCount = 5
    dot11FrameDuplicateCount = 6
    dot11RTSSuccessCount = 7
    dot11RTSFailureCount = 8
    dot11ACKFailureCount = 9
    dot11ReceivedFragmentCount = 10
    dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount = 11
    dot11FCSErrorCount = 12
    dot11TransmittedFrameCount = 13
     
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp-test
    config client ccx dns-ping

    show client detail

    To display detailed information for a client on a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show client detail command.

     

    show client detail mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    mac_address

    Client MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The show client ap command may list the status of automatically disabled clients. Use the show exclusionlist command to display clients on the exclusion list.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The WLAN indexes displayed through the show capwap reap assoc command can be different when compared to the WLAN IDs on the controllers. The SSID-to-VLAN mappings are correctly preserved and the functionality is not impacted.


    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client detailed information:

    > show client detail 00:0c:41:07:33:a6
     
    Client MAC Address............................... 00:16:36:40:ac:58
    Client Username.................................. N/A
    Client State..................................... Associated
    Client NAC OOB State............................. QUARANTINE
    Guest LAN Id..................................... 1
    IP Address....................................... Unknown
    Session Timeout.................................. 0
    QoS Level........................................ Gold
    Diff Serv Code Point (DSPC)...................... disabled
    Mobility State................................... Local
    Internal Mobility State.......................... apfMsMmInitial
    Security Policy Completed........................ No
    Policy Manager State............................. WEBAUTH_REQD
    Policy Manager Rule Created...................... Yes
    NPU Fast Fast Notified........................... Yes
    Last Policy Manager State........................ WEBAUTH_REQD
    Client Entry Create Time......................... 460 seconds
    Interface........................................ wired-guest
    VLAN............................................. 236
    Quarantine VLAN.................................. 0
    Client Statistics:
    Number of Bytes Received..................... 0
    Number of Bytes Sent......................... 0
    Number of Packets Received................... 0
    Number of Packets Sent....................... 0
    Number of EAP Id Request Msg Timeouts........ 0
    Number of EAP Id Request Msg Failures........ 0
    Number of EAP Request Msg Timeouts........... 2
    Number of EAP Request Msg Failures........... 1
    Number of EAP Key Msg Timeouts............... 0
    Number of EAP Key Msg Failures............... 0
    Number of Policy Errors...................... 0
    Radio Signal Strength Indicator.............. Unavailable
    Signal to Noise Ratio........................ Unavailable
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    show client summary

    show client location-calibration summary

    To display client location calibration summary information, use the show client location-calibration summary command.

    show client location-calibration summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the location calibration summary information:

    > show client location-calibration summary
     
    MAC Address Interval
    ----------- ----------
    10:10:10:10:10:10 60
    21:21:21:21:21:21 45

     
    Related Commands

    show client summary
    show client summary guest-lan

    show client probing

    To display the number of probing clients, use the show client probing command.

    show client probing

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the number of probing clients:

    > show client probing
     
    Number of Probing Clients........................ 0
     

     
    Related Commands

    show client summary
    show client summary guest-lan

    show client roam-history

    To display the roaming history of a specified client, use the show client roam-history command.

    show client roam-history mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    mac_address

    Client MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the roaming history of a specified client:

    > show client roam-history 00:14:6c:0a:57:77

    show client summary

    To display a summary of clients associated with a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show client summary command.

     

    show client summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The show client ap command may list the status of automatically disabled clients. Use the show exclusionlist command to display clients on the exclusion list.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the active clients:

     
    > show client summary
     
    Number of Clients................................ 24
     
    MAC Address AP Name Status WLAN Auth Protocol Port
    ----------------- ----------------- ------------- ---- ---- -------- ----
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Associated 2 Yes 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11b 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx AP02 Probing N/A No 802.11a 1
     
    Number of Clients................................ 2

     
    Related Commands

    show client summary guest-lan

    show client summary guest-lan

    To display the active wired guest LAN clients, use the show client summary guest-lan command.

    show client summary guest-lan

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the active wired guest LAN clients:
     
    > show client summary guest-lan
     
    Number of Clients................................ 1
    MAC Address AP Name Status WLAN Auth Protocol Port Wired
    ----------- --------- ---------- ---- ---- -------- ---- -----
    00:16:36:40:ac:58 N/A Associated 1 No 802.3 1 Yes

     
    Related Commands

    show client summary

    show client tsm

    To display the client traffic stream metrics (TSM) statistics, use the show client tsm command.

    show client tsm 802.11 {a | b} client_mac {ap_mac | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11 b/g network.

    client_mac

    Specifies the MAC address of the client.

    ap_mac

    MAC address of the tsm access point.

    all

    Specifies the list of all access points to which the client has associations.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client’s TSM for the 802.11a network:

    > show client tsm 802.11a xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx all
    AP Interface MAC: 00:0b:85:01:02:03
    Client Interface Mac: 00:01:02:03:04:05
    Measurement Duration: 90 seconds
     
    Timestamp 1st Jan 2006, 06:35:80
    UpLink Stats
    ================
    Average Delay (5sec intervals)............................35
    Delay less than 10 ms.....................................20
    Delay bet 10 - 20 ms......................................20
    Delay bet 20 - 40 ms......................................20
    Delay greater than 40 ms..................................20
    Total packet Count.........................................80
    Total packet lost count (5sec).............................10
    Maximum Lost Packet count(5sec)............................5
    Average Lost Packet count(5secs)...........................2
    DownLink Stats
    ================
    Average Delay (5sec intervals)............................35
    Delay less than 10 ms.....................................20
    Delay bet 10 - 20 ms......................................20
    Delay bet 20 - 40 ms......................................20
    Delay greater than 40 ms..................................20
    Total packet Count.........................................80
    Total packet lost count (5sec).............................10
    Maximum Lost Packet count(5sec)............................5
    Average Lost Packet count(5secs)...........................2

     

     
    Related Commands

    show client ap
    show client detail
    show client summary

    show client username

    To display the client data by the username, use the show client username command.

    show client username username

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Client’s username.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the detailed information for a client by name:

    > show client username IT_007
     
    MAC Address AP ID Status WLAN Id Authenticated
    ----------------- ------ ------------- --------- -------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx 1 Associated 1 No

     
    Related Commands

    show client ap
    show client detail
    show client summary

    show country

    To display the configured country and the radio types supported, use the show country command.

    show country

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the configured countries and supported radio types:

    > show country
     
    Configured Country............................. United States
    Configured Country Codes
    US - United States............................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
     

     
    Related Commands

    config country
    show country channels
    show country supported

    show country channels

    To display the radio channels supported in the configured country, use the show country channels command.

    show country channels

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the auto-RF channels for the configured countries:
     
    > show country channels
     
    Configured Country............................. United States
    KEY: * = Channel is legal in this country and may be configured manually.
    A = Channel is the Auto-RF default in this country.
    . = Channel is not legal in this country.
    C = Channel has been configured for use by Auto-RF.
    x = Channel is available to be configured for use by Auto-RF.
    ---------:+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
    802.11BG :
    Channels : 1 1 1 1 1
    : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
    ---------:+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
    US : A * * * * A * * * * A...
    ---------:+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
    802.11A : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    Channels : 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6
    : 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 2 6 0 4 0 4 8 2 6 0 4 8 2 6 0 9 3 7 1 5
    ---------:+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
    US :. A. A. A. A A A A A * * * * *... * * * A A A A *
    ---------:+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-

     
    Related Commands

    config country
    show country
    show country supported

    show country supported

    To display a list of the supported country options, use the show country supported command.

    show country supported

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of all the supported countries:

    > show country supported
    Configured Country............................. United States
    Supported Country Codes
    AR - Argentina................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    AT - Austria................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    AU - Australia................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    BR - Brazil.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    BE - Belgium................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    BG - Bulgaria.................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    CA - Canada.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    CH - Switzerland............................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    CL - Chile..................................... 802.11b / 802.11g
    CN - China..................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    CO - Colombia.................................. 802.11b / 802.11g
    CY - Cyprus.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    CZ - Czech Republic............................ 802.11a / 802.11b
    DE - Germany................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    DK - Denmark................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    EE - Estonia................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    ES - Spain..................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    FI - Finland................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    FR - France.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    GB - United Kingdom............................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    GI - Gibraltar................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    GR - Greece.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    HK - Hong Kong................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    HU - Hungary................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    ID - Indonesia................................. 802.11b / 802.11g
    IE - Ireland................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    IN - India..................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    IL - Israel.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    ILO - Israel (outdoor).......................... 802.11b / 802.11g
    IS - Iceland................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    IT - Italy..................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    JP - Japan (J)................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    J2 - Japan 2(P)................................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    J3 - Japan 3(U)................................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    KR - Korea Republic (C)........................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    KE - Korea Extended (K)........................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    LI - Liechtenstein............................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    LT - Lithuania................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    LU - Luxembourg................................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    LV - Latvia.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    MC - Monaco.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    MT - Malta..................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    MX - Mexico.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    MY - Malaysia.................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    NL - Netherlands............................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    NZ - New Zealand............................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    NO - Norway.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    PA - Panama.................................... 802.11b / 802.11g
    PE - Peru...................................... 802.11b / 802.11g
    PH - Philippines............................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    PL - Poland.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    PT - Portugal.................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    RU - Russian Federation........................ 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    RO - Romania................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    SA - Saudi Arabia.............................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    SE - Sweden.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    SG - Singapore................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    SI - Slovenia.................................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    SK - Slovak Republic........................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    TH - Thailand.................................. 802.11b / 802.11g
    TR - Turkey.................................... 802.11b / 802.11g
    TW - Taiwan.................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    UA - Ukraine................................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    US - United States............................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    USL - United States (Legacy).................... 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    USX - United States (US + chan165).............. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
    VE - Venezuela................................. 802.11b / 802.11g
    ZA - South Africa.............................. 802.11a / 802.11b / 802.11g
     

     
    Related Commands

    config country
    show country
    show country channels

    show coredump summary

    To display a summary of the controller’s core dump file, use the show coredump summary command.

    show coredump summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the core dump summary:

     
    > show coredump summary
    Core Dump is enabled
    FTP Server IP.................................... 10.10.10.17
    FTP Filename..................................... file1
    FTP Username..................................... ftpuser
    FTP Password.................................. *********

     
    Related Commands

    config coredump
    config coredump ftp
    config coredump username

    show cpu

    To display current WLAN controller CPU usage information, use the show cpu command.

    show cpu

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current CPU usage information:
    > show cpu
     
    Current CPU load: 2.50%

    show custom-web

    To display web authentication customization information, use the show custom-web command.

    show custom-web

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the web authentication customization information:

    > show custom-web
     
    Radius Authentication Method..................... PAP
    Cisco Logo....................................... Enabled
    CustomLogo....................................... None
    Custom Title..................................... None
    Custom Message................................... None
    Custom Redirect URL.............................. None
    External web authentication Mode................. Disabled
    External web authentication URL.................. None

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode
    config custom-web ext-webauth-url
    config custom-web ext-webserver
    config custom-web redirectUrl
    config custom-web webauth-type
    config custom-web weblogo
    config custom-web webmessage
    config custom-web webtitle

    show database summary

    To display the maximum number of entries in the database, use the show database summary command.

    show database summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the local database configuration:

    > show database summary
     
    Maximum Database Entries......................... 2048
    Maximum Database Entries On Next Reboot.......... 2048
    Database Contents
    MAC Filter Entries........................... 2
    Exclusion List Entries....................... 0
    AP Authorization List Entries................ 1
    Management Users............................. 1
    Local Network Users.......................... 1
    Local Users.............................. 1
    Guest Users.............................. 0
    Total..................................... 5
     

     
    Related Commands

    config database size

    show debug

    To determine if the MAC address and other flag debugging is enabled or disabled, sse the show debug command.

    show debug [ packet ]

     
    Syntax Description

    packet

    Displays information about packet debugs.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display if debugging is enabled:

    > show debug
     
    MAC debugging............................... disabled
     
    Debug Flags Enabled:
    arp error enabled.
    bcast error enabled.
     

    This example shows how to display if debugging is enabled:

    > show debug
     
    Status........................................... disabled
    Number of packets to display..................... 0
    Bytes/packet to display.......................... 0
    Packet display format............................ text2pcap
     
    Driver ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
    Ethernet ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
    IP ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
    EoIP-Ethernet ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
    EoIP-IP ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
    LWAPP-Dot11 ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
    LWAPP-IP ACL:
    [1]: disabled
    [2]: disabled
    [3]: disabled
    [4]: disabled
    [5]: disabled
    [6]: disabled
     

     
    Related Commands

    debug mac

    show dhcp

    To display the internal Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server configuration, use the show dhcp command.

    show dhcp {detailed | leases | opt-82 | proxy | stats | summary | timeout | scope }

     
    Syntax Description

    show

    Displaysettings.

    dhcp

    Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol settings.

    detailed

    Enter detailed to display DHCP information for a particular scope. DHCP sope name allows space by using double quote like “scope 003”.

    leases

    Enter leases to display allocated DHCP leases.

    proxy

    Enter proxy to display the status if DHCP proxy.

    stats

    Enter stats to display the DHCP proxy statistics.

    summary

    Enter summary to display DHCP summary information.

    timeout

    Enter timeout to display the DHCP timeout information.

    scope

    Enter the name of a scope to display the DHCP information for that scope.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the allocated DHCP leases:

    > show dhcp leases
     
    No leases allocated.
     

    This example shows how to display the DHCP summary information:

    > show dhcp summary
     
    Scope Name Enabled Address Range
    003 No 0.0.0.0 -> 0.0.0.0
     

    This example shows how to display the DHCP information for the scope 003:

    > show dhcp 003
     
    Enabled....................................... No
    Lease Time.................................... 0
    Pool Start.................................... 0.0.0.0
    Pool End...................................... 0.0.0.0
    Network....................................... 0.0.0.0
    Netmask....................................... 0.0.0.0
    Default Routers............................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
    DNS Domain....................................
    DNS........................................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
    Netbios Name Servers.......................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
     
    > how dhcp detailed “scope 003”
    Enabled.......................................... No
    Lease Time....................................... 86400 (1 day)
    Pool Start....................................... 0.0.0.0
    Pool End......................................... 0.0.0.0
    Network.......................................... 0.0.0.0
    Netmask.......................................... 0.0.0.0
    Default Routers.................................. 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
    DNS Domain.......................................
    DNS.............................................. 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
    Netbios Name Servers............................. 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
     

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp proxy

    show dtls connections

    To display the Datagram Transport Layer Security (DTLS) server status, use the show dtls connections command.

    show dtls connections

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the established dtls connections:

    > show dtls connections
     
    AP Name Local Port Peer IP Peer Port Ciphersuite
    --------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- -----------------------
    1130 Capwap_Ctrl 1.100.163.210 23678 TLS_RSA _WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
    1130 Capwap_Data 1.100.163.210 23678 TLS_RSA _WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
    1240 Capwap_Ctrl 1.100.163.209 59674 TLS_RSA _WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

    show dhcp proxy

    To display the status of DHCP proxy handling, use the show dhcp proxy command.

    show dhcp proxy

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of dhcp proxy information:

    > show dhcp proxy
    DHCP Proxy Behavior: enabled

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp

    show eventlog

    To display the event log, use the show eventlog command.

    show eventlog

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the event log entries:

    > show eventlog
    Time
    File Line TaskID Code d h m s
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125CEBCC AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125CEBCC AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125C597C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125C597C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125C597C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125C597C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125C597C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 125C597C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 6
    EVENT> bootos.c 788 1216C36C AAAAAAAA 0 0 0 11

    show exclusionlist

    To display a summary of all clients on the manual exclusion list from associating with this Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show exclusionlist command.

    show exclusionlist

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command displays all manually excluded MAC addresses.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the exclusion list
    > show exclusionlist
     
    MAC Address Description
    ----------------------- --------------------------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Disallowed Client

     
    Related Commands

    config exclusionlist

    show guest-lan

    To display the configuration of a specific wired guest LAN, use the show guest-lan command.

    show guest-lan guest_lan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    guest_lan_id

    ID of selected wired guest LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To display all wired guest LANs configured on the controller, use the show guest-lan summary command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the guest LAN configuration:

    > show guest-lan 2
     
    Guest LAN Identifier........................... 1
    Profile Name................................... guestlan
    Network Name (SSID)............................ guestlan
    Status......................................... Enabled
    AAA Policy Override............................ Disabled
    Number of Active Clients....................... 1
    Exclusionlist Timeout.......................... 60 seconds
    Session Timeout................................ Infinity
    Interface...................................... wired
    Ingress Interface.............................. wired-guest
    WLAN ACL....................................... unconfigured
    DHCP Server.................................... 10.20.236.90
    DHCP Address Assignment Required............... Disabled
    Quality of Service............................. Silver (best effort)
    Security
    Web Based Authentication................... Enabled
    ACL........................................ Unconfigured
    Web-Passthrough............................ Disabled
    Conditional Web Redirect................... Disabled
    Auto Anchor................................ Disabled
    Mobility Anchor List
    GLAN ID IP Address Status

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan
    config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url
    config guest-lan custom-web global disable
    config guest-lan custom-web login_page
    config guest-lan nac
    config guest-lan security

    show hreap group detail

    To display the details for a specific hybrid-REAP group, use the show hreap group detail command.

    show hreap group detail group_name

     
    Syntax Description

    group_name

    IP address of hybrid-REAP group.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the detailed information for a specific hybrid-REAP group:

    > show hreap group detail 192.12.1.2
     
    Number of Ap’s in Group: 1
    00:0a:b8:3b:0b:c2 AP1200 Joined
     
    Group Radius Auth Servers:
    Primary Server Index..................... Disabled
    Secondary Server Index................... Disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config hreap group
    show hreap group summary

    show hreap group summary

    To display the current list of hybrid-REAP groups, use the show hreap group summary command.

    show hreap group summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current list of hybrid-REAP groups:

    > show hreap group summary
     
    HREAP Group Summary: Count 1
     
    Group Name # APs
    Group 1 1

     
    Related Commands

    config hreap group
    show hreap group detail

    show hreap office-extend

    To display hybrid-REAP OfficeExtend access point information, use the show hreap office-extend command.

    show hreap office-extend { summary | latency }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a list of all OfficeExtend access points.

    latency

    Displays the link delay for OfficeExtend access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display information about the list of hybrid-REAP officeExtend access points:

    > show hreap office-extend summary
    Summary of OfficeExtend AP
    AP Name Ethernet MAC Encryption Join-Mode Join-Time
    ------------------ ----------------- ---------- ----------- ----------
    AP1130 00:22:90:e3:37:70 Enabled Latency Sun Jan 4 21:46:07 2009
    AP1140 01:40:91:b5:31:70 Enabled Latency Sat Jan 3 19:30:25 2009
     

    This example shows how to display the hybrid-REAP officeExtend access point’s link delay:

    > show hreap office-extend latency
    Summary of OfficeExtend AP link latency
    AP Name Status Current Maximum Minimum
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    AP1130 Enabled 15 ms 45 ms 12 ms
    AP1140 Enabled 14 ms 179 ms 12 ms

     
    Related Commands

    config hreap group
    show hreap group detail

    show ike

    To display active Internet Key Exchange (IKE) security associations (SAs), use the show ike command.

    show ike { brief | detailed } IP_or_MAC_address

     
    Syntax Description

    brief

    Displays a brief summary of all active IKE SAs.

    detailed

    Displays a detailed summary of all active IKE SAs.

    IP_or_MAC_address

    IP or MAC address of active IKE SA.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the active Internet Key Exchange security associations:
    > show ike brief 10.10.10.10

    show interface

    To display details of the system interfaces, use the show interface command:

    show interface { summary | detailed interface_name }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a summary of the local interfaces.

    detailed

    Displays detailed interface information.

    interface_name

    Interface name for detailed display.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The interface name of the wired guest LAN in the following example is management and its VLAN ID is 149.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the local interfaces:

    > show interface summary
     
    Interface Name Port Vlan Id IP Address Type Ap Mgr Guest
    ------------------- ---- --------- ---------------- ------ ------ ------
     
    ap-manager 1 untagged xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Static Yes No
    management 1 untagged xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Static No No
    service-port N/A N/A xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Static No No
    virtual N/A N/A xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Static No No
     

    This example shows how to display the detailed interface information:

    > show interface detailed management
     
    Interface Name................................... management
    MAC Address...................................... 00:0b:85:32:ab:60
    IP Address....................................... 1.100.49.30
    IP Netmask....................................... 255.255.255.0
    IP Gateway....................................... 1.100.49.1
    VLAN............................................. 149
    Active Physical Port............................. 1
    Primary Physical Port............................ 1
    Backup Physical Port............................. Unconfigured
    Primary DHCP Server.............................. 1.100.2.15
    Secondary DHCP Server............................ Unconfigured
    ACL.............................................. Unconfigured
    AP Manager....................................... No
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Some WLAN controllers may have only one physical port listed because they have only one physical port.


    show invalid-config

    To see any ignored commands or invalid configuration values in an edited configuration file, use the show invalid-config command.

    show invalid-config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can execute this command only before the clear config or save config command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of any ignored commands or invalid configuration values in a configuration file:

    > show invalid-config
     
    config wlan peer-blocking drop 3
    config wlan dhcp_server 3 192.168.0.44 required

    show inventory

    To display a physical inventory of the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show inventory command.

    show inventory

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Some wireless LAN controllers may have no crypto accelerator (VPN termination module) or power supplies listed because they have no provisions for VPN termination modules or power supplies.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a physical inventory of the controller:

    > show inventory
     
    Switch Description............................... Cisco Controller
    Machine Model.................................... WLC4404-100
    Serial Number.................................... FLS0923003B
    Burned-in MAC Address............................ 00:0B:85:32:AB:60
    Crypto Accelerator 1............................. Absent
    Crypto Accelerator 2............................. Absent
    Power Supply 1................................... Absent
    Power Supply 2................................... Present, OK

     
    Related Commands

    show ap inventory

    show IPsec

    To display active Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) security associations (SAs), use the show IPsec commands.

    show IPsec { brief | detailed } IP_or_MAC_address

     
    Syntax Description

    brief

    Displays a brief summary of active IPsec SAs.

    detailed

    Displays a detailed summary of active IPsec SAs.

    IP_or_MAC_address

    IP address or MAC address of a device.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display brief information about the active Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) security associations (SAs):

    > show IPsec brief 10.10.10.10

     
    Related Commands

    config radius acct IPsec authentication
    config radius acct IPsec disable
    config radius acct IPsec enable
    config radius acct IPsec encryption
    config radius acct IPsec ike
    config radius auth IPsec authentication
    config radius auth IPsec disable
    config radius auth IPsec encryption
    config radius auth IPsec ike
    config trapflags IPsec
    config wlan security IPsec disable
    config wlan security IPsec enable
    config wlan security IPsec authentication
    config wlan security IPsec encryption
    config wlan security IPsec config
    config wlan security IPsec ike authentication
    config wlan security IPsec ike dh-group
    config wlan security IPsec ike lifetime
    config wlan security IPsec ike phase1
    config wlan security IPsec ike contivity

    show known ap

    To display known Cisco lightweight access point information, use the show known ap command.

    show known ap { summary | detailed MAC }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a list of all known access points.

    detailed

    Provides detailed information for all known access points.

    MAC

    MAC address of the known AP.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all known access points:

    > show known ap summary
     
    MAC Address State # APs # Clients Last Heard
    ----------- ----------- ----- -------- -----------------

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    show l2tp

    To display Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) sessions, use the show l2tp command.

    show l2tp { summary | ip_address }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays all L2TP sessions.

    ip_address

    IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all L2TP sessions:

    > show l2tp summary
     
    LAC_IPaddr LTid LSid RTid RSid ATid ASid State
    ---------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -----

    show lag summary

    To display the current link aggregation (LAG) status, use the show lag summary command.

    show lag summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current status of the LAG configuration:

    > show lag summary
     
    LAG Enabled

     
    Related Commands

    config lag

    show ldap

    To display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server information for a particular LDAP server, use the show ldap command.

    show ldap index

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    LDAP server index. Valid values are from 1 to 17.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the detailed LDAP server information:

    > show ldap 1
    Server Index..................................... 1
    Address.......................................... 2.3.1.4
    Port............................................. 389
    Enabled.......................................... Yes
    User DN.......................................... name1
    User Attribute................................... attr1
    User Type........................................ username1
    Retransmit Timeout............................... 3 seconds
    Bind Method..................................... Anonymous

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap
    config ldap add
    config ldap simple-bind
    show ldap statistics
    show ldap summary

    show ldap statistics

    To display all Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server information, use the show ldap statistics command.

    show ldap statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords:

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the LDAP server statistics:

    > show ldap statistics
     
    Server Index..................................... 1
    Server statistics:
    Initialized OK................................. 0
    Initialization failed.......................... 0
    Initialization retries......................... 0
    Closed OK...................................... 0
    Request statistics:
    Received....................................... 0
    Sent........................................... 0
    OK............................................. 0
    Success........................................ 0
    Authentication failed.......................... 0
    Server not found............................... 0
    No received attributes......................... 0
    No passed username............................. 0
    Not connected to server........................ 0
    Internal error................................. 0
    Retries........................................ 0
     
    Server Index..................................... 2
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap
    config ldap add
    config ldap simple-bind
    show ldap
    show ldap summary

    show ldap summary

    To display the current Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server status, use the show ldap summary command.

    show ldap summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of configured LDAP servers:

    > show ldap summary
     

    Idx Server Address Port Enabled

    --- --------------- ---- -------

    1 2.3.1.4 389 Yes

    2 10.10.20.22 389 Yes

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap
    config ldap add
    config ldap simple-bind
    show ldap
    show ldap statistics

    show license agent

    To display the license agent counter and session information on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license agent command.

    show license agent { counters | sessions }

     
    Syntax Description

    counters

    Displays license agent counter information.

    sessions

    Display session information.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license agent counters information:

    > show license agent counters
     
    License Agent Counters
    Request Messages Received:0: Messages with Errors:0
    Request Operations Received:0: Operations with Errors:0
    Notification Messages Sent:0: Transmission Errors:0: Soap Errors:0
     

    This example shows how to display the license agent sessions information:

    > show license agent sessions
     
    License Agent Sessions: 0 open, maximum is 9

     
    Related Commands

    config license agent
    clear license agent
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license summary

    show license all

    To display information for all licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license all command.

    show license all

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display all the licenses:

    > show license all
    License Store: Primary License Storage
    StoreIndex: 0 Feature: wplus-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Inactive
    License Count: 12/0/0
    License Priority: Medium
    StoreIndex: 1 Feature: base Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, Not in Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    StoreIndex: 2 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, In Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    License Store: Evaluation License Storage
    StoreIndex: 0 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 6 weeks 6 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    StoreIndex: 1 Feature: wplus-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, In Use
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 2 weeks 3 days
    Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
    License Count: 250/250/0
    License Priority: High
    StoreIndex: 2 Feature: base Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 8 weeks 4 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    StoreIndex: 3 Feature: base-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 8 weeks 3 days
    License Count: 250/0/0
    License Priority: Low

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license agent
    show license detail
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license summary

    show license capacity

    To display the maximum number of access points allowed for this license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, the number of access points currently joined to the controller, and the number of access points that can still join the controller, use the show license capacity command.

    show license capacity

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license capacity:

    > show license capacity
     
    Licensed Feature Max Count Current Count Remaining Count
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    AP Count 250 47 203

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license agent
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license summary

    show license detail

    To display details of a specific license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license detail command.

    show license detail license_name

     
    Syntax Description

    license-name

    Name of a specific license.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license details:

    > show license detail wplus
    Feature: wplus Period left: Life time
    Index: 1 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, In Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    Store Index: 2
    Store Name: Primary License Storage
    Index: 2 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 6 weeks 6 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    Store Index: 0

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license agent
    show license all
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license summary

    show license expiring

    To display details of expiring licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license expiring command.

    show license expiring

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the details of the expiring licenses:

    > show license expiring
    StoreIndex: 0 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 6 weeks 6 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    StoreIndex: 1 Feature: wplus-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, In Use
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 2 weeks 3 days
    Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
    License Count: 250/250/0
    License Priority: High
    StoreIndex: 2 Feature: base Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 8 weeks 4 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    StoreIndex: 3 Feature: base-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 8 weeks 3 days
    License Count: 250/0/0
    License Priority: Low

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license evaluation

    To display details of evaluation licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license evaluation command.

    show license evaluation

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the details of the evaluation licenses:

    > show license evaluation
    StoreIndex: 0 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 6 weeks 6 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    StoreIndex: 1 Feature: wplus-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, In Use
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 2 weeks 3 days
    Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
    License Count: 250/250/0
    License Priority: High
    StoreIndex: 2 Feature: base Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Inactive
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 8 weeks 4 days
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Low
    StoreIndex: 3 Feature: base-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 8 weeks 3 days
    License Count: 250/0/0
    License Priority: Low

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license expiring
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license feature

    To display a summary of license-enabled features on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license feature command.

    show license feature

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license-enabled features:

    > show license feature
    Feature name Enforcement Evaluation Clear Allowed Enabled
    wplus yes yes yes yes
    wplus-ap-count yes yes yes yes
    base no yes yes no
    base-ap-count yes yes yes no

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license expiring
    show license evaluation
    show license image-level
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license file

    To display a summary of license-enabled features on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license file command.

    show license file

     
    Syntax Description

    show

    Display settings.

    license

    License settings.

    file

    Display all the license files.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license files:

    > show license file
    License Store: Primary License Storage
    Store Index: 0
    License: 11 wplus-ap-count 1.0 LONG NORMAL STANDALONE EXCL 12_KEYS INFINIT
    E_KEYS NEVER NEVER NiL SLM_CODE CL_ND_LCK NiL *1AR5NS7M5AD8PPU400
    NiL NiL NiL 5_MINS <UDI><PID>AIR-CT5508-K9</PID><SN>RFD000P2D27<
    /SN></UDI> Pe0L7tv8KDUqo:zlPe423S5wasgM8G,tTs0i,7zLyA3VfxhnIe5aJa
    m63lR5l8JM3DPkr4O2DI43iLlKn7jomo3RFl1LjMRqLkKhiLJ2tOyuftQSq2bCAO6
    nR3wIb38xKi3t$<WLC>AQEBIQAB//++mCzRUbOhw28vz0czAY0iAm7ocDLUMb9ER0
    +BD3w2PhNEYwsBN/T3xXBqJqfC+oKRqwInXo3s+nsLU7rOtdOxoIxYZAo3LYmUJ+M
    FzsqlhKoJVlPyEvQ8H21MNUjVbhoN0gyIWsyiJaM8AQIkVBQFzhr10GYolVzdzfJf
    EPQIx6tZ++/Vtc/q3SF/5Ko8XCY=</WLC>
    Comment:
    Hash: iOGjuLlXgLhcTB113ohIzxVioHA=
     
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license handle

    To display the license handles on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license handle command.

    show license handle

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license handles:

    > show license handle
     
    Feature: wplus, Handle Count: 1
    Units: 01( 0), ID: 0x5e000001, NotifyPC: 0x1001e8f4 LS-Handle (0x00000001),
    Units: ( 1)
     
    Registered clients: 1
    Context 0x1051b610, epID 0x10029378
    Feature: base, Handle Count: 0
    Registered clients: 1
    Context 0x1053ace0, epID 0x10029378
    Feature: wplus-ap-count, Handle Count: 1
    Units: 250( 0), ID: 0xd4000002, NotifyPC: 0x1001e8f4 LS-Handle (0x000
    00002), Units: (250)
     
    Registered clients: None
    Feature: base-ap-count, Handle Count: 0
    Registered clients: None
    Global Registered clients: 2
    Context 0x10546270, epID 0x100294cc
    Context 0x1053bae8, epID 0x100294cc

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license image-level

    To display the license image level that is in use on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license image-level command.

    show license image-level

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the image level license settings:

    > show license image-level
    Module name Image level Priority Configured Valid license
    wnbu wplus 1 YES wplus
    base 2 NO
     
    NOTE: wplus includes two additional features: Office Extend AP, Mesh AP.

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license in-use

    To display the licenses that are in use on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license in-use command.

    show license in-use

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the licenses that are in use:

    > show license in-use
    StoreIndex: 2 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, In Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    StoreIndex: 1 Feature: wplus-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, In Use
    Evaluation total period: 8 weeks 4 days
    Evaluation period left: 2 weeks 3 days
    Expiry date: Thu Jun 25 18:09:43 2009
    License Count: 250/250/0
    License Priority: High

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license permanent
    show license summary

    show license permanent

    To display the permanent licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license permanent command.

    show license permanent

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the permanent license’s information:

    > show license permanent
    StoreIndex: 0 Feature: wplus-ap-count Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Inactive
    License Count: 12/0/0
    License Priority: Medium
    StoreIndex: 1 Feature: base Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, Not in Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    StoreIndex: 2 Feature: wplus Version: 1.0
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, In Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license in-use
    show license summary

    show license status

    To display the license status on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license status command.

    show license status

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license status:

    > show license status
    License Type Supported
    permanent Non-expiring node locked license
    extension Expiring node locked license
    evaluation Expiring non node locked license
     
    License Operation Supported
    install Install license
    clear Clear license
    annotate Comment license
    save Save license
    revoke Revoke license
     
    Device status
    Device Credential type: DEVICE
    Device Credential Verification: PASS
    Rehost Type: DC_OR_IC

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license permanent
    show license summary

    show license statistics

    To display license statistics on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license statistics command.

    show license statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the license statistics:

    > show license statistics
    Administrative statistics
    Install success count: 0
    Install failure count: 0
    Install duplicate count: 0
    Comment add count: 0
    Comment delete count: 0
    Clear count: 0
    Save count: 0
    Save cred count: 0
     
    Client status
    Request success count 2
    Request failure count 0
    Release count 0
    Global Notify count 0

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license permanent
    show license summary

    show license summary

    To display a brief summary of all licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license summary command.

    show license summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a brief summary of all licenses:

    > show license summary
    Index 1 Feature: wplus
    Period left: Life time
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, In Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    Index 2 Feature: wplus-ap-count
    Period left: 2 weeks 3 days
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, In Use
    License Count: 250/250/0
    License Priority: High
    Index 3 Feature: base
    Period left: Life time
    License Type: Permanent
    License State: Active, Not in Use
    License Count: Non-Counted
    License Priority: Medium
    Index 4 Feature: base-ap-count
    Period left: 8 weeks 3 days
    License Type: Evaluation
    License State: Active, Not in Use, EULA accepted
    License Count: 250/0/0
    License Priority: Low

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license permanent
    show license summary

    show license udi

    To display unique device identifier (UDI) values for licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the show license udi command.

    show license udi

     

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the UDI values for licenses:

    > show license udi
    Device# PID SN UDI
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *0 AIR-CT5508-K9 RFD000P2D27 AIR-CT5508-K9:RFD000P2D27

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license all
    show license detail
    show license evaluation
    show license expiring
    show license feature
    show license image-level
    show license permanent
    show license summary

    show load-balancing

    To display the status of the load-balancing feature, use the show load-balancing command.

    show load-balancing

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the load-balancing status:

    > show load-balancing
     
    Aggressive Load Balancing........................ Enabled
    Aggressive Load Balancing Window................. 0 clients
    Aggressive Load Balancing Denial Count........... 3
    Statistics
    Total Denied Count............................... 10 clients
    Total Denial Sent................................ 20 messages
    Exceeded Denial Max Limit Count.................. 0 times
    None 5G Candidate Count.......................... 0 times
    None 2.4G Candidate Count..................... 0 times

     
    Related Commands

    config load-balancing

    show local-auth certificates

    To display local authentication certificate information, use the show local-auth certificates command:

    show local-auth certificates

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the authentication certificate information stored locally:

    > show local-auth certificates
    Certificates available for Local EAP authentication:

    Certificate issuer.............................. vendor
    CA certificate:
    Subject: C=AU, ST=NSW, L=Sydney, O=Cisco Systems
    OU=WNBU Sydney, CN=wnbu-syd-acs-a.cisco.com
    Issuer: C=AU, ST=NSW, L=Sydney, O=Cisco Systems
    OU=WNBU Sydney, CN=wnbu-syd-acs-a.cisco.com
    Valid: 2005 Jun 15th, 04:53:49 GMT to 2008 Jun 15th, 05:03:34 GMT
    Device certificate:
    Subject: MAILTO=test@test.net, C=AU, ST=NSW, L=Sydney
    O=Cisco Systems, OU=WNBU Sydney, CN=concannon
    Issuer: C=AU, ST=NSW, L=Sydney, O=Cisco Systems
    OU=WNBU Sydney, CN=wnbu-syd-acs-a.cisco.com
    Valid: 2006 Aug 9th, 05:14:16 GMT to 2007 Aug 9th, 05:24:16 GMT
     
    Certificate issuer.............................. cisco
    CA certificate:
    Subject: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    OU=none, CN=ca, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Issuer: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    OU=none, CN=ca, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Valid: 2003 Feb 12th, 23:38:55 GMT to 2012 Nov 11th, 23:38:55 GMT
    Device certificate:
    Subject: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    CN=000b85335340, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Issuer: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    OU=none, CN=ca, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Valid: 2005 Feb 22nd, 10:52:58 GMT to 2014 Nov 22nd, 10:52:58 GMT
     
    Certificate issuer.............................. legacy
    CA certificate:
    Subject: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    OU=none, CN=ca, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Issuer: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    OU=none, CN=ca, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Valid: 2003 Feb 12th, 23:38:55 GMT to 2012 Nov 11th, 23:38:55 GMT

    Device certificate:
    Subject: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    CN=000b85335340, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Issuer: C=US, ST=California, L=San Jose, O=airespace Inc
    OU=none, CN=ca, MAILTO=support@airespace.com
    Valid: 2005 Feb 22nd, 10:52:58 GMT to 2014 Nov 22nd, 10:52:5
    8 GMT

     
    Related Commands

    clear stats local-auth
    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    debug aaa local-auth
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics

    show local-auth config

    To display local authentication configuration information, use the show local-auth config command.

    show local-auth config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the local authentication configuration information:

    > show local-auth config
     
    User credentials database search order:
    Primary................................... Local DB
     
    Configured EAP profiles:
    Name...................................... fast-test
    Certificate issuer.................... default
    Enabled methods....................... fast
    Configured on WLANs................... 2
     
    EAP Method configuration:
    EAP-TLS:
    Certificate issuer.................... default
    Peer verification options:
    Check against CA certificates..... Enabled
    Verify certificate CN identity.... Disabled
    Check certificate date validity... Enabled
    EAP-FAST:
    TTL for the PAC....................... 3 600
    Initial client message................ <none>
    Local certificate required............ No
    Client certificate required........... No
    Vendor certificate required........... No
    Anonymous provision allowed........... Yes
    Authenticator ID...................... 7b7fffffff0000000000000000000000
    Authority Information................. Test
     
    EAP Profile.................................... tls-prof
    Enabled methods for this profile.......... tls
    Active on WLANs........................... 1 3
    EAP Method configuration:
    EAP-TLS:
    Certificate issuer used............... cisco
    Peer verification options:
    Check against CA certificates..... disabled
    Verify certificate CN identity.... disabled
    Check certificate date validity... disabled

     
    Related Commands

    clear stats local-auth
    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    debug aaa local-auth
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth statistics

    show local-auth statistics

    To display local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication statistics, use the show local-auth statistics command:

    show local-auth statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the local authentication certificate statistics:

    > show local-auth statistics
     
    Local EAP authentication DB statistics:
    Requests received............................... 14
    Responses returned.............................. 14
    Requests dropped (no EAP AVP)................... 0
    Requests dropped (other reasons)................ 0
    Authentication timeouts......................... 0
     
    Authentication statistics:
    Method Success Fail
    ------------------------------------
    Unknown 0 0
    LEAP 0 0
    EAP-FAST 2 0
    EAP-TLS 0 0
    PEAP 0 0
     
    Local EAP credential request statistics:
    Requests sent to LDAP DB........................ 0
    Requests sent to File DB........................ 2
    Requests failed (unable to send)................ 0
    Authentication results received:
    Success....................................... 2
    Fail.......................................... 0
    Certificate operations:
    Local device certificate load failures.......... 0
    Total peer certificates checked................. 0
    Failures:
    CA issuer check............................... 0
    CN name not equal to identity................. 0
    Dates not valid or expired.................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    clear stats local-auth
    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    debug aaa local-auth
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config

    show location

    To display location system information, use the show location command.

    show location [ detail mac_address | summary ]

     
    Syntax Description

    detail

    (Optional) Displays detailed location information.

    mac_address

    MAC address of a client.

    summary

    (Optional) Displays summary location information.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the location summary information:

    > show location summary
    Location Summary
     
    Algorithm used: Average
    Client
    RSSI expiry timeout: 5 sec
    Half life: 0 sec
    Notify Threshold: 0 db
    Calibrating Client
    RSSI expiry timeout: 5 sec
    Half life: 0 sec
    Rogue AP
    RSSI expiry timeout: 5 sec
    Half life: 0 sec
    Notify Threshold: 0 db
    RFID Tag
    RSSI expiry timeout: 5 sec
    Half life: 0 sec
    Notify Threshold: 0 db

     
    Related Commands

    clear location rfid
    clear location statistics rfid
    config location
    show location statistics rfid

    show location statistics rfid

    To see any radio frequency identification (RFID)-related errors, use the show location statistics rfid command.

    show location statistics rfid

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the detailed location RFID statistics:

    > show location statistics rfid
     
    RFID Statistics
     
    Database Full : 0 Failed Delete: 0
    Null Bufhandle: 0 Bad Packet: 0
    Bad LWAPP Data: 0 Bad LWAPP Encap: 0
    Off Channel: 0 Bad CCX Version: 0
    Bad AP Info : 0
    Above Max RSSI: 0 Below Max RSSI: 0
    Invalid RSSI: 0 Add RSSI Failed: 0
    Oldest Expired RSSI: 0 Smallest Overwrite: 0

     
    Related Commands

    clear location rfid
    clear location statistics rfid
    config location
    show location

    show logging

    To display the syslog facility logging parameters and buffer contents, use the show logging command.

    show logging

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current settings and buffer content details:

    > show logging
     
    Logging to buffer :
    - Logging of system messages to buffer :
    - Logging filter level.......................... errors
    - Number of system messages logged.............. 67227
    - Number of system messages dropped............. 21136
    - Logging of debug messages to buffer........... Disabled
    - Number of debug messages logged............... 0
    - Number of debug messages dropped.............. 0
    Logging to console :
    - Logging of system messages to console :
    - Logging filter level.......................... errors
    - Number of system messages logged.............. 0
    - Number of system messages dropped............. 88363
    - Logging of debug messages to console.......... Enabled
    - Number of debug messages logged............... 0
    - Number of debug messages dropped.............. 0
    Logging to syslog :
    - Syslog facility................................ local0
    - Logging of system messages to syslog :
    - Logging filter level.......................... errors
    - Number of system messages logged.............. 67227
    --More-- or (q)uit
    - Number of system messages dropped............. 21136
    - Logging of debug messages to syslog........... Disabled
    - Number of debug messages logged............... 0
    - Number of debug messages dropped.............. 0
    - Number of remote syslog hosts.................. 0
    - Host 0....................................... Not Configured
    - Host 1....................................... Not Configured
    - Host 2....................................... Not Configured
    Logging of traceback............................. Disabled
    Logging of process information................... Disabled
    Logging of source file informational............. Enabled
    Timestamping of messages.........................
    - Timestamping of system messages................ Enabled
    - Timestamp format.............................. Date and Time
    - Timestamping of debug messages................. Enabled
    - Timestamp format.............................. Date and Time
     
    Logging buffer (67227 logged, 21136 dropped)
     
    *Apr 03 09:48:01.728: %MM-3-INVALID_PKT_RECVD: mm_listen.c:5508 Received an invalid
    packet from 1.100.163.51. Source member:0.0.0.0. source member unknown.
    *Apr 03 09:47:34.194: %LWAPP-3-DECODE_ERR: spam_lrad.c:1271 Error decoding discovery
    request from AP 00:13:5f:0e:d4:20
    *Apr 03 09:47:34.194: %LWAPP-3-DISC_OTAP_ERR: spam_lrad.c:5554 Ignoring OTAP discovery
    request from AP 00:13:5f:0e:d4:20, OTAP is disabled
    Previous message occurred 2 times.

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog host
    config logging syslog facility
    config logging syslog level

    show loginsession

    To display the existing sessions, use the show loginsession command.

    show loginsession

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current session details:

    > show loginsession
     
    ID username Connection From Idle Time Session Time
    -- --------------- --------------- ------------ ------------
    00 admin EIA-232 00:00:00 00:19:04

     
    Related Commands

    config loginsession close

    show macfilter

    To display the MAC filter parameters, use the show macfilter command.

    show macfilter { summary | detail MAC }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a summary of all MAC filter entries.

    detail MAC

    Detailed display of a MAC filter entry.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The MAC delimiter (none, colon, or hyphen) for MAC addresses sent to RADIUS servers is displayed. The MAC filter table lists the clients that are always allowed to associate with a wireless LAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the detailed display of a MAC filter entry:

    > show macfilter detail xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
     
    MAC Address...................................... xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
    WLAN Identifier.................................. Any
    Interface Name................................... management
    Description...................................... RAP
     

    This example shows how to display a summary of hte MAC filter parameters:

    > show macfilter summary
     
    MAC Filter RADIUS Compatibility mode............. Cisco ACS
    MAC Filter Delimiter............................. None
     
    Local Mac Filter Table
     
    MAC Address WLAN Id Description
    ----------------------- -------------- --------------------------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Any RAP
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Any PAP2 (2nd hop)
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Any PAP1 (1st hop)

     
    Related Commands

    config macfilter
    config macfilter description
    config macfilter interfac
    config macfilter ip-address
    config macfilter mac-delimiter
    config macfilter radius-compat
    config macfilter wlan-id

    show memory monitor

    To display a summary of memory analysis settings and any discovered memory issues, enter this command:

    show memory monitor [ detail ]

     
    Syntax Description

    detail

    (Optional) Displays details of any memory leaks or corruption.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Be careful when changing the defaults for the config memory monitor command unless you know what you are doing, you have detected a problem, or you are collecting troubleshooting information.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of memory monitoring settings and a summary of test results:

    > show memory monitor

     

    Memory Leak Monitor Status:
    low_threshold(10000), high_threshold(30000), current status(disabled)
    -------------------------------------------
    Memory Error Monitor Status:
    Crash-on-error flag currently set to (disabled)
    No memory error detected.
     
     

    This example shows how to display the monitor test results:

    > show memory monitor detail

     

    Memory error detected. Details:
    ------------------------------------------------
    - Corruption detected at pmalloc entry address: (0x179a7ec0)
    - Corrupt entry:headerMagic(0xdeadf00d),trailer(0xabcd),poison(0xreadceef),
    entrysize(128),bytes(100),thread(Unknown task name,task id = (332096592)),
    file(pmalloc.c),line(1736),time(1027)
     
    Previous 1K memory dump from error location.
    ------------------------------------------------
    (179a7ac0): 00000000 00000000 00000000 ceeff00d readf00d 00000080 00000000 00000000
    (179a7ae0): 17958b20 00000000 1175608c 00000078 00000000 readceef 179a7afc 00000001
    (179a7b00): 00000003 00000006 00000001 00000004 00000001 00000009 00000009 0000020d
    (179a7b20): 00000001 00000002 00000002 00000001 00000004 00000000 00000000 5d7b9aba
    (179a7b40): cbddf004 192f465e 7791acc8 e5032242 5365788c a1b7cee6 00000000 00000000
    (179a7b60): 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ceeff00d readf00d 00000080
    (179a7b80): 00000000 00000000 17958dc0 00000000 1175608c 00000078 00000000 readceef
    (179a7ba0): 179a7ba4 00000001 00000003 00000006 00000001 00000004 00000001 00003763
    (179a7c00): 1722246c 1722246c 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ceeff00d
    (179a7c20): readf00d 00000080 00000000 00000000 179a7b78 00000000 1175608c 00000078
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    config memory monitor errors
    config memory monitor leaks
    debug memory

    show reset

    To display the scheduled system reset parameters, use the show reset command.

    show reset

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the scheduled system reset parameters:

    > show reset
     
    System reset is scheduled for Mar 27 01 :01 :01 2010
    Current local time and date is Mar 24 02:57:44 2010
    A trap will be generated 10 minutes before each scheduled system reset.
    Use ‘reset system cancel’ to cancel the reset.
    Configuration will be saved before the system reset.
     

     
    Related Commands

    reset system at
    reset system in
    reset system cancel
    reset system notify-time

    Show media-stream commands

    Use the show media-stream commands to display the multicast-direct configuration state.

    show media-stream group detail

    To display the details for a specific media-stream group, use the show media-stream group detail command.

    show media-stream group detail media-stream_name

     
    Syntax Description

    media-stream_name

    Name of the media-stream group.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display media-stream group configuration details:

    > show media-stream group detail abc
     
    Media Stream Name................................ abc
    Start IP Address................................. 227.8.8.8
    End IP Address................................... 227.9.9.9
    RRC Parameters
    Avg Packet Size(Bytes).......................... 1200
    Expected Bandwidth(Kbps)........................ 300
    Policy.......................................... Admit
    RRC re-evaluation............................... periodic
    QoS............................................. Video
    Status.......................................... Multicast-direct
    Usage Priority.................................. 5
    Violation....................................... drop

     
    Related Commands

    show media-stream group summary

    show media-stream group summary

    To display the summary of the media stream and client information, use the show media-stream group summary command.

    show media-stream group summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the media-stream group:

    > show media-stream group summary
     
    Stream Name Start IP End IP Operation Status
    ------------- -------------- -------------- ----------------
    abc 227.8.8.8 227.9.9.9 Multicast-direct

     
    Related Commands

    Show Mesh Commands

    Show Mesh Commands

    To display settings for outdoor and indoor mesh access points, use the show mesh commands.

    show mesh ap

    To display settings for mesh access points, use the show mesh commands.

    show mesh ap { summary | tree }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a summary of mesh access point information including the name, model, bridge virtual interface (BVI) MAC address, United States Computer Emergency Response Team (US-CERT) MAC address, hop, and bridge group name.

    tree

    Displays a summary of mesh access point information in a tree configuration, including the name, hop counter, link signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), and bridge group name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary format:

    > show mesh ap summary
     
    AP Name AP Model BVI MAC CERT MAC Hop Bridge Group Name
    ------------------ ------------------- ----------------- ------------------ ----- --
    SB_RAP1 AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9 00:1d:71:0e:d0:00 00:1d:71:0e:d0:00 0 sbox
    SB_MAP1 AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9 00:1d:71:0e:85:00 00:1d:71:0e:85:00 1 sbox
    SB_MAP2 AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9 00:1b:d4:a7:8b:00 00:1b:d4:a7:8b:00 2 sbox
    SB_MAP3 AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9 00:1d:71:0d:ee:00 00:1d:71:0d:ee:00 3 sbox
     
    Number of Mesh APs............................... 4
    Number of RAPs................................... 1
    Number of MAPs................................... 3
     

    This example shows how to display settings in a hierarchical (tree) format:

    > show mesh ap tree
     
    =======================================================
    || AP Name [Hop Counter, Link SNR, Bridge Group Name] ||
    =======================================================
     
    [Sector 1]
    ----------
    SB_RAP1[0,0,sbox]
    |-SB_MAP1[1,32,sbox]
    |-SB_MAP2[2,27,sbox]
    |-SB_MAP3[3,30,sbox]
     
    ----------------------------------------------------
    Number of Mesh APs............................... 4
    Number of RAPs................................... 1
    Number of MAPs................................... 3
    ----------------------------------------------------

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh astools
    config mesh background-scanning
    config mesh battery-state

    show mesh astools stats

    To display anti-stranding statistics for outdoor mesh access points, use the show mesh astools stats command.

    show mesh astools stats [ cisco_ap ]

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    (Optional) Anti-stranding feature statistics for a designated mesh access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display anti-stranding statistics on all outdoor mesh access points:

    > show mesh astools stats
     
    Total No of Aps stranded : 0
     
     

    This example shows how to display anti-stranding statistics for access point sb_map1 :

    > show mesh astools stats sb_map1
     
    Total No of Aps stranded : 0

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh astools
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    show mesh background-scanning

    To display whether or not the background-scanning feature is enabled on a mesh network, use the show mesh background-scanning command.

    show mesh background-scanning

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The secondary backhaul access feature is not supported by Cisco 1520 and 1524 indoor mesh access points in the 5.2 release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the state of the background-scanning feature:

    > show mesh background-scanning
     
    Background Scanning State: enabled

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh background-scanning
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    show mesh backhaul rate-adapt

    To display whether or not clients on a mesh network have access to the backhaul channel, and at what level of service, use the show mesh backhaul rate-adapt command.

    show mesh backhaul rate-adapt {all | bronze | silver | gold | platinum}

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Allows clients universal access privileges.

    bronze

    Allows background-level client access privileges.

    silver

    Allows best effort-level client access privileges.

    gold

    Allows video-level client access privileges.

    platinum

    Allows voice-level client access privileges.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the state of the backhaul rate-adaption feature:

    > show mesh backhaul rate-adapt
     
    Bronze Queue..................................... Disabled
    Gold Queue....................................... Enabled
    Platinum Queue................................... Disabled
    Silver Queue..................................... Disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh battery-state
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    show mesh cac

    To display call admission control (CAC) topology and the bandwidth used or available in a mesh network, use the show mesh cac command.

    show mesh cac { summary | { bwused { voice | video } | access | callpath | rejected } cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays the total number of voice calls and voice bandwidth used for each mesh access point.

    bwused

    Displays the bandwidth for a selected access point in a tree topology.

    voice

    Displays the mesh topology and the voice bandwidth used or available.

    video

    Displays the mesh topology and the video bandwidth used or available.

    access

    Displays access voice calls in progress in a tree topology.

    callpath

    Displays the call bandwidth distributed across the mesh tree.

    rejected

    Displays voice calls rejected for insufficient bandwidth in a tree topology.

    cisco_ap

    Mesh access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the call admission control settings:

    > show mesh cac summary
     
    AP Name Slot# Radio BW Used/Max Calls
    ----------------- ------- ----- ----------- -----
    SB_RAP1 0 11b/g 0/23437 0
    1 11a 0/23437 0
    SB_MAP1 0 11b/g 0/23437 0
    1 11a 0/23437 0
    SB_MAP2 0 11b/g 0/23437 0
    1 11a 0/23437 0
    SB_MAP3 0 11b/g 0/23437 0
    1 11a 0/23437 0
     
     

    This example shows how to display the mesh topology and the voice bandwidth used or available:

    > show mesh cac bwused voice SB_MAP1
     
    AP Name Slot# Radio BW Used/Max
    ------------- ------- ----- -----------
    SB_RAP1 0 11b/g 0/23437
    1 11a 0/23437
    | SB_MAP1 0 11b/g 0/23437
    1 11a 0/23437
    || SB_MAP2 0 11b/g 0/23437
    1 11a 0/23437
    ||| SB_MAP3 0 11b/g 0/23437
    1 11a 0/23437
     
     
     

    This example shows how to display the access voice calls in progress in a tree topology:

    > show mesh cac access 1524_Map1
     
    AP Name Slot# Radio Calls
    ------------- ------- ----- -----
    1524_Rap 0 11b/g 0
    1 11a 0
    2 11a 0
    | 1524_Map1 0 11b/g 0
    1 11a 0
    2 11a 0
    || 1524_Map2 0 11b/g 0
    1 11a 0
    2 11a 0

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video acm
    config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11 cac voice load-based
    debug cac

    show mesh client-access

    To display the backhaul client access configuration setting, use the show mesh client-access command.

    show mesh client-access

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display backhaul client access configuration settings for a mesh access point:

    > show mesh client-access
    Backhaul with client access status: enabled

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh client-access

    show mesh config

    To display mesh configuration settings, use the show mesh config command.

    show mesh config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display global mesh configuration settings:

    > show mesh config
     
    Mesh Range....................................... 12000
    Mesh Statistics update period.................... 3 minutes
    Backhaul with client access status............... disabled
    Backhaul with extended client access status...... disabled
    Background Scanning State........................ enabled
    Backhaul Amsdu State............................. disabled
     
    Mesh Security
    Security Mode................................. EAP
    External-Auth................................. disabled
    Use MAC Filter in External AAA server......... disabled
    Force External Authentication................. disabled
     
    Mesh Alarm Criteria
    Max Hop Count................................. 4
    Recommended Max Children for MAP.............. 10
    Recommended Max Children for RAP.............. 20
    Low Link SNR.................................. 12
    High Link SNR................................. 60
    Max Association Number........................ 10
    Association Interval.......................... 60 minutes
    Parent Change Numbers......................... 3
     
    Parent Change Interval........................ 60 minutes
     
    Mesh Multicast Mode.............................. In-Out
    Mesh Full Sector DFS............................. enabled
     
    Mesh Ethernet Bridging VLAN Transparent Mode..... disabled
     
    Mesh DCA channels for serial backhaul APs........ enabled
     

     
    Related Commands

    show mesh stats
    show mgmtuser
    config mesh alarm

    show mesh env

    To display global or specific environment summary information for mesh networks, use the show mesh env command.

    show mesh env { summary | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays global environment summary information.

    cisco_ap

    Name of access point for which environment summary information is requested.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display global environment summary information:

    > show mesh env summary
     
    AP Name Temperature(C) Heater Ethernet Battery
    ------------------ -------------- ------ -------- -------
    ap1130:5f:be:90 N/A N/A DOWN N/A
    AP1242:b2.31.ea N/A N/A DOWN N/A
    AP1131:f2.8d.92 N/A N/A DOWN N/A
    AP1131:46f2.98ac N/A N/A DOWN N/A
    ap1500:62:39:70 -36 OFF UP N/A
     
     

    This example shows how to display an environment summary for an access point:

    > show mesh env SB_RAP1
     
    AP Name.......................................... SB_RAP1
    AP Model......................................... AIR-LAP1522AG-A-K9
    AP Role.......................................... RootAP
     
    Temperature...................................... 21 C, 69 F
    Heater........................................... OFF
    Backhaul......................................... GigabitEthernet0
     
    GigabitEthernet0 Status.......................... UP
    Duplex....................................... FULL
    Speed........................................ 100
    Rx Unicast Packets........................... 114754
    Rx Non-Unicast Packets....................... 1464
    Tx Unicast Packets........................... 9630
    Tx Non-Unicast Packets....................... 3331
    GigabitEthernet1 Status.......................... DOWN
    POE Out........................................ OFF
     
    Battery.......................................... N/A
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif As of Controller Release 5.2 the 4400 series controllers can only run with the speed and duplex set to auto.


     
    Related Commands

    show mesh stats

    show mesh neigh

    To display summary or detailed information about the mesh neighbors for a specific mesh access point, use the show mesh neigh command.

    show mesh neigh { detail | summary } { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    detail

    Displays the channel and signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) details between the designated mesh access point and its neighbor.

    summary

    Displays the mesh neighbors for a designated mesh access point.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    all

    Displays all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


    Examples

    This example shows how to display a neighbor summary of an access point:

    > show mesh neigh summary ap1500:62:39:70
     
    AP Name/Radio Mac Channel Snr-Up Snr-Down Link-Snr Flags State
    ----------------- ------- ------ -------- -------- ------ -------
    mesh-45-rap1 165 15 18 16 0x86b UPDATED NEIGH PARENT BEACON
    00:0B:85:80:ED:D0 149 5 6 5 0x1a60 NEED UPDATE BEACON DEFAULT
    00:17:94:FE:C3:5F 149 7 0 0 0x860 BEACON
     
     

    This example shows how to display the detailed neighbor statistics of an access point:

    > show mesh neigh detail ap1500:62:39:70
     
    AP MAC : 00:1E:BD:1A:1A:00 AP Name: HOR1522_MINE06_MAP_S_Dyke
    FLAGS : 860 BEACON
    worstDv 255, Ant 0, channel 153, biters 0, ppiters 0
    Numroutes 0, snr 0, snrUp 8, snrDown 8, linkSnr 8
    adjustedEase 0, unadjustedEase 0
    txParent 0, rxParent 0
    poorSnr 0
    lastUpdate 2483353214 (Sun Aug 4 23:51:58 1912)
    parentChange 0
    Per antenna smoothed snr values: 0 0 0 0
    Vector through 00:1E:BD:1A:1A:00
     

    Table 2-4 lists the output flags displayed for the config mesh linktest command.

     

    Table 2-2 Output Flags for the Config Mesh Linktest Command

    Output Flag
    Description

    AP MAC

    MAC address of a mesh neighbor for a designated mesh access point.

    AP Name

    Name of the mesh access point.

    FLAGS

    Describes adjacency. The possible values are:

    • UPDATED—Recently updated neighbor.
    • NEIGH—One of the top neighbors.
    • EXCLUDED—Neighbor is currently excluded.
    • WASEXCLUDED—Neighbor was recently removed from the exclusion list.
    • PERMSNR—Permanent SNR neighbor.
    • CHILD—A child neighbor.
    • PARENT—A parent neighbor.
    • NEEDUPDATE—Not a current neighbor and needs an update.
    • BEACON—Heard a beacon from this neighbor.
    • ETHER—Ethernet neighbor.

    worstDv

    Worst distance vector through the neighbor.

    Ant

    Antenna on which the route was received.

    channel

    Channel of the neighbor.

    biters

    Number of black list timeouts left.

    ppiters

    Number of potential parent timeouts left.

    Numroutes

    Number of distance routes.

    snr

    Signal to Noise Ratio.

    snrUp

    SNR of the link to the AP.

    snrDown

    SNR of the link from the AP.

    linkSnr

    Calculated SNR of the link.

    adjustedEase

    Ease to the root AP through this AP. It is based on the current SNR and threshold SNR values.

    unadjustedEase

    Ease to the root AP through this AP after applying correct for number of hops.

    txParent

    Packets sent to this node while it was a parent.

    rxparent

    Packets received from this node while it was a parent.

    poorSnr

    Packets with poor SNR received from a node.

    lastUpdate

    Timestamp of the last received message for this neighbor

    parentChange

    When this node last became parent.

    per antenna smoother SNR values

    SNR value is populated only for antenna 0.

     

     
    Related Commands

    show mesh config
    show mesh env

    show mesh path

    To display the channel and signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) details for a link between a mesh access point and its neighbor, use the show mesh path command.

    show mesh path cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Mesh access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display channel and SNR details for a designated link path:

    > show mesh path mesh-45-rap1
     
    AP Name/Radio Mac Channel Snr-Up Snr-Down Link-Snr Flags State
    ----------------- ------- ------ -------- -------- ------ -------
    mesh-45-rap1 165 15 18 16 0x86b UPDATED NEIGH PARENT BEACON
    mesh-45-rap1 is a Root AP.

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh battery-state
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh range
    show mesh config
    show mesh neigh
    show mesh stats

    show mesh per-stats

    To display the percentage of packet errors for packets transmitted by the neighbors of a specified mesh access point, use the show mesh per-stats command.

    show mesh per-stats summary { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays the packet error rate stats summary.

    cisco_ap

    Name of mesh access point.

    all

    Displays all mesh access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The packet error rate percentage equals 1, which is the number of successfully transmitted packets divided by the number of total packets transmitted.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the percentage of packet errors for packets transmitted by the neighbors to a mesh access point:

    > show mesh per-stats summary ap_12
     
    Neighbor MAC Address 00:0B:85:5F:FA:F0
    Total Packets transmitted: 104833
    Total Packets transmitted successfully: 104833
    Total Packets retried for transmission: 33028
    Neighbor MAC Address: 00:0B:85:80:ED:D0
    Total Packets transmitted: 0
    Total Packets transmitted successfully: 0
    Total Packets retried for transmission: 0
    Neighbor MAC Address: 00:17:94:FE:C3:5F
    Total Packets transmitted: 0
    Total Packets transmitted successfully: 0
    Total Packets retried for transmission: 0

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh linktest
    config mesh range
    show mesh config
    show mesh neigh
    show mesh stats

    show mesh queue-stats

    To display the number of packets in a client access queue by type for a particular mesh access point, use the show mesh queue-stats command.

    show mesh queue-stats { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Name of access point for which you want packet queue statistics.

    all

    Displays all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display packet queue statistics for access point ap417:

    > show mesh queue-stats ap417
     
    Queue Type Overflows Peak length Average length
    ---------- --------- ----------- --------------
    Silver 0 1 0.000
    Gold 0 4 0.004
    Platinum 0 4 0.001
    Bronze 0 0 0.000
    Management 0 0 0.000

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh client-access
    config mesh multicast
    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats
    show mgmtuser

    show mesh public-safety

    To display 4.8-GHz public safety settings, use the show mesh public-safety command.

    show mesh public-safety

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to view 4.8-GHz public safety settings:

    > show mesh public-safety
     
    Global Public Safety status: disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11-a
    config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11-a channel ap
    config 802.11-a txpower ap
    config mesh public-safety
    config mesh security
    show mesh ap
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats

    show mesh secbh-stats

    To display queue statistics for secondary backhaul access in a mesh network, use the show mesh secbh-stats command.

    show mesh secbh-stats { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Mesh access point selected for display statistics.

    all

    Displays all mesh access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The secondary backhaul access feature is not supported by Cisco 1520 and 1524 indoor mesh access points in the 5.2 release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display statistics for secondary backhaul access of access point SB_RAP1 :

    > show mesh secbh-stats SB_RAP1
     
    Radio Type: 802.11BG
    Queue:Silver:
    Packet retries: 0
    Packets dropped after max retries: 0
    Queue:Gold:
    Packet retries: 0
    Packets dropped after max retries: 0
    Queue:Platinum:
    Packet retries: 0
    Packets dropped after max retries: 0
     
    Radio Type: 802.11A
    Queue:Silver:
    Packet retries: 0
    Packets dropped after max retries: 0
    Queue:Gold:
    Packet retries: 0
    Packets dropped after max retries: 0
    Queue:Platinum:
    Packet retries: 0
    Packets dropped after max retries: 0

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh secondary-backhaul

    show mesh secondary-backhaul

    To display the current state of mesh secondary backhaul configuration settings, use the show mesh secondary-backhaul command.

    show mesh secondary-backhaul

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The secondary backhaul access feature is not supported by Cisco 1520 and 1524 indoor mesh access points in the 5.2 release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display secondary backhaul configuration settings for a mesh access point:

    > show mesh secondary-backhaul
     
    MESH secondary-backhaul: enabled

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh secbh-stats

    show mesh security-stats

    To display packet error statistics for a specific access point, use the show mesh security-stats command.

    show mesh security-stats { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Name of access point for which you want packet error statistics.

    all

    Displays all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command shows packet error statistics and a count of failures, timeouts, and successes with respect to associations and authentications as well as reassociations and reauthentications for the specified access point and its child.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display packet error statistics for access point ap417:

    > show mesh security-stats ap417
     
    AP MAC : 00:0B:85:5F:FA:F0
    Packet/Error Statistics:
    -----------------------------
    x Packets 14, Rx Packets 19, Rx Error Packets 0
    Parent-Side Statistics:
    --------------------------
    Unknown Association Requests 0
    Invalid Association Requests 0
    Unknown Re-Authentication Requests 0
    Invalid Re-Authentication Requests 0
    Unknown Re-Association Requests 0
    Invalid Re-Association Requests 0
    Unknown Re-Association Requests 0
    Invalid Re-Association Requests 0
    Child-Side Statistics:
    --------------------------
    Association Failures 0
    Association Timeouts 0
    Association Successes 0
    Authentication Failures 0
    Authentication Timeouts 0
    Authentication Successes 0
    Re-Association Failures 0
    Re-Association Timeouts 0
    Re-Association Successes 0
    Re-Authentication Failures 0
    Re-Authentication Timeouts 0
    Re-Authentication Successes 0

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh linkdata
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh security

    show mesh stats

    To display the mesh statistics for a Cisco lightweight access point, use the show mesh stats command.

    show mesh stats cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display statistics of an access point:

    > show mesh stats RAP_ap1
     
    RAP in state Maint
    rxNeighReq 759978, rxNeighRsp 568673
    txNeighReq 115433, txNeighRsp 759978
    rxNeighUpd 8266447 txNeighUpd 693062
    tnextchan 0, nextant 0, downAnt 0, downChan 0, curAnts 0
    tnextNeigh 0, malformedNeighPackets 244, poorNeighSnr 27901
    blacklistPackets 0, insufficientMemory 0
    authenticationFailures 0
    Parent Changes 1, Neighbor Timeouts 16625

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent
    config mesh linkdata
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh security
    show mesh per-stats
    show mesh queue-stats
    show mesh security-stats

    show mgmtuser

    To display the local management user accounts on the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show mgmtuser command.

    show mgmtuser

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of management users:

    > show mgmtuser
     
    username Permissions Description
    ----------------------- ------------ --------------------------------
    admin read-write

     
    Related Commands

    config mgmtuser add
    config mgmtuser delete
    config mgmtuser description
    config mgmtuser password

    Show Mobility Commands

    Use the show mobility commands to display mobility settings.

    show mobility anchor

    To display the wireless LAN anchor export list for the Cisco wireless LAN controller mobility groups or to display a list and status of controllers configured as mobility anchors for a specific WLAN or wired guest LAN, use the show mobility anchor commands.

    show mobility anchor [ wan wlan_id | guest-lan guest_lan_id ]

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan

    (Optional) Displays wireless LAN mobility group settings.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512 (inclusive).

    guest-lan

    (Optional) Displays guest LAN mobility group settings.

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The status field display (see example) shows one of the following values:

    • UP—The controller is reachable and able to pass data.
    • CNTRL_PATH_DOWN—The mpings failed. The controller cannot be reached through the control path and is considered failed.
    • DATA_PATH_DOWN—The epings failed. The controller cannot be reached and is considered failed.
    • CNTRL_DATA_PATH_DOWN—Both the mpings and epings failed. The controller cannot be reached and is considered failed.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a mobility wireless LAN anchor list:

    > show mobility anchor
     
    Mobility Anchor Export List
     
    WLAN ID IP Address Status
    ------- --------------- ------
    12 192.168.0.15 UP
     
    GLAN ID IP Address Status
    ------- --------------- -------
    1 192.168.0.9 CNTRL_DATA_PATH_DOWN

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan mobility anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    config wlan mobility anchor
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    show mobility statistics

    To display the statistics information for the Cisco wireless LAN controller mobility groups, use the show mobility statistics command.

    show mobility statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display statistics of the mobility manager:

    > show mobility statistics
     
    Global Mobility Statistics
    Rx Errors..................................... 0
    Tx Errors..................................... 0
    Responses Retransmitted....................... 0
    Handoff Requests Received..................... 0
    Handoff End Requests Received................. 0
    State Transitions Disallowed.................. 0
    Resource Unavailable.......................... 0
    Mobility Initiator Statistics
    Handoff Requests Sent......................... 0
    Handoff Replies Received...................... 0
    Handoff as Local Received..................... 2
    Handoff as Foreign Received................... 0
    Handoff Denys Received........................ 0
    Anchor Request Sent........................... 0
    Anchor Deny Received.......................... 0
    Anchor Grant Received......................... 0
    Anchor Transfer Received...................... 0
    Mobility Responder Statistics
    Handoff Requests Ignored...................... 0
    Ping Pong Handoff Requests Dropped............ 0
    Handoff Requests Dropped...................... 0
    Handoff Requests Denied....................... 0
    Client Handoff as Local....................... 0
    Client Handoff as Foreign................... 0
    Client Handoff Inter Group................... 0
    Anchor Requests Received...................... 0
    Anchor Requests Denied........................ 0
    Anchor Requests Granted....................... 0
    Anchor Transferred............................ 0

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility summary

    show mobility summary

    To display the summary information for the Cisco wireless LAN controller mobility groups, use the show mobility summary command.

    show mobility summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Some WLAN controllers may list no mobility security mode.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the mobility manager:

    > show mobility summary
     
    Symmetric Mobility Tunneling (current).......... Disabled
    Symmetric Mobility Tunneling (after reboot)..... Disabled
    Mobility Protocol Port........................... 16666
    Mobility Security Mode........................... Disabled
    Default Mobility Domain.......................... snmp_gui
    Multicast Mode.................................. Disabled
    Mobility Domain ID for 802.11r................... 0x66bd
    Mobility Keepalive Interval...................... 10
    Mobility Keepalive Count......................... 3
    Mobility Group Members Configured................ 1
    Mobility Control Message DSCP Value.............. 0
     
    Controllers configured in the Mobility Group
    MAC Address IP Address Group Name Multicast IP Status
    00:1b:d4:6b:87:20 1.100.163.70 snmp_gui 0.0.0.0 Up

     

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan mobility anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    config wlan mobility anchor
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics

    show msglog

    To display the message logs written to the Cisco wireless LAN controller database, use the show msglog command.

    show msglog

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If there are more that 15 entries, you are prompted to display the messages shown in the example.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display message logs:

    > show msglog
     
    Message Log Severity Level..................... ERROR
    Thu Aug 4 14:30:08 2005 [ERROR] spam_lrad.c 1540: AP 00:0b:85:18:b6:50 associated. Last AP failure was due to Link Failure
    Thu Aug 4 14:30:08 2005 [ERROR] spam_lrad.c 13840: Updating IP info for AP 00:
    0b:85:18:b6:50 -- static 0, 1.100.49.240/255.255.255.0, gtw 1.100.49.1
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:32 2005 [ERROR] dhcpd.c 78: dhcp server: binding to 0.0.0.0
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:32 2005 [ERROR] rrmgroup.c 733: Airewave Director: 802.11a switch group reset
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:32 2005 [ERROR] rrmgroup.c 733: Airewave Director: 802.11bg sw
    itch group reset
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:22 2005 [ERROR] sim.c 2841: Unable to get link state for primary port 0 of interface ap-manager
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:22 2005 [ERROR] dtl_l2_dot1q.c 767: Unable to get USP
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:22 2005 Previous message occurred 2 times
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:14 2005 [CRITICAL] osapi_sem.c 794: Error! osapiMutexTake called with NULL pointer: osapi_bsntime.c:927
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:14 2005 [CRITICAL] osapi_sem.c 794: Error! osapiMutexTake called with NULL pointer: osapi_bsntime.c:919
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:14 2005 [CRITICAL] hwutils.c 1861: Security Module not found
    Thu Aug 4 14:29:13 2005 [CRITICAL] bootos.c 791: Starting code...

    show nac statistics

    To display detailed Network Access Control (NAC) information about a Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show nac statistics command.

    show nac statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed statistics of network access control settings:

    > show nac statistics
     
    Server Index....................................................... 1
    Server Address..................................................... xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
    Number of requests sent............................................ 0
    Number of retransmissions.......................................... 0
    Number of requests received........................................ 0
    Number of malformed requests received.............................. 0
    Number of bad auth requests received............................... 0
    Number of pending requests......................................... 0
    Number of timed out requests....................................... 0
    Number of misc dropped request received............................ 0
    Number of requests sent............................................ 0

     
    Related Commands

    show nac summary
    config guest-lan nac
    config wlan nac
    debug nac

    show nac summary

    To display NAC summary information for a Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show nac summary command.

    show nac summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary information of network access control settings:

    > show nac summary
     
    NAC ACL Name...............................................
    Index Server Address Port State
    ----- ---------------------------------------- ---- -----
    1 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 13336 Enabled

     
    Related Commands

    show nac statistics
    config guest-lan nac
    config wlan nac
    debug nac

    show netuser

    To display the configuration of a particular user in the local user database, use show netuser command.

    show netuser summary.

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all users in the local user database:

    > show netuser summary
     
    Maximum logins allowed for a given username........Unlimited
     

    This example shows how to display detailed information on the specifies network user:

    > show netuser detail john10
     
    username........................................... abc
    WLAN Id............................................. Any
    Lifetime............................................ Permanent
    Description......................................... test user

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser add
    config netuser delete
    config netuser description
    config netuser guest-role apply
    config netuser wlan-id
    show netuser guest-roles

    show netuser guest-roles

    To display a list of the current quality of service (QoS) roles and their bandwidth parameters, use the show netuser guest-roles command.

    show netuser guest-roles

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a QoS role for the guest network user:

    > show netuser guest-roles
     
    Role Name.............................. Contractor
    Average Data Rate.................. 10
    Burst Data Rate.................... 10
    Average Realtime Rate.............. 100
    Burst Realtime Rate................ 100
     
    Role Name.............................. Vendor
    Average Data Rate.................. unconfigured
    Burst Data Rate.................... unconfigured
    Average Realtime Rate.............. unconfigured
    Burst Realtime Rate................ unconfigured
     

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser add
    config netuser delete
    config netuser description
    config netuser guest-role apply
    config netuser wlan-id
    show netuser guest-roles
    show netuser

    show network

    To display the current status of 802.3 bridging for all WLANs, use the show network command.

    show network

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the network details:

    > show network

     
    Related Commands

    Configure Network Commands
    show network summary
    show network multicast mgid detail
    show network multicast mgid summary

    show network summary

    To display the network configuration of the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show network summary command.

    show network summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary configuration:

    > show network summary
     
    RF-Network Name............................. RF
    Web Mode.................................... Disable
    Secure Web Mode............................. Enable
    Secure Web Mode Cipher-Option High.......... Disable
    Secure Web Mode Cipher-Option SSLv2......... Disable
    Secure Shell (ssh).......................... Enable
    Telnet...................................... Enable
    Ethernet Multicast Mode..................... Disable Mode: Ucast
    Ethernet Broadcast Mode..................... Disable
    IGMP snooping............................... Disabled
    IGMP timeout................................ 60 seconds
    User Idle Timeout........................... 300 seconds
    ARP Idle Timeout............................ 300 seconds
    ARP Unicast Mode............................ Disabled
    Cisco AP Default Master..................... Disable
    Mgmt Via Wireless Interface................. Disable
    Mgmt Via Dynamic Interface.................. Disable
    Bridge MAC filter Config.................... Enable
    Bridge Security Mode........................ EAP
    Over The Air Provisioning of AP's........... Enable
    Apple Talk................................. Disable

     
    Related Commands

    Configure Network Commands
    show network
    show network multicast mgid detail
    show network multicast mgid summary

    show network multicast mgid detail

    To display all the clients joined to the multicast group in a specific multicast group identification (MGID), use the show network multicast mgid detail command.

    show network multicast mgid detail mgid_value

     
    Syntax Description

    mgid_value

    Number between 550 and 4095.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display details of the multicast database:

    > show network multicast mgid detail
     
    Mgid............................... 550
    Multicast Group Address............ 239.255.255.250
    Vlan............................... 0
    Rx Packet Count.................... 807399588
    No of clients...................... 1
    Client List........................
    Client MAC Expire TIme (mm:ss)
    00:13:02:23:82:ad 0:20

     
    Related Commands

    show network
    show network summary
    show network multicast mgid summary

    show network multicast mgid summary

    To display all the multicast groups and their corresponding multicast group identifications (MGIDs), use the show network multicast mgid summary command.

    show network multicast mgid summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of multicast groups and their MGIDs:

    > show network multicast mgid summary
     
    Layer2 MGID Mapping:
    -------------------
    InterfaceName vlanId MGID
    ----------------------------- ------ -----
    management 0 0
    test 0 9
    wired 20 8
     
    Layer3 MGID Mapping:
    -------------------
    Number of Layer3 MGIDs................ 1
     
    Group address Vlan MGID
    ------------------ ----- ------
    239.255.255.250 0 550

     
    Related Commands

    show network
    show network summary
    show network multicast mgid detail

    show nmsp notify-interval summary

    To display the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) configuration settings, use the show nmsp notify-interval summary command.

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display NMSP configuration settings:

    > show nmsp notify-interval summary
     
    NMSP Notification Interval Summary
     
    Client
    Measurement interval: 2 sec
    RFID
    Measurement interval: 8 sec
    Rogue AP
    Measurement interval: 2 sec
    Rogue Client
    Measurement interval: 2 sec

     
    Related Commands

    clear locp statistics
    clear nmsp statistics
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement
    show nmsp statistics
    show nmsp status

    show nmsp statistics

    To display Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) counters, use the show nmsp statistics command.

    show nmsp statistics { summary | connection all }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays common NMSP counters.

    connection all

    Displays all connection-specific counters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of common NMSP counters:

    > show nmsp statistics summary
     
    Send RSSI with no entry: 0
    Send too big msg: 0
    Failed SSL write: 0
    Partial SSL write: 0
    SSL write attempts to want write:
    Transmit Q full:0
    Max Measure Notify Msg: 0
    Max Info Notify Msg: 0
    Max Tx Q Size: 2
    Max Rx Size: 1
    Max Info Notify Q Size: 0
     
    Max Client Info Notify Delay: 0
    Max Rogue AP Info Notify Delay: 0
    Max Rogue Client Info Notify Delay: 0
    Max Client Measure Notify Delay: 0
    Max Tag Measure Notify Delay: 0
    Max Rogue AP Measure Notify Delay: 0
    Max Rogue Client Measure Notify Delay: 0
    Max Client Stats Notify Delay: 0
    Max Tag Stats Notify Delay: 0
    RFID Measurement Periodic : 0
    RFID Measurement Immediate : 0
    Reconnect Before Conn Timeout: 0
     

    This example shows how to display all the connection-specific NMSP counters:

    > show nmsp statistics connection all
     
    NMSP Connection Counters
    Connection 1 :
    Connection status: UP
    Freed Connection: 0
    Nmsp Subscr Req: 0 NMSP Subscr Resp: 0
    Info Req: 1 Info Resp: 1
    Measure Req: 2 Measure Resp: 2
    Stats Req: 2 Stats Resp: 2
    Info Notify: 0 Measure Notify: 0
    Loc Capability: 2
    Location Req: 0 Location Rsp: 0
    Loc Subscr Req: 0 Loc Subscr Rsp: 0
    Loc Notif: 0
    Loc Unsubscr Req: 0 Loc Unsubscr Rsp: 0
    IDS Get Req: 0 IDS Get Resp: 0
    IDS Notif: 0
    IDS Set Req: 0 IDS Set Resp: 0

     
    Related Commands

    clear nmsp statistics
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement
    show nmsp notify-interval summary
    show nmsp status

    show nmsp status

    To display the status of active Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) connections, use the show nmsp status command.

    show nmsp status

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the status of the active NMSP connections:

    >show nmsp status

     
    LocServer IP TxEchoResp RxEchoReq TxData RxData
    -------------- ----------- --------- ------- -------
    171.71.132.158 21642 21642 51278 21253

     
    Related Commands

    clear locp statistics
    clear nmsp statistics
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement
    show nmsp notify-interval summary
    show nmsp statistics

    show nmsp subscription

    To display the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) services that are active on the controller, use the show nmsp subscription command.

    show nmsp subscription { summary | detail ip_addr }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays all of the NMSP services to which the controller is subscribed.

    detail

    Displays details for all of the NMSP services to which the controller is subscribed.

    ip_addr

    Details only for the NMSP services subscribed to by a specific IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all the NMSP services to which the controller is subscribed:

    > show nmsp subscription summary
     
    Mobility Services Subscribed:
     
    Server IP Services
    --------- --------
    10.10.10.31 RSSI, Info, Statistics
     

    This example shows how to display details of all the NMSP services:

    > show nmsp subscription detail 10.10.10.31
     
    Mobility Services Subscribed by 10.10.10.31
     
    Services Sub-services
    -------- ------------
    RSSI Mobile Station, Tags,
    Info Mobile Station,
    Statistics Mobile Station, Tags,

     
    Related Commands

    clear locp statistics
    clear nmsp statistics
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement
    show nmsp notify-interval summary
    show nmsp statistics

    show pmk-cache

    To display information about the pairwise master key (PMK) cache, use the show port command.

    show pmk-cache { all | MAC }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Displays information about all entries in the PMK cache.

    MAC

    Information about a single entry in the PMK cache.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display information about a single entry in the PMK cache:

    > show pmk-cache xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
     
     

    This example shows how to display information about all entries in the PMK cache:

    > show pmk-cache all
     
    PMK Cache
    Entry
    Station Lifetime VLAN Override IP Override
    ----------------- -------- -------------------- ---------------

     
    Related Commands

    config pmk-cache delete

    show port

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller port settings on an individual or global basis, use the show port command.

    show port { port | summary }

     
    Syntax Description

    port

    Information on the individual ports.

    summary

    Displays all ports.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display information about an individual wireless LAN controller port:

    > show port 1
     
    STP Admin Physical Physical Link Link Mcast
    Pr Type Stat Mode Mode Status Status Trap Appliance POE
    -- ------- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------- --------- -------
    1 Normal Disa Enable Auto 1000 Full Down Enable Enable N/A
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Some WLAN controllers may not have multicast or Power over Ethernet (PoE) listed because they do not support those features.


     

    This example shows how to display a summary of all ports:

    > show port summary
     
    STP Admin Physical Physical Link Link Mcast
    Pr Type Stat Mode Mode Status Status Trap Appliance POE
    -- ------- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ------ ------- --------- -------
    1 Normal Forw Enable Auto 1000 Full Up Enable Enable N/A
    2 Normal Disa Enable Auto 1000 Full Down Enable Enable N/A
    3 Normal Disa Enable Auto 1000 Full Down Enable Enable N/A
    4 Normal Disa Enable Auto 1000 Full Down Enable Enable N/A
     
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Some WLAN controllers may have only one port listed because they have only one physical port.


     
    Related Commands

    clear stats port
    config ap port
    config interface port
    config network web-auth-port
    Configure Port Commands
    config spanningtree port mode
    config spanningtree port pathcost
    config spanningtree port priority
    show stats port

    show process

    To display how various processes in the system are using the CPU at that instant in time, use the show process commands.

    show process { cpu | memory }

     
    Syntax Description

    cpu

    Displays how various system tasks are using the CPU at that moment.

    memory

    Displays the allocation and deallocation of memory from various processes in the system at that moment.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command is helpful in understanding if any single task is monopolizing the CPU and preventing other tasks from being performed.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display various tasks in the system that are using the CPU at a given moment:

    > show process cpu
     
    Name Priority CPU Use Reaper
    reaperWatcher ( 3/124) 0 % ( 0/ 0)% I
    osapiReaper (10/121) 0 % ( 0/ 0)% I
    TempStatus (255/ 1) 0 % ( 0/ 0)% I
    emWeb (255/ 1) 0 % ( 0/ 0)% T 300
    cliWebTask (255/ 1) 0 % ( 0/ 0)% I
    UtilTask (255/ 1) 0 % ( 0/ 0)% T 300
     

    This example shows how to display the allocation and deallocation of memory from various processes at a given moment:

    > show process memory
     
    Name Priority BytesinUse Reaper
    reaperWatcher ( 3/124) 0 ( 0/ 0)% I
    osapiReaper (10/121) 0 ( 0/ 0)% I
    TempStatus (255/ 1) 308 ( 0/ 0)% I
    emWeb (255/ 1) 294440 ( 0/ 0)% T 300
    cliWebTask (255/ 1) 738 ( 0/ 0)% I
    UtilTask (255/ 1) 308 ( 0/ 0)% T 300

     
    Related Commands

    debug memory
    transfer upload datatype

    show qos queue_length all

    To display quality of service (QoS) information (queue length), use the show qos queue-length all command.

    show qos queue_length all

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display QoS queue length information:

    > show qos queue_length all
     
    Platinum queue length.......................... 255
    Gold queue length.............................. 255
    Silver queue length............................ 150
    Bronze queue length............................ 100

     
    Related Commands

    config qos queue_length

    Show RADIUS Commands

    Use the show radius commands to display RADIUS settings.

    show radius acct statistics

    To display the RADIUS accounting server statistics for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show radius acct statistics command.

    show radius acct statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display RADIUS accounting server statistics:

    > show radius acct statistics
     
    Accounting Servers:
    Server Index..................................... 1
    Server Address................................... 10.1.17.10
    Msg Round Trip Time.............................. 0 (1/100 second)
    First Requests................................... 0
    Retry Requests................................... 0
    Accounting Responses............................. 0
    Malformed Msgs................................... 0
    Bad Authenticator Msgs........................... 0
    Pending Requests................................. 0
    Timeout Requests................................. 0
    Unknowntype Msgs................................. 0
    Other Drops...................................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    config radius acct
    config radius acct IPsec authentication
    config radius acct IPsec disable
    config radius acct network
    show radius auth statistics
    show radius summary

    show radius auth statistics

    To display the RADIUS authentication server statistics for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show radius auth statistics command.

    show radius auth statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keyword.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display RADIUS authentication server statistics:

    > show radius auth statistics
     
    Authentication Servers:
    Server Index..................................... 1
    Server Address................................... 1.1.1.1
    Msg Round Trip Time.............................. 0 (1/100 second)
    First Requests................................... 0
    Retry Requests................................... 0
    Accept Responses................................. 0
    Reject Responses................................. 0
    Challenge Responses.............................. 0
    Malformed Msgs................................... 0
    Bad Authenticator Msgs........................... 0
    Pending Requests................................. 0
    Timeout Requests................................. 0
    Unknowntype Msgs................................. 0
    Other Drops...................................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    config radius auth
    config radius auth management
    config radius auth network
    show radius summary

    show radius rfc3576 statistics

    To display the RADIUS rfc3576 server statistics for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show radius rfc3576 statistics command.

    show radius rfc3576 statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    RFC 3576, an extension to the RADIUS protocol, allows dynamic changes to a user session, which includes support for disconnecting users and changing authorizations applicable to a user session; that is, it provides support for Disconnect and Change-of-Authorization (CoA) messages. Disconnect messages cause a user session to be terminated immediately. CoA messages modify session authorization attributes such as data filters.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the RADIUS RFC-3576 server statistics:

    > show radius rfc3576 statistics
     
    RFC-3576 Servers:
    Server Index..................................... 1
    Server Address................................... 10.1.17.10
    Msg Round Trip Time.............................. 0 (1/100 second)
    First Requests................................... 0
    Retry Requests................................... 0
    Accounting Responses............................. 0
    Malformed Msgs................................... 0
    Bad Authenticator Msgs........................... 0
    Pending Requests................................. 0
    Timeout Requests................................. 0
    Unknown type Msgs................................. 0
    Other Drops...................................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    config radius auth rfc3576
    show radius auth statistics
    show radius summary

    show radius summary

    To display the RADIUS authentication and accounting server summary, use the show radius summary command.

    show radius summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a RADIUS authentication server summary:

    > show radius summary
     
    Vendor Id Backward Compatibility................. Disabled
    Credentials Caching.............................. Disabled
    Call Station Id Type............................. IP Address
    Administrative Authentication via RADIUS......... Enabled
     
    Authentication Servers
     
    Index Type Server Address Port State Tout RFC-3576 IPsec - AuthMod
    e/Phase1/Group/Lifetime/Auth/Encr
    ----- ---- ---------------- ------ -------- ---- -------- ---------------
    ---------------------------------
     
    Accounting Servers
     
    Index Type Server Address Port State Tout RFC-3576 IPsec - AuthMod
    e/Phase1/Group/Lifetime/Auth/Encr
    ----- ---- ---------------- ------ -------- ---- -------- ---------------
    ---------------------------------

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics
    show radius auth statistics

    Show Radio Frequency ID Commands

    Use the show rfid commands to display radio frequency ID settings.

    show rfid client

    To display the radio frequency identification (RFID) tags that are associated to the controller as clients, use the show rfid client command.

    show rfid client

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the RFID tag is not in client mode, the above fields are blank.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the RFID tag that is associated to the controller as clients:

    > show rfid client
     
    ------------------ -------- --------- ----------------- ------ ----------------
    Heard
    RFID Mac VENDOR Sec Ago Associated AP Chnl Client State
    ------------------ -------- --------- ----------------- ------ ----------------
     
    00:14:7e:00:0b:b1 Pango 35 AP0019.e75c.fef4 1 Probing

     
    Related Commands

    config rfid status
    config rfid timeout
    show rfid config
    show rfid detail
    show rfid summary

    show rfid config

    To display the current radio frequency identification (RFID) configuration settings, use the show rfid config command.

    show rfid config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current RFID configuration settings:

    > show rfid config
     
    RFID Tag Data Collection............................... Enabled
    RFID Tag Auto-Timeout.................................. Enabled
    RFID Client Data Collection............................ Disabled
    RFID Data Timeout...................................... 200 seconds
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rfid status
    config rfid timeout
    show rfid client
    show rfid detail
    show rfid summary

    show rfid detail

    To display detailed radio frequency identification (RFID) information for a specified tag, use the show rfid detail command.

    show rfid detail mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    mac_address

    MAC address of an RFID tag.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed RFID information:

    > show rfid detail 32:21:3a:51:01:02
     
    RFID address..................................... 00:12:b8:00:20:52
    Vendor........................................... G2
    Last Heard....................................... 51 seconds ago
    Packets Received................................. 2
    Bytes Received................................... 324
    Cisco Type.......................................
     
    Content Header
    =================
    Version.......................................... 0
    Tx Power......................................... 12 dBm
    Channel.......................................... 1
    Reg Class........................................ 12
    Burst Length..................................... 1
     
    CCX Payload
    ===========
    Last Sequence Control............................ 0
    Payload length................................... 127
    Payload Data Hex Dump
     
    01 09 00 00 00 00 0b 85 52 52 52 02 07 4b ff ff
    7f ff ff ff 03 14 00 12 7b 10 48 53 c1 f7 51 4b
    50 ba 5b 97 27 80 00 67 00 01 03 05 01 42 34 00
    00 03 05 02 42 5c 00 00 03 05 03 42 82 00 00 03
    05 04 42 96 00 00 03 05 05 00 00 00 55 03 05 06
    42 be 00 00 03 02 07 05 03 12 08 10 00 01 02 03
    04 05 06 07 08 09 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 03 0d 09 03
    08 05 07 a8 02 00 10 00 23 b2 4e 03 02 0a 03
     
    Nearby AP Statistics:
    lap1242-2(slot 0, chan 1) 50 seconds ag.... -76 dBm
    lap1242(slot 0, chan 1) 50 seconds ago..... -65 dBm

     
    Related Commands

    config rfid status
    config rfid timeout
    show rfid config
    show rfid client
    show rfid summary

    show rfid summary

    To display a summary of the radio frequency identification (RFID) information for a specified tag, use the show rfid summary command.

    show rfid summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of RFID information:

    > show rfid summary
     
    Total Number of RFID : 5
    ----------------- -------- ------------------ ------ ---------------------
    RFID ID VENDOR Closest AP RSSI Time Since Last Heard
    ----------------- -------- ------------------ ------ ---------------------
     
    00:04:f1:00:00:04 Wherenet ap:1120 -51 858 seconds ago
    00:0c:cc:5c:06:d3 Aerosct ap:1120 -51 68 seconds ago
    00:0c:cc:5c:08:45 Aerosct AP_1130 -54 477 seconds ago
    00:0c:cc:5c:08:4b Aerosct wolverine -54 332 seconds ago
    00:0c:cc:5c:08:52 Aerosct ap:1120 -51 699 seconds ago
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rfid status
    config rfid timeout
    show rfid client
    show rfid config
    show rfid detail

    Show Rogue Commands

    Use the show rogue commands to display unverified (rogue) device settings.

    show rogue adhoc detailed

    To display details of an ad-hoc rogue access point detected by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue adhoc client detailed command.

    show rogue adhoc detailed MAC

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Ad-hoc rogue MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed ad-hoc rogue MAC address information:

    > show rogue adhoc detailed 02:61:ce:8e:a8:8c
     
    Adhoc Rogue MAC address.......................... 02:61:ce:8e:a8:8c
    Adhoc Rogue BSSID................................ 02:61:ce:8e:a8:8c
    State............................................ Alert
    First Time Adhoc Rogue was Reported.............. Tue Dec 11 20:45:45 2007
    Last Time Adhoc Rogue was Reported............... Tue Dec 11 20:45:45 2007
    Reported By
    AP 1
    MAC Address.............................. 00:14:1b:58:4a:e0
    Name..................................... AP0014.1ced.2a60
    Radio Type............................... 802.11b
    SSID..................................... rf4k3ap
    Channel.................................. 3
    RSSI..................................... -56 dBm
    SNR...................................... 15 dB
    Encryption............................... Disabled
    ShortPreamble............................ Disabled
    WPA Support.............................. Disabled
    Last reported by this AP............... Tue Dec 11 20:45:45 2007
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue adhoc
    config rogue rule
    show rogue adhoc summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    show rogue adhoc summary

    To display a summary of the ad-hoc rogue access points detected by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue adhoc summary command.

    show rogue adhoc summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all ad-hoc rogues:

    > show rogue adhoc summary
    Detect and report Ad-Hoc Networks................ Enabled
     
    Client MAC Address Adhoc BSSID State # APs Last Heard
    ------------------ ----------- ----- --- -------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx super Alert 1 Sat Aug 9 21:12:50 2004
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Aug 9 21:12:50 2003
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Sat Aug 9 21:10:50 2003

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue adhoc
    config rogue rule
    show rogue adhoc detailed
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    show rogue ap clients

    To display details of rogue access point clients detected by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue ap clients command.

    show rogue ap clients ap_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_mac_address

    Rogue access point MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display details of rogue access point clients:

    > show rogue ap clients xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
    MAC Address State # APs Last Heard
    ----------------- ------------------ ----- -------------------------
    00:bb:cd:12:ab:ff Alert 1 Fri Nov 30 11:26:23 2007
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary

    show rogue ap detailed

    To display details of a rogue access point detected by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue-ap detailed command.

    show rogue ap detailed ap_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_mac_address

    Rogue access point MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed information of a rogue access point:

    > show rogue ap detailed xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
     
    Rogue BSSID...................................... 00:0b:85:63:d1:94
    Is Rogue on Wired Network........................ No
    Classification................................... Unclassified
    State............................................ Alert
    First Time Rogue was Reported.................... Fri Nov 30 11:24:56 2007
    Last Time Rogue was Reported..................... Fri Nov 30 11:24:56 2007
    Reported By
    AP 1
    MAC Address.............................. 00:12:44:bb:25:d0
    Name..................................... HReap
    Radio Type............................... 802.11g
    SSID..................................... edu-eap
    Channel.................................. 6
    RSSI..................................... -61 dBm
    SNR...................................... -1 dB
    Encryption............................... Enabled
    ShortPreamble............................ Enabled
    WPA Support.............................. Disabled
    Last reported by this AP.............. Fri Nov 30 11:24:56 2007
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary

    show rogue ap summary

    To display a summary of the rogue access points detected by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue-ap summary command.

    show rogue ap summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all rogue access points:

    > show rogue ap summary
     
    Rogue Location Discovery Protocol................ Disabled
    Rogue ap timeout................................. 1200
     
    MAC Address Classification # APs # Clients Last Heard
    ----------------- ------------------ ----- --------- -----------------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx friendly 1 0 Thu Aug 4 18:57:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx malicious 1 0 Thu Aug 4 19:00:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx malicious 1 0 Thu Aug 4 18:57:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx malicious 1 0 Thu Aug 4 18:57:11 2005

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary

    show rogue ap friendly summary

    To display a list of the friendly rogue access points detected by the controller, use the show rogue-ap friendly summary command.

    show rogue ap friendly summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all friendly rogue access points:

    > show rogue ap friendly summary
     
    Number of APs.................................... 1
    MAC Address State # APs # Clients Last Heard
    ----------------- ------------------ ----- --------- ---------------------------
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Internal 1 0 Tue Nov 27 13:52:04 2007
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary

    show rogue ap malicious summary

    To display a list of the malicious rogue access points detected by the controller, use the show rogue-ap malicious summary command.

    show rogue ap malicious summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all malicious rogue access points:

    > show rogue ap malicious summary
     
    Number of APs.................................... 2
    MAC Address State # APs # Clients Last Heard
    ----------------- ------------------ ----- --------- ---------------------------
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Alert 1 0 Tue Nov 27 13:52:04 2007
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Alert 1 0 Tue Nov 27 13:52:04 2007
     

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary

    show rogue ap unclassified summary

    To display a list of the unclassified rogue access points detected by the controller, use the show rogue-ap unclassified summary command.

    show rogue ap unclassified summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of all unclassified rogue access points:

    > show rogue ap unclassified summary
     
    Number of APs.................................... 164
    MAC Address State # APs # Clients Last Heard
    ----------------- ------------------ ----- --------- -----------------------
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Alert 1 0 Fri Nov 30 11:12:52 2007
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Alert 1 0 Fri Nov 30 11:29:01 2007
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Alert 1 0 Fri Nov 30 11:26:23 2007
    XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Alert 1 0 Fri Nov 30 11:26:23 2007

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary

    show rogue client detailed

    To display details of a rogue client detected by a Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue client detailed command.

    show rogue client detailed MAC

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Rogue client MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed information for a rogue client:

    > show rogue client detailed xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
     
    Rogue BSSID...................................... 00:0b:85:23:ea:d1
    State............................................ Alert
    First Time Rogue was Reported.................... Mon Dec 3 21:50:36 2007
    Last Time Rogue was Reported..................... Mon Dec 3 21:50:36 2007
    Rogue Client IP address.......................... Not known
    Reported By
    AP 1
    MAC Address.............................. 00:15:c7:82:b6:b0
    Name..................................... AP0016.47b2.31ea
    Radio Type............................... 802.11a
    RSSI..................................... -71 dBm
    SNR...................................... 23 dB
    Channel.................................. 149
    Last reported by this AP.............. Mon Dec 3 21:50:36 2007
     

     
    Related Commands

    show rogue client summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    config rogue client
    config rogue rule

    show rogue client summary

    To display a summary of the rogue clients detected by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show rogue client summary command.

    show rogue client summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of all rogue clients:

    > show rogue client summary
     
    MAC Address State # APs Last Heard
    ----------------- ------------------ ----- -----------------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:00:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:00:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:00:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:00:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:00:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:00:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:09:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:03:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:03:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:09:11 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 18:57:08 2005
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Alert 1 Thu Aug 4 19:12:08 2005

     
    Related Commands

    show rogue client detailed
    show rogue ignore-list
    config rogue client
    config rogue rule

    show rogue ignore-list

    To display a list of rogue access points that are configured to be ignored, use the show rogue ignore-list command.

    show rogue ignore-list

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of all rogue access points that are configured to be ignored:

    > show rogue ignore-list
     
    MAC Address
    -----------------
    xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue adhoc
    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue client detailed
    show rogue client summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    show rogue rule detailed

    To display detailed information for a specific rogue classification rule, use the show rogue rule detailed command.

    show rogue rule detailed rule_name

     
    Syntax Description

    rule_name

    Rogue rule name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed information on a specific rogue classification rule:

    > show rogue rule detailed Rule2
     
    Priority......................................... 2
    Rule Name........................................ Rule2
    State............................................ Enabled
    Type............................................. Malicious
    Match Operation.................................. Any
    Hit Count........................................ 352
    Total Conditions................................. 2
    Condition 1
    type......................................... Client-count
    value........................................ 10
    Condition 2
    type......................................... Duration
    value (seconds).............................. 2000
    Condition 3
    type......................................... Managed-ssid
    value........................................ Enabled
    Condition 4
    type......................................... No-encryption
    value........................................ Enabled
    Condition 5
    type......................................... Rssi
    value (dBm).................................. -50
    Condition 6
    type......................................... Ssid
    SSID Count................................... 1
    SSID 1.................................... test

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue rule
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule summary

    show rogue rule summary

    To display the rogue classification rules that are configured on the controller, use the show rogue rule summary command.

    show rogue rule summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a list of all rogue rules that are configured on the controller:

    > show rogue rule summary
     
    Priority Rule Name State Type Match Hit Count
    -------- ----------------------- -------- ------------- ----- ---------
    1 mtest Enabled Malicious All 0
    2 asdfasdf Enabled Malicious All 0

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue rule
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed

    show route summary

    To display the routes assigned to the Cisco wireless LAN controller service port, use the show route summary command.

    show route summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display all the configured routes:

    > show route summary
     
    Number of Routes............................... 1
     
    Destination Network Genmask Gateway
    ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
    xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 255.255.255.0 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

     
    Related Commands

    config route

    show rules

    To display the active internal firewall rules, use the show rules command.

    show rules

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display active internal firewall rules:

    > show rules
     
    --------------------------------------------------------
    Rule ID.............: 3
    Ref count...........: 0
    Precedence..........: 99999999
    Flags...............: 00000001 ( PASS)
    Source IP range:
    (Local stack)
    Destination IP range:
    (Local stack)
    --------------------------------------------------------
    Rule ID.............: 25
    Ref count...........: 0
    Precedence..........: 99999999
    Flags...............: 00000001 ( PASS)
    Service Info
    Service name........: GDB
    Protocol............: 6
    Source port low.....: 0
    Source port high....: 0
    Dest port low.......: 1000
    Dest port high......: 1000
    Source IP range:
    IP High............: 0.0.0.0
    Interface..........: ANY
    Destination IP range:
    (Local stack)
    --------------------------------------------------------

    show run-config

    To display a comprehensive view of the current Cisco wireless LAN controller configuration, use the show run-config command.

    show run-config [ no ap | commands ]

     
    Syntax Description

    no-ap

    (Optional) Excludes access point configuration settings.

    commands

    (Optional) Displays a list of user-configured commands on the controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    These commands have replaced the show running-config command.

    Some WLAN controllers may have no Crypto Accelerator (VPN termination module) or power supplies listed because they have no provisions for VPN termination modules or power supplies.

    The show run-config command shows only values configured by the user. It does not show system-configured default values.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the current controller running configuration:

    > show run-config
     
    Press Enter to continue...
     
    System Inventory
    Switch Description............................... Cisco Controller
    Machine Model....................................
    Serial Number.................................... FLS0923003B
    Burned-in MAC Address............................ xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
    Crypto Accelerator 1............................. Absent
    Crypto Accelerator 2............................. Absent
    Power Supply 1................................... Absent
    Power Supply 2................................... Present, OK
     
    Press Enter to continue Or <Ctl Z> to abort...

     
    Related Commands

    config passwd-cleartext

    show serial

    To display the serial (console) port configuration, use the show serial command.

    show serial

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    9600, 8, off, 1, none.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display EIA-232 parameters and the serial port inactivity timeout:

    > show serial
     
    Serial Port Login Timeout (minutes)......... 45
    Baud Rate................................... 9600
    Character Size.............................. 8
    Flow Control:............................... Disable
    Stop Bits................................... 1
    Parity Type:................................ none

     
    Related Commands

    config serial baudrate
    config serial timeout

    show sessions

    To display the console port login timeout and maximum number of simultaneous command-line interface (CLI) sessions, use the show sessions command.

    show sessions

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    5 minutes, 5 sessions.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the CLI session configuration setting:

    > show sessions
     
    CLI Login Timeout (minutes)............ 0
    Maximum Number of CLI Sessions......... 5
     

    The response indicates that the CLI sessions never time out and that the Cisco wireless LAN controller can host up to five simultaneous CLI sessions.

     
    Related Commands

    config sessions maxsessions
    config sessions timeout

    show snmpcommunity

    To display Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) community entries, use the show snmpcommunity command.

    show snmpcommunity

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display SNMP community entries:

    > show snmpcommunity
     
    SNMP Community Name Client IP Address Client IP Mask Access Mode Status
    ------------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------- --------
    public 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Read Only Enable
    ********** 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Read/Write Enable

     
    Related Commands

    config snmp community accessmode
    config snmp community create
    config snmp community delete
    config snmp community ipaddr
    config snmp community mode
    config snmp syscontact

    show snmptrap

    To display Cisco wireless LAN controller Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap receivers and their status, use the show snmptrap command.

    show snmptrap

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display SNMP trap receivers and their status:

    > show snmptrap
     
    SNMP Trap Receiver Name IP Address Status
    ------------------------ ----------------- --------
    xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Enable

     
    Related Commands

    config snmp trapreceiver create
    config snmp trapreceiver delete
    config snmp trapreceiver delete

    show snmpv3user

    To display Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 3 configuration, use the show snmpv3user command.

    show snmpv3user

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display SNMP version 3 configuration information:

    > show snmpv3user
     
    SNMP v3 username AccessMode Authentication Encryption
    -------------------- ----------- -------------- ----------
    default Read/Write HMAC-SHA CFB-AES

     
    Related Commands

    config snmp v3user create
    config snmp v3user delete

    show snmpversion

    To display which versions of Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) are enabled or disabled on your controller, use the show snmpversion command.

    show snmpversion

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    Enable.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the SNMP v1/v2/v3 status:

    > show snmpversion
     
    SNMP v1 Mode.................................. Disable
    SNMP v2c Mode.................................. Enable
    SNMP v3 Mode.................................. Enable

     
    Related Commands

    config snmp version

    show spanningtree port

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller spanning tree port configuration, use the show spanningtree port command.

     

    show spanningtree port port

     
    Syntax Description

    port

    Physical port number:

    • 1 through 4 on Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controller.
    • 1 or 2 on Cisco 4402 Series Wireless LAN Controller.
    • 1 through 4 on Cisco 4404 Series Wireless LAN Controller.

     
    Defaults

    800C, Disabled, 802.1D, 128, 100, Auto.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the a Cisco 4400 Series wireless LAN controller is configured for port redundancy, the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) must be disabled for all ports on the Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller. STP can remain enabled on the switch connected to the Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Some WLAN controllers do not support the spanning tree function.


    Examples

    This example shows how to display spanning tree values on a per port basis:

    > show spanningtree port 3
     
    STP Port ID................................. 800C
    STP Port State.............................. Disabled
    STP Port Administrative Mode................ 802.1D
    STP Port Priority........................... 128
    STP Port Path Cost.......................... 100
    STP Port Path Cost Mode..................... Auto

     
    Related Commands

    config spanningtree port mode
    config spanningtree port pathcost
    config spanningtree port priority
    show spanningtree switch

    show spanningtree switch

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller network (DS port) spanning tree configuration, use the show spanningtree switch command.

    show spanningtree switch

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Some WLAN controllers do not support the spanning tree function.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display spanning tree values on a per switch basis:

    > show spanningtree switch
     
    STP Specification...................... IEEE 802.1D
    STP Base MAC Address................... 00:0B:85:02:0D:20
    Spanning Tree Algorithm................ Disable
    STP Bridge Priority.................... 32768
    STP Bridge Max. Age (seconds).......... 20
    STP Bridge Hello Time (seconds)........ 2
    STP Bridge Forward Delay (seconds)..... 15

     
    Related Commands

    config spanningtree switch bridgepriority
    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay
    config spanningtree switch hellotime
    config spanningtree switch maxage
    config spanningtree switch mode

    show stats port

    To display physical port receive and transmit statistics, use the show stats port command.

    show stats port { detailed port | summary port }

     
    Syntax Description

    detailed

    Displays detailed port statistics.

    summary

    Displays port summary statistics.

    port

    Physical port number:

    • 1 through 4 on Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.
    • 1 or 2 on Cisco 4402 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.
    • 1 through 4 on Cisco 4404 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.
    • 1 on Cisco WLCM Series Wireless LAN Controllers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the port summary information:

    > show stats port summary 1
     
    Packets Received Without Error................. 399958
    Packets Received With Error.................... 0
    Broadcast Packets Received..................... 8350
    Packets Transmitted Without Error.............. 106060
    Transmit Packets Errors........................ 0
    Collisions Frames.............................. 0
    Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 2 day 11 hr 16 min 23 sec
     
     

    This example shows how to display the detailed port information:

    > show stats port detailed 1
     
    PACKETS RECEIVED (OCTETS)
    Total Bytes...................................... 267799881
    64 byte pkts :918281
    65-127 byte pkts :354016 128-255 byte pkts :1283092
    256-511 byte pkts :8406 512-1023 byte pkts :3006
    1024-1518 byte pkts :1184 1519-1530 byte pkts :0
    > 1530 byte pkts :2
     
    PACKETS RECEIVED SUCCESSFULLY
    Total............................................ 2567987
    Unicast Pkts :2547844 Multicast Pkts:0 Broadcast Pkts:20143
     
    PACKETS RECEIVED WITH MAC ERRORS
    Total............................................ 0
    Jabbers :0 Undersize :0 Alignment :0
    FCS Errors:0 Overruns :0
     
    RECEIVED PACKETS NOT FORWARDED
    Total............................................ 0
    Local Traffic Frames:0 RX Pause Frames :0
    Unacceptable Frames :0 VLAN Membership :0
    VLAN Viable Discards:0 MulticastTree Viable:0
    ReserveAddr Discards:0
    CFI Discards :0 Upstream Threshold :0
     
    PACKETS TRANSMITTED (OCTETS)
    Total Bytes...................................... 353831
    64 byte pkts :0 65-127 byte pkts :0
    128-255 byte pkts :0 256-511 byte pkts :0
    512-1023 byte pkts :0 1024-1518 byte pkts :2
    1519-1530 byte pkts :0 Max Info :1522
     
    PACKETS TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY
    Total............................................ 5875
    Unicast Pkts :5868 Multicast Pkts:0 Broadcast Pkts:7
     
     
    TRANSMIT ERRORS
    Total Errors..................................... 0
    FCS Error :0 TX Oversized :0 Underrun Error:0
     
    TRANSMIT DISCARDS
    Total Discards................................... 0
    Single Coll Frames :0 Multiple Coll Frames:0
    Excessive Coll Frame:0 Port Membership :0
    VLAN Viable Discards:0
     
    PROTOCOL STATISTICS
    BPDUs Received :6 BPDUs Transmitted :0
    802.3x RX PauseFrame:0
     
    Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 2 day 0 hr 39 min 59 sec

     
    Related Commands

    config port adminmode
    config port autoneg
    config port linktrap
    config port power
    config port linktrap

    show stats switch

    To display the network (DS port) receive and transmit statistics, use the show stats switch command.

    show stats switch { detailed | summary }

     
    Syntax Description

    detailed

    Displays detailed switch statistics.

    summary

    Displays switch summary statistics.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display switch summary statistics:

    > show stats switch summary
     
    Packets Received Without Error................. 136410
    Broadcast Packets Received..................... 18805
    Packets Received With Error.................... 0
    Packets Transmitted Without Error.............. 78002
    Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 3340
    Transmit Packet Errors......................... 2
    Address Entries Currently In Use............... 26
    VLAN Entries Currently In Use.................. 1
    Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 2 day 11 hr 22 min 17 sec
     

    This example shows how to display detailed switch statistics:

    > show stats switch detailed
     
    RECEIVE
    Octets........................................... 19351718
    Total Pkts....................................... 183468
    Unicast Pkts..................................... 180230
    Multicast Pkts................................... 3219
    Broadcast Pkts................................... 19
    Pkts Discarded................................... 0
     
    TRANSMIT
    Octets........................................... 354251
    Total Pkts....................................... 5882
    Unicast Pkts..................................... 5875
    Multicast Pkts................................... 0
    Broadcast Pkts................................... 7
    Pkts Discarded................................... 0
     
    ADDRESS ENTRIES
    Most Ever Used................................... 1
    Currently In Use................................. 1
     
    VLAN ENTRIES
    Maximum.......................................... 128
    Most Ever Used................................... 1
    Static In Use.................................... 1
    Dynamic In Use................................... 0
    VLANs Deleted.................................... 0
    Time Since Ctrs Last Cleared..................... 2 day 0 hr 43 min 22 sec

     
    Related Commands

    config switchconfig mode
    config switchconfig secret-obfuscation
    show switchconfig

    show switchconfig

    To display parameters that apply to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the show switchconfig command.

    show switchconfig

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display parameters that apply to the Cisco wireless LAN controller:

    > show switchconfig
     
    802.3x Flow Control Mode......................... Disable
    Current LWAPP Transport Mode..................... Layer 3
    LWAPP Transport Mode after next switch reboot.... Layer 3

     
    Related Commands

    config switchconfig mode
    config switchconfig secret-obfuscation
    show stats switch

    show sysinfo

    To display high-level Cisco wireless LAN controller information, use the show sysinfo command.

    show sysinfo

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display wireless LAN controller information:

    > show sysinfo
     
    Manufacturer's Name.............................. Cisco Systems Inc.
    Product Name..................................... Cisco Controller
    Product Version.................................. 6.0.133.0
    Build Information................................ Tue Mar 31 11:44:12 PDT 2009
    Bootloader Version............................... 0.14.0
    Field Recovery Image Version..................... 5.3.38.0-BL-9-16
    Firmware Version................................. FPGA 1.0, Env 0.8, USB console 1.27
    Build Type....................................... DATA + WPS
     
    System Name...................................... 5500
    System Location..................................
    System Contact...................................
    System ObjectID.................................. 1.3.6.1.4.1.9.1.1
    IP Address....................................... 10.10.10.7
    Last Reset....................................... Software reset
    System Up Time................................... 1 days 15 hrs 17 mins 48 secs
    System Timezone Location....................
    Current Boot License Level....................... wplus
    Current Boot License Type........................ Permanent
    Next Boot License Level.......................... wplus
    Next Boot License Type........................... Permanent
    Configured Country............................... US - United States
    Operating Environment............................ Commercial (0 to 40 C)
    Internal Temp Alarm Limits....................... 0 to 65 C
    Internal Temperature............................. +45 C
    External Temperature............................. +29 C
    Fan Status....................................... OK
     
    State of 802.11b Network......................... Enabled
    State of 802.11a Network......................... Disabled
    Number of WLANs.................................. 18
    3rd Party Access Point Support................... Disabled
    Number of Active Clients......................... 1
     
    Burned-in MAC Address............................ 00:00:1B:EE:12:E0
    Power Supply 1................................... Not Available
    Power Supply 2................................... Not Available
    Maximum number of APs supported.................. 250

     
    Related Commands

    config sysname

    Show TACACS Commands

    Use the show tacacs commands to display Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (TACACS) protocol settings and statistics.

    show tacacs acct statistics

    To display detailed radio frequency identification (RFID) information for a specified tag, use this command:

    show tacacs acct statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display detailed RFID information:

    > show tacacs acct statistics
     
    Accounting Servers:
     
    Server Index..................................... 1
    Server Address................................... 10.0.0.0
    Msg Round Trip Time.............................. 0 (1/100 second)
    First Requests................................... 1
    Retry Requests................................... 0
    Accounting Response.............................. 0
    Accounting Request Success....................... 0
    Accounting Request Failure....................... 0
    Malformed Msgs................................... 0
    Bad Authenticator Msgs........................... 0
    Pending Requests................................. -1
    Timeout Requests................................. 1
    Unknowntype Msgs................................. 0
    Other Drops...................................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs athr
    config tacacs auth
    show tacacs summary
    show tacacs summary

    show tacacs athr statistics

    To display TACACS+ server authorization statistics, use the show tacacs athr statistics command.

    show tacacs athr statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display TACACS server authorization statistics:

    > show tacacs athr statistics
     
    Authorization Servers:
     
    Server Index..................................... 3
    Server Address................................... 10.0.0.3
    Msg Round Trip Time.............................. 0 (1/100 second)
    First Requests................................... 0
    Retry Requests................................... 0
    Received Responses............................... 0
    Authorization Success............................ 0
    Authorization Failure............................ 0
    Challenge Responses.............................. 0
    Malformed Msgs................................... 0
    Bad Authenticator Msgs........................... 0
    Pending Requests................................. 0
    Timeout Requests................................. 0
    Unknowntype Msgs................................. 0
    Other Drops...................................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs athr
    config tacacs auth
    show tacacs summary
    show tacacs auth statistics
    show tacacs summary

    show tacacs auth statistics

    To display TACACS+ server authentication statistics, use the show tacacs auth statistics command.

    show tacacs auth statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display TACACS server authentication statistics:

    > show tacacs auth statistics
     
    Authentication Servers:
     
    Server Index..................................... 2
    Server Address................................... 10.0.0.2
    Msg Round Trip Time.............................. 0 (msec)
    First Requests................................... 0
    Retry Requests................................... 0
    Accept Responses................................. 0
    Reject Responses................................. 0
    Error Responses.................................. 0
    Restart Responses................................ 0
    Follow Responses................................. 0
    GetData Responses................................ 0
    Encrypt no secret Responses...................... 0
    Challenge Responses.............................. 0
    Malformed Msgs................................... 0
    Bad Authenticator Msgs........................... 0
    Pending Requests................................. 0
    Timeout Requests................................. 0
    Unknowntype Msgs................................. 0
    Other Drops...................................... 0

     
    Related Commands

    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs athr
    config tacacs auth
    show tacacs summary
    show tacacs summary

    show tacacs summary

    To display TACACS+ server summary information, use the show tacacs summary command.

    show tacacs summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display TACACS server summary information:

    > show tacacs summary
     
    Authentication Servers
     
    Idx Server Address Port State Tout
    --- ---------------- ------ -------- ----
    2 10.0.0.2 6 Enabled 30
     
    Accounting Servers
     
    Idx Server Address Port State Tout
    --- ---------------- ------ -------- ----
    1 10.0.0.0 10 Enabled 2
     
    Authorization Servers
     
    Idx Server Address Port State Tout
    --- ---------------- ------ -------- ----
    3 10.0.0.3 4 Enabled 2
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs acct
    config tacacs athr
    config tacacs auth
    show tacacs summary
    show tacacs athr statistics
    show tacacs auth statistics

    show tech-support

    To display Cisco wireless LAN controller variables frequently requested by Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC), use the show tech-support command.

    show tech-support

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display system resource information:

    > show tech-support
     
    Current CPU Load................................. 0%
     
    System Buffers
    Max Free Buffers.............................. 4608
    Free Buffers.................................. 4604
    Buffers In Use................................ 4
     
    Web Server Resources
    Descriptors Allocated......................... 152
    Descriptors Used.............................. 3
    Segments Allocated............................ 152
    Segments Used................................. 3
     
    System Resources
    Uptime........................................ 747040 Secs
    Total Ram..................................... 127552 Kbytes
    Free Ram...................................... 19540 Kbytes
    Shared Ram.................................... 0 Kbytes
    Buffer Ram.................................... 460 Kbytes

    show time

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller time and date, use the show time command.

    show time

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the controller time and date:

    > show time
     
    Time............................................. Thu Aug 4 19:51:49 2005
     
    Timezone delta................................... 0:0
    Daylight savings................................. disabled
     
    NTP Servers
    NTP Polling Interval......................... 86400
     
    Index NTP Server
    ------- --------------------------------

     
    Related Commands

    config time manual
    config time ntp
    config time timezone
    config time timezone location
    config time timezone location

    show trapflags

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap flags, use the show trapflags command.

    show trapflags

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments and keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display controller SNMP trap flags:

    > show trapflags
     
    Authentication Flag............................ Enable
    Link Up/Down Flag.............................. Enable
    Multiple Users Flag............................ Enable
    Spanning Tree Flag............................. Enable
     
    Client Related Traps
    802.11 Disassociation......................... Disable
    802.11 Deauthenticate......................... Disable
    802.11 Authenticate Failure................... Disable
    802.11 Association Failure.................... Disable
    Excluded...................................... Disable
     
    802.11 Security related traps
    WEP Decrypt Error............................. Enable
     
    Cisco AP
    Register...................................... Enable
    InterfaceUp................................... Enable
     
    Auto-RF Profiles
    Load.......................................... Enable
    Noise......................................... Enable
    Interference.................................. Enable
    Coverage...................................... Enable
     
    Auto-RF Thresholds
    tx-power...................................... Enable
    channel....................................... Enable
    antenna....................................... Enable
     
    AAA
    auth.......................................... Enable
    servers....................................... Enable
     
    rogueap........................................ Enable
     
    wps............................................ Enable
     
    configsave..................................... Enable
     
    IP Security
    esp-auth...................................... Enable
    esp-replay.................................... Enable
    invalidSPI.................................... Enable
    ike-neg....................................... Enable
    suite-neg..................................... Enable
    invalid-cookie................................ Enable

     
    Related Commands

    config trapflags 802.11-Security
    config trapflags aaa
    config trapflags ap
    config trapflags authentication
    config trapflags client
    config trapflags configsave
    config trapflags IPsec
    config trapflags linkmode

    show traplog

    To display the Cisco wireless LAN controller Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap log, use the show traplog command.

    show traplog

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments and keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display controller SNMP trap log settings:

    > show traplog
     
    Number of Traps Since Last Reset........... 2447
    Number of Traps Since Log Last Displayed... 2447
     
    Log System Time Trap
    --- ------------------------ -------------------------------------------------
    0 Thu Aug 4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:52:62:fe detected on Base Rad
    io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50 Interface no:1(802.11
    b/g) with RSSI: -78 and SNR: 10
    1 Thu Aug 4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:52:19:d8 detected on Base Rad
    io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50 Interface no:1(802.11
    b/g) with RSSI: -72 and SNR: 16
    2 Thu Aug 4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:26:a1:8d detected on Base Rad
    io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50 Interface no:1(802.11
    b/g) with RSSI: -82 and SNR: 6
    3 Thu Aug 4 19:54:14 2005 Rogue AP : 00:0b:85:14:b3:4f detected on Base Rad
    io MAC : 00:0b:85:18:b6:50 Interface no:1(802.11
    b/g) with RSSI: -56 and SNR: 30
     
    Would you like to display more entries? (y/n)

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    show version

    To display access point’s software information, use the show version command.

    show version

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can only use this command from the access point console port when not connected to a controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the access point version number:

    AP# show version
    Cisco IOS Software, C1240 Software (C1240-K9W8-M), Experimental Version 12.3(20060829:081904) [BLD-wnbu_a10_temp_060823.daily 163]
    Copyright (c) 1986-2006 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
    Compiled Wed 30-Aug-06 03:03 by
    ROM: Bootstrap program is C1240 boot loader
    BOOTLDR: C1240 Boot Loader (C1240-BOOT-M) Version 12.3(7)JA1, RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc1)
    Ap1242-2 uptime is 4 minutes
    System returned to ROM by power-on
    System image file is "flash:/c1240-k9w8-mx.wnbu_a10_temp_060823.20060830d/c1240-k9w8-"
    cisco AIR-LAP1242AG-A-K9 processor (revision B0) with 24566K/8192K bytes of memory.
    Processor board ID FTX0944B00B
    PowerPCElvis CPU at 266Mhz, revision number 0x0950
    Last reset from power-on
    LWAPP image version 4.1.69.0
    1 FastEthernet interface
    2 802.11 Radio(s)
    32K bytes of flash-simulated non-volatile configuration memory.
    Base ethernet MAC Address: 00:14:1C:ED:47:14
    Part Number : 73-9925-03
    PCA Assembly Number : 800-26579-03
    PCA Revision Number : A0
    PCB Serial Number : FOC09351E0U
    Top Assembly Part Number : 800-26804-01
    Top Assembly Serial Number : FTX0944B00B
    Top Revision Number : A0
    Product/Model Number : AIR-LAP1242AG-A-K9
    Configuration register is 0xF

    show watchlist

    To display the client watchlist, use the show watchlist command.

    show watchlist

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the client watchlist information:

    > show watchlist
    client watchlist state is disabled

     
    Related Commands

    config watchlist add
    config watchlist delete
    config watchlist disable
    config watchlist enable

    show wlan

    To display configuration information for a specified wireless LAN or a foreign access point, or to display wireless LAN summary information, use the show wlan command.

    show wlan {apgroups | summary | wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    apgroups

    (Optional) Displays access point group information.

    summary

    (Optional) Displays a summary of all wireless LANs.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier from 1 to 512.

    foreignAp

    (Optional) Displays the configuration for support of foreign access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of wireless LANs for wlan_id 1:

    > show wlan 1
    WLAN Identifier.................................. 1
    Profile Name..................................... wlan
    Network Name (SSID).............................. wlan
    Status........................................... Enabled
    MAC Filtering.................................... Disabled
    Broadcast SSID................................... Enabled
    AAA Policy Override.............................. Disabled
    Network Admission Control
     
    NAC-State...................................... Enabled
    Quarantine VLAN................................ 110
    Number of Active Clients......................... 0
    Exclusionlist Timeout............................ 60 seconds
    Session Timeout.................................. 1800 seconds
    CHD per WLAN..................................... Enabled
    Webauth DHCP exclusion........................... Disabled
    Interface........................................ management
    WLAN ACL......................................... unconfigured
    DHCP Server...................................... Default
    DHCP Address Assignment Required................. Disabled
    Quality of Service............................... Silver (best effort)
    WMM.............................................. Allowed
    CCX - AironetIe Support.......................... Enabled
    CCX - Gratuitous ProbeResponse (GPR)............. Disabled
    CCX - Diagnostics Channel Capability............. Disabled
    Dot11-Phone Mode (7920).......................... Disabled
    Wired Protocol................................... None
    IPv6 Support..................................... Disabled
    Passive Client Feature........................... Enabled
    Peer-to-Peer Blocking Action..................... Disabled
    Radio Policy..................................... All
    DTIM period for 802.11a radio.................... 1
    DTIM period for 802.11b radio.................... 1
    Local EAP Authentication......................... Disabled
    Security
     
    802.11 Authentication:........................ Open System
    Static WEP Keys............................... Disabled
    802.1X........................................ Disabled
    Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA/WPA2)............. Enabled
    WPA (SSN IE)............................... Disabled
    WPA2 (RSN IE).............................. Enabled
    TKIP Cipher............................. Disabled
    AES Cipher.............................. Enabled
    Auth Key Management
    802.1x.................................. Enabled
    PSK..................................... Disabled
    CCKM.................................... Disabled
    FT(802.11r)............................. Disabled
    FT-PSK(802.11r)......................... Disabled
    FT Reassociation Timeout......................... 20
    FT Over-The-Air mode............................. Enabled
    FT Over-The-Ds mode.............................. Enabled
    CKIP......................................... Disabled
    IP Security................................... Disabled
    IP Security Passthru.......................... Disabled
    Web Based Authentication...................... Disabled
    Web-Passthrough............................... Disabled
    Conditional Web Redirect...................... Disabled
    Splash-Page Web Redirect...................... Disabled
    Auto Anchor................................... Disabled
    Cranite Passthru.............................. Disabled
    Fortress Passthru............................. Disabled
    H-REAP Local Switching........................ Disabled
    Infrastructure MFP protection................. Enabled (Global Infrastructure
    MFP Disabled)
    Client MFP.................................... Optional
    Tkip MIC Countermeasure Hold-down Timer....... 60
    Call Snooping.................................. Enabled
     
    Mobility Anchor List
    WLAN ID IP Address Status
    ------- --------------- ------
     

    This example shows how to display a summary of all WLANs:

    > show wlan summary
     
    Number of WLANs.................................. 2
     
    WLAN ID WLAN Profile Name / SSID Status Interface Name
    ------- ------------------------------------- -------- --------------------
    1 test / test Disabled management
     

    This example shows how to display the configuration for support of foreign access points:

    > show wlan foreignap
     
    Foreign AP support is not enabled.
     

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan
    config wlan 7920-support
    config wlan acl
    config wlan interface
    show wlan

    Show WPS Commands

    Use the show wps commands to display Wireless Protection System (WPS) settings.

    show wps ap-authentication summary

    To display the access point neighbor authentication configuration on the controller, use the show wps ap-authentication summary command.

    show wps ap-authentication summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the Wireless Protection System (WPS) access point neighbor authentication:

    > show wps ap-authentication summary
     
    AP neighbor authentication is <disabled>.
     
    Authentication alarm threshold is 1.
    RF-Network Name: <B1>
     

     
    Related Commands

    config wps ap-authentication

    show wps cids-sensor

    To display Intrusion Detection System (IDS) sensor summary information or detailed information on a specified Wireless Protection System (WPS) IDS sensor, use the show wps cids-sensor command.

    show wps cids-sensor { summary | detail index }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays a summary of sensor settings.

    detail

    Displays all settings for the selected sensor.

    index

    IDS sensor identifier.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display all settings for the selected sensor:

    > show wps cids-sensor detail 1
     
    IP Address....................................... 10.0.0.51
    Port............................................. 443
    Query Interval................................... 60
    Username......................................... Sensor_user1
    Cert Fingerprint................................. SHA1: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:
    00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
    Query State...................................... Disabled
    Last Query Result................................ Unknown
    Number of Queries Sent........................... 0
     

     
    Related Commands

    config wps cids-sensor

    show wps mfp

    To display Management Frame Protection (MFP) information, use the show wps mfp command.

    show wps mfp { summary | statistics }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays the MFP configuration and status.

    statistics

    Displays MFP statistics.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the MFP configuration and status:

    > show wps mfp summary
     
    Global Infrastructure MFP state.................. DISABLED (*all infrastructure
    settings are overridden)
    Controller Time Source Valid..................... False
     
    WLAN Infra. Client
    WLAN ID WLAN Name Status Protection Protection
    ------- ------------------------- --------- ---------- ----------
    1 homeap Disabled *Enabled Optional but inactive
    (WPA2 not configured)
    2 7921 Enabled *Enabled Optional but inactive
    (WPA2 not configured)
    3 open1 Enabled *Enabled Optional but inactive
    (WPA2 not configured)
    4 7920 Enabled *Enabled Optional but inactive
    (WPA2 not configured)
     
    Infra. Operational --Infra. Capability--
    AP Name Validation Radio State Protection Validation
    -------------------- ---------- ----- -------------- ---------- ----------
    AP1252AG-EW *Enabled b/g Down Full Full
    a Down Full Full
     

    This example shows how to display the MFP statistics:

    > show wps mfp statistics
     
    BSSID Radio Validator AP Last Source Addr Found Error Type
    Count Frame Types
    ----------------- ----- -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------
    ---- ---------- -----------
    no errors
     

     
    Related Commands

    config wps mfp

    show wps shun-list

    To display the Intrusion Detection System (IDS) sensor shun list, use the show wps shun-list command.

    show wps shun-list

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the IDS system sensor shun list:

    > show wps shun-list
     

     
    Related Commands

    config wps shun-list

    show wps signature detail

    To display installed signatures, use the show wps signature detail command.

    show wps signature detail sig-id

     
    Syntax Description

    sig-id

    Signature ID of an installed signature.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display information on the attacks detected by standard signature 1:

    > show wps signature detail 1
     
    Signature-ID..................................... 1
    Precedence....................................... 1
    Signature Name................................... Bcast deauth
    Type............................................. standard
    FrameType........................................ management
    State............................................ enabled
    Action........................................... report
    Tracking......................................... per Signature and Mac
    Signature Frequency.............................. 500 pkts/interval
    Signature Mac Frequency.......................... 300 pkts/interval
    Interval......................................... 10 sec
    Quiet Time....................................... 300 sec
    Description...................................... Broadcast Deauthentication Frame
    Patterns:
    0(Header):0x0:0x0
    4(Header):0x0:0x0

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    show wps signature events

    To display more information about the attacks detected by a particular standard or custom signature, use the show wps signature events command.

    show wps signature events { summary | { standard | custom } precedenceID { summary | detailed }

     
    Syntax Description

    summary

    Displays all tracking signature summary information.

    standard

    Displays Standard Intrusion Detection System (IDS) signature settings.

    custom

    Displays custom IDS signature settings.

    precedenceID

    Signature precedence identification value.

    detailed

    Displays tracking source MAC address details.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the number of attacks detected by all enabled signatures:

    > show wps signature events summary
     
    Precedence Signature Name Type # Events
    ---------- -------------------- -------- --------
    1 Bcast deauth Standard 2
    2 NULL probe resp 1 Standard 1
     
     

    This example shows how to display a summary of information on the attacks detected by standard signature 1:

    > show wps signature events standard 1 summary
     
    Precedence....................................... 1
    Signature Name................................... Bcast deauth
    Type............................................. Standard
    Number of active events.......................... 2
     
    Source MAC Addr Track Method Frequency # APs Last Heard
    ----------------- -------------- --------- ----- ------------------------
    00:a0:f8:58:60:dd Per Signature 50 1 Wed Oct 25 15:03:05 2006
    00:a0:f8:58:60:dd Per Mac 30 1 Wed Oct 25 15:02:53 2006

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    show wps signature summary

    To see individual summaries of all of the standard and custom signatures installed on the controller, use the show wps signature summary command.

    show wps signature summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of all of the standard and custom signatures:

    > show wps signature summary

    Signature-ID..................................... 1
    Precedence....................................... 1
    Signature Name................................... Bcast deauth
    Type............................................. standard
    FrameType........................................ management
    State............................................ enabled
    Action........................................... report
    Tracking......................................... per Signature and Mac
    Signature Frequency.............................. 50 pkts/interval
    Signature Mac Frequency.......................... 30 pkts/interval
    Interval......................................... 1 sec
    Quiet Time....................................... 300 sec
    Description...................................... Broadcast Deauthentication Frame
    Patterns:
    0(Header):0x00c0:0x00ff
    4(Header):0x01:0x01
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps summary

    show wps summary

    To display Wireless Protection System (WPS) summary information, use the show wps summary command.

    show wps summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display WPS summary information:

    > show wps summary
     
    Auto-Immune
    Auto-Immune.................................... Disabled
     
    Client Exclusion Policy
    Excessive 802.11-association failures.......... Enabled
    Excessive 802.11-authentication failures....... Enabled
    Excessive 802.1x-authentication................ Enabled
    IP-theft....................................... Enabled
    Excessive Web authentication failure........... Enabled
     
    Trusted AP Policy
    Management Frame Protection.................... Disabled
    Mis-configured AP Action....................... Alarm Only
    Enforced encryption policy................... none
    Enforced preamble policy..................... none
    Enforced radio type policy................... none
    Validate SSID................................ Disabled
    Alert if Trusted AP is missing................. Disabled
    Trusted AP timeout............................. 120
     
    Untrusted AP Policy
    Rogue Location Discovery Protocol.............. Disabled
    RLDP Action.................................. Alarm Only
    Rogue APs
    Rogues AP advertising my SSID................ Alarm Only
    Detect and report Ad-Hoc Networks............ Enabled
    Rogue Clients
    Validate rogue clients against AAA........... Enabled
    Detect trusted clients on rogue APs.......... Alarm Only
    Rogue AP timeout............................... 1300
     
    Signature Policy
    Signature Processing........................... Enabled
    ...

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary

    show wps wips statistics

    To display the current state of the Cisco Wireless Intrusion Prevention System (wIPS) operation on the controller, use the show wps wips summary command.

    show wps wips statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display the statistics of the wIPS operation:

    > show wps wips statistics
     
    Policy Assignment Requests............ 1
    Policy Assignment Responses........... 1
    Policy Update Requests................ 0
    Policy Update Responses............... 0
    Policy Delete Requests................ 0
    Policy Delete Responses............... 0
    Alarm Updates......................... 13572
    Device Updates........................ 8376
    Device Update Requests................ 0
    Device Update Responses............... 0
    Forensic Updates...................... 1001
    Invalid WIPS Payloads................. 0
    Invalid Messages Received............. 0
    NMSP Transmitted Packets.............. 22950
    NMSP Transmit Packets Dropped......... 0
    NMSP Largest Packet................... 1377

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 enable
    config ap mode
    config ap monitor-mode
    show ap config
    show ap monitor-mode summary
    show wps wips summary

    show wps wips summary

    To display the adaptive Cisco Wireless Intrusion Prevention System (wIPS) configuration that the Wireless Control System (WCS) forwards to the controller, use the show wps wips summary command.

    show wps wips summary

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to display a summary of the wIPS configuration:

    > show wps wips summary
     
    Policy Name...................................... Default
    Policy Version................................... 3
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 enable
    config ap mode
    config ap monitor-mode
    show ap config
    show ap monitor-mode summary
    show wps wips statistics

    Configuring Controller Settings

    Use the config commands to configure Cisco wireless LAN (WLAN) controller options and settings.

    Configure 802.11 Network Commands

    Use the config 802.11 commands to configure settings and devices on 802.11a, 802.11b/g, 802.11h, or other supported 802.11 networks.

    Configure 802.11 Public Safety Commands

    Use the config 802.11-a commands to configure settings specifically for 4.9-GHz or 5.8-GHz public safety frequencies.

    config 802.11-a

    To enable or disable the 4.9-GHz and 5.8-GHz public safety channels on an access point, use the config 802.11-a commands.

    config { 802.11-a49 | 802.11-a58 }{ enable | disable } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11-a49

    Specifies the 4.9-GHz public safety channel.

    802.11-a58

    Specifies the 5.8-GHz public safety channel.

    enable

    Enables the use of this frequency on the designated access point.

    disable

    Disables the use of this frequency on the designated access point

    cisco_ap

    Name of the access point to which the command applies.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 4.9-GHz public safety channel on ap_24 access point:

    > config 802.11-a49 enable ap_24

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11-a channel ap
    config 802.11-a txpower ap
    show mesh public-safety

    config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain

    To configure the external antenna gain for the 4.9-GHz and 5.8-GHz public safety channels on an access point, use the config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain commands.

    config { 802.11-a49 | 802.11-a58 } antenna extAntGain ant_gain cisco_ap { global | channel_no }

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11-a49

    Specifies the 4.9-GHz public safety channel.

    802.11-a58

    Specifies the 5.8-GHz public safety channel.

    ant_gain

    Value in.5-dBi units (for instance, 2.5 dBi = 5).

    cisco_ap

    Name of the access point to which the command applies.

    global

    Specifies the antenna gain value to all channels.

    channel_no

    Antenna gain value for a specific channel.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Before you enter the config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain command, disable the 802.11 Cisco radio with the config 802.11-a disable command.

    After you configure the external antenna gain, use the config 802.11-a enable command to re-enable the 802.11 Cisco radio.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an 802.11-a49 external antenna gain of 10 dBi for AP1 :

    > config 802.11-a49 antenna extAntGain 10 AP1

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11-a
    config 802.11-a channel ap
    config 802.11-a txpower ap
    Show 802.11 Commands

    config 802.11-a channel ap

    To configure the channel properties for the 4.9-GHz and 5.8-GHz public safety channels on an access point, use the config 802.11-a channel ap command.

    config { 802.11-a49 | 802.11-a58 } channel ap cisco_ap { global | channel_no }

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11-a49

    Specifies the 4.9-GHz public safety channel.

    802.11-a58

    Specifies the 5.8-GHz public safety channel.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the access point to which the command applies.

    global

    Enables the Dynamic Channel Assignment (DCA) on all 4.9-GHz and 5.8-GHz subband radios.

    channel_no

    Custom channel for a specific mesh access point. The range is 1 through 26, inclusive, for a 4.9-GHz band and 149 through 165, inclusive, for a 5.8-GHz band.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the channel properties:

    > config 802.11-a49 channel ap

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11-a
    config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11-a channel ap
    config 802.11-a txpower ap

    config 802.11-a txpower ap

    To configure the transmission power properties for the 4.9-GHz and 5.8-GHz public safety channels on an access point, use the config 802.11-a txpower ap command.

    config { 802.11-a49 | 802.11-a58 } txpower ap cisco_ap { global | power_level }

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11-a49

    Specifies the 4.9-GHz public safety channel.

    802.11-a58

    Specifies the 5.8-GHz public safety channel.

    txpower

    Configures transmission power properties.

    ap

    Configures access point channel settings.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the access point to which the command applies.

    global

    Applies the transmission power value to all channels.

    power_level

    Transmission power value to the designated mesh access point. Valid values are 1 through 5, inclusive.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an 802.11-a49 transmission power level of 4 for AP1 :

    > config 802.11-a49 txpower ap 4 AP1

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11-a
    config 802.11-a antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11-a channel ap
    Show 802.11 Commands

    Configure 802.11b Commands

    Use the config 802.11b commands to configure settings specifically for an 802.11b/g network.

    config 802.11b 11gSupport

    To enable or disable the Cisco wireless LAN solution 802.11g network, use the config 802.11b 11gSupport command.

    config 802.11b 11gSupport { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the 802.11g network.

    disable

    Disables the 802.11g network.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Before you enter the config 802.11b 11gSupport { enable | disable } command, disable the 802.11 Cisco radio with the config 802.11 disable command.

    After you configure the support for the 802.11g network, use the config 802.11 enable command to enable the 802.11 radio.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif To disable an 802.11a, 802.11b and/or 802.11g network for an individual wireless LAN, use the config wlan radio command.


    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 802.11g network:

    > config 802.11b 11gSupport enable
     
    Changing the 11gSupport will cause all the APs to reboot when you enable 802.11b network.
    Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n) n
     
    11gSupport not changed!

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo
    show 802.11b
    config 802.11b enable
    config wlan radio
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a enable

    config 802.11b preamble

    To change the 802.11b preamble as defined in subclause 18.2.2.2 to long (slower, but more reliable) or short (faster, but less reliable), use the config 802.11b preamble command.

    config 802.11b preamble { long | short }

     
    Syntax Description

    long

    Specifies the long 802.11b preamble.

    short

    Specifies the short 802.11b preamble.

     
    Defaults

    Short.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif You must reboot the Cisco wireless LAN controller (reset system) with save to implement this command.


    This parameter must be set to long to optimize this Cisco wireless LAN controller for some clients, including SpectraLink NetLink telephones.

    This command can be used any time that the CLI interface is active.

    Examples

    This example shows how to change the 802.11b preamble to short:

    > config 802.11b preamble short
    >(reset system with save)

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11b

    Configure 802.11h Commands

    Use the config 802.11h commands to configure settings specifically for an 802.11h network.

    config 802.11h channelswitch

    To configure a 802.11h channel switch announcement, use the config 802.11h channelswitch command.

    config 802.11h channelswitch { enable mode value | disable }

     

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the 802.11h channel switch announcement.

    mode

    802.11h channel switch announcement mode.

    value

    802.11h channel announcement value.

    disable

    Disables the 802.11h channel switch announcement.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the 802.11h switch announcement:

    > config 802.11h channelswitch disable

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11h

    config 802.11h powerconstraint

    To configure the 802.11h power constraint value, use the config 802.11h powerconstraint command.

    config 802.11h powerconstraint value

     

     
    Syntax Description

    value

    802.11h power constraint value.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the 802.11h power constraint to 5:

    > config 802.11h powerconstraint 5

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11h

    config 802.11h setchannel

    To configure a new channel using 802.11h channel announcement, use the config 802.11h setchannel command.

    config 802.11h setchannel cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a new channel using the 802.11h channel:

    > config 802.11h setchannel ap02

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11h

    Configure 802.11 11n Support Commands

    Use the config 802.11 11nsupport commands to configure settings for an 802.11n network.

    config 802.11 11nsupport

    To enable 802.11n support on the network, use the config 802.11 11nsupport command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } 11nsupport { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network settings.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network settings.

    enable

    Enables the 802.11n support.

    disable

    Disables the 802.11n support.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 802.11n support on an 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a 11nsupport enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx
    config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority
    config 802.11a disable network
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a channel ap
    config 802.11a txpower ap
    config 802.11a chan_width

    config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority

    To specify the aggregation method used for 802.11n packets, use the config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority { 0 - 7 | all } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    0-7

    Specifies the aggregated MAC protocol data unit priority level between 0 through 7.

    all

    Configures all of the priority levels at once.

    enable

    Specifies the traffic associated with the priority level uses A-MPDU transmission.

    disable

    Specifies the traffic associated with the priority level uses A-MSDU transmission.

     
    Defaults

    All priorities, except 5 and 6, are enabled by default. Priorities 5 and 6 are disabled by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Aggregation is the process of grouping packet data frames together rather than transmitting them separately. Two aggregation methods are available: Aggregated MAC Protocol Data Unit (A-MPDU) and Aggregated MAC Service Data Unit (A-MSDU). A-MPDU is performed in the software whereas A-MSDU is performed in the hardware.

    Aggregated MAC Protocol Data Unit priority levels assigned per traffic type are as follows:

    • 1—Background
    • 2—Spare
    • 0—Best effort
    • 3—Excellent effort
    • 4—Controlled load
    • 5—Video, less than 100-ms latency and jitter
    • 6—Voice, less than 10-ms latency and jitter
    • 7—Network control
    • all—Configure all of the priority levels at once.
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Configure the priority levels to match the aggregation method used by the clients.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure all the priority levels at once so that the traffic associated with the priority level uses A-MSDU transmission:

    > config 802.11a 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority all enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx
    config 802.11a disable network
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a channel ap
    config 802.11a txpower ap

    config 802.11 11nsupport antenna

    To configure an access point to use a specific antenna, use the config 802.11 11nsupport antenna command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } 11nsupport antenna { tx | rx } cisco_ap { A | B | C } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    tx

    Enables the antenna to transmit.

    rx

    Enables the antenna to receive.

    cisco_ap

    Access point.

    A

    Specifies the right antenna port.

    B

    Specifies the left antenna port

    C

    Specifies the center antenna port.

    enable

    Enables the configuration

    disable

    Disables the configuration.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure access point AP1 to use the antenna tx to transmit:

    > config 802.11a 11nsupport antenna tx AP1 C enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx
    config 802.11a disable network
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a channel ap
    config 802.11a txpower ap
    config 802.11a chan_width

    config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx

    To specify the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) rates at which data can be transmitted between the access point and the client, use the config 802.11 11nsupport mcs tx command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } 11nsupport mcs tx { 0 - 15 } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    11nsupport

    Specifies support for 802.11n devices.

    mcs tx

    Specifies the modulation and coding scheme data rates as follows:

    • 0 (7 Mbps)
    • 1 (14 Mbps)
    • 2 (21 Mbps)
    • 3 (29 Mbps)
    • 4 (43 Mbps)
    • 5 (58 Mbps)
    • 6 (65 Mbps)
    • 7 (72 Mbps)
    • 8 (14 Mbps)
    • 9 (29 Mbps)
    • 10 (43 Mbps)
    • 11 (58 Mbps)
    • 12 (87 Mbps)
    • 13 (116 Mbps)
    • 14 (130 Mbps)
    • 15 (144 Mbps)

    enable

    Enables this configuration.

    disable

    Disables this configuration.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify MCS rates:

    > config 802.11a 11nsupport mcs tx 5 enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 11nsupport
    config wlan wmm required
    config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority
    config 802.11a disable network
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a channel ap
    config 802.11a txpower ap
    config 802.11a chan_width

    Configure 802.11 Antenna Commands

    Use the config 802.11 antenna commands to configure radio antenna settings for Cisco lightweight access points on different 802.11 networks.

    config 802.11 antenna diversity

    To configure the diversity option for 802.11 antennas, use the config 802.11 antenna diversity command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } antenna diversity { enable | sideA | sideB } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the diversity.

    sideA

    Specifies the diversity between the internal antennas and an external antenna connected to the Cisco lightweight access point left port.

    sideB

    Specifies the diversity between the internal antennas and an external antenna connected to the Cisco lightweight access point right port.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable antenna diversity for AP01 on an 802.11b network:

    > config 802.11b antenna diversity enable AP01
     

    This example shows how to enable diversity for AP01 on an 802.11a network, using an external antenna connected to the Cisco lightweight access point left port (sideA):

    > config 802.11a antenna diversity sideA AP01

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 disable
    config 802.11 enable
    config 802.11 antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11 antenna mode
    config 802.11 antenna selection
    Show 802.11 Commands

    config 802.11 antenna extAntGain

    To configure external antenna gain for an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 antenna extAntGain command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } antenna extAntGain antenna_gain cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    antenna_gain

    Antenna gain in 0.5 dBm units (for example, 2.5 dBm = 5).

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Before you enter the config 802.11 antenna extAntGain command, disable the 802.11 Cisco radio with the config 802.11 disable command.

    After you configure the external antenna gain, use the config 802.11 enable command to enable the 802.11 Cisco radio.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an 802.11a external antenna gain of 0.5 dBm for AP1 :

    > config 802.11a antenna extAntGain 1 AP1

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 disable
    config 802.11 enable
    config 802.11 antenna diversity
    config 802.11 antenna mode
    config 802.11 antenna selection
    Show 802.11 Commands

    config 802.11 antenna mode

    To configure the Cisco lightweight access point to use one internal antenna for an 802.11 sectorized 180-degree coverage pattern or both internal antennas for an 802.11 360-degree omnidirectional pattern, use the config 802.11 antenna mode command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } antenna mode { omni | sectorA | sectorB } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    omni

    Specifies to use both internal antennas.

    sectorA

    Specifies to use only the side A internal antenna.

    sectorB

    Specifies to use only the side B internal antenna.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure access point AP01 antennas for a 360-degree omnidirectional pattern on an 802.11b network:

    > config 802.11b antenna mode omni AP01

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 disable
    config 802.11 enable
    config 802.11 antenna diversity
    config 802.11 antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11 antenna selection
    Show 802.11 Commands

    config 802.11 antenna selection

    To select the internal or external antenna selection for a Cisco lightweight access point on an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 antenna selection command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } antenna selection { internal | external } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    internal

    Specifies the internal antenna

    external

    Specifies the external antenna.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure access point AP02 on an 802.11b network to use the internal antenna:

    > config 802.11b antenna selection internal AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 disable
    config 802.11 enable
    config 802.11 antenna diversity
    config 802.11 antenna extAntGain
    config 802.11 antenna mode
    config 802.11 antenna selection
    Show 802.11 Commands

    config 802.11 beaconperiod

    To change the beacon period globally for an 802.11a, 802.11b, or other supported 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 beaconperiod command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } beaconperiod time_units

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Disable the 802.11 network before using this command. See the “Usage Guidelines” section.


     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    time_units

    Beacon interval in time units (TU). One TU is 1024 microseconds.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    In Cisco wireless LAN solution 802.11 networks, all Cisco lightweight access point wireless LANs broadcast a beacon at regular intervals. This beacon notifies clients that the 802.11a service is available and allows the clients to synchronize with the lightweight access point.

    Before you change the beacon period, make sure that you have disabled the 802.11 network by using the config 802.11 disable command. After changing the beacon period, enable the 802.11 network by using the config 802.11 enable command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an 802.11a network for a beacon period of 120 time units:

    > config 802.11a beaconperiod 120

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a
    config 802.11b beaconperiod
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a enable

    config 802.11 beamforming

    To enable or disable beamforming on the network or on individual radios, enter the config 802.11 beamforming command.

    config 802.11{a | b} beamforming { global | ap ap_name } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Specifies all lightweight access points.

    ap ap_name

    Specifies the Cisco access point name.

    enable

    Enables beamforming.

    disable

    Disables beamforming.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enable beamforming on the network, it is automatically enabled for all the radios applicable to that network type.

    Follow these guidelines for using beamforming:

    • Beamforming is supported only for legacy orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) data rates (6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, and 54 mbps).
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Beamforming is not supported for complementary-code keying (CCK) data rates (1, 2, 5.5, and 11 Mbps).


    • Beamforming is supported only on access points that support 802.11n (AP1250 and AP1140).
    • Two or more antennas must be enabled for transmission.
    • All three antennas must be enabled for reception.
    • OFDM rates must be enabled.

    If the antenna configuration restricts operation to a single transmit antenna, or if OFDM rates are disabled, beamforming is not used.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable beamforming on the 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a beamforming global enable
     
     

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config {802.11a | 802.11b}
    show 802.11a
    config 802.11b beaconperiod
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a enable

    Configure 802.11 cleanair commands

    Use the config 802.11 cleanair commands to configure cleanair settings on different 802.11 networks.

    config 802.11 cleanair

    To enable or disable cleanair for the 802.11 a or 802.11 b/g network, use the config 802.11 cleanair command.

    config 802.11 cleanair {enable | disable} {network | cisco_ap}

    enable

    Enables the cleanair settings.

    disable

    Disables the cleanair settings.

    network

    Configures all 5-GHz Cisco APs.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the access point to which the command applies.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the cleanair settings on access point ap_24:

    > config 802.11a cleanair enable ap_24

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair device

    config 802.11 cleanair device

    To configure cleanair interference device types, use the config 802.11 cleanair device command.

    config 802.11a cleanair device {enable | disable} device_type

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the CleanAir reporting for the interference device type.

    disable

    Disables the CleanAir reporting for the interference device type.

    reporting

    Configures CleanAir interference device reporting.

    device_type

    Interference device type. The device type are as follows:

    • 802.11-nonstd—Devices using nonstandard WiFi channels.
    • 802.11-inv—Devices using spectrally inverted WiFi signals.
    • superag—802.11 SuperAG devices.
    • all —All interference device types.
    • cont-tx—Continuous Transmitter.
    • dect-like—Digital Enhanced Cordless Communication (DECT) like phone.
    • tdd-tx—TDD Transmitter.
    • jammer—Jammer.
    • canopy—Canopy devices.
    • video—Video cameras.
    • wimax-mobile—WiMax Mobile.
    • wimax-fixed—WiMax Fixed.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the CleanAir reporting for the device type jammer:

    > config 802.11a cleanair device enable jammer
     

    This example shows how to disable the CleanAir reporting for the device type video:

    > config 802.11a cleanair device disable video
     

    This example shows how to enable the CleanAir interference device reporting:

    > config 802.11a cleanair device reporting enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair

    config 802.11 cleanair alarm

    To configure the triggering of the air quality alarms, use the config 802.11 cleanair alarm command.

    config 802.11 cleanair alarm
    {air-quality {disable | enable | threshold threshold}
    device {disable [device_type | all] | enable [device_type | all] | reporting [enable | disable]}

     
    Syntax Description

    air-quality

    Configures the 5-GHz air quality alarm.

    device

    Configures the 5-GHz cleanair interference devices alarm.

    disable

    Disables the 5-GHz air quality alarm.

    enable

    Enables the 5-GHz air quality alarm.

    threshold

    Configure the 5-GHz air quality alarm threshold.

    disable

    Disables the 5-GHz CleanAir alarm for the interference device type.

    enable

    Enables the 5-GHz CleanAir alarm for the interference device type.

    reporting

    Configures the 5-GHz CleanAir interference devices alarm reporting.

    threshold

    Air quality alarm threshold (1 is bad air quality, and 100 is good air quality).

    device_type

    Device types. The device types are as follows:

    • 802.11-nonstd—Devices using nonstandard WiFi channels.
    • 802.11-inv—Devices using spectrally inverted WiFi signals.
    • superag—802.11 SuperAG devices.
    • all —All interference device types.
    • cont-tx—Continuous Transmitter.
    • dect-like—Digital Enhanced Cordless Communication (DECT) like phone.
    • tdd-tx—TDD Transmitter.
    • jammer—Jammer.
    • canopy—Canopy devices.
    • video—Video cameras.
    • wimax-mobile—WiMax Mobile.
    • wimax-fixed—WiMax Fixed.

    all

    Configures all the device types at once.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the CleanAir alarm to monitor the air quality:

    > config 802.11a cleanair alarm air-quality enable
     

    This example shows how to enable the CleanAir alarm for the device type video:

    > config 802.11a cleanair alarm device enable video
     
     

    This example shows how to enable alarm reporting for the CleanAir interference devices:

    > config 802.11a cleanair alarm device reporting enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cleanair

    Configure 802.11 CAC Commands

    Use the config 802.11 cac commands to configure Call Admission Control (CAC) protocol settings.

    config 802.11 cac video acm

    To enable or disable video Call Admission Control (CAC) for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video acm command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables video CAC settings.

    disable

    Disables video CAC settings.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable, or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the video CAC for the 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a cac video acm enable
     

    This example shows how to disable the video CAC for the 802.11b network:

    > config 802.11b cac video acm disable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac video roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

    config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth

    To set the percentage of the maximum bandwidth allocated to clients for video applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video max-bandwidth command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac video max-bandwidth bandwidth

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    bandwidth

    Bandwidth percentage value from 5 to 85%.

     
    Defaults

    0%.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The maximum radio frequency (RF) bandwidth cannot exceed 85% for voice and video. Once the client reaches the value specified, the access point rejects new calls on this network.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If this parameter is set to zero (0), the controller assumes that you do not want to allocate any bandwidth and allows all bandwidth requests.


    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable, or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth for video applications on the selected radio band:

     
    > config 802.11a cac video max-bandwidth 50
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video acm
    config 802.11
    cac video roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac voice stream-size
    config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

    config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth

    To configure the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming video clients on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac video roam-bandwidth command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac video roam-bandwidth bandwidth

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    bandwidth

    Bandwidth percentage value from 5 to 85%.

     
    Defaults

    0%.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The controller reserves the specified bandwidth from the maximum allocated bandwidth for roaming video clients.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If this parameter is set to zero (0), the controller assumes that you do not want to do any bandwidth allocation and, therefore, allows all bandwidth requests.


    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable command.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming video clients on the selected radio band:
     
    > config 802.11a cac video roam-bandwidth 10
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video acm
    config 802.11
    cac video max-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

    config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout

    To process or ignore the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specifications (TSPEC) inactivity timeout received from an access point, use the config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout { enable | ignore }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    ab

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Processes the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

    ignore

    Ignores the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled (ignore).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to process the response to TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:
     
    > config 802.11a cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout enable
     
    This example shows how to ignore the response to TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:
     
    > config 802.11b cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout ignore

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video acm
    config 802.11
    cac video max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac video roam-bandwidth

    config 802.11 cac voice acm

    To enable or disable bandwidth-based voice Call Admission Control (CAC) for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice acm command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the bandwidth-based CAC.

    disable

    Disables the bandwidth-based CAC.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the bandwidth-based CAC:

    > config 802.11a cac voice acm enable

    This example shows how to disable the bandwidth-based CAC:

    > config 802.11b cac voice acm disable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video acm

    config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth

    To set the percentage of the maximum bandwidth allocated to clients for voice applications on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice max-bandwidth command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice max-bandwidth bandwidth

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    bandwidth

    Bandwidth percentage value from 5 to 85%.

     
    Defaults

    0%.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The maximum radio frequency (RF) bandwidth cannot exceed 85% for voice and video. Once the client reaches the value specified, the access point rejects new calls on this network.

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth for voice applications on the selected radio band:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice max-bandwidth 50

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice stream-size
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11
    exp-bwreq
    config 802.11
    tsm
    config wlan
    save config
    show wlan
    show wlan summary

    config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth

    To configure the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming voice clients on the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice roam-bandwidth command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice roam-bandwidth bandwidth

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    bandwidth

    Bandwidth percentage value from 0 to 85%.

     
    Defaults

    85%.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The maximum radio frequency (RF) bandwidth cannot exceed 85% for voice and video. The controller reserves the specified bandwidth from the maximum allocated bandwidth for roaming voice clients.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If this parameter is set to zero (0), the controller assumes you do not want to allocate any bandwidth and therefore allows all bandwidth requests.


    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the percentage of the maximum allocated bandwidth reserved for roaming voice clients on the selected radio band:

    > config 802.11a cac voice roam-bandwidth 10

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice stream-size

    config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

    To process or ignore the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specifications (TSPEC) inactivity timeout received from an access point, use the config 802.11 cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout { enable | ignore }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Processes the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

    ignore

    Ignores the TSPEC inactivity timeout messages.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled (ignore).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the voice TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout enable
     
    This example shows how to ignore the voice TSPEC inactivity timeout messages received from an access point:
     
    > config 802.11b cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout ignore

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm,
    config 802.11 cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice stream-size

    config 802.11 cac voice load-based

    To enable or disable load-based Call Admission Control (CAC) for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice load-based command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice load-based { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables load-based CAC.

    disable

    Disables load-based CAC.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the voice load-based CAC parameters:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice load-based enable
     
    This example shows how to disable the voice load-based CAC parameters:
     
    > config 802.11b cac voice load-based disable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac voice stream-size
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

    config 802.11 cac voice max-calls

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Do not use the config 802.11 cac voice max-calls command if the SIP call snooping feature is disabled and if the SIP based CAC requirements are not met.


    To configure the maximum number of voice call supported by the radio, use the config 802.11 cac voice max-calls command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice max-calls number

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    number

    Number of calls to be allowed per radio.

     
    Defaults

    0, which means that there is no maximum limit check for the number of calls.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the maximum number of voice calls supported by radio:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice max-calls 10

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11
    exp-bwreq

    config 802.11 cac voice sip bandwidth

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif SIP bandwidth and sample intervals are used to compute per call bandwidth in case of the SIP based CAC.


    To configure the bandwidth that is required per call for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice sip bandwidth command.

    config 802.11{a | b} cac voice sip bandwidth bw_kbps sample-interval number_msecs

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    bw_kbps

    Bandwidth in kbps.

    sample-interval

    Specifies the packetization interval for SIP codec.

    number_msecs

    Packetization sample interval in msecs. The sample interval for SIP codec is 20 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the bandwidth and voice packetization interval for a SIP codec:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice sip bandwidth 10 sample-interval 40

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11
    exp-bwreq

    config 802.11 cac voice sip codec

    To configure the codec name and sample interval as parameters and to calculate the required bandwidth per call for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice sip codec command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice sip codec {g711 | g729} sample-interval number_msecs

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    g711

    Specifies CAC parameters for the SIP G711 codec.

    g729

    Specifies CAC parameters for the SIP G729 codec.

    sample-interval

    Specifies the packetization interval for SIP codec.

    number_msecs

    Packetization interval in msecs. The sample interval for SIP codec value is 20 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    g711.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the codec name and sample interval as parameters for SIP G711 codec:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice sip codec g729 sample-interval 40
     
    This example shows how to configure the codec name and sample interval as parameters for SIP G729 codec:
     
    > config 802.11b cac voice sip codec 9711 sample-interval 10

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11
    exp-bwreq

    config 802.11 cac voice stream-size

    To configure the number of aggregated voice Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) traffic specification (TSPEC) streams at a specified data rate for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 cac voice stream-size command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice stream-size stream_size number mean_datarate max-streams number

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    stream-size

    Configures the maximum data rate for the stream.

    stream_size

    Range of stream size is between 84000 and 92100.

    number

    Number (1 to 5) of voice streams.

    mean_datarate

    Configures the mean data rate.

    max-streams

    Configures the mean data rate of a voice stream.

    mean_datarate

    Mean data rate (84 to 91.2 kbps) of a voice stream.

     
    Defaults

    The default number of streams is 2 and the mean data rate of a stream is 84 kbps.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Call Admission Control (CAC) commands require that the WLAN you are planning to modify is configured for Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) protocol and the quality of service (QoS) level be set to Platinum.

    Before you can configure CAC parameters on a network, you must complete the following prerequisites:

    • Disable all WLANs with WMM enabled by entering the config wlan disable wlan_id command.
    • Disable the radio network you wish to configure by entering the config 802.11 { a | b } disable network command.
    • Save the new configuration by entering the save config command.
    • Enable voice or video CAC for the network you wish to configure by entering the
      config 802.11 { a | b } cac voice acm enable or config 802.11 { a | b } cac video acm enable commands.

    For complete instructions, see the “Configuring Voice and Video Parameters” section in the “Configuring Controller Settings” chapter of the Cisco wireless LAN controller Configuration Guide for your release.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the number of aggregated voice traffic specifications stream with the stream size 5 and the mean data rate of 85000 kbps:
     
    > config 802.11a cac voice stream-size 5 max-streams size 85
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11
    exp-bwreq

    config 802.11 channel

    To configure an 802.11 network or a single access point for automatic or manual channel selection, use the config 802.11 channel command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } channel { global [ auto | once | off ]} | ap { ap_name [ global | channel ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    auto

    (Optional) Specifies that the channel is automatically set by Radio Resource Management (RRM) for the 802.11a radio.

    once

    (Optional) Specifies that the channel is automatically set once by RRM.

    off

    (Optional) Specifies that the automatic channel selection by RRM is disabled.

    ap_name

    Access point name.

    global

    Specifies the 802.11a operating channel that is automatically set by RRM and overrides the existing configuration setting.

    channel

    Manual channel number to be used by the access point. The supported channels depend on the specific access point used and the regulatory region.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When configuring 802.11 channels for a single lightweight access point, enter the config 802.11 disable command to disable the 802.11 network. Enter the config 802.11 channel command to set automatic channel selection by Radio Resource Management (RRM) or manually set the channel for the 802.11 radio, and enter the config 802.11 enable command to enable the 802.11 network.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif See the Channels and Maximum Power Settings for Cisco Aironet Lightweight Access Points document for the channels supported by your access point. The power levels and available channels are defined by the country code setting and are regulated on a country-by-country basis.


    Examples

    This example shows how to have RRM automatically configure the 802.11a channels for automatic channel configuration based on the availability and interference:

    > config 802.11a channel global auto
     

    This example shows how to configure the 802.11b channels one time based on the availability and interference:

    > config 802.11b channel global once
     

    This example shows how to turn 802.11a automatic channel configuration off:

    > config 802.11a channel global off
     

    This example shows how to configure the 802.11b channels in access point AP01 for automatic channel configuration:

    > config 802.11b channel AP01 global
     

    This example shows how to configure the 802.11a channel 36 in access point AP01 as the default channel:

    > config 802.11a channel AP01 36

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a enable
    config 802.11b channel
    config country

    config 802.11 channel ap

    To set the operating radio channel for an access point, use the config 802.11 channel ap command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } channel ap cisco_ap { global | channel_no }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco access point.

    global

    Enables auto-RF on the designated access point.

    channel_no

    Default channel from 1 to 26, inclusive.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable auto-RF for access point AP01 on an 802.11b network:

    > config 802.11b channel ap ap01 global
     

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a
    config 802.11b channel
    config country

    config 802.11 chan_width

    To configure the channel width for a particular access point, use the config 802.11 chan_width command.

    config 802.11{ a | b } chan_width cisco_ap { 20 | 40 }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    cisco_ap

    Access point.

    20

    Allows the radio to communicate using only 20-MHz channels.

    Choose this option for legacy 802.11a radios, 20-MHz 802.11n radios, or 40-MHz 802.11n radios that you want to operate using only 20-MHz channels.

    40

    Allows 40-MHz 802.11n radios to communicate using two adjacent 20-MHz channels bonded together.

     
    Defaults

    The default channel width is 20.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This parameter can be configured only if the primary channel is statically assigned.

    caut.gif

    Caution blank.gif We recommend that you do not configure 40-MHz channels in the 2.4-GHz radio band because severe co-channel interference can occur.

    Statically configuring an access point’s radio for 20- or 40-MHz mode overrides the globally configured DCA channel width setting (configured by using the config advanced 802.11 channel dca chan-width-11n command). If you change the static configuration back to global on the access point radio, the global DCA configuration overrides the channel width configuration that the access point was previously using.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the channel width for access point AP01 on an 802.11 network using 40-MHz channels:
     
    > config 802.11a chan_width AP01 40

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 11nsupport
    config wlan wmm required
    config 802.11 11nsupport a-mpdu tx priority
    config 802.11a disable network
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a channel ap
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11b channel ap
    config 802.11a txpower ap

    config 802.11 disable

    To disable radio transmission for an entire 802.11 network or for an individual Cisco radio, use the config 802.11 disable command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } disable { network | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    network

    Disables transmission for the entire 802.11a network.

    cisco_ap

    Individual Cisco lightweight access point radio.

     
    Defaults

    The transmission is enabled for the entire network by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif You must use this command to disable the network before using many config 802.11 commands.


    This command can be used any time that the CLI interface is active.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the entire 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a disable network
     

    This example shows how to disable access point AP01 802.11b transmissions:

    > config 802.11b disable AP01

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo
    show 802.11a
    config 802.11a enable
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11b enable
    config 802.11a beaconperiod

    config 802.11 dtpc

    To enable or disable the Dynamic Transmit Power Control (DTPC) setting for an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 dtpc command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } dtpc { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the support for this command.

    disable

    Disables the support for this command.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable DTPC for an 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a dtpc disable

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a
    config 802.11a beaconperiod
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11a enable

    config 802.11 enable

    To enable radio transmission for an entire 802.11 network or for an individual Cisco radio, use the config 802.11 enable command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } enable { network | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    network

    Disables transmission for the entire 802.11a network.

    cisco_ap

    Individual Cisco lightweight access point radio.

     
    Defaults

    The transmission is enabled for the entire network by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Use this command in conjunction with the config 802.11 disable command when configuring 802.11 settings.


    This command can be used any time that the CLI interface is active.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable radio transmission for the entire 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a enable network
     

    This example shows how to enable radio transmission for AP1 on an 802.11b network:

    > config 802.11b enable AP1

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo
    show 802.11a
    config wlan radio
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11b enable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport enable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport disable

    config 802.11 exp-bwreq

    To enable or disable the Cisco Client eXtension (CCX) version 5 expedited bandwidth request feature for an 802.11 radio, use the config 802.11 exp-bwreq command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } exp-bwreq { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the expedited bandwidth request feature.

    disable

    Disables the expedited bandwidth request feature.

     
    Defaults

    The expedited bandwidth request feature is disabled by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When this command is enabled, the controller configures all joining access points for this feature.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the CCX expedited bandwidth settings:
     
    > config 802.11a exp-bwreq enable
     
    Cannot change Exp Bw Req mode while 802.11a network is operational.
     
    This example shows how to disable the CCX expedited bandwidth settings:
     
    > config 802.11a exp-bwreq disable
     
     

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a
    show ap stats 802.11a

    config 802.11 fragmentation

    To configure the fragmentation threshold on an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 fragmentation command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } fragmentation threshold

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif This command can only be used when the network is disabled using the config 802.11 disable command.


     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    threshold

    Number between 256 and 2346 bytes (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the fragmentation threshold on an 802.11a network with the threshold number of 6500 bytes:
     
    > config 802.11a fragmentation 6500

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11b fragmentation

    show 802.11b, show ap auto-rtf

    config 802.11 l2roam rf-params

    To configure 802.11a or 802.11b/g Layer 2 client roaming parameters, use the
    config 802.11 l2roam rf-params command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } l2roam rf-params {default | custom min_rssi roam_hyst scan_thresh trans_time}

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    default

    Restores Layer 2 client roaming RF parameters to default values.

    custom

    Configures custom Layer 2 client roaming RF parameters.

    min_rssi

    Minimum received signal strength indicator (RSSI) that is required for the client to associate to the access point. If the client’s average received signal power dips below this threshold, reliable communication is usually impossible. Clients must already have found and roamed to another access point with a stronger signal before the minimum RSSI value is reached. The valid range is –80 to –90 dBm, and the default value is –85 dBm.

    roam_hyst

    How much greater the signal strength of a neighboring access point must be in order for the client to roam to it. This parameter is intended to reduce the amount of roaming between access points if the client is physically located on or near the border between the two access points. The valid range is 2 to 4 dB, and the default value is 2 dB.

    scan_thresh

    Minimum RSSI that is allowed before the client should roam to a better access point. When the RSSI drops below the specified value, the client must be able to roam to a better access point within the specified transition time. This parameter also provides a power-save method to minimize the time that the client spends in active or passive scanning. For example, the client can scan slowly when the RSSI is above the threshold and scan more rapidly when the RSSI is below the threshold. The valid range is –70 to –77 dBm, and the default value is –72 dBm.

    trans_time

    Maximum time allowed for the client to detect a suitable neighboring access point to roam to and to complete the roam, whenever the RSSI from the client’s associated access point is below the scan threshold. The valid range is 1 to 10 seconds, and the default value is 5 seconds.

    Note For high-speed client roaming applications in outdoor mesh environments, we recommend that you set the transition time to 1 second.

     
    Defaults

    min_rssi

    –85

    roam_hyst

    2

    scan_thresh

    –72

    trans_time

    5

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For high-speed client roaming applications in outdoor mesh environments, we recommend that you set the trans_time to 1 second.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure custom Layer 2 client roaming parameters on an 802.11a network:

    > config 802.11a l2roam rf-params custom –80 2 –70 7

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11 l2roam
    show l2tp

    config 802.11 rate

    To set mandatory and supported operational data rates for an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 rate command.

     

    config 802.11 { a | b } rate { disabled | mandatory | supported } rate

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    disabled

    Disables a specific data rate.

    mandatory

    Specifies that a client supports the data rate in order to use the network.

    supported

    Specifies to allow any associated client that supports the data rate to use the network.

    rate

    Rate value of 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, or 54 Mbps.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The data rates set with this command are negotiated between the client and the Cisco wireless LAN controller. If the data rate is set to mandatory, the client must support it in order to use the network. If a data rate is set as supported by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, any associated client that also supports that rate may communicate with the Cisco lightweight access point using that rate. It is not required that a client is able to use all the rates marked supported in order to associate.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the 802.11b transmission at a mandatory rate at 12 Mbps:

    > config 802.11b rate mandatory 12

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config 802.11a
    config 802.11b rate

    config 802.11 tsm

    To enable or disable the video Traffic Stream Metric (TSM) option for the 802.11a or 802.11b/g network, use the config 802.11 tsm command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } tsm { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the video TSM settings.

    disable

    Disables the video TSM settings.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the video TSM option for the 802.11b/g network:
     
    > config 802.11a tsm enable
     
    This example shows how to disable the video TSM option for the 802.11b/g network:
     
    > config 802.11b tsm disable

     
    Related Commands

    show ap stats

    show client tsm

    config 802.11 txPower

    To configure the transmit power level for all access points or a single access point in an 802.11 network, use the config 802.11 txPower command.

    config 802.11 { a | b } txPower { global [ auto | once | power_level ]}
    config 802.11 { a | b } txPower { ap ap_name [ global | power_level ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Configures the 802.11 transmit power level for all lightweight access points.

    auto

    (Optional) Specifies the power level is automatically set by Radio Resource Management (RRM) for the 802.11 Cisco radio.

    once

    (Optional) Specifies the power level is automatically set once by RRM.

    power_level

    (Optional) Manual Transmit power level number for the access point.

    ap

    Configures the 802.11 transmit power level for a specified lightweight access point.

    ap_name

    Access point name.

     
    Defaults

    The command default (global, auto) is for automatic configuration by RRM.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The supported power levels depends on the specific access point used and the regulatory region. For example, the 1240 series access point supports eight levels and the 1200 series access point supports six levels. See the Channels and Maximum Power Settings for Cisco Aironet Lightweight Access Points document for the maximum transmit power limits for your access point. The power levels and available channels are defined by the country code setting and are regulated on a country-by-country basis.

    Examples

    This example shows how to automatically set the 802.11a radio transmit power level in all lightweight access points:

    > config 802.11a txPower global auto
     

    This example shows how to manually set the 802.11b radio transmit power to level 5 for all lightweight access points:

    > config 802.11b txPower global 5
     

    This example shows how to automatically set the 802.11b radio transmit power for access point AP1:

    > config 802.11b txPower AP1 global
     

    This example shows how to manually set the 802.11a radio transmit power to power level 2 for access point AP1:

    > config 802.11a txPower AP1 2

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config 802.11a
    config 802.11b txPower
    config country

    config aaa auth

    To configure the AAA authentication search order for management users, use the config aaa auth command.

    config aaa auth mgmt [ aaa_server_type ]

     
    Syntax Description

    mgmt

    Configure the AAA authentication search order for controller management users by specifying up to three AAA authentication server types. The order that the server types are entered specifies the AAA authentication search order.

    aaa_server_type

    (Optional) AAA authentication server type (local, radius, or tacacs). The local setting specifies the local database, the radius setting specifies the RADIUS server, and the tacacs setting specifies the TACACS+ server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can enter two AAA server types as long as one of the server types is local. You cannot enter radius and tacacs together.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the AAA authentication search order for controller management users by the authentication server type local:
     
    > config aaa auth mgmt radius local

     
    Related Commands

    show aaa auth

    config aaa auth mgmt

    To configure the order of authentication when multiple databases are configured, use the config aaa auth mgmt command.

    config aaa auth mgmt [radius | tacacs]

     
    Syntax Description

    radius

    (Optional) Configures the order of authentication for RADIUS servers.

    tacacs

    (Optional) Configures the order of authentication for TACACS servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the order of authentication for the RADIUS server:
     
    > config aaa auth mgmt radius
     
    This example shows how to configure the order of authentication for the TACACS server:
     
    > config aaa auth mgmt tacacs
     

     
    Related Commands

    show aaa auth order

    config acl apply

    To apply an access control list (ACL) to the data path, use the config acl apply command.

    config acl apply rule_name

     
    Syntax Description

    rule_name

    ACL name that contains up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For a Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controller, you must configure a preauthentication ACL on the wireless LAN for the external web server. This ACL should then be set as a wireless LAN preauthentication ACL under Web Policy. However, you do not need to configure any preauthentication ACL for Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to apply an ACL to the data path:
     
    > config acl apply acl01

     
    Related Commands

    show acl

    config acl counter

    To see if packets are hitting any of the access control lists (ACLs) configured on your controller, use the config acl counter command.

    config acl counter { start | stop }

     
    Syntax Description

    start

    Enables ACL counters on your controller.

    stop

    Disables ACL counters on your controller.

     
    Defaults

    config acl counter stop

     
    Usage Guidelines

    ACL counters are available only on the following controllers: 4400 series, Cisco WiSM, and Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switch.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable ACL counters on your controller:
     
    > config acl counter start

     
    Related Commands

    clear acl counters

    show acl detailed

    config acl create

    To create a new access control list (ACL), use the config acl create command.

    config acl create rule_name

     
    Syntax Description

    rule_name

    ACL name that contains up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For a Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controller, you must configure a preauthentication ACL on the wireless LAN for the external web server. This ACL should then be set as a wireless LAN preauthentication ACL under Web Policy. However, you do not need to configure any preauthentication ACL for Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a new ACL:
     
    > config acl create acl01

     
    Related Commands

    show acl

    config acl cpu

    To create a new access control list (ACL) rule that restricts the traffic reaching the CPU, use the config acl cpu command.

    config acl cpu rule_name {wired | wireless | both}

     
    Syntax Description

    wired

    Specifies an ACL on wired traffic.

    wireless

    Specifies an ACL on wireless traffic

    both

    Specifies an ACL on both wired and wireless traffic.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command allows you to control the type of packets reaching the CPU.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create an ACL named acl101 on the CPU and apply it to wired traffic:

    > config acl cpu acl01 wired

     
    Related Commands

    show acl cpu

    config acl delete

    To delete an access control list (ACL), use the config acl delete command.

    config acl delete rule_name

     
    Syntax Description

    rule_name

    ACL name that contains up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For a Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controller, you must configure a preauthentication ACL on the wireless LAN for the external web server. This ACL should then be set as a wireless LAN preauthentication ACL under Web Policy. However, you do not need to configure any preauthentication ACL for Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete an ACL named acl101 on the CPU:

    > config acl delete acl01

     

     
    Related Commands

    show acl

    config acl rule

    To configure ACL rules, use the config acl rule command.

    config acl rule
    {action rule_name rule_index { permit | deny } |
    add rule_name rule_index |
    change index rule_name old_index new_index |
    delete rule_name rule_index |
    destination address rule_name rule_index ip_address netmask |
    destination port range rule_name rule_index start_port end_port |
    direction rule_name rule_index { in | out | any } |
    dscp rule_name rule_index dscp |
    protocol rule_name rule_index protocol |
    source address rule_name rule_index ip_address netmask |
    source port range rule_name rule_index start_port end_port |
    swap index rule_name index_1 index_2 }

     
    Syntax Description

    action

    Configures whether to permit or deny access.

    rule_name

    ACL name that contains up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

    rule_index

    Rule index between 1 and 32.

    permit

    Permits the rule action.

    deny

    Denies the rule action.

    add

    Adds a new rule.

    change

    Changes a rule’s index.

    index

    Specifies a rule index.

    delete

    Deletes a rule.

    destination address

    Configures a rule’s destination IP address and netmask.

    ip_address

    IP address of the rule.

    netmask

    Netmask of the rule.

    start_port

    Start port number (between 0 and 65535).

    end_port

    End port number (between 0 and 65535).

    direction

    Configures a rule’s direction to in, out, or any.

    in

    Configures a rule’s direction to in.

    out

    Configures a rule’s direction to out.

    any

    Configures a rule’s direction to any.

    dscp

    Configures a rule’s DSCP.

    dscp

    Number between 0 and 63, or any.

    protocol

    Configures a rule’s DSCP.

    protocol

    Number between 0 and 255, or any.

    source address

    Configures a rule’s source IP address and netmask.

    source port range

    Configures a rule’s source port range.

    swap

    Swap’s two rules’ indices.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For a Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controller, you must configure a preauthentication ACL on the wireless LAN for the external web server. This ACL should then be set as a wireless LAN preauthentication ACL under Web Policy. However, you do not need to configure any preauthentication ACL for Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an ACL to permit access:

    > config acl rule action lab1 4 permit

     
    Related Commands

    show acl

    Configure Advanced 802.11 Commands

    Use the config advanced 802.11 commands to configure advanced settings and devices on 802.11a, 802.11b/g, or other supported 802.11 networks.

    config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig

    To configure the Cisco unified wireless IP phone 7920 VISE parameters, use the config advanced 802.11 7920VSIEConfig command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } 802.11b 7920VSIEConfig { call-admission-limit limit |
    G711-CU-Quantum quantum }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    call-admission-limit

    Configures the call admission limit for the 7920s.

    G711-CU-Quantum

    Configures the value supplied by the infrastructure indicating the current number of channel utilization units that would be used by a single G.711-20ms call.

    limit

    Call admission limit (from 0 to 255). The default value is 105.

    quantum

    G711 quantum value. The default value is 15.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the call admission limit for 7920 VISE parameters:

    > config advanced 802.11b 7920VSIEConfig call-admission-limit 4

     
    Related Commands

    None.

    Configure Advanced 802.11 Channel Commands

    Use the config advanced 802.11 channel commands to configure Dynamic Channel Assignment (DCA) settings on supported 802.11 networks.

    config advanced 802.11 channel add

    To add channel to the 802.11 networks auto RF channel list, use the config advanced 802.11 channel add command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel {add | delete} channel_number

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    add

    Adds a channel to the 802.11 network auto RF channel list.

    delete

    Deletes a channel from the 802.11 network auto RF channel list.

    channel_number

    Channel number to add to the 802.11 network auto RF channel list.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a channel to the 802.11a network auto RF channel list:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel add 132
     

    This example shows how to delete a channel from the 802.11a network auto RF channel list:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel delete 136

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel
    config advanced 802.11b channel update

    config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event

    To configure cleanair event driven Radio Resource Management (RRM) parameters for all 802.11 Cisco lightweight access points, use the config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel cleanair-event {enable | disable | sensitivity [low | medium | high]}

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the cleanair event-driven RRM parameters.

    disable

    Disables the cleanair event-driven RRM parameters.

    sensitivity

    Sets the sensitivity for cleanair event-driven RRM.

    low

    (Optional) Specifies low sensitivity.

    medium

    (Optional) Specifies medium sensitivity

    high

    (Optional) Specifies high sensitivity

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the cleanair event-driven RRM parameters:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel cleanair-event enable
     

    This example shows how to set the high sensitivity for cleanair event-driven RRM:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel cleanair-event sensitivity high

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel
    config advanced 802.11b channel update

    config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event

    To configure cleanair event driven Radio Resource Management (RRM) parameters for all 802.11 Cisco lightweight access points, use the config advanced 802.11 channel cleanair-event command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel cleanair-event {enable | disable | sensitivity [low | medium | high]}

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the cleanair event-driven RRM parameters.

    disable

    Disables the cleanair event-driven RRM parameters.

    sensitivity

    Sets the sensitivity for cleanair event-driven RRM.

    low

    (Optional) Specifies low sensitivity.

    medium

    (Optional) Specifies medium sensitivity

    high

    (Optional) Specifies high sensitivity

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the cleanair event-driven RRM parameters:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel cleanair-event enable
     

    This example shows how to set the high sensitivity for cleanair event-driven RRM:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel cleanair-event sensitivity high

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca anchor-time

    To specify the time of day when the Dynamic Channel Assignment (DCA) algorithm is to start, use the config advanced 802.11 channel dca anchor-time command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel dca anchor-time value

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    value

    Hour of the time between 0 and 23. These values represent the hour from 12:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the time of delay when the dynamic channel assignment algorithm starts:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel dca anchor-time 17

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity
    show advanced 802.11 channel

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca chan-width-11n

    To configures the Dynamic Channel Assignment (DCA) channel width for all 802.11n radios in the 5-GHz band, use the command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel dca chan-width-11n { 20 | 40 }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    20

    Sets the channel width for 802.11n radios to 20 MHz.

    40

    Sets the channel width for 802.11n radios to 40 MHz.

     
    Defaults

    The channel width is 20.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you choose 40, be sure to set at least two adjacent channels in the config advanced 802.11 channel {add | delete} channel_number command (for example, a primary channel of 36 and an extension channel of 40). If you set only one channel, that channel is not used for 40-MHz channel width.

    To override the globally configured DCA channel width setting, you can statically configure an access point’s radio for 20- or 40-MHz mode using the config 802.11 chan_width command. If you then change the static configuration to global on the access point radio, the global DCA configuration overrides the channel width configuration that the access point was previously using.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a channel to the 802.11a network auto channel list:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel dca chan-width-11n 40

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 chan_width
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity
    show advanced 802.11 channel

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval

    To specify how often the Dynamic Channel Assignment (DCA) is allowed to run, use the config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel dca interval value

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    value

    Valid values are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, or 24 hours. 0 is 10 minutes (600 seconds).

     
    Defaults

    0 (10 minutes).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If your controller supports only OfficeExtend access points, we recommend that you set the DCA interval to 6 hours for optimal performance. For deployments with a combination of OfficeExtend access points and local access points, the range of 10 minutes to 24 hours can be used.

    Examples

    This example shows how often the DCA algorithm is allowed to run:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel dca interval 8

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca anchor-time
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity
    show advanced 802.11 channel

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity

    To specify how sensitive the Dynamic Channel Assignment (DCA) algorithm is to environmental changes (for example, signal, load, noise, and interference) when determining whether or not to change channels, use the config advanced 802.11 channel dca sensitivity command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel dca sensitivity { low | medium | high }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    low

    Specifies the DCA algorithm is not particularly sensitive to environmental changes. See the “Usage Guidelines” section for more information.

    medium

    Specifies the DCA algorithm is moderately sensitive to environmental changes. See the “Usage Guidelines” section for more information.

    high

    Specifies the DCA algorithm is highly sensitive to environmental changes. See the “Usage Guidelines” section for more information.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The DCA sensitivity thresholds vary by radio band as shown in Table 2-3 .

    To aid in troubleshooting, the output of this command shows an error code for any failed calls. Table 2-1 explains the possible error codes for failed calls.

     

    Table 2-3 DCA Sensitivity Thresholds

    Sensitivity
    2.4-GHz DCA Sensitivity Threshold
    5-GHz DCA Sensitivity Threshold
    High

    5 dB

    5 dB

    Medium

    15 dB

    20 dB

    Low

    30 dB

    35 dB

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the value of DCA algorithm’s sensitivity to low:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel dca sensitivity low

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 channel dca anchor-time
    config advanced 802.11 channel dca interval
    show advanced 802.11 channel

    config advanced 802.11 channel foreign

    To have Radio Resource Management (RRM) consider or ignore foreign 802.11a interference avoidance in making channel selection updates for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points, use the config advanced 802.11 channel foreign command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel foreign { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the foreign access point 802.11a interference avoidance in the channel assignment.

    disable

    Disables the foreign access point 802.11a interference avoidance in the channel assignment.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to have RRM consider foreign 802.11a interference when making channel selection updates for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel foreign enable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel

    config advanced 802.11b channel foreign

    config advanced 802.11 channel load

    To have Radio Resource Management (RRM) consider or ignore the traffic load in making channel selection updates for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points, use the config advanced 802.11 channel load command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel load { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the Cisco lightweight access point 802.11a load avoidance in the channel assignment.

    disable

    Disable the Cisco lightweight access point 802.11a load avoidance in the channel assignment.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to have RRM consider the traffic load when making channel selection updates for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel load enable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel

    config advanced 802.11b channel load

    config advanced 802.11 channel noise

    To have Radio Resource Management (RRM) consider or ignore non-802.11a noise in making channel selection updates for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points, use the config advanced 802.11 channel noise command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel noise { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables non-802.11a noise avoidance in the channel assignment. or ignore.

    disable

    Disables the non-802.11a noise avoidance in the channel assignment.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to have RRM consider non-802.11a noise when making channel selection updates for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel noise enable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel

    config advanced 802.11b channel noise

    config advanced 802.11 channel outdoor-ap-dca

    To enable or disable the controller to avoid checking the non-DFS channels, use the config advanced 802.11 channel outdoor-ap-dca command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel outdoor-ap-dca { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables 802.11 network dca list option for outdoor access point.

    disable

    Disables 802.11 network dca list option for outdoor access point.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel outdoor-ap-dca { enable | disable } command is applicable only for deployments having outdoor access points such as 1522 and 1524.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 802.11a dca list option for outdoor access point:

    > config advanced 802.11a channel outdoor-ap-dca enable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel

    config advanced 802.11b channel noise

    config advanced 802.11 channel update

    To have Radio Resource Management (RRM) initiate a channel selection update for all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points, use the config advanced 802.11 channel update command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } channel update

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to initiate a channel selection update for all 802.11a network access points:
     
    > config advanced 802.11a channel update

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel
    config advanced 802.11b channel update

    Configure Advanced 802.11 Coverage Commands

    Use the config advanced 802.11 coverage commands to configure coverage hole detection settings on supported 802.11 networks.

    config advanced 802.11 coverage

    To enable or disable coverage hole detection, use the config advanced 802.11 coverage command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } coverage { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the coverage hole detection.

    disable

    Disables the coverage hole detection.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you enable coverage hole detection, the controller automatically determines, based on data that is received from the access points, whether any access points have clients that are potentially located in areas with poor coverage.

    If both the number and percentage of failed packets exceed the values that you entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count and config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate commands for a 5-second period, the client is considered to be in a pre-alarm condition. The controller uses this information to distinguish between real and false coverage holes and excludes clients with poor roaming logic. A coverage hole is detected if both the number and percentage of failed clients meet or exceed the values entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global and config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global commands over a 90-second period. The controller determines whether the coverage hole can be corrected and, if appropriate, mitigates the coverage hole by increasing the transmit power level for that specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable coverage hole detection on 802.11a network:
     
    > config advanced 802.11a coverage enable

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global

    To specify the percentage of clients on an access point that are experiencing a low signal level but cannot roam to another access point, use the config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } coverage exception global percent

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    percent

    Percentage of clients. Valid values are from 0 to 100%.

     
    Defaults

    25%.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If both the number and percentage of failed packets exceed the values that you entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count and config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate commands for a 5-second period, the client is considered to be in a pre-alarm condition. The controller uses this information to distinguish between real and false coverage holes and excludes clients with poor roaming logic. A coverage hole is detected if both the number and percentage of failed clients meet or exceed the values entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global and config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global commands over a 90-second period. The controller determines whether the coverage hole can be corrected and, if appropriate, mitigates the coverage hole by increasing the transmit power level for that specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the percentage of clients for all 802.11a access points that are experiencing a low signal level:
     
    > config advanced 802.11a coverage exception global 50

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage
    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate

    To specify the failure rate threshold for uplink data or voice packets, use the config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } coverage { data | voice } fail-rate percent

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    data

    Specifies the threshold for data packets.

    voice

    Specifies the threshold for voice packets.

    percent

    Failure rate as a percentage. Valid values are from 1 to 100 percent.

     
    Defaults

    20.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If both the number and percentage of failed packets exceed the values that you entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count and config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate commands for a 5-second period, the client is considered to be in a pre-alarm condition. The controller uses this information to distinguish between real and false coverage holes and excludes clients with poor roaming logic. A coverage hole is detected if both the number and percentage of failed clients meet or exceed the values entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global and config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global commands over a 90-second period. The controller determines whether the coverage hole can be corrected and, if appropriate, mitigates the coverage hole by increasing the transmit power level for that specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the threshold count for minimum uplink failures for data packets:

    > config advanced 802.11a coverage data fail-rate 80

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage
    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global

    To specify the minimum number of clients on an access point with an received signal strength indication (RSSI) value at or below the data or voice RSSI threshold, use the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } coverage level global clients

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    clients

    Minimum number of clients. Valid values are from 1 to 75.

     
    Defaults

    3.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If both the number and percentage of failed packets exceed the values that you entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count and config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate commands for a 5-second period, the client is considered to be in a pre-alarm condition. The controller uses this information to distinguish between real and false coverage holes and excludes clients with poor roaming logic. A coverage hole is detected if both the number and percentage of failed clients meet or exceed the values entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global and config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global commands over a 90-second period. The controller determines whether the coverage hole can be corrected and, if appropriate, mitigates the coverage hole by increasing the transmit power level for that specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the minimum number of clients on all 802.11a access points with an RSSI value at or below the RSSI threshold:
     
    > config advanced 802.11a coverage level global 60

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage
    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count

    To specify the minimum failure count threshold for uplink data or voice packets, use the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } coverage { data | voice } packet-count packets

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    data

    Specifies the threshold for data packets.

    voice

    Specifies the threshold for voice packets.

    packets

    Minimum number of packets. Valid values are from 1 to 255 packets.

     
    Defaults

    10.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If both the number and percentage of failed packets exceed the values that you entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count and config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate commands for a 5-second period, the client is considered to be in a pre-alarm condition. The controller uses this information to distinguish between real and false coverage holes and excludes clients with poor roaming logic. A coverage hole is detected if both the number and percentage of failed clients meet or exceed the values entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global and config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global commands over a 90-second period. The controller determines whether the coverage hole can be corrected and, if appropriate, mitigates the coverage hole by increasing the transmit power level for that specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the failure count threshold for uplink data packets:
     
    > config advanced 802.11a coverage data packet-count 100

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage
    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold

    To specify the minimum receive signal strength indication (RSSI) value for packets that are received by an access point, use the config advanced 802.11 coverage rssi-threshold command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } coverage { data | voice } rssi-threshold rssi

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    data

    Specifies the threshold for data packets.

    voice

    Specifies the threshold for voice packets.

    rssi

    Valid values are from –60 to –90 dBm.

     
    Defaults

    • Data packets: –80 dBm.
    • Voice packets: –75 dBm.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The rssi value that you enter is used to identify coverage holes (or areas of poor coverage) within your network. If the access point receives a packet in the data or voice queue with an RSSI value that is below the value that you enter, a potential coverage hole has been detected.

    The access point takes RSSI measurements every 5 seconds and reports them to the controller in 90-second intervals.

    If both the number and percentage of failed packets exceed the values that you entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count and config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate commands for a 5-second period, the client is considered to be in a pre-alarm condition. The controller uses this information to distinguish between real and false coverage holes and excludes clients with poor roaming logic. A coverage hole is detected if both the number and percentage of failed clients meet or exceed the values entered in the config advanced 802.11 coverage level global and config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global commands over a 90-second period. The controller determines whether the coverage hole can be corrected and, if appropriate, mitigates the coverage hole by increasing the transmit power level for that specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the minimum receive signal strength indication threshold value for data packets that are received by an 802.11a access point:
     
    > config advanced 802.11a coverage data rssi-threshold -60

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11 coverage
    config advanced 802.11 coverage exception global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage fail-rate
    config advanced 802.11 coverage level global
    config advanced 802.11 coverage packet-count
    show advanced 802.11 coverage

    config advanced 802.11 edca-parameters

    To enable a specific enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) profile on the 802.11a network, use the config advanced 802.11 edca-parameters command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } edca-parameters {wmm-default | svp-voice | optimized-voice | optimized-video-voice}

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    wmm-default

    Enables the Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) default parameters. Choose this option when voice or video services are not deployed on your network.

    svp-voice

    Enables Spectralink voice priority parameters. Choose this option if Spectralink phones are deployed on your network to improve the quality of calls.

    optimized-voice

    Enables EDCA voice-optimized profile parameters. Choose this option when voice services other than Spectralink are deployed on your network.

    optimized-video-voice

    Enables EDCA voice- and video-optimized profile parameters. Choose this option when both voice and video services are deployed on your network.

    Note If you deploy video services, admission control (ACM) must be disabled.

     
    Defaults

    wmm-default

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable Spectralink voice priority parameters:

    > config advanced 802.11a edca-parameters svp-voice

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a

    config advanced 802.11b edca-parameters

    config advanced 802.11 factory

    To reset 802.11a advanced settings back to the factory defaults, use the config advanced 802.11 factory command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } factory

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to return all the 802.11a advanced settings to their factory defaults:

    > config advanced 802.11a factory

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a channel

    config advanced 802.11 group-mode

    To set the 802.11a automatic RF group selection mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 group-mode command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } group-mode { auto | off }

     
    Syntax Descriptiono

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    auto

    Sets the 802.11a RF group selection to automatic update mode.

    off

    Sets the 802.11a RF group selection to off.

     
    Defaults

    Auto.

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a automatic RF group selection mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a group-mode auto
     

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a automatic RF group selection mode off:

    > config advanced 802.11a group-mode off

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a group

    config advanced 802.11b group-mode

    Configure Advanced 802.11 Logging Commands

    Use the config advanced 802.11 logging commands to configure report log settings on supported 802.11 networks.

    config advanced 802.11 logging channel

    To turn the channel change logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging channel command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging channel { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    logging channel

    Logs channel changes.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 channel logging.

    off

    Disables 802.11 channel logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a logging channel selection mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging channel on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging channel

    config advanced 802.11 logging coverage

    To turn the coverage profile logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging coverage command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging coverage { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 coverage profile violation logging.

    off

    Disables the 802.11 coverage profile violation logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a coverage profile violation logging selection mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging coverage on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging coverage

    config advanced 802.11 logging foreign

    To turn the foreign interference profile logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging foreign command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging foreign { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 foreign interference profile violation logging.

    off

    Disables the 802.11 foreign interference profile violation logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a foreign interference profile violation logging selection mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging foreign on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging foreign

    config advanced 802.11 logging load

    To turn the 802.11a load profile logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging load command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging load { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 load profile violation logging.

    off

    Disables the 802.11 load profile violation logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a load profile logging mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging load on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging load

    config advanced 802.11 logging noise

    To turn the 802.11a noise profile logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging noise command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging noise { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 noise profile violation logging.

    off

    Disables the 802.11 noise profile violation logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a noise profile logging mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging noise on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging noise

    config advanced 802.11 logging performance

    To turn the 802.11a performance profile logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging performance command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging performance { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 performance profile violation logging.

    off

    Disables the 802.11 performance profile violation logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a performance profile logging mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging performance on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging performance

    config advanced 802.11 logging txpower

    To turn the 802.11a transmit power change logging mode on or off, use the config advanced 802.11 logging txpower command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } logging txpower { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    on

    Enables the 802.11 transmit power change logging.

    off

    Disables the 802.11 transmit power change logging.

     
    Defaults

    Off (disabled).

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn the 802.11a transmit power change mode on:

    > config advanced 802.11a logging txpower off

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11 logging

    config advanced 802.11b logging power

    Configure Advanced 802.11 Monitor Commands

    Use the config advanced 802.11 monitor commands to configure monitor settings on supported 802.11 networks.

    config advanced 802.11 monitor channel-list

    To set the 802.11a noise, interference, and rogue monitoring channel list, use the config advanced 802.11 monitor channel-list command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor channel-list { all | country | dca }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    all

    Monitors all channels.

    country

    Monitors the channels used in the configured country code.

    dca

    Monitors the channels used by the automatic channel assignment.

     
    Defaults

    country.

    Examples

    This example shows how to monitor the channels used in the configured country:

    > config advanced 802.11a monitor channel-list country

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a monitor coverage

    config advanced 802.11 monitor coverage

    To set the coverage measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds, use the config advanced 802.11 monitor coverage command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor coverage seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    seconds

    Coverage measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    180 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the coverage measurement interval to 60 seconds:

    > config advanced 802.11a monitor coverage 60

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a monitor

    config advanced 802.11b monitor coverage

    config advanced 802.11 monitor load

    To set the load measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds, use the config advanced 802.11 monitor load command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor load seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    seconds

    Load measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    60 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the load measurement interval to 60 seconds:

    > config advanced 802.11a monitor load 60

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a monitor

    config advanced 802.11b monitor load

    config advanced 802.11 monitor mode

    To enable or disable 802.11a access point monitoring, use the config advanced 802.11 monitor mode command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor mode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    enable

    Enables the 802.11 access point monitoring.

    disable

    Disables the 802.11 access point monitoring.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 802.11a access point monitoring:

    > config advanced 802.11a monitor mode enable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a monitor

    config advanced 802.11b monitor mode

    config advanced 802.11 monitor noise

    To set the 802.11a noise measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds, use the config advanced 802.11 monitor noise command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor noise seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    seconds

    Noise measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    180 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the noise measurement interval to 120 seconds:

    > config advanced 802.11a monitor noise 120

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a monitor

    config advanced 802.11b monitor noise

    config advanced 802.11 monitor signal

    To set the signal measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds, use the config advanced 802.11 monitor signal command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } monitor signal seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    seconds

    Signal measurement interval between 60 and 3600 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    60 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the signal measurement interval to 120 seconds:

    > config advanced 802.11a monitor signal 120

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a monitor
    config advanced 802.11b monitor signal

    Configure Advanced 802.11 Profile Commands

    Use the config advanced 802.11 profile commands to configure Cisco lightweight access point profile settings on supported 802.11 networks.

    config advanced 802.11 profile clients

    To set the Cisco lightweight access point clients threshold between 1 and 75 clients, use the config advanced 802.11 profile clients command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile clients { global | cisco_ap } clients

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Configures all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    clients

    802.11a Cisco lightweight access point client threshold between 1 and 75 clients.

     
    Defaults

    12 clients.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set all Cisco lightweight access point clients thresholds to 25 clients:

    > config advanced 802.11a profile clients global 25
     
    Global client count profile set.
     

    This example shows how to set the AP1 clients threshold to 75 clients:

    > config advanced 802.11a profile clients AP1 75
     
    Global client count profile set.

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a profile

    config advanced 802.11b profile clients

    config advanced 802.11 profile customize

    To turn customizing on or off for an 802.11a Cisco lightweight access point performance profile, use the config advanced 802.11 profile customize command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile customize cisco_ap { on | off }

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point.

    on

    Customizes performance profiles for this Cisco lightweight access point.

    off

    Uses global default performance profiles for this Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    Off.

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn performance profile customization on for 802.11a Cisco lightweight access point AP1:

    > config advanced 802.11 profile customize AP1 on

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11 profile

    config advanced 802.11b profile customize

    config advanced 802.11 profile foreign

    To set the foreign 802.11a transmitter interference threshold between 0 and 100 percent, use the config advanced 802.11 profile foreign command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile foreign { global | cisco_ap } percent

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Configures all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access points.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    percent

    802.11a foreign 802.11a interference threshold between 0 and 100 percent.

     
    Defaults

    10.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the foreign 802.11a transmitter interference threshold for all Cisco lightweight access points to 50 percent:

    > config advanced 802.11a profile foreign global 50
     

    This example shows how to set the foreign 802.11a transmitter interference threshold for AP1 to 0 percent:

    > config advanced 802.11a profile foreign AP1 0

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a profile

    config advanced 802.11b profile foreign

    config advanced 802.11 profile noise

    To set the 802.11a foreign noise threshold between –127 and 0 dBm, use the config advanced 802.11 profile noise command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile noise { global | cisco_ap } dBm

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Configures all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access point specific profiles.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    dBm

    802.11a foreign noise threshold between –127 and 0 dBm.

     
    Defaults

    –70 dBm.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the 802.11a foreign noise threshold for all Cisco lightweight access points to –127 dBm:

    > config advanced 802.11 profile noise global -127
     

    This example shows how to set the 802.11a foreign noise threshold for AP1 to 0 dBm:

    > config advanced 802.11 profile noise AP1 0

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11 profile

    config advanced 802.11b profile noise

    config advanced 802.11 profile throughput

    To set the Cisco lightweight access point data-rate throughput threshold between 1000 and 10000000 bytes per second, use the config advanced 802.11 profile throughput command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile throughput { global | cisco_ap } value

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Configures all 802.11a Cisco lightweight access point specific profiles.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    value

    802.11a Cisco lightweight access point throughput threshold between 1000 and 10000000 bytes per second.

     
    Defaults

    1,000,000 bytes per second.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set all Cisco lightweight access point data-rate thresholds to 1000 bytes per second:

    > config advanced 802.11 profile data-rate global 1000
     

    This example shows how to set the AP1 data-rate threshold to 10000000 bytes per second:

    > config advanced 802.11 profile data-rate AP1 10000000

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11 profile

    config advanced 802.11b profile data-rate

    config advanced 802.11 profile utilization

    To set the RF utilization threshold between 0 and 100 percent, use the config advanced 802.11 profile utilization command. The operating system generates a trap when this threshold is exceeded.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } profile utilization { global | cisco_ap } percent

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    global

    Configures a global Cisco lightweight access point specific profile.

    cisco_ap

    Specifies Cisco lightweight access point name.

    percent

    802.11a RF utilization threshold between 0 and 100 percent.

     
    Defaults

    80 percent.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the RF utilization threshold for all Cisco lightweight access points to 0 percent:

    > config advanced 802.11a profile utilization global 0
     

    This example shows how to set the RF utilization threshold for AP1 to 100 percent:

    > config advanced 802.11a profile utilization AP1 100

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced 802.11a profile

    config advanced 802.11b profile utilization

    config advanced 802.11 receiver

    To set the advanced receiver configuration settings, use the config advanced 802.11 receiver command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } receiver default
    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } receiver rxstart jumpThreshold value

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

    receiver

    Specifies the receiver configuration

    default

    Specifies the default advanced receiver configuration.

    rxstartjumpThreshold

    Specifies the receiver start signal.

    value

    Jump threshold configuration value between 0 and 127.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to prevent changes to receiver parameters while the network is enabled:

    > config advanced802.11a receiver default

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced 802.11b receiver

    config advanced 802.11 txpower-update

    To initiate updates of the 802.11a transmit power for every Cisco lightweight access point, use the config advanced 802.11 txpower-update command.

    config advanced 802.11 { a | b } txpower-update

     
    Syntax Description

    a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    b

    Specifies the 802.11b/g network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to initiate updates of 802.11a transmit power for an 802.11a access point:

    > config advanced 802.11a txpower-update

     
    Related Commands

    config advance 802.11b txpower-update

    config advanced backup-controller primary

    To configure a primary backup controller for a specific controller, use the config advanced backup-controller primary command.

    config advanced backup-controller primary backup_controller_name backup_controller_ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    backup_controller_name

    Name of the backup controller.

    backup_controller_ip_address

    IP address of the backup controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To delete a primary backup controller entry, enter 0.0.0.0 for the controller IP address.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the primary backup controller:

    > config advanced backup-controller primary Controller_1 10.10.10.10

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced backup-controller

    config advanced backup-controller secondary

    To configure a secondary backup controller for a specific controller, use the config advanced backup-controller secondary command.

    config advanced backup-controller secondary backup_controller_name backup_controller_ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    backup_controller_name

    Name of the backup controller.

    backup_controller_ip_address

    IP address of the backup controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To delete a secondary backup controller entry, enter 0.0.0.0 for the controller IP address.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a secondary backup controller:

    > config advanced backup-controller secondary Controller_1 10.10.10.10

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced backup-controller

    config advanced client-handoff

    To set the client handoff to occur after a selected number of 802.11 data packet excessive retries, use the config advanced client-handoff command.

    config advanced client-handoff num_of_retries

     
    Syntax Description

    num_of_retries

    Number of excessive retries before client handoff (from 0 to 255).

     
    Defaults

    0 excessive retries (disabled).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command is is supported only for the 1000/1510 series access points.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the client handoff to 100 excessive retries:

    > config advanced client-handoff 100

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced client-handoff

    config advanced dot11-padding

    To enable or disable over-the-air frame padding, use the config advanced dot11-padding command.

    config advanced dot11-padding { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables this command.

    disable

    Disables this command.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable over-the-air frame padding:

    > config advanced dot11-padding enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station
    show advanced dot11-padding

    config advanced assoc-limit

    To configure the rate at which access point radios send association and authentication requests to the controller, use the config advanced assoc-limit command.

    config advanced assoc-limit { enable [ number of associations per interval | interval in milliseconds ] | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enable this feature.

    disable

    Disables this feature.

    number of associations per interval

    (Optional) Number of association request per access point slot in a given interval. The valid range is 1 to 100.

    interval in milliseconds

    (Optional) Association request limit interval. The valid range is 100 to 10000.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When 200 or more wireless clients try to associate to a controller at the same time, the clients no longer become stuck in the DHCP_REQD state when you use the config advanced assoc-limit command to limit association requests from access points.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the number of association requests per access point slot in a given interval of 20 with the association request limit interval of 250:

    > config advanced assoc-limit enable 20 250

     

    config advanced eap

    To configure advanced extensible authentication protocol (EAP) settings, use the config advanced eap command.

    config advanced eap [eapol-key-timeout timeout | eapol-key-retries retries | identity-request-timeout timeout |
    identity-request-retries retries |
    key-index index |
    max-login-ignore-identity-response {enable | disable}
    request-timeout timeout |
    request-retries retries]

     
    Syntax Description

    eapol-key-timeout timeout

    (Optional) Specifies the amount of time (1 to 5 seconds) in which the controller attempts to send an EAP key over the LAN to wireless clients using local EAP.

    eapol-key-retries retries

    (Optional) Specifies the maximum number of times (0 to 4 retries) that the controller attempts to send an EAP key over the LAN to wireless clients using local EAP.

    identity-request-
    timeout timeout

    (Optional) Specifies the amount of time (1 to 120 seconds) in which the controller attempts to send an EAP identity request to wireless clients using local EAP.

    identity-request-
    retries

    (Optional) Specifies the maximum number of times (1 to 20 retries) that the controller attempts to retransmit the EAP identity request to wireless clients using local EAP.

    key-index index

    (Optional) index—Specifies the key index (0 or 3) used for dynamic wired equivalent privacy (WEP).

    max-login-ignore-
    identity-response

    (Optional) Specifies that the maximum EAP identity response login count for a user is ignored. When enabled, this command limits the number of devices that can be connected to the controller with the same username.

    enable

    Ignores the same username reaching the maximum EAP identity response.

    disable

    Checks the same username reaching the maximum EAP identity response.

    request-timeout

    (Optional) Specifies the amount of time (1 to 120 seconds) in which the controller attempts to send an EAP request to wireless clients using local EAP.

    request-retries

    (Optional) Specifies the maximum number of times (1 to 120 retries) that the controller attempts to retransmit the EAP request to wireless clients using local EAP.

     
    Defaults

    Default for eapol-key-timeout: 1 second.

    Default for eapol-key-retries: 2 retries.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the key index used for dynamic wired equivalent privacy (WEP):

    > config advanced eap key-index 0

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced eap

    config advanced rate

    To enable or disable switch control path rate limiting, use the config advanced rate command.

    config advanced rate [ enable | disable ]

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the switch control path rate limiting feature.

    disable

    Disables the switch control path rate limiting feature.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable switch control path rate limiting:

    > config advanced rate enable

    config advanced statistics

    To enable or disable the Cisco wireless LAN controller port statistics collection, use the config advanced statistics command.

    config advanced statistics { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the switch port statistics collection.

    disable

    Disables the switch port statistics collection.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the switch port statistics collection settings:

    > config advanced statistics disable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced statistics

    show stats port

    show stats switch

    config advanced probe filter

    To enable or disable the filtering of probe requests forwarded from an access point to the controller, use the config advanced probe filter command.

    config advanced probe filter { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the filtering of probe requests.

    disable

    Disables the filtering of probe requests.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the filtering of probe requests forwarded from an access point to the controller:

    > config advanced probe filter enable

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced probe limit
    config radius acct IPsec authentication
    show advanced probe
    show radius acct statistics

    config advanced probe limit

    To limit the number of probes sent to the WLAN controller per access point per client in a given interval, use the config advanced probe limit command.

    config advanced probe limit num_probes interval

     
    Syntax Description

    num_probes

    Number of probe requests (from 1 to 100) forwarded to the controller per client per access point radio in a given interval.

    interval

    Probe limit interval (from 100 to 10000 milliseconds).

     
    Defaults

    The default num_probes is 2 probe requests.
    The default interval is 500 milliseconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the number of probes per access point per client to 5 and the probe interval to 800 milliseconds:

    > config advanced probe limit 5 800

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced probe filter
    config radius acct IPsec authentication
    show advanced probe

    Configure Advanced Timers Commands

    User the advanced timers commands to configure advanced 802.11a settings.

    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout

    To configure the Cisco lightweight access point discovery time-out, use the config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout command.

    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Cisco lightweight access point discovery timeout value between 1 and 10 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    10 seconds.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point discovery timeout is how often a Cisco wireless LAN controller attempts to discover unconnected Cisco lightweight access points.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an access point discovery-timeout with the timeout value of 20:

    > config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout 20

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced timers
    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat
    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers auth-timeout

    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat

    To enable or disable the fast heartbeat timer which reduces the amount of time it takes to detect a controller failure for local, hybrid-REAP, or all access points, use the config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat command.

    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat {local | hreap | all} {enable | disable} interval

     
    Syntax Description

    local

    Configures the fast heartbeat interval for access points in local mode only.

    hreap

    Configures the fast heartbeat interval for access points in hybrid-REAP mode only.

    all

    Configures the fast heartbeat interval for all access points.

    enable

    Enables the fast heartbeat interval.

    disable

    Disables the fast heartbeat interval.

    interval

    Small heartbeat interval (between 1 and 10 seconds, inclusive), which reduces the amount of time it takes to detect a controller failure.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the fast heartbeat interval for access point in local mode:

    > config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat local enable 5
     

    This example shows how to enable the fast heartbeat interval for access point in hybrid-REAP mode:

    > config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat hreap enable 8
     

    This example shows how to enable the fast heartbeat interval for all access points:

    > config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat all enable 6
     

    This example shows how to disable the fast heartbeat interval for all access point:

    > config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat all disable

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced timers
    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers auth-timeout

    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout

    To configure the Cisco lightweight access point heartbeat timeout, use the config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout command.

    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Cisco lightweight access point heartbeat timeout value between 1 and 30 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    30 seconds.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point heartbeat timeout controls how often the Cisco lightweight access point sends a heartbeat keep-alive signal to the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

    This seconds value should be at least three times larger than the fast heartbeat timer.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an access point heartbeat timeout to 20:

    > config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout 20

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced timers
    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat
    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers auth-timeout

    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout

    To configure the access point primary discovery request timer, use the config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout command.

    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout interval

     
    Syntax Description

    interval

    Access point primary discovery request timer between 30 and 3600 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    120 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the access point primary discovery request timer to 1200 seconds:
     
    > config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout 1200

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced timers
    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat
    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout
    config advanced timers auth-timeout

    config advanced timers auth-timeout

    To configure the authentication timeout, use the config advanced timers auth-timeout command.

    config advanced timers auth-timeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Authentication response timeout value in seconds between 10 and 600.

     
    Defaults

    10 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the authentication timeout to 20 seconds:

    > config advanced timers auth-timeout 20

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced timers
    config advanced timers ap-fast-heartbeat
    config advanced timers ap-discovery-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-heartbeat-timeout
    config advanced timers ap-primary-discovery-timeout

    config advanced timers eap-timeout

    To configure the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) expiration timeout, use the config advanced timers eap-timeout command.

    config advanced timers eap-timeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    EAP timeout value in seconds between 8 and 120.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the EAP expiration timeout to 10 seconds:

    > config advanced timers eap-timeout 10

     
    Related Commands

    show advanced timers

    config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay

    To configure the advanced Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) identity request delay in seconds, use the config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay command.

    config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Advanced EAP identity request delay in number of seconds between 0 and 10.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the advanced EAP identity request delay to 8 seconds:

    > config advanced timers eap-identity-request-delay 8

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced timers auth-timeout, config advanced timers rogue-ap, show advanced timers

    Configure Access Point Commands

    Use the config ap commands to configure access point settings.

    config ap

    To enable or disable a Cisco lightweight access point or to add or delete a third-party (foreign) access point, use the config ap commands.

    config ap {{ enable | disable } cisco_ap | { add | delete } MAC port { enable | disable } IP_address }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Cisco lightweight access point.

    disable

    Disables the Cisco lightweight access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

    add

    Adds foreign access points.

    delete

    Deletes foreign access points.

    MAC

    MAC address of a foreign access point.

    port

    Port number through which the foreign access point can be reached.

    IP_address

    IP address of the foreign access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable lightweight access point AP1:

    > config ap disable AP1
     

    This example shows how to add a foreign access point with MAC address 12:12:12:12:12:12 and IP address 192.12.12.1 from port 2033:

    > config ap add 12:12:12:12:12:12 2033 enable 192.12.12.1

     
    Related Commands

    Configure Access Point Commands
    Show Access Point Commands

    config ap bhrate

    To configure the Cisco bridge backhaul Tx rate, use the config ap bhrate command.

    config ap bhrate { rate | auto } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    rate

    Cisco bridge backhaul Tx rate in kbps. The valid values are 6000, 12000, 18000, 24000, 36000, 48000, and 54000.

    auto

    Configures the auto data rate.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    Auto.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    In previous software releases, the default value for bridge data rate was 24000 (24 Mbps). In controller software release 6.0, the default value for bridge data rate is auto. If you configured the default bridge data rate value (24000) in a previous controller software release, the bridge data rate is configured with the new default value (auto) when you upgrade to controller software release 6.0. However, if you configured a non default value (for example, 18000) in a previous controller software release, that configuration setting is preserved when you upgrade to software release 6.0.

    When the bridge data rate is set to auto, the mesh backhaul chooses the highest rate where the next higher rate cannot be used due to unsuitable conditions for that specific rate (and not because of conditions that affect all rates).

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the Cisco bridge backhaul Tx rate to 54000 kbps:

    > config ap bhrate 54000 AP01

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap bridgegroupname

    To set or delete a bridge group name on a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap bridgegroupname command.

    config ap bridgegroupname { set groupname | delete } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    set

    Sets a Cisco lightweight access point’s bridge group name.

    groupname

    Bridge group name.

    delete

    Deletes a Cisco lightweight access point’s bridge group name.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Only access points with the same bridge group name can connect to each other.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a bridge group name on Cisco access point’s bridge group name AP02:

    > config ap bridgegroupname delete AP02
     
    Changing the AP's bridgegroupname may strand the bridge AP. Please continue with caution.
    Changing the AP's bridgegroupname will also cause the AP to reboot.
    Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n)

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap bridging

    To enable or disable Ethernet-to-Ethernet bridging on a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap bridging command.

    config ap bridging { enable | disable } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Ethernet-to-Ethernet bridging on a Cisco lightweight access point.

    disable

    Disables Ethernet-to-Ethernet bridging.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable bridging on an access point:

    > config ap bridging enable nyc04-44-1240

     

    This example shows hot to disable bridging on an access point:

    > config ap bridging disable nyc04-44-1240

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap cdp

    To enable or disable the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap cdp command.

    config ap cdp { enable | disable }{ cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the CDP on an access point.

    disable

    Disables the CDP on an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The config ap cdp disable all command disables CDP on all access points that are joined to the controller and all access points that join in the future. CDP remains disabled on both current and future access points even after the controller or access point reboots. To enable CDP, enter the config ap cdp enable all command.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif After you enable CDP on all access points joined to the controller, you may disable and then reenable CDP on individual access points using the config ap cdp {enable | disable} cisco_ap command. After you disable CDP on all access points joined to the controller, you may not enable and then disable CDP on individual access points.


    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the CDP on all access points:

    > config ap cdp enable all
     

    This example shows how to disable the CDP on ap02 access point:

    > config ap cdp disable ap02

     
    Related Commands

    config cdp timer
    show ap cdp

    config ap core-dump

    To configure a Cisco lightweight access point’s memory core dump, use the config ap core-dump command.

    config ap core-dump { disable | enable tftp_server_ipaddress filename { compress | uncompress } { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Cisco lightweight access point’s memory core dump setting.

    disable

    Disables the Cisco lightweight access point’s memory core dump setting.

    tftp_server_ipaddress

    IP address of the TFTP server to which the access point sends core dump files.

    filename

    Name the access point uses to label the core file.

    compress

    Compresses the core dump file.

    uncompress

    Uncompresses the core dump file.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The access point must be able to reach the TFTP server.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure and compress the core dump file:
     
    > config ap core-dump enable 192.1.1.1 log compress AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap crash-file clear-all
    config ap crash-file delete
    config ap crash-file get-crash-file
    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump
    config ap port

    config ap crash-file clear-all

    To delete all crash and radio core dump files, use the config ap crash-file clear-all command.

    config ap crash-file clear-all

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete all crash files:
     
    > config ap crash-file clear-all

     
    Related Commands

    config ap core-dump
    config ap crash-file delete
    config ap crash-file get-crash-file
    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump
    config ap port

    config ap crash-file delete

    To delete a single crash or radio core dump file, use the config ap crash-file delete command.

    config ap crash-file delete filename

     
    Syntax Description

    filename

    Name of the file to delete.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete crash file 1:

    > config ap crash-file delete crash-file-1

     
    Related Commands

    config ap core-dump
    config ap crash-file clear-all
    config ap crash-file get-crash-file
    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump
    config ap port

    config ap crash-file get-crash-file

    To collect the latest crash data for a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap crash-file get-crash-file command.

    config ap crash-file get-crash-file cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the transfer upload datatype command to transfer the collected data to the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to collect the latest crash data for access point AP3:

    > config ap crash-file get-crash-file AP3
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap core-dump
    config ap crash-file clear-all
    config ap crash-file delete
    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump
    config ap port

    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump

    To get a Cisco lightweight access point’s radio core dump, use the config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump command.

    config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump Slot_ID cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    Slot_ID

    Slot ID (either 0 or 1).

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to collect the radio core dump for access point AP02 and slot 0:

    > config ap crash-file get-radio-core-dump 0 AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap core-dump
    config ap crash-file clear-all
    config ap crash-file delete
    config ap crash-file get-crash-file
    config ap port

    config ap dot1xuser

    To configure the global authentication username and password for all access points currently joined to the controller as well as any access points that join the controller in the future, use the config ap dotxuser command.

    config ap dot1xuser add username user password password {all | cisco_ap}

     
    Syntax Description

    add username

    Specifies to add a username.

    user

    Username.

    password

    Specifies to add a password.

    password

    Password.

    cisco_ap

    Specific access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You must enter a strong password. Strong passwords have the following characteristics:

    • They are at least eight characters long.
    • They contain a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols.
    • They are not a word in any language.

    You can set the values for a specific access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the global authentication username and password for all access points:

    > config ap dot1xuser add username cisco123 password cisco2020 all

     
    Related Commands

    config ap dot1xuser delete
    config ap dot1xuser disable
    show ap summary

    config ap dot1xuser delete

    To force a specific access point to use the controller’s global authentication settings, use the config ap dot1xuser delete command.

    config ap dot1xuser delete cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete access point AP01 to use the controller’s global authentication settings:

    > config ap dot1xuser delete AP01

     
    Related Commands

    config ap dot1xuser
    config ap dot1xuser disable
    show ap summary

    config ap dot1xuser disable

    To disable authentication for all access points or for a specific access point, use the config ap dot1xuser disable command.

    config ap dot1xuser disable { all | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    disable

    Disables authentication.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    cisco_ap

    Access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can disable 802.1X authentication for a specific access point only if global 802.1X authentication is not enabled. If global 802.1X authentication is enabled, you can disable 802.1X for all access points only.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the authentication for access point cisco_ap1:

    > config ap dot1user disable cisco_ap1

     
    Related Commands

    config ap dot1xuser
    config ap dot1xuser delete
    show ap summary

    config ap ethernet

    To configure the duplex and speed settings on the wireless LAN and the lightweight access points, use the config ap ethernet command.

    config ap ethernet duplex [auto | half | full] speed [auto | 10 | 100 | 1000] {all | Cisco_ap}

     
    Syntax Description

    duplex

    Specifies the ethernet port duplex settings.

    auto

    half

    full

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port duplex auto settings.

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port duplex half settings.

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port duplex full settings.

    speed

    Specifies the Ethernet port speed settings.

    auto

    10

    100

    1000

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port speed to auto.

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port speed to 10 Mbps.

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port speed to 100 Mbps.

    (Optional) Specifies the Ethernet port speed to 1000 Mbps.

    all

    Specifies the ethernet port setting for all connected access points.

    Cisco_ap

    Cisco access point.

     
    Defaults

    None

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the Ethernet port duplex half settings 10 Mbps for all access points:

    > config ap ethernet duplex half speed 10 all

     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    show ap summary

    config ap group-name

    To specify a descriptive group name for a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap group-name command.

    config ap group-name groupname cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    groupname

    Descriptive name for the access point group.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point must be disabled before changing this parameter.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a descriptive name for access point AP01:

    > config ap group-name superusers AP01

     
    Related Commands

    config ap group-name
    config wlan apgroup
    show ap summary
    show ap wlan

    config ap h-reap radius auth set

    To configure a primary or secondary RADIUS server for a specific hybrid-REAP access point, use the config ap h-reap radius auth set command.

    config ap h-reap radius auth set {primary | secondary} ip_address auth_port secret

     
    Syntax Description

    primary

    Specifies the primary RADIUS server for a specific hybrid-REAP access point.

    secondary

    Specifies the secondary RADIUS server for a specific hybrid-REAP access point.

    ip_address

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

    auth_port secret

    Name of the port.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a primary RADIUS server for a specific access point:

    > config ap h-reap radius auth set primary 192.12.12.1

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode h-reap
    config ap h-reap vlan wlan
    config ap h-reap vlan
    config ap h-reap vlan native

    config ap h-reap vlan

    To enable or disable VLAN tagging for a hybrid-REAP access, use the config ap h-reap vlan command.

    config ap h-reap vlan {enable | disable} cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the access point’s VLAN tagging.

    disable

    Disables the access point’s VLAN tagging.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled. Once enabled, WLANs enabled for local switching inherit the VLAN assigned at the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the access point’s VLAN tagging for a hybrid-REAP access:

    > config ap h-reap vlan enable AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode h-reap

    config ap h-reap radius auth set

    config ap h-reap vlan wlan

    config ap h-reap vlan native

    config ap h-reap vlan native

    To configure a native VLAN for a hybrid-REAP access, use the config ap h-reap vlan native command.

    config ap h-reap vlan native vlan-id cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    vlan-id

    VLAN identifier.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a native VLAN for a hybrid-REAP access point mode:

    > config ap h-reap vlan native 6 AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode h-reap

    config ap h-reap radius auth set

    config ap h-reap vlan wlan

    config ap h-reap vlan wlan

    To assign a VLAN ID to a hybrid-REAP access point, use the config ap h-reap vlan wlan command.

    config ap h-reap vlan wlan ip_address vlan-id cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

    vlan-id

    VLAN identifier.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    VLAN ID associated to the WLAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to assign a VLAN ID to a hybrid-REAP access point:

    > config ap h-reap vlan wlan 192.12.12.1 6 AP02
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode h-reap

    config ap h-reap radius auth set

    config ap h-reap vlan

    config ap h-reap vlan native

    config ap image predownload

    To configure an image on a specified access point, use the config ap image predownload command.

    config ap image predownload { primary | backup} {cisco_ap | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    primary

    Predownloads an image to a Cisco access point from the controller's primary image.

    backup

    Predownloads an image to a Cisco access point from the controller's backup image.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points to predownload an image.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to predownload an image to an access point from the primary image:

    > config ap image predownload primary all

     
    Related Commands

    config ap image swap

    show ap image

    config ap image swap

    To swap an access point’s primary and backup images, use the config ap image swap command.

    config ap image swap {cisco_ap | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points to interchange the boot images.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to swap an access point’s primary and secondary images:

    > config ap image swap all

     
    Related Commands

    config ap image predownload

    show ap image

    config ap led-state

    To enable or disable the LED-State for an access point, use the config ap led-state command.

    config ap led-state { enable | disable } { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the access point’s LED-State.

    disable

    Disables the access point’s LED-State.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the LED-State for an access point:

    > config ap led-state enable AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap link-encryption

    To enable or disable the Datagram Transport Layer Security (DTLS) data encryption for access points on the 5500 series controller, use the config ap link-encryption command.

    config ap link-encryption { enable | disable } { Cisco_AP | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the DTLS data encryption for access points.

    disable

    Disables the DTLS data encryption for access points.

    Cisco_AP

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    DTLS data encryption is enabled automatically for OfficeExtend access points but disabled by default for all other access points.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Only Cisco 5500 Series Controllers support DTLS data encryption. This feature is not available on other controller platforms. If an access point with data encryption enabled tries to join any other controller, the access point joins the controller, but data packets are sent unencrypted.

    Only Cisco 1130, 1140, 1240, and 1250 series access points support DTLS data encryption, and data-encrypted access points can join a Cisco 5500 Series Controller only if the wplus license is installed on the controller. If the wplus license is not installed, the access points cannot join the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the data encryption for an access point:

    > config ap link-encryption enable AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    show dtls connections

    config ap link-latency

    To enable or disable link latency for a specific access point or for all access points currently associated to the controller, use the config ap link-latency command:

    config ap link-latency {enable | disable | reset} { cisco_ap | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the link latency for an access point.

    disable

    Disables the link latency for an access point.

    reset

    Resets all link latency for all access points.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    Link latency is disabled by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command enables or disables link latency only for access points that are currently joined to the controller. It does not apply to access points that join in the future.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the link latency for all access points:

    > config ap link-latency enable all

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config

    config ap location

    To modify the descriptive location of a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap location command.

    config ap location location cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    location

    Location name of the access point (enclosed by double quotation marks).

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point must be disabled before changing this parameter.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the descriptive location for access point AP1:

    > config ap location “Building 1” AP1

     
    Related Commands

    show ap summary

    config ap logging syslog level

    To set the severity level for filtering syslog messages for a particular access point or for all access points, use the config ap logging syslog level command.

    config ap logging syslog level severity_level { cisco_ap | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    severity_level

    Severity levels are as follows:

    • emergencies—Severity level 0
    • alerts—Severity level 1
    • critical—Severity level 2
    • errors—Severity level 3
    • warnings—Severity level 4
    • notifications—Severity level 5
    • informational—Severity level 6
    • debugging—Severity level 7

    cisco_ap

    Cisco access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you set a syslog level, only those messages whose severity is equal to or less than that level are sent to the access point. For example, if you set the syslog level to Warnings (severity level 4), only those messages whose severity is between 0 and 4 are sent to the access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the severity for filtering syslog messages to 3:

    > config ap logging syslog level 3

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog host
    config logging syslog facility
    show logging

    config ap mgmtuser add

    To configure username, password, and secret password for AP management, use the config ap mgmtuser add command.

    config ap mgmtuser add username AP_username password AP_password secret secret
    {all | Cisco_AP}

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Configures the username for AP management.

    AP_username

    Management username.

    password

    Configures the password for AP management.

    AP_password

    AP management password.

    secret

    Configures the secret password for privileged AP management.

    secret

    AP managemetn secret password.

    all

    Applies configuration to every AP that does not have a specific username.

    Cisco_AP

    Cisco access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The following requirements are enforced on the password:

    • Password should contain characters from at least three of the following classes: lower case letters, upper case letters, digits, and special characters.
    • No character in the password can be repeated more than three times consecutively.
    • Password sould not contain management username or reverse of usename.
    • Password should not contain words like Cisco, oscic, admin, nimda or any variant obtained by changing the capitalization of letters by substituting 1, |, or ! or substituting 0 for o or substituting $ for s.

    The following requirement is enforced on the secret password:

    • Secret Password should contain character from at lease three of the following classes: lowercase letters, uppercase letters, digits, or special characters.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add username, password, and secret password for AP management:

    > config ap mgmtuser add username acd password Arc_1234 secret Mid_45 all

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mgmtuser delete

    config ap mgmtuser delete

    To force a specific access point to use the controller’s global credentials, use the config ap mgmtuser delete command.

    config ap mgmtuser delete cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete the credentials of an access point:

    > config ap mgmtuser delete cisco_ap1

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mgmtuser add

    config ap mode

    To change a Cisco wireless LAN controller communication option for an individual Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap mode command.

    config ap mode { bridge | h-reap | local | reap | rogue | sniffer | se-connect
    monitor [ submode { none | wips }]} cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    bridge

    Converts from a lightweight access point to a mesh access point (bridge mode).

    h-reap

    Enables hybrid remote edge access point mode on an access point.

    local

    Converts from an indoor mesh access point (MAP or RAP) to a nonmesh lightweight access point (local mode).

    reap

    Enables remote edge access point mode on an access point.

    rogue

    Enables rogue detector mode on an access point.

    sniffer

    Enables wireless sniffer mode on an access point.

    se-connect

    Enables spectrum expert mode on an access point.

    submode

    (Optional) Configures wIPS submode on an access point.

    none

    Disables the wIPS on an access point.

    wips

    Enables the wIPS submode on an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    Local.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Sniffer mode will capture and forward all the packets from the clients on that channel to a remote machine that runs AiroPeek or other supported packet analyzer software. It will include information on the timestamp, signal strength, packet size and so on.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP91 in bridge mode:

    > config ap mode bridge AP91
     

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP01 in local mode:

    > config ap mode local AP01
     

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP91 in remote office (REAP) mode:

    > config ap mode reap AP91
     

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP91 in remote office (REAP) mode:

    > config ap mode h-reap AP01
     

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP91 in rogue access point detector mode:

    > config ap mode rogue AP91
     

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP02 in wireless sniffer mode:

    > config ap mode sniffer AP02
     

    This example shows how to set the controller to communicate with access point AP02 in wIPS submode:

    > config ap mode monitor submode wips AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 enable
    config ap mode
    config ap monitor-mode
    show ap config
    show ap monitor-mode summary
    show wps wips statistics

    config ap monitor-mode

    To configure Cisco lightweight access point channel optimization, use the config ap monitor-mode command.

    config ap monitor-mode { 802.11b fast-channel | no-optimization | tracking-opt | wips-optimized } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11b fast-channel

    Configures 802.11b scanning channels for a monitor-mode access point.

    no-optimization

    Specifies no channel scanning optimization for the access point.

    tracking-opt

    Enables tracking optimized channel scanning for the access point.

    wips-optimized

    Enables wIPS optimized channel scanning for the access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a Cisco wireless intrusion prevention system (wIPS) monitor mode on access point AP01:

    > config ap monitor-mode wips-optimized AP01

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 enable
    config ap mode
    show ap config
    show ap monitor-mode summary
    show wps wips statistics
    show wps wips summary

    config ap name

    To modify the name of a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap name command.

    config ap name new_name old_name

     
    Syntax Description

    new_name

    Desired Cisco lightweight access point name.

    old_name

    Current Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to modify the name of access point AP1 to AP2:

    > config ap name AP1 AP2

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config

    config ap port

    To configure the port for a foreign access point, use the config ap port command.

    config ap port MAC port

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Foreign Access Point MAC address.

    port

    Port number for accessing the foreign access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the port for a foreign access point MAC address:

    > config ap port 12:12:12:12:12:12 20

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap power injector

    To configure the power injector state for an access point, use the config ap power injector command.

    config ap power injector { enable | disable } { cisco_ap | all} { installed | override | switch_MAC }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the power injector state for an access point.

    disable

    Disables the power injector state for an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all Cisco lightweight access points connected to the controller.

    installed

    Detects the MAC address of the current switch port that has a power injector.

    override

    Overrides the safety checks and assumes a power injector is always installed.

    switch_MAC

    MAC address of the switch port with an installed power injector.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the power injector state for all access points:

    > config ap power injector enable all 12:12:12:12:12:12

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap power pre-standard

    To enable or disable the inline power Cisco pre-standard switch state for an access point, use the config ap power pre-standard command.

    config ap power pre-standard { enable | disable } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the inline power Cisco pre-standard switch state for an access point.

    disable

    Disables the inline power Cisco pre-standard switch state for an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the inline power Cisco pre-standard switch state for access point AP02:

    > config ap power pre-standard enable AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap primary-base

    To set the Cisco lightweight access point primary Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config ap primary-base command.

    config ap primary-base controller_name cisco_ap [controller_ip_address]

     
    Syntax Description

    controller_name

    Name of the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    controller_ip_address

    (Optional) If the backup controller is outside the mobility group to which the access point is connected, then you need to provide the IP address of the primary, secondary, or tertiary controller.

    Note For OfficeExtend access points, you must enter both the name and IP address of the controller. Otherwise, the access point cannot join this controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point associates with this Cisco wireless LAN controller for all network operations and in the event of a hardware reset.

    OfficeExtend access points do not use the generic broadcast or over-the air (OTAP) discovery process to find a controller. You must configure one or more controllers because OfficeExtend access points try to connect only to their configured controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set an access point primary Wireless LAN controller:

    > config ap primary-base SW_1 AP2

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    config sysname

    config ap secondary-base

    config ap tertiary-base

    config ap priority

    To assign a priority designation to an access point that allows it to reauthenticate after a controller failure by priority rather than on a first-come-until-full basis, use the config ap priority command.

    config ap priority {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    1

    Specifies low priority.

    2

    Specifies medium priority.

    3

    Specifies high priority.

    4

    Specifies the highest (critical) priority.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    1 - Low priority.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    In a failover situation, if the backup controller does not have enough ports to allow all the access points in the affected area to reauthenticate, it gives priority to higher-priority access points over lower-priority ones, even if it means replacing lower-priority access points.

    Examples

    This example shows how to assign a priority designation to access point AP02 that allows it to reauthenticate after a controller failure by assigning a reauthentication priority 3:

    > config ap priority 3 AP02

     
    Related Commands

    config network ap-priority
    show ap summary
    show network summary

    config ap reporting-period

    To reset a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap reporting-period command.

    config ap reporting-period period

     
    Syntax Description

    period

    Time period in seconds between 10 and 120.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset an access point reporting period to 120 seconds:

    > config ap reporting-period 120

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config 802.11a

    show ap config 802.11ab

    config ap reset

    To reset a Cisco lightweight access point, use the config ap reset command.

    config ap reset cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset an access point:

    > config ap reset AP2

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config

    config ap role

    To specify the role of an access point in a mesh network, use the config ap role command.

    config ap role { rootAP | meshAP } AP_name

     
    Syntax Description

    rootAP

    Designates the mesh access point as a root access point (RAP).

    meshAP

    Designates the mesh access point as a mesh access point (MAP).

    AP_name

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    meshAP.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the meshAP keyword if the access point has a wireless connection to the controller, or use the rootAP keyword if the access point has a wired connection to the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to designate mesh access point AP02 as a root access point:

    > config ap role rootAP AP02
     
    Changing the AP's role will cause the AP to reboot.
    Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n)

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap rst-button

    To configure the Reset button for an access point, use the config ap rst-button command.

    config ap rst-button { enable | disable } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Reset button for an access point.

    disable

    Disables the Reset button for an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Name of the Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the reset button for access point AP03:

    > config ap rst-button enable AP03

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config ap secondary-base

    To set the Cisco lightweight access point secondary Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config ap secondary-base command.

    config ap secondary-base controller_name cisco_ap [controller_ip_address]

     
    Syntax Description

    controller_name

    Name of the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    controller_ip_address

    (Optional). If the backup controller is outside the mobility group to which the access point is connected, then you need to provide the IP address of the primary, secondary, or tertiary controller.

    Note For OfficeExtend access points, you must enter both the name and IP address of the controller. Otherwise, the access point cannot join this controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point associates with this Cisco wireless LAN controller for all network operations and in the event of a hardware reset.

    OfficeExtend access points do not use the generic broadcast or over-the air (OTAP) discovery process to find a controller. You must configure one or more controllers because OfficeExtend access points try to connect only to their configured controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set an access point secondary Cisco wireless controller:

    > config ap secondary-base SW_1 AP2

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    config sysname

    config ap primary-base

    config ap tertiary-base

    config ap sniff

    To enable or disable sniffing on an access point, use the config ap sniff command.

    config ap sniff { 802.11a | 802.11b }{ enable channel server_ip | disable } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b network.

    enable

    Enables sniffing on an access point.

    channel

    Channel to be sniffed.

    server_ip

    IP address of the remote machine running Omnipeek, Airopeek,

    AirMagnet, or Wireshark software.

    disable

    Disables sniffing on an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Access point configured as the sniffer.

     
    Defaults

    Channel 36.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the sniffer feature is enabled on an access point, it starts sniffing the signal on the given channel. It captures and forwards all the packets to the remote computer that runs Omnipeek, Airopeek, AirMagnet, or Wireshark software. It includes information on the timestamp, signal strength, packet size and so on.

    Before an access point can act as a sniffer, a remote computer that runs one of the listed packet analyzers must be set up so that it can receive packets sent by the access point. After the Airopeek installation, copy the following.dll files to the location where airopeek is installed:

    • socket.dll file to the Plug-ins folder (for example, C:\Program Files\WildPackets\AiroPeek\Plugins)
    • socketres.dll file to the PluginRes folder (for example, C:\Program Files\WildPackets\AiroPeek\ 1033\PluginRes)

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the sniffing on the 802.11a an access point primary Wireless LAN controller:

    > config ap sniff 80211a enable 23 11.22.44.55 AP01

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config
    config ap sniff 802.11b

    config ap ssh

    To enable Secure Shell (SSH) connectivity on an access point, use the config ap ssh command.

    config ap ssh {enable | disable} cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the SSH connectivity on an access point.

    disable

    Disables the SSH connectivity on an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point associates with this Cisco wireless LAN controller for all network operation and in the event of a hardware reset.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable SSH connectivity on access point Cisco_ap2:

    > config ap ssh enable cisco_ap2

     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    config network ssh
    show ap stats

    config ap static-ip

    To configure Cisco lightweight access point static IP address settings, use the config ap static-ip command.

    config ap static-ip { enable cisco_ap ip_address net_mask gateway | disable cisco_ap | add { domain { cisco_ap | all } domain_name } | { nameserver { cisco_ap | all } dns_ ip_address } | delete { domain | nameserver } { cisco_ap | all }}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Cisco lightweight access point static IP address.

    disable

    Disables the Cisco lightweight access point static IP address. The access point uses DHCP to get the IP address.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    ip_address

    Cisco lightweight access point IP address

    net_mask

    Cisco lightweight access point network mask.

    gateway

    IP address of the Cisco lightweight access point gateway.

    add

    Adds a domain or DNS server.

    domain

    Specifies the domain to which a specific access point or all access points belong.

    all

    All access points.

    domain_name

    Specifies a domain name.

    nameserver

    Specifies a DNS server so that a specific access point or all access points can discover the controller using DNS resolution.

    dns_ ip_address

    DNS server IP address.

    delete

    Deletes a domain or DNS server.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    An access point cannot discover the controller using Domain Name System (DNS) resolution if a static IP address is configured for the access point, unless you specify a DNS server and the domain to which the access point belongs.

    After you enter the IP, netmask, and gateway addresses, save your configuration to reboot the access point. After the access point rejoins the controller, you can enter the domain and DNS server information.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an access point static IP address:

    > config ap static-ip enable AP2 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 10.1.1.1
     

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    config sysname

    config ap secondary-base

    config ap primary-base

    config ap stats-timer

    To set the time in seconds that the Cisco lightweight access point sends its DOT11 statistics to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config ap stats-timer command.

    config ap stats-timer period cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    period

    Time in seconds from 0 to 65535. A zero value disables the timer.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    0 (disabled).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    A value of 0 (zero) means the Cisco lightweight access point will not send any DOT11 statistics. The acceptable range for the timer is from 0 to 65535 seconds, and the Cisco lightweight access point must be disabled to set this value.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the stat timer to 600 seconds for access point AP2:

    > config ap stats-timer 600 AP2

     
    Related Commands

    config ap disable

    config ap syslog host global

    To configure a global syslog server for all access points that join the controller, use the config ap syslog host global command.

    config ap syslog host global syslog_server_IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    syslog_server_IP_address

    IP address of the syslog server.

     
    Defaults

    255.255.255.255.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    By default, the global syslog server IP address for all access points is 255.255.255.255. Make sure that the access points can reach the subnet on which the syslog server resides before configuring the syslog server on the controller. If the access points cannot reach this subnet, the access points are unable to send out syslog messages.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a global syslog server for all access points:

    > config ap syslog host global 255.255.255.255

     
    Related Commands

    config ap syslog host specific

    show ap config global

    show ap config general

    config ap syslog host specific

    To configure a syslog server for a specific access point, use the config ap syslog host specific command.

    config ap syslog host specific Cisco_ap syslog_server_IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    Cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point.

    syslog_server_IP_address

    Specifies the IP address of the syslog server.

     
    Defaults

    0.0.0.0.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    By default, the syslog server IP address for each access point is 0.0.0.0, indicating that it is not yet set. When the default value is used, the global access point syslog server IP address is pushed to the access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a syslog server:

    > config ap syslog host specific 0.0.0.0

     
    Related Commands

    config ap syslog host global

    show ap config global

    show ap config general

    config ap tcp-adjust-mss

    To enable or disable the TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on a particular access point or on all access points, use the config ap tcp-adjust-mss command.

    config ap tcp-adjust-mss { enable | disable } { Cisco_AP | all } size

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the TCP maximum segment size on an access point.

    disable

    Disables the TCP maximum segment size on an access point.

    Cisco_AP

    Cisco access point name.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    size

    Maximum segment size, from 536 to 1363 bytes.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enable this feature, the access point checks for TCP packets to and from wireless clients in its data path. If the MSS of these packets is greater than the value that you configured or greater than the default value for the CAPWAP tunnel, the access point changes the MSS to the new configured value.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the TCP MSS on access point Cisco_ap1 with a segment size of 1200 bytes:

    > config ap tcp-adjust-mss enable cisco_ap1 1200

     
    Related Commands

    show ap tcp-mss-adjust

    config ap telnet

    To enable Telnet connectivity on an access point, use the config ap telnet command.

    config ap telnet {enable | disable} cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Telnet connectivity on an access point.

    disable

    Disables the Telnet connectivity on an access point.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The Cisco lightweight access point associates with this Cisco wireless LAN controller for all network operation and in the event of a hardware reset.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable Telnet connectivity on access point cisco_ap1:

    > config ap telnet enable cisco_ap1
     

    This example shows how to disable Telnet connectivity on access point cisco_ap1:

    > config ap telnet disable cisco_ap1

     
    Related Commands

    config ap
    config network telnet
    show ap config

    config ap tertiary-base

    To set the Cisco lightweight access point tertiary Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config ap tertiary-base command.

    config ap tertiary-base controller_name cisco_ap [controller_ip_address]

     
    Syntax Description

    controller_name

    Name of the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

    controller_ip_address

    (Optional) If the backup controller is outside the mobility group to which the access point is connected, then you need to provide the IP address of the primary, secondary, or tertiary controller.

    Note For OfficeExtend access points, you must enter both the name and IP address of the controller. Otherwise, the access point cannot join this controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    OfficeExtend access points do not use the generic broadcast or over-the air (OTAP) discovery process to find a controller. You must configure one or more controllers because OfficeExtend access points try to connect only to their configured controllers.

    The Cisco lightweight access point associates with this Cisco wireless LAN controller for all network operations and in the event of a hardware reset.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the access point teritary wireless LAN controller:

    > config ap tertiary-base SW_1 AP2

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    config sysname

    config ap secondary-base

    config ap primary-base

    config ap tftp-downgrade

    To configure the settings used for downgrading a lightweight access point to an autonomous access point, use the config ap ftp-downgrade command.

    config ap tftp-downgrade {tftp_ip_address | image_filename | ap_name}

     
    Syntax Description

    tftp_ip_address

    IP address of the TFTP server.

    image_filename

    Filename of the access point image file on the TFTP server.

    ap_name

    Access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the settings for downgrading access point ap1240_102301:

    > config ap tftp-downgrade 10.0.23.8 1238.tar ap1240_102301
     

     
    Related Commands

    show running-config

    show version

    config ap username

    To assign a username and password to access either a specific access point or all access points, use the config ap username command

    config ap username user_id password passwd [all | ap_name]

     
    Syntax Description

    user_id

    Administrator username.

    passwd

    Administrator password.

    all

    (Optional) Specifies all access points.

    ap_name

    Name of a specific access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to assign a username and password to a specific access point:

    config ap username jack password blue la204
     

    This example shows how to assign the same username and password to a all access points:

    config ap username jack password blue all

     

    config ap wlan

    To enable or disable wireless LAN override for a Cisco lightweight access point radio, use the config ap wlan command.

    config ap wlan { enable | disable } { 802.11a | 802.11b } wlan_id cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the wireless LAN override on an access point.

    disable

    Disables the wireless LAN override on an access point.

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b network.

    wlan_id

    Cisco wireless LAN controller ID assigned to a wireless LAN.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable wireless LAN override on the AP03 802.11a radio:

    > config ap wlan enable 802.11a AP03

     
    Related Commands

    show ap wlan

    config auth-list add

    To create an authorized access point entry, use the config auth-list add command.

    config auth-list add { mic | ssc } AP_MAC [ AP_key ]

     
    Syntax Description

    mic

    Specifies that the access point has a manufacture-installed certificate.

    ssc

    Specifies that the access point has a self-signed certificate.

    AP_MAC

    MAC address of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    AP_key

    Key hash value that is equal to 20 bytes or 40 digits.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create an authorized access point entry with a manufacturer-installed certificate on MAC address 00:0b:85:02:0d:20:

    > config auth-list add mic 00:0b:85:02:0d:20

     
    Related Commands

    config auth-list delete

    config auth-list ap-policy

    config auth-list ap-policy

    To configure an access point authorization policy, use the config auth-list ap-policy command.

    config auth-list ap-policy { authorize-ap { enable | disable } | ssc { enable | disable }}

     
    Syntax Description

    authorize-ap enable

    Enables the authorization policy.

    authorize-ap disable

    Disables the AP authorization policy.

    ssc enable

    Allows the APs with self-signed certificates to connect.

    ssc disable

    Disallows the APs with self-signed certificates to connect.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable an access point authorization policy:

    > config auth-list ap-policy authorize-ap enable
     

    This example shows how to enable an access point with a self-signed certificate to connect:

    > config auth-list ap-policy ssc disable

     
    Related Commands

    config auth-list add

    config auth-list delete

    config auth-list delete

    To delete an access point entry, use the config auth-list delete command.

    config auth-list delete AP_MAC

     
    Syntax Description

    AP_MAC

    MAC address of a Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete an access point entry for MAC address 00:0b:85:02:0d:20:

    > config auth-list delete 00:0b:85:02:0d:20

     
    Related Commands

    config auth-list add

    config auth-list ap-policy

    Configure band-select commands

    Use the config band-select command to configure the band selection feature on the controller.

    config band-select cycle-count

    To set the band select probe cycle count, use the config band-select cycle-count command.

    config band-select cycle-count cycle_count

     
    Syntax Description

    cycle_count

    Enter a value for cycle count between 1 to 10.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the proble cycle count for band select to 8:

    > config band-select cycle-count 8

     
    Related Commands

    config band-select cycle-threshold
    config band-select expire
    config band-select client-rssi

    config band-select cycle-threshold

    To set the time threshold for a new scanning cycle, use the config band-select cycle-threshold command.

    config band-select cycle-threshold cycle_threshold

     
    Syntax Description

    cycle_threshold

    Enter a value for cycle threshold between 1 and 1000 milliseconds.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the time threshold for a new scanning cycle with threshold value 700 milliseconds:

    > config band-select cycle-threshold 700

     
    Related Commands

    config band-select cycle-threshold
    config band-select expire
    config band-select client-rssi

    config band-select expire

    To set the entry expire for band select, use the config band-select expire command.

    config band-select expire {suppression | dual-band} seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    suppression

    Sets the suppression expire to the band select.

    dual-band

    Sets the dual band expire to the band select.

    seconds

    • Enter a value for suppression between 10 to 200 seconds.
    • Enter a value for dual-band between 10 to 300 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the suppression expire to 70 seconds:

    > config band-select expire suppression 70

     
    Related Commands

    config band-select cycle-threshold
    config band-select cycle-count
    config band-select client-rssi

    config band-select client-rssi

    To set the client RSSI threshold for band select, use the config band-select client-rssi command.

    config band-select client-rssi client_rssi

     
    Syntax Description

    client_rssi

    Minimum dBM of a client RSSI to respond to probe between 20 and 90.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the suppression expire to 70:

    > config band-select client-rssi 70

     
    Related Commands

    config band-select cycle-threshold
    config band-select expire
    config band-select cycle-count

    config boot

    To change a Cisco wireless LAN controller boot option, use the config boot command.

    config boot { primary | backup }

     
    Syntax Description

    primary

    Sets the primary image as active.

    backup

    Sets the backup image as active.

     
    Defaults

    primary.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Each Cisco wireless LAN controller can boot off the primary, last-loaded operating system image (OS) or boot off the backup, earlier-loaded OS image.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the primary image as active so that the LAN controller can boot off the primary, last loaded image:

    > config boot primary
     

    This example shows how to set the backup image as active so that the LAN controller can boot off the backup, earlier loaded OS image:

    > config boot backup

     
    Related Commands

    show boot

    config cdp timer

    To configure the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) maximum hold timer, use the config cdp timer command.

    config cdp timer seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Maximum hold timer value (5 to 254 seconds).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the CDP maximum hold timer to 150 seconds:
     
    > config cdp timer 150
     

     

    config certificate

    To configure Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificates, use the config certificate command.

    config certificate { generate { webadmin | webauth } | compatibility { on | off }}

     
    Syntax Description

    generate

    Specifies authentication certificate generation settings.

    webadmin

    Generates a new web administration certificate.

    webauth

    Generates a new web authentication certificate.

    compatibility

    Specifies the compatibility mode for inter-Cisco wireless LAN controller IPsec settings.

    on

    Enable the compatibility mode.

    off

    Disables the compatibility mode.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to generate a new web administration SSL certificate:

    > config certificate generate webadmin
     
    Creating a certificate may take some time. Do you wish to continue? (y/n)
     

    This example shows how to configure the compatibility mode for inter-Cisco wireless LAN controller IPsec settings:

    > config certificate compatibility

     
    Related Commands

    config certificate lsc
    show certificate compatibility
    show certificate lsc
    show certificate summary
    show local-auth certificates

    config certificate lsc

    To configure Locally Significant Certificate (LSC) certificates, use the config certificate lsc commands.

    config certificate lsc { enable | disable | ca-server http://url:port/path | ca-cert { add | delete } |
    subject-params country state city orgn dept email | other-params keysize } |
    ap-provision { auth-list { add | delete } ap_mac | revert-cert retries }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables LSC certificates on the controller.

    disable

    Disables LSC certificates on the controller.

    ca-server

    Specifies the Certificate Authority (CA) server settings.

    http://url:port/path

    Domain name or IP address of the CA server.

    ca-cert

    Specifies CA certificate database settings.

    add

    Obtains a CA certificate from the CA server and adds it to the controller’s certificate database.

    delete

    Deletes a CA certificate from the controller’s certificate database.

    subject-params

    Specifies the device certificate settings.

    country state city orgn dept email

    Country, state, city, organization, department, and email of the certificate authority.

    Note The common name (CN) is generated automatically on the access point using the current MIC/SSC format Cxxxx-MacAddr, where xxxx is the product number.

    other-params

    Specifies the device certificate key size settings.

    keysize

    Value from 384 to 2048 (in bits); the default value is 2048.

    ap-provision

    Specifies the access point provision list settings.

    auth-list

    Specifies the provision list authorization settings.

    ap_mac

    MAC address of access point to be added or deleted from the provision list.

    revert-cert

    Specifies the number of times the access point attempts to join the controller using an LSC before reverting to the default certificate.

    retries

    Value from 0 to 255; the default value is 3.

    Note If you set the number of retries to 0 and the access point fails to join the controller using an LSC, the access point does not attempt to join the controller using the default certificate. If you are configuring LSC for the first time, we recommend that you configure a nonzero value.

     
    Defaults

    The default value of keysize is 2048 bits.
    The default value of retries is 3.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can configure only one CA server. To configure a different CA server, delete the configured CA server by using the config certificate lsc ca-server delete command, and then configure a different CA server.

    If you configure an access point provision list, only the access points in the provision list are provisioned when you enable AP provisioning (in Step 8). If you do not configure an access point provision list, all access points with an MIC or SSC certificate that join the controller are LSC provisioned.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the LSC settings:

    > config certificate lsc enable
     

    This example shows how to enable the LSC settings for Certificate Authority (CA) server settings:

    > config certificate lsc ca-server http://10.0.0.1:8080/caserver
     

    This example shows how to add a CA certificate from the CA server and add it to the controller’s certificate database:

    > config certificate lsc ca-cert add
     

    This example shows how to configure an LSC certificate with the keysize of 2048 bits:

    > config certificate lsc keysize 2048
     

     
    Related Commands

    config certificate
    show certificate compatibility
    show certificate lsc
    show certificate summary
    show local-auth certificates

    Configure Client Commands

    User the config client commands to configure client settings.

    config client ccx clear-reports

    To clear the client reporting information, use the config client ccx clear-reports command.

    config client ccx clear-reports client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the reporting information of the client MAC address 172.19.28.40:

    > config client ccx clear-reports 172.19.28.40

     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-profiles
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx get-client-capability
    show client ccx profiles
    show client ccx operating-parameters
    show client ccx manufacturer-info
    show client ccx client-capability
    config client ccx stats-request
    show client ccx stats-report

    config client ccx clear-results

    To clear the test results on the controller, use the config client ccx clear-results command.

    config client ccx clear-results client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the test results of the client MAC address 172.19.28.40:

    > config client CCX clear-results 172.19.28.40
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx default-gw-ping

    To send a request to the client to perform the default gateway ping test, use the config client ccx default-gw-ping command.

    config client ccx default-gw-ping client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This test does not require the client to use the diagnostic channel.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 to perform the default gateway ping test:

    > config client ccx default-gw-ping 00:E0:77:31:A3:55
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx dhcp-test
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx dhcp-test

    To send a request to the client to perform the DHCP test, use the config client ccx dhcp-test command.

    config client ccx dhcp-test client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This test does not require the client to use the diagnostic channel.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 to perform the DHCP test:

    > config client ccx dhcp-test 00:E0:77:31:A3:55

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx dns-ping

    To send a request to the client to perform the Domain Name System (DNS) server IP address ping test, use the config client ccx dns-ping command.

    config client ccx dns-ping client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This test does not require the client to use the diagnostic channel.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 to perform the DNS server IP address ping test:

    > config client ccx dns-ping 00:E0:77:31:A3:55

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx dns-resolve

    To send a request to the client to perform the Domain Name System (DNS) resolution test to the specified hostname, use the config client ccx dns-resolve command.

    config client ccx dns-resolve client_mac_address host_name

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

    host_name

    Hostname of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This test does not require the client to use the diagnostic channel.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 to perform the DNS name resolution test to the specified hostname:

    > config client ccx dns resolve 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 host_name
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx get-client-capability

    To send a request to the client to send its capability information, use the config client ccx get-client-capability command.

    config client ccx get-client-capability client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 172.19.28.40 to send its capability information:

    > config client ccx get-client-capability 172.19.28.40

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-profiles
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx clear-reports
    show client ccx profiles
    show client ccx operating-parameters
    show client ccx manufacturer-info
    show client ccx client-capability
    config client ccx stats-request
    show client ccx stats-report

    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info

    To send a request to the client to send the manufacturer’s information, use the config client ccx get-manufacturer-info command.

    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 172.19.28.40 to send the manufacturer’s information:

    > config client ccx get-manufacturer-info 172.19.28.40

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-profiles
    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx clear-reports
    show client ccx profiles
    show client ccx operating-parameters
    show client ccx manufacturer-info
    show client ccx client-capability
    config client ccx stats-request
    show client ccx stats-report

    config client ccx get-operating-parameters

    To send a request to the client to send its current operating parameters, use the config client ccx get-operating-parameters command.

    config client ccx get-operating-parameters client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 172.19.28.40 to send its current operating parameters:

    > config client ccx get-operating-parameters 172.19.28.40

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-profiles
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx clear-reports
    show client ccx profiles
    show client ccx operating-parameters
    show client ccx manufacturer-info
    show client ccx client-capability
    config client ccx stats-request
    show client ccx stats-report

    config client ccx get-profiles

    To send a request to the client to send its profiles, use the config client ccx get-profiles command.

    config client ccx get-profiles client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 172.19.28.40 to send its profile details:

    > config client ccx get-profiles 172.19.28.40
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx get-operating-parameters
    config client ccx get-manufacturer-info
    config client ccx get-client-capability
    config client ccx clear-reports
    show client ccx profiles
    show client ccx operating-parameters
    show client ccx manufacturer-info
    show client ccx client-capability
    config client ccx stats-request
    show client ccx stats-report

    config client ccx log-request

    To configure a Cisco client eXtension (CCX) log request for a specified client device, use the config client CCX log-request command.

    config client ccx log-request log_type {roam | rsna | syslog} client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    roam

    (Optional) Specifies the request to specify the client CCX roaming log.

    rsna

    (Optional) Specifies the request to specify the client CCX RSNA log.

    syslog

    (Optional) Specifies the request to specify the client CCX system log.

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the request to specify the client CCS system log:

    > config client ccx log-request syslog 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Tue Oct 05 13:05:21 2006
    SysLog Response LogID=1: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=121212121212
    Client SysLog = 'This is a test syslog 2'
    Event Timestamp=121212121212
    Client SysLog = 'This is a test syslog 1'
    Tue Oct 05 13:04:04 2006
    SysLog Request LogID=1
     

    This example shows how to specify the client CCX roaming log:

    > config client ccx log-request roam 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Thu Jun 22 11:55:14 2006
    Roaming Response LogID=20: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=121212121212
    Source BSSID=00:40:96:a8:f7:98, Target BSSID=00:0b:85:23:26:70,
    Transition Time=100(ms)
    Transition Reason: Unspecified Transition Result: Success
    Thu Jun 22 11:55:04 2006
    Roaming Request LogID=20
    Thu Jun 22 11:54:54 2006
    Roaming Response LogID=19: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=121212121212
    Source BSSID=00:40:96:a8:f7:98, Target BSSID=00:0b:85:23:26:70,
    Transition Time=100(ms)
    Transition Reason: Unspecified Transition Result: Success
    Thu Jun 22 11:54:33 2006 Roaming Request LogID=19
     

    This example shows how to specify the client CCX RSNA log:

    > config client ccx log-request rsna 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Tue Oct 05 11:06:48 2006
    RSNA Response LogID=2: Status=Successful
    Event Timestamp=242424242424
    Target BSSID=00:0b:85:23:26:70
    RSNA Version=1
    Group Cipher Suite=00-0f-ac-01
    Pairwise Cipher Suite Count = 2
    Pairwise Cipher Suite 0 = 00-0f-ac-02
    Pairwise Cipher Suite 1 = 00-0f-ac-04
    AKM Suite Count = 2
    KM Suite 0 = 00-0f-ac-01
    KM Suite 1 = 00-0f-ac-02
    SN Capability = 0x1
    PMKID Count = 2
    PMKID 0 = 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
    PMKID 1 = 0a 0b 0c 0d 0e 0f 17 18 19 20 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f
    802.11i Auth Type: EAP_FAST
    RSNA Result: Success
    Tue Oct 05 11:05:48 2006
    RSNA Request LogID=2

     
    Related Commands

    show client ccx log-response

    config client ccx send-message

    To send a message to the client, use the config client ccx send-message command.

    config client ccx send-message client_mac_address message_id

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

    message_id

    Message type that involves one of the following:

    • 1—The SSID is invalid.
    • 2—The network settings are invalid.
    • 3—There is a WLAN credibility mismatch.
    • 4—The user credentials are incorrect.
    • 5—Please call support.
    • 6—The problem is resolved.
    • 7—The problem has not been resolved.
    • 8—Please try again later.
    • 9—Please correct the indicated problem.
    • 10—Troubleshooting is refused by the network.
    • 11—Retrieving client reports.
    • 12—Retrieving client logs.
    • 13—Retrieval complete.
    • 14—Beginning association test.
    • 15—Beginning DHCP test.
    • 16—Beginning network connectivity test.
    • 17—Beginning DNS ping test.
    • 18—Beginning name resolution test.
    • 19—Beginning 802.1X authentication test.
    • 20—Redirecting client to a specific profile.
    • 21—Test complete.
    • 22—Test passed.
    • 23—Test failed.
    • 24—Cancel diagnostic channel operation or select a WLAN profile to resume normal operation.
    • 25—Log retrieval refused by the client.
    • 26—Client report retrieval refused by the client.
    • 27—Test request refused by the client.
    • 28—Invalid network (IP) setting.
    • 29—There is a known outage or problem with the network.
    • 30—Scheduled maintenance period.

    (continued on next page)

    message_type (cont.)

    • 31—The WLAN security method is not correct.
    • 32—The WLAN encryption method is not correct.
    • 33—The WLAN authentication method is not correct.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a message to the client MAC address 172.19.28.40 with the message user-action-required:

    > config client ccx send-message 172.19.28.40 user-action-required
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx stats-request

    To send a request for statistics, use the config client ccx stats-request command.

    config client ccx stats-request measurement_duration stats_name {dot11 | security} client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    measurement_duration stats_name

    Measurement duration in seconds.

    dot11

    (Optional) Specifies dot11 counters.

    security

    (Optional) Specifies security counters.

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify dot11 counter settings:

    > config client ccx stat-request 1 dot11 00:40:96:a8:f7:98
     
    Measurement duration = 1
     
    dot11TransmittedFragmentCount = 1
    dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount = 2
    dot11FailedCount = 3
    dot11RetryCount = 4
    dot11MultipleRetryCount = 5
    dot11FrameDuplicateCount = 6
    dot11RTSSuccessCount = 7
    dot11RTSFailureCount = 8
    dot11ACKFailureCount = 9
    dot11ReceivedFragmentCount = 10
    dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount = 11
    dot11FCSErrorCount = 12
    dot11TransmittedFrameCount = 13
     

     
    Related Commands

    show client ccx stats-report

    config client ccx test-abort

    To send a request to the client to terminiate the current test, use the config client ccx test-abort command.

    config client ccx test-abort client_mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Only one test can be pending at a time.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client 11:11:11:11:11:11 to terminiate the correct test settings:

    > config client ccx test-abort 11:11:11:11:11:11

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx test-association

    To send a request to the client to perform the association test, use the config client ccx test-association command.

    config client ccx test-association client_mac_address ssid bssid 802.11 { a | b | g } channel

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

    ssid

    Network name.

    bssid

    Basic SSID.

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b network.

    802.11g

    Specifies the 802.11g network.

    channel

    Channel number.

     
    Defaults

    None

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client MAC address 00:0E:77:31:A3:55 to perform the basic SSID association test:

    > config client ccx test-association 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 ssid bssid 802.11a

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx test-dot1x

    To send a request to the client to perform the 802.1x test, use the config client ccx test-dot1x command.

    config client ccx test-dot1x client_mac_address profile_id bssid 802.11 { a | b | g } channel

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

    profile_id

    Test profile name.

    bssid

    Basic SSID.

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b network.

    802.11g

    Specifies the 802.11g network.

    channel

    Channel number.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client to perform the 802.11b test with the profile name profile_01:

    > config client ccx test-dot1172.19.28.40 profile_01 bssid 802.11b
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-profile
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client ccx test-profile

    To send a request to the client to perform the profile redirect test, use the config client ccx test-profile command.

    config client ccx test-profile client_mac_address profile_id

     
    Syntax Description

    client_mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

    profile_id

    Test profile name.

    Note The profile_id should be from one of the client profiles for which client reporting is enabled.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to send a request to the client to perform the profile redirect test with the profile name profile_01:

    > config client ccx test-profile 11:11:11:11:11:11 profile_01
     

     
    Related Commands

    config client ccx default-gw-ping
    config client ccx dhcp
    config client ccx dns-ping
    config client ccx dns-resolve
    config client ccx test-association
    config client ccx test-dot1x
    config client ccx test-abort
    config client ccx clear-results
    config client ccx send-message
    show client ccx last-test-status
    show client ccx last-response-status
    show client ccx results
    show client ccx frame-data

    config client deauthenticate

    To disconnect a client, use the config client deauthenticate command.

    config client deauthenticate MAC

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Client MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to deauthenticate a client:

    > config client deauthenticate 11:11:11:11:11:11

     
    Related Commands

    show client summary
    show client detail

    config client location-calibration

    To configure link aggregation, use the config client location-calibration command.

    config client location-calibration {enable mac_address interval | disable mac_address}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    (Optional) Specifies that client location calibration is enabled.

    mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

    interval

    Measurement interval in seconds.

    disable

    (Optional) Specifies that client location calibration is disabled.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the client location calibration for the client 37:15:85:2a with a measurement interval of 45 seconds:

    > config client location-calibration enable 37:15:86:2a:Bc:cf 45
     

     
    Related Commands

    show client location-calibration summary

    config coredump

    To enable or disable the controller to generate a core dump file following a crash, use the config cordump command.

    config coredump { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the controller to generate a core dump file.

    disable

    Disables the controller to generate a core dump file.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the controller to generate a core dump file following a crash:

    > config coredump enable

     
    Related Commands

    config coredump ftp
    config coredump username
    show coredump summary

    config coredump ftp

    To automatically upload a controller core dump file to an FTP server after experiencing a crash, use the config coredump ftp command:

    config coredump ftp server_ip_address filename

     
    Syntax Description

    server_ip_address

    IP address of the FTP server to which the controller sends its core dump file.

    filename

    Name given to the controller core dump file.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The controller must be able to reach the FTP server to use this command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller to upload a core dump file named core_dump_controller to an FTP server at network address 192.168.0.13 :

    > config coredump ftp 192.168.0.13 core_dump_controller

     
    Related Commands

    config coredump
    config coredump username
    show coredump summary

    config coredump username

    To specify the FTP server username and password when uploading a controller core dump file after experiencing a crash, use the config coredump username command:

    config coredump username ftp_username password ftp_password

     
    Syntax Description

    ftp_username

    FTP server login username.

    ftp_password

    FTP server login password.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The controller must be able to reach the FTP server to use this command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify a FTP server username of admin and password adminpassword for the core dump file upload:

    > config coredump username admin password adminpassword

     
    Related Commands

    config coredump
    config coredump ftp
    show coredump summary

    config country

    To configure the controller’s country code, use the config country command.

    config country country_code

     
    Syntax Description

    country_code

    Two-letter or three-letter country code.

     
    Defaults

    us (country code of the United States of America).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Cisco wireless LAN controllers must be installed by a network administrator or qualified IT professional and the installer must select the proper country code. Following installation, access to the unit should be password protected by the installer to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure proper unit functionality. See the related product guide for the most recent country codes and regulatory domains.

    You can use the show country command to display a list of supported countries.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller’s country code to DE:

    > config country DE

     
    Related Commands

    show country

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    To configure external URL web-based client authorization for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web ext-webauth-mode command.

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the external URL web-based client authorization.

    disable

    Disables the external URL we-based client authentication.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the external URL web-based client authorization:

    > config custom-web ext-webauth-mode enable

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl
    config custom-web weblogo
    config custom-web webmessage
    config custom-web webtitle
    config custom-web ext-webauth-url
    show custom-web

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    To configure the complete external web authentication URL for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web ext-webauth-url command.

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url URL

     
    Syntax Description

    URL

    URL used for web-based client authorization.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the complete external web authentication URL http://www.AuthorizationURL.com/ for the web-based client authorization:

    > config custom-web ext-webauth-url http://www.AuthorizationURL.com/

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl
    config custom-web weblogo
    config custom-web webmessage
    config custom-web webtitle
    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode
    show custom-web

    config custom-web ext-webserver

    To configure an external web server, use the config custom-web ext-webserver command.

    config custom-web ext-webserver { add index IP_address | delete index }

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds an external web server.

    index

    Index of the external web server in the list of external web server. The index must be a number between 1 and 20.

    IP_address

    IP address of the external web server.

    delete

    Deletes an external web server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add the index of the external web server 2 to the IP address of the external web server 192.23.32.19:

    > config custom-web ext-webserver add 2 192.23.32.19

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl

    config custom-web weblogo

    config custom-web webmessage

    config custom-web webtitle

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    show custom-web

    config custom-web redirectUrl

    To configure the redirect URL for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web redirectUrl command.

    config custom-web redirectUrl URL

     
    Syntax Description

    URL

    URL that is redirected to the specified address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the URL that is redirected to abc.com:

    > config custom-web redirectUrl abc.com

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web weblogo

    config custom-web webmessage

    config custom-web webtitle

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    show custom-web

    config custom-web webauth-type

    To configure the type of web authentication, use the config custom-web webauth-type command.

    config custom-web webauth-type { internal | customized | external }

     
    Syntax Description

    internal

    Sets the web authentication type to internal.

    customized

    Sets the web authentication type to customized.

    external

    Sets the web authentication type to external.

     
    Defaults

    The default web authentication type is internal.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the type of the web authentication type to internal:

    > config custom-web webauth-type internal

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl

    config custom-web webmessage

    config custom-web webtitle

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    show custom-web

    config custom-web weblogo

    To configure the web authentication logo for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web weblogo command.

    config custom-web weblogo { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the web authentication logo settings.

    disable

    Enable or disable the web authentication logo settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the web authentication logo:

    > config custom-web weblogo enable

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl

    config custom-web webmessage

    config custom-web webtitle

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    show custom-web

    config custom-web webmessage

    To configure the custom web authentication message text for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web webmessage command.

    config custom-web webmessage message

     
    Syntax Description

    message

    Message text for web authentication.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the message text Thisistheplace for webauthentication:

    > config custom-web webmessage Thisistheplace

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl

    config custom-web weblogo

    config custom-web webtitle

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    show custom-web

    config custom-web webtitle

    To configure the web authentication title text for the custom-web authentication page, use the config custom-web webtitle command.

    config custom-web webtitle title

     
    Syntax Description

    title

    Custom title text for web authentication.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the custom title text Helpdesk for web authentication:

    > config custom-web webtitle Helpdesk

     
    Related Commands

    config custom-web redirectUrl

    config custom-web weblogo

    config custom-web webmessage

    config custom-web ext-webauth-mode

    config custom-web ext-webauth-url

    show custom-web

    config database size

    To configure the local database, use the config database command.

    config database size count

     
    Syntax Description

    count

    Database size value between 512 and 2040

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the show database command to display local database configuration.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the DHCP lease for scope 003.

    > config database size 1024

     
    Related Commands

    show database

    config dhcp

    To configure the internal DHCP, use the config dhcp command.

    config dhcp { address-pool scope start end | create-scope scope |
    default-router scope router_1 [ router_2 ] [ router_3 ] | delete-scope scope | disable scope |
    dns-servers scope dns1 [ dns2 ] [ dns3 ] | domain scope domain |
    enable scope | lease scope lease_duration |
    netbios-name-server scope wins1 [ wins2 ] [ wins3 ] |
    network scope network netmask | opt-82 remote-id { ap_mac | ap_mac : ssid }}

     
    Syntax Description

    address-pool scope start end

    Configures an address range to allocate. You must specify the scope name and the first and last addresses of the address range.

    create-scope name

    Creates a new DHCP scope. You must specify the scope name. The DHCP Scope name allows space by using double quotes like “Scope 000”.

    default-router scope router_1 [ router_2 ] [ router_3 ]

    Configures the default routers for the specified scope and specify the IP address of a router. Optionally, you can specify the IP addresses of secondary and tertiary routers.

    delete-scope scope

    Deletes the specified DHCP scope.

    disable scope

    Disables the specified DHCP scope.

    dns-servers scope dns1 [ dns2 ] [ dns3 ]

    Configures the name servers for the given scope. You must also specify at least one name server. Optionally, you can specify secondary and tertiary name servers.

    domain scope domain

    Configures the DNS domain name. You must specify the scope and domain names.

    enable scope

    Enables the specified dhcp scope.

    lease scope lease_duration

    Configures the lease duration (in seconds) for the specified scope.

    netbios-name-server scope wins1 [ wins2 ] [ wins3 ]

    Configures the netbios name servers. You must specify the scope name and the IP address of a name server. Optionally, you can specify the IP addresses of secondary and tertiary name servers.

    network scope network netmask

    Configures the network and netmask. You must specify the scope name, the network address, and the network mask.

    opt-82 remote-id

    Configures the DHCP Option 82 Remote ID Field Format.

    ap_mac

    MAC address of the access point to the DHCP option 82 payload.

    ap_mac : ssid

    MAC address and SSID of the access point to the DHCP option 82 payload.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the show dhcp command to display the internal DHCP configuration.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the DHCP lease for the scope 003.

    > config dhcp lease 003

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp
    show dhcp proxy

    config dhcp proxy

    To specify the level at which DHCP packets are modified, use the config dhcp proxy command.

    config dhcp proxy { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Allows the controller to modify the DHCP packets without a limit.

    disable

    Reduces the DHCP packet modification to the level of a relay.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the show dhcp proxy command to display the status of DHCP proxy handling.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the DHCP packet modification:

    > config dhcp proxy disable

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp
    show dhcp proxy

    config exclusionlist

    To create or delete an exclusion list entry, use the config exclusionlist command.

    config exclusionlist { add MAC [ description ] | delete MAC | description MAC [ description ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    config exclusionlist

    Configures the exclusion list.

    add

    Creates a local exclusion-list entry.

    delete

    Deletes a local exclusion-list entry

    description

    Specifies the description for an exclusion-list entry.

    MAC

    MAC address of the local Excluded entry.

    description

    (Optional) The description, up to 32 characters, for an excluded entry.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a local exclusion list entry for the MAC address xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:

    > config exclusionlist add xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx lab
     

    This example shows how to delete a local exclusion list entry for the MAC address xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:

    > config exclusionlist delete xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx lab

     
    Related Commands

    show exclusionlist

    Configure Interface Commands

    Use the config interface commands to configure interface commands.

    config guest-lan

    To create, delete, enable or disable a wireless LAN, use the config guest-lan command.

    config guest-lan { create | delete } guest_lan_id interface_name | { enable | disable } guest_lan_id }

     
    Syntax Description

    create

    Creates a wired LAN settings.

    delete

    Deletes a wired LAN settings:

    guest_lan_id

    LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

    interface_name

    Interface name up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

    enable

    Enables a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables a wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable a wireless LAN with the LAN ID 16:

    > config guest-lan enable 16
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

    To redirect guest users to an external server before accessing the web login page, use the config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url command to specify the URL of the external server.

    config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url ext_web_url guest_lan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    ext_web_url

    URL for the external server.

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable a wireless LAN with the LAN ID 16:

    > config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url http://www.AuthorizationURL.com/ 1

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan

    config guest-lan create

    config guest-lan custom-web login_page

    config guest-lan custom-web global disable

    To use a guest-LAN specific custom web configuration rather than a global custom web configuration, use the config guest-lan custom-web global disable command.

    config guest-lan custom-web global disable guest_lan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you enter the config guest-lan custom-web global enable guest_lan_id command, the custom web authentication configuration at the global level is used.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the global web configuration for guest LAN ID 1:

    > config guest-lan custom-web global disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan
    config guest-lan create
    config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url
    config guest-lan custom-web login_page
    config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type

    config guest-lan custom-web login_page

    To enable wired guest users to log into a customized web login page, use the config guest-lan custom-web login_page command.

    config guest-lan custom-web login_page page_name guest_lan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    page_name

    Name of the customized web login page.

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to customize a web login page custompage1 for guest LAN ID 1:

    > config guest-lan custom-web login_page custompage1 1

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan
    config guest-lan create
    config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

    config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type

    To define the web login page for wired guest users, use the config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type command.

    config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type {internal | customized | external} guest_lan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    internal

    Displays the default web login page for the controller. This is the default value.

    customized

    Displays the custom web login page that was previously configured.

    external

    Redirects users to the URL that was previously configured.

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    Internal.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the guest LAN with the webauth-type as internal for guest LAN ID 1:

    > config guest-lan custom-web webauth-type internal 1

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan

    config guest-lan create

    config guest-lan custom-web ext-webauth-url

    config guest-lan ingress-interface

    To configure the wired guest VLAN’s ingress interface which provides a path between the wired guest client and the controller by way of the Layer 2 access switch, use the config guest-lan ingress-interface command.

    config guest-lan ingress-interface guest_lan_id interface_name

     
    Syntax Description

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

    interface_name

    Interface name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to provide a path between the wired guest client and the controller with guest LAN ID 1 and the interface name guest01:

    > config interface ingress-interface 1 guest01

     
    Related Commands

    config interface guest-lan

    config guest-lan create

    config guest-lan interface

    To configure an egress interface to transmit wired guest traffic out of the controller, use the config guest-lan interface command.

    config guest-lan interface guest_lan_id interface_name

     
    Syntax Description

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

    interface_name

    Interface name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an egress interface to transmit guest traffic out of the controller for guest LAN ID 1 and interface name guest01:

    > config guest-lan interface 1 guest01

     
    Related Commands

    config ingress-interface guest-lan

    config guest-lan create

    config guest-lan mobility anchor

    To add or delete mobility anchor, use the config guest-lan mobility anchor commands.

    config guest-lan mobility anchor { add | delete } wlan_id anchor_ip

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a mobility anchor.

    delete

    Deletes a mobility anchor.

    wlan_id

    WLAN identifier.

    anchor_ip

    IP address of the mobility anchor.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a mobility anchor for WAN ID 4 and the anchor IP 192.168.0.14 :

    > config guest-lan mobility anchor delete 4 192.168.0.14

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    config wlan mobility anchor
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config guest-lan nac

    To enable or disable Network Admission Control (NAC) out-of-band support for a guest LAN, use the config guest-lan nac command:

    config guest-lan nac { enable | disable } guest_lan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the NAC out-of-band support.

    disable

    Disables the NAC out-of-band support.

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the NAC out-of-band support for guest LAN ID 3:

    > config guest-lan nac enable 3

     
    Related Commands

    show nac statistics
    show nac summary
    config wlan nac
    debug nac

    config guest-lan security

    To configure the security policy for the wired guest LAN, use the config guest-lan security command.

    config guest-lan security {{web-auth {enable | disable | acl | server-precedence} guest_lan_id | {web-passthrough {acl | email-input | disable| enable} guest_lan_id}}

     
    Syntax Description

    web-auth

    Specifies web authentication.

    enable

    Enables the web authentication settings.

    disable

    Disables the web authentication settings.

    acl

    Configures an access control list.

    server-precedence

    Configures the authentication server precedence order for web authentication users.

    guest_lan_id

    LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

    email-input

    Configures the web captive portal using an e-mail address.

    web-passthrough

    Specifies the web captive portal with no authentication required.

     
    Defaults

    Web authentication.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the security web authentication policy for guest LAN ID 1:

    > config guest-lan security web-auth enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    config ingress-interface guest-lan

    config guest-lan create

    config interface guest-lan

    config hreap group

    To add, delete, or configure a hybrid-REAP group, use the config hreap group command.

    config hreap group group_name { add | delete | ap { add | delete } ap-mac |
    radius server { add | delete }{ primary | secondary } server_index }

     
    Syntax Description

    group_name

    Group name.

    add

    Adds a hybrid-REAP group.

    delete

    Deletes a hybrid-REAP group.

    ap

    Adds or deletes an access point to a hybrid-REAP group.

    ap-mac

    MAC address of the access point.

    radius server

    Configures a primary or secondary RADIUS server for a hybrid-REAP group.

    primary

    Designates a RADIUS server as primary server.

    secondary

    Designates a RADIUS server as secondary server.

    server_index

    RADIUS server index number.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can add up to 100 clients.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a hybrid-REAP group for MAC address 192.12.1.2:

    > config hreap group 192.12.1.2 add
     

    This example shows how to add RADIUS server as a primary server for a hybrid-REAP group with the server index number 1:

    > config hreap group 192.12.1.2 radius server add primary 1
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode
    config hreap join min-latency
    config hreap office-extend
    debug hreap group
    show hreap group detail
    show hreap group summary

    config hreap join min-latency

    To enable or disable the access point to choose the controller with the least latency when joining, use the config hreap join min-latency command.

    config hreap join min-latency {enable | disable} Cisco_AP

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the access point to choose the controller with the least latency when joining.

    disable

    Disables the access point to choose the controller with the least latency when joining.

    Cisco_AP

    Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    The default value is disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enable this feature, the access point calculates the time between the discovery request and discovery response and joins the Cisco 5500, or 2500 Series Controller that responds first.
    This command is not supported on Cisco 4400 and Cisco Wireless Services Module (WiSM).

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the access point to choose the controller with the least latency when joining:

    > config hreap join min-latency enable CISCO_AP

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode
    config hreap group
    config hreap office-extend

    config hreap office-extend

    To configure an OfficeExtend access point, use the config hreap office-extend command.

    config hreap office-extend {{enable | disable} Cisco_AP | clear-personalssid-config Cisco_AP }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the OfficeExtend mode for an access point.

    disable

    Disables the OfficeExtend mode for an access point.

    clear-personalssid-config

    Clears only the access point’s personal SSID.

    Cisco_AP

    Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    OfficeExtend mode is enabled automatically when you enable hybrid REAP mode on the access point.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Currently, only Cisco Aironet 1130 series and 1140 series access points that are joined to a Cisco 5500 Series Controller with a WPlus license can be configured to operate as OfficeExtend access points.

    Rogue detection is disabled automatically when you enable the OfficeExtend mode for an access point. OfficeExtend access points, which are deployed in a home environment, are likely to detect a large number of rogue devices. You can enable or disable rogue detection for a specific access point or for all access points by using the config rogue detection { enable | disable } { Cisco_AP | all } command.

    DTLS data encryption is enabled automatically when you enable the OfficeExtend mode for an access point. However, you can enable or disable DTLS data encryption for a specific access point or for all access points by using the config ap link-encryption { enable | disable } { Cisco_AP | all } command.

    Telnet and SSH access are disabled automatically when you enable the OfficeExtend mode for an access point. However, you can enable or disable Telnet or SSH access for a specific access point by using the config ap telnet { enable | disable } Cisco_AP or config ap ssh { enable | disable } Cisco_AP command.

    Link latency is enabled automatically when you enable the OfficeExtend mode for an access point. However, you can enable or disable link latency for a specific access point or for all access points currently associated to the controller by using the config ap link-latency { enable | disable } { Cisco_AP | all } command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the office-extend mode for the access point Cisco_ap:

    > config hreap office-extend enable Cisco_ap
     

    This example shows how to clear only the access point’s personal SSID for the access point Cisco_ap:

    > config hreap office-extend clear-personalssid-config Cisco_ap

     
    Related Commands

    config ap mode
    config hreap join min-latency
    config hreap group
    debug hreap group
    show hreap group detail
    show hreap group summary

    config interface acl

    To configure an interface’s access control list, use the config interface acl command.

    config interface acl { ap-manager | management | interface_name } { ACL | none }

     
    Syntax Description

    ap-manager

    Configures the access point manager interface.

    management

    Configures the management interface.

    interface_name

    Interface name.

    ACL

    ACL name up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

    none

    Specifies none.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For a Cisco 2100 Series Wireless LAN Controller, you must configure a preauthentication ACL on the wireless LAN for the external web server. This ACL should then be set as a wireless LAN preauthentication ACL under Web Policy. However, you do not need to configure any preauthentication ACL for Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an access control list with a value None:

    > config interface acl management none

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface address

    To configure address information for an interface, use the config interface address command.

    config interface address
    { ap-manager IP_address netmask gateway |
    management IP_address netmask gateway |
    service-port IP_address netmask |
    virtual IP_address |
    interface-name interface-name IP_address netmask gateway }

     
    Syntax Description

    ap-manager

    Specifies the access point manager interface.

    IP_address

    IP address.

    netmask

    Network mask.

    gateway

    IP address of the gateway.

    management

    Specifies the management interface.

    service-port

    Specifies the out-of-band service port interface.

    virtual

    Specifies the virtual gateway interface.

    interface-name

    Specifies the interface identified by the interface-name parameter.

    interface-name

    Interface name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For Cisco 5500 Series Controllers, you are not required to configure an AP-manager interface. The management interface acts like an AP-manager interface by default.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an access point manager interface with IP address 10.109.15.7, network mask 255.255.0.0, and gateway address 10.109.15.1:

    > config interface address ap-manager 10.109.15.7 255.255.0.0 10.109.15.1

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface ap-manager

    To enable or disable access point manager features on the management or dynamic interface, use the config interface ap-manager command.

    config interface ap-manager { management | interface_name } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    management

    Specifies the management interface.

    interface_name

    Dynamic interface name.

    { enable | disable }

    Enables access point manager features on a dynamic interface.

    disable

    Disables access point manager features on a dynamic interface.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the management option to enable or disable dynamic AP management for the management interface. For Cisco 5500 Series Controllers, the management interface acts like an AP-manager interface by default. If desired, you can disable the management interface as an AP-manager interface and create another dynamic interface as an AP manager.

    When you enable this feature for a dynamic interface, the dynamic interface is configured as an AP-manager interface (only one AP-manager interface is allowed per physical port). A dynamic interface that is marked as an AP-manager interface cannot be used as a WLAN interface.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable an access point manager myinterface:

    > config interface ap-manager myinterface disable

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface create

    To create a dynamic interface (VLAN) for wired guest user access, use the config interface create command.

    config interface create interface_name vlan-id

     
    Syntax Description

    interface_name

    Interface name.

    vlan-id

    VLAN identifier.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a dynamic interface with the interface named lab2 and VLAN ID 6:

    > config interface create lab2 6

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface delete

    To delete a dynamic interface, use the config interface delete command.

    config interface delete interface-name

     
    Syntax Description

    interface-name

    Interface name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a dynamic interface named VLAN501:

    > config interface delete VLAN501

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface dhcp

    To configure DHCP options on an interface, use the config interface dhcp command.

    config interface dhcp
    { ap-manager [primary dhcp_server secondary dhcp_server | option-82 [enable | disable]} |
    management [primary dhcp_server secondary dhcp_server | option-82 [enable | disable] ] |
    service-port { enable | disable } |
    dynamic interface name [primary dhcp_server secondary dhcp_server | option-82 [enable | disable] ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    ap-manager

    Configures the access point manager interface.

    primary

    (Optional) Specifies the primary DHCP server.

    dhcp_server

    IP address of the server.

    secondary

    (Optional) Specifies the secondary DHCP server.

    option-82

    (Optional) Configures DHCP Option 82 on the interface.

    enable

    (Optional) Enables the feature.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables the feature.

    management

    Configures the management interface.

    service-port

    Specifies the DHCP for the out-of-band service port.

    dynamic interface

    Specifies the interface name and the primary DHCP server. Optionally, you can also enter the address of the alternate DHCP server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure ap-manager server with the primary DHCP server 10.21.15.01 and secondary DHCP server 10.21.15.25:

    > config interface dhcp ap-manager server-1 10.21.15.01 server-2 10.21.15.25
     

    This example shows how to configure DHCP option 82 on the ap-manager:

    > config interface dhcp ap-manager option-82 enable
     

    This example shows how to enable the DHCP for the out-of-band service port:

    > config interface dhcp service-port enable

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp
    show dhcp proxy
    show interface

    config interface guest-lan

    To enable or disable the guest LAN VLAN, use the config interface guest-lan command.

    config interface guest-lan interface_name {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    interface_name

    Interface name.

    enable

    Enables the guest LAN.

    disable

    Disables the guest LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the guest LAN feature on the interface named myinterface:

    > config interface guest-lan myinterface enable

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan create

    config interface hostname

    To configure the Domain Name System (DNS) hostname of the virtual gateway interface, use the config interface hostname command.

    config interface hostname virtual DNS_host

     
    Syntax Description

    virtual

    Specifies the virtual gateway interface to use the specified virtual address of the fully qualified DNS name.

    The virtual gateway IP address is any fictitious, unassigned IP address, such as 1.1.1.1, to be used by Layer 3 security and mobility managers.

    DNS_host

    DNS hostname.

     
    Defaults

    This example shows how to configure virtual gateway interface to use the specified virtual address of the fully qualified DNS hostname DNS_Host:

    > config interface hostname virtual DNS_Host

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface nat-address

    To deploy your Cisco 5500 Series Controller behind a router or other gateway device that is using one-to-one mapping network address translation (NAT), use the config interface nat-address command.

    config interface nat-address {management | dynamic-interface interface_name } {{ enable | disable } | { set public_IP_address }}

     
    Syntax Description

    management

    Specifies the management interface.

    dynamic-interface interface_name

    Specifies the dynamic interface name.

    enable

    Enables one-to-one mapping NAT on the interface.

    disable

    Disables one-to-one mapping NAT on the interface.

    public_IP_address

    External NAT IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    These NAT commands can be used only on Cisco 5500 Series Controllers and only if the management interface is configured for dynamic AP management.

    These commands are supported for use only with one-to-one-mapping NAT, where each private client has a direct and fixed mapping to a global address. They do not support one-to-many NAT, which uses source port mapping to enable a group of clients to be represented by a single IP address.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable one-to-one mapping NAT on the management interface:

    > config interface nat address management enable
     

    This example shows how to set the external NAP IP address 10.10.10.10 on the management interface:

    > config interface nat address management set 10.10.10.10

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface port

    To map a physical port to the interface (if a link aggregation trunk is not configured), use the config interface port command.

    config interface port { management | interface_name } primary_port { secondary_port }

     
    Syntax Description

    management

    Specifies the management interface.

    interface_name

    Interface name.

    primary_port

    Primary physical port number.

    secondary_port

    (Optional) Secondary physical port number.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can use the management option for all controllers except the Cisco 5500 Series Controllers.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the LAb02 interface’s primary port number to 3:

    > config interface port lab02 3

     
    Related Commands

    show interface
    config interface create

    config interface quarantine vlan

    To configure a quarantine VLAN on any dynamic interface, use the config interface quarantine vlan command.

    config interface quarantine vlan interface-name vlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    interface-name

    Interface’s name.

    vlan_id

    VLAN identifier.

    Note Enter 0 to disable quarantine processing.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a quarantine VLAN on the quarantine interface with the VLAN ID 10:

    > config interface quarantine vlan quarantine 10
     

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config interface vlan

    To configure an interface’s VLAN identifier, use the config interface vlan command.

    config interface vlan { ap-manager | management | interface-name } vlan

     
    Syntax Description

    ap-manager

    Configures the access point manager interface.

    management

    Configures the management interface.

    interface_name

    Interface name.

    vlan

    VLAN identifier.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure VLAN ID 10 on the management interface:

     
    > config interface vlan management 01

     
    Related Commands

    show interface

    config known ap

    To configure a known Cisco lightweight access point, use the config known ap command.

    config known ap { add | alert | delete } MAC

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a new known access point Entry.

    alert

    Generates a trap upon detection of the access point.

    delete

    Deletes an existing known access point entry.

    MAC

    MAC address of the known Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a new access point entry ac:10:02:72:2f:bf on a known access point:

    > config known ap add ac:10:02:72:2f:bf 12

     
    Related Commands

    config ap

    config lag

    To enable or disable link aggregation (LAG), use the config lag command.

    config lag {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the link aggregation (LAG) settings.

    disable

    Disables the link aggregation (LAG) settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable LAG settings:

    > config lag enable
     
    Enabling LAG will map your current interfaces setting to LAG interface,
    All dynamic AP Manager interfaces and Untagged interfaces will be deleted
    All WLANs will be disabled and mapped to Mgmt interface
    Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n)
     
    You must now reboot for the settings to take effect.
     
     

    This example shows how to disable LAG settings:

    > config lag disable
     
    Disabling LAG will map all existing interfaces to port 1.
    Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n)
     
    You must now reboot for the settings to take effect.
     

     
    Related Commands

    show lag summary

    config ldap

    To configure the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server settings, use the config ldap command.

    config ldap {add | delete | disable | enable | retransmit-timeout} index

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Specifies that an LDAP server is being added.

    delete

    Specifies that an LDAP server is being deleted.

    enable

    Specifies that an LDAP serve is enabled.

    disable

    Specifies that an LDAP server is disabled.

    retransmit-timeout

    Changes the default retransmit timeout for an LDAP server.

    index

    LDAP server index. Valid values are from 1 to 17.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable LDAP server index 10:

    > config ldap enable 10
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap add
    config ldap simple-bind
    show ldap summary

    config ldap add

    To configure a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server, use the config ldap add command.

    config lap add index server_ip_address port user_base user_attr user_type

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    LDAP server index.

    server_ip_address

    IP address of the LDAP server.

    port

    Port number.

    user_base

    Distinguished name for the subtree that contains all of the users.

    user_attr

    Attribute that contains the username.

    user_type

    ObjectType that identifies the user.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a LDAP server with the index10, server IP address 10.31.15.45, port number 2:

    > config ldap add 10 10.31.15.45 2 base_name attr_name type_name
     

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap
    config ldap simple-bind
    show ldap summary

    config ldap simple-bind

    To configure the local authentication bind method for the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server, use the config ldap simple-bind command.

    config ldap simple-bind {anonymous index | authenticated index username username password password }

     
    Syntax Description

    anonymous

    Allows anonymous access to the LDAP server.

    index

    LDAP server index.

    authenticated

    Specifies that a username and password be entered to secure access to the LDAP server.

    username

    Username for the authenticated bind method.

    password

    Password for the authenticated bind method.

     
    Defaults

    The default bind method is anonymous.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the local authentication bind method that allows anonymous access to the LDAP server:

    > config ldap simple-bind anonymous

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap
    config ldap add
    show ldap summary

    config license agent

    To configure the license agent on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the config license agent command.

    config license agent { default {disable | authenticate [none] }} { listener http {disable | { plaintext | encrypt } url authenticate [acl acl ] {max-message size ] [none] }} { max-session sessions } { notify {disable | url } username password }

     
    Syntax Description

    default

    Specifies the default license agent.

    disable

    Disables the feature.

    authenticate

    Enables authentication.

    none

    (Optional) Disables authentication.

    listener http

    Configures the license agent to receive license requests from the Cisco License Manager (CLM).

    plaintext

    Disables encryption (HTTP).

    encrypt

    Enables encryption (HTTPS).

    url

    URL where the license agent receives the requests.

    acl

    Specifies the access control list.

    acl

    (Optional) Specifies the access control list for license requests.

    max-message

    Specifies the maximum message size for license requests.

    size

    The maximum message size for license request is from 0 to 65535.

    max-session

    Specifies the maximum number of sessions allowed.

    sessions

    The maximum number of sessions allowed for the license agent is from 1 to 25.

    notify

    Configures the license agent to send license notifications to the CLM.

    username

    Username used in license agent notification.

    password

    Password used in license agent notification.

     
    Defaults

    The license agent is disabled by default.

    The listener is disabled by default.

    Notify is disabled by default.

    The default maximum number of sessions is 9.

    The default maximum message size is 0.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If your network contains various Cisco licensed devices, you might consider using the CLM to manage all of the licenses using a single application. CLM is a secure client/server application that manages Cisco software licenses network wide.

    The license agent is an interface module that runs on the controller and mediates between CLM and the controller’s licensing infrastructure. CLM can communicate with the controller using various channels, such as HTTP, Telnet, and so on. If you want to use HTTP as the communication method, you must enable the license agent on the controller.

    The license agent receives requests from the CLM and translates them into license commands. It also sends notifications to the CLM. It uses XML messages over HTTP or HTTPS to receive the requests and send the notifications. For example, if the CLM sends a license clear command, the agent notifies the CLM after the license expires.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif You can download the CLM software and access user documentation at this URL:
    http://www.cisco.com/go/clm


    Examples

    This example shows how to authenticate the default license agent settings:

    > config license agent default authenticate
     

    This example shows how to configure the license agent with the number of maximum sessions allowed as 5:

    > config license agent max-session 5

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    show license agent
    clear license agent

    config license boot

    To specify the license level to be used on the next reboot of the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the config license boot command.

    config license boot { base | wplus | auto }

     
    Syntax Description

    base

    Specifies base boot level.

    wplus

    Specifies wplus boot level.

    auto

    Specifies auto boot level.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you enter auto, the licensing software automatically chooses the license level to use on the next reboot. It generally chooses permanent licenses over evaluation licenses and wplus licenses over base licenses.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If you are considering upgrading from a base license to a wplus license, you can try an evaluation wplus license before upgrading to a permanent wplus license. To activate the evaluation license, you need to set the image level to wplus in order for the controller to use the wplus evaluation license instead of the base permanent license.


    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif To prevent disruptions in operation, the controller does not switch licenses when an evaluation license expires. You must reboot the controller in order to return to a permanent license. Following a reboot, the controller defaults to the same feature set level as the expired evaluation license. If no permanent license at the same feature set level is installed, the controller uses a permanent license at another level or an unexpired evaluation license.


    Examples

    This example shows how to set the license boot settings to wplus:

    > config license boot wplus

     
    Related Commands

    license install
    license modify priority
    show license in-use

    config load-balancing

    To globally configure aggressive load balancing on the controller, use the config load-balancing command.

    config load-balancing { window client_count | status [enable | disable] | denial denial_ count }

     
    Syntax Description

    window

    Specifies the aggressive load balancing client window.

    client_count

    Sets the aggressive load balancing client window with the number of clients from 1 to 20.

    status

    Sets the load balancing status.

    enable

    Enables load balancing feature.

    disable

    Disables load balancing feature.

    denial

    Specifies the number of association denials during load balancing.

    denial_count

    Sets the maximum number of association denials during load balancing, from 0 to 10.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Load-balancing-enabled WLANs do not support time-sensitive applications like voice and video because of roaming delays.

    When you use Cisco 7921 and 7920 Wireless IP Phones with controllers, make sure that aggressive load balancing is disabled on the voice WLANs for each controller. Otherwise, the initial roam attempt by the phone might fail, causing a disruption in the audio path.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the aggressive load balancing settings:

    > config load-balancing aggressive enable

     
    Related Commands

    show load-balancing

    config local-auth active-timeout

    To specify the amount of time in which the controller attempts to authenticate wireless clients using local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) after any pair of configured RADIUS servers fails, use the config local-auth active-timeout command.

    config local-auth active-timeout timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    timeout

    Timeout measured in seconds. The valid range is 1 to 3600.

     
    Defaults

    This command has a default of 100 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the active timeout to authenticate wireless clients using EAP to 500 seconds:

    > config local-auth active-timeout 500

     
    Related Commands

    clear stats local-auth
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    debug aaa local-auth
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics

    config local-auth eap-profile

    To configure local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication profiles, use the config local-auth eap-profile command.

    config local-auth eap-profile {[add | delete] profile_name |
    cert-issuer {cisco | vendor} |
    method [add | delete] method profile_name |
    method method local-cert {enable | disable} profile_name |
    method method client-cert {enable | disable} profile_name |
    method method peer-verify ca-issuer {enable | disable} |
    method method peer-verify cn-verify {enable | disable} |
    method method peer-verify date-valid {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    (Optional) Specifies that an EAP profile or method is being added.

    delete

    (Optional) Specifies that an EAP profile or method is being deleted.

    profile_name

    EAP profile name (up to 63 alphanumeric characters). Do not include spaces within a profile name.

    cert-issuer

    (For use with EAP-TLS, PEAP, or EAP-FAST with certificates) Specifies the issuer of the certificates that will be sent to the client. The supported certificate issuers are Cisco or a third-party vendor.

    Cisco

    Specifies the Cisco certificate issuer.

    Vendor

    Specifies the third-party vendor.

    method

    Configures an EAP profile method.

    method

    EAP profile method name. The supported methods are leap, fast, tls, and peap.

    local-cert

    (For use with EAP-FAST) Specifies whether the device certificate on the controller is required for authentication.

    enable

    Specifies that the parameter is enabled.

    disable

    Specifies that the parameter is disabled.

    client-cert

    (For use with EAP-FAST) Specifies whether wireless clients are required to send their device certificates to the controller in order to authenticate.

    peer-verify

    Configures the peer certificate verification options.

    ca-issuer

    (For use with EAP-TLS or EAP-FAST with certificates) Specifies whether the incoming certificate from the client is to be validated against the Certificate Authority (CA) certificates on the controller.

    cn-verify

    (For use with EAP-TLS or EAP-FAST with certificates) Specifies whether the common name (CN) in the incoming certificate is to be validated against the CA certificates’ CN on the controller.

    date-valid

    (For use with EAP-TLS or EAP-FAST with certificates) Specifies whether the controller is to verify that the incoming device certificate is still valid and has not expired.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a local EAP profile named FAST01:

    > config local-auth eap-profile add FAST01

    This example shows how to add the EAP-FAST method to a local EAP profile:

    > config local-auth eap-profile method add fast FAST01

    This example shows how to specify Cisco as the issuer of the certificates that will be sent to the client for an EAP-FAST profile:

    > config local-auth eap-profile method fast cert-issuer cisco
     

    This example shows how to specify that the incoming certificate from the client be validated against the CA certificates on the controller:

    > config local-auth eap-profile method fast peer-verify ca-issuer enable

     
    Related CommandsAre you sure you want to start? (y/N)y Are you sure you want to start? (y/N)y

    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics
    clear stats local-auth
    debug aaa local-auth

    config local-auth method fast

    To configure an EAP-FAST profile, use the config local-auth method fast command.

    config local-auth method fast {anon-prov [enable | disable] | authority-id auth_id
    pac-ttl days | server-key key_value}

     
    Syntax Description

    anon-prov

    Configures the controller to allow anonymous provisioning, which allows PACs to be sent automatically to clients that do not have one during Protected Access Credentials (PAC) provisioning.

    enable

    (Optional) Specifies that the parameter is enabled.

    disable

    (Optional) Specifies that the parameter is disabled.

    authority-id

    Configures the authority identifier of the local EAP-FAST server.

    auth_id

    Authority identifier of the local EAP-FAST server (2 to 32 hexadecimal digits).

    pac-ttl

    Configures the number of days for the Protected Access Credentials (PAC) to remain viable (also known as the time-to-live [TTL] value).

    days

    Time-to-live value (TTL) value (1 to 1000 days).

    server-key

    Configures the server key to encrypt or decrypt PACs.

    key_value

    Encryption key value (2 to 32 hexidecimal digits).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the controller to allows anonymous provisioning:

    > config local-auth method fast anon-prov disable
     

    This example shows how to configure the authority identifier 0125631177 of the local EAP-FAST server:

    > config local-auth method fast authority-id 0125631177
     

    This example shows how to configure the number of days to 10 for the PAC to remain viable:

    > config local-auth method fast pac-ttl 10

     
    Related Commands

    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth user-credentials
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics
    clear stats local-auth
    debug aaa local-auth

    config local-auth user-credentials

    To configure the local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication database search order for user credentials, use the config local-auth user credentials command.

    config local-auth user-credentials { local [ldap] | ldap [local]}

     
    Syntax Description

    local

    Specifies that the local database is searched for the user credentials.

    ldap

    (Optional) Specifies that the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) database is searched for the user credentials.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The order of the specified database parameters indicate the database search order.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the order in which the local EAP authentication database is searched:

    > config local-auth user-credentials local lda
     

    In the above example, the local database is searched first and then the LDAP database.

     
    Related Commands

    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics
    clear stats local-auth
    debug aaa local-auth

    config location

    To configure a location-based system, use the config location command.

    config location { add location [ description ] | delete location | enable | disable |
    description location description | algorithm { simple | rssi-average } |
    { rssi-half-life | expiry } [ client | calibrating-client | tags | rogue-aps ] seconds |
    notify-threshold [ client | tags | rogue-aps ] threshold |
    interface-mapping { add | delete } location wlan_id interface_name |
    plm { client { enable | disable } burst_interval | calibrating { enable | disable } { uniband | multiband }}}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a location element.

    location

    Location element name.

    description

    Element description. Optional with the add command, and required with the description command.

    delete

    Deletes a location element.

    enable

    Enables the access point location-based overrides.

    disable

    Disables the access point location-based overrides.

    algorithm

    Note We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location algorithm command. It is set to optimal default values.

    Configures the algorithm used to average RSSI and SNR values.

    simple

    Specifies a faster algorithm that requires low CPU overhead but provides less accuracy.

    rssi-average

    Specifies a more accurate algorithm but requires more CPU overhead.

    rssi-half-life

    Note We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location rssi-half-life command. It is set to optimal default values.

    Configures the half-life when averaging two RSSI readings.

    expiry

    Note We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location expiry command. It is set to optimal default values.

    Configures the timeout for RSSI values.

    client

    (Optional) Specifies the parameter applies to client devices.

    calibrating-client

    (Optional) Specifies the parameter is used for calibrating client devices.

    tags

    (Optional) Specifies the parameter applies to radio frequency identification (RFID) tags.

    rogue-aps

    (Optional) Specifies the parameter applies to rogue access points.

    seconds

    Time value (0, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 180, 300 seconds).

    notify-threshold

    Note We recommend that you do not use or modify the config location notify-threshold command. It is set to optimal default values.

    NMSP notification threshold for RSSI measurements.

    threshold

    Threshold parameter. The range is 0 to 10 dB, and the default value is 0 dB.

    interface-mapping

    Adds or deletes a new location, wireless LAN, or interface mapping element.

    wlan_id

    WLAN identification name.

    interface_name

    Name of interface to which mapping element applies.

    plm

    Specifies the path loss measurement (S60) request for normal clients or calibrating clients.

    client

    Specifies normal, noncalibrating clients.

    burst_interval

    Burst interval. The range is 1 to 3600 seconds, and the default value is 60 seconds.

    calibrating

    Specifies calibrating clients.

    uniband

    Specifies the associated 802.11a or 802.11b/g radio (uniband).

    multiband

    Specifies the associated 802.11a/b/g radio (multiband).

     
    Defaults

    See the “Syntax Description” section for default values of individual arguments and keywords.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the simple algorithm for averaging RSSI and SNR values on a location-based controller:

    > config location algorithm simple
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear location rfid
    clear location statistics rfid
    show location
    show location statistics rfid

    config logging buffered

    To set the severity level for logging messages to the controller buffer, use the config logging buffered command.

    config logging buffered security_level

     
    Syntax Description

    security_level

    Security level. Choose one of the following:

    • emergencies—Severity level 0
    • alerts—Severity level 1
    • critical—Severity level 2
    • errors—Severity level 3
    • warnings—Severity level 4
    • notifications—Severity level 5
    • informational—Severity level 6
    • debugging—Severity level 7

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the controller buffer severity level for logging messages to 4:

    > config logging buffered 4

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog facility
    config logging syslog level
    show logging

    config logging console

    To set the severity level for logging messages to the controller console, use the config logging console command.

    config logging console security_level

     
    Syntax Description

    security_level

    Severity level. Choose one of the following:

    • emergencies—Severity level 0
    • alerts—Severity level 1
    • critical—Severity level 2
    • errors—Severity level 3
    • warnings—Severity level 4
    • notifications—Severity level 5
    • informational—Severity level 6
    • debugging—Severity level 7

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the controller console severity level for logging messages to 3:

    > config logging console 3

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog facility
    config logging syslog level
    show logging

    config logging debug

    To save debug messages to the controller buffer, the controller console, or a syslog server, use the config logging debug command.

    config logging debug { buffered | console | syslog } {enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    buffered

    Saves debug messages to the controller buffer.

    console

    Saves debug messages to the controller console.

    syslog

    Saves debug messages to the syslog server.

    enable

    Enables logging of debug messages.

    disable

    Disables logging of debug messages.

     
    Command Default

    The console command is enabled,

    The buffered and syslog commands are disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to save the debug messages to the controller console:

    > config logging debug console enable

     
    Related Commands

    show logging

    config logging fileinfo

    To cause the controller to include information about the source file in the message logs or to prevent the controller from displaying this information, use the config logging fileinfo command.

    config logging fileinfo {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Includes information about the source file in the message logs.

    disable

    Prevents the controller from displaying information about the source file in the message logs.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the controller to include information about the source file in the message logs:

    > config logging fileinfo enable

     
    Related Commands

    show logging

    config logging procinfo

    To cause the controller to include process information in the message logs or to prevent the controller from displaying this information, use the config logging procinfo command.

    config logging procinfo {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Includes process information in the message logs.

    disable

    Prevents the controller from displaying process information in the message logs.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the controller to include the process information in the message logs:

    > config logging procinfo enable

     
    Related Commands

    show logging

    config logging traceinfo

    To cause the controller to include traceback information in the message logs or to prevent the controller from displaying this information, use the config logging traceinfo command.

    config logging traceinfo {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Includes traceback information in the message logs.

    disable

    Prevents the controller from displaying traceback information in the message logs.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the controller to include the traceback information in the message logs:

    > config logging traceinfo disable

     
    Related Commands

    show logging

    config logging syslog host

    To configure a remote host for sending syslog messages, use the config logging syslog host command.

    config logging syslog host { host_IP_address }

     
    Syntax Description

    host_IP_address

    IP address for the remote host.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To remove a remote host that was configured for sending syslog messages, enter the config logging syslog host host_IP_address delete command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a remote host 10.92.125.52 for sending the syslog messages:

    > config logging syslog host 10.92.125.51

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog facility
    config logging syslog level
    show logging

    config logging syslog facility

    To set the facility for outgoing syslog messages to the remote host, use the config logging syslog facility command.

    config logging syslog facility facility_code

     
    Syntax Description

    facility_code

    Facility code. Choose one of the following:

    • authorization—Authorization system. Facility level—4.
    • auth-private—Authorization system (private). Facility level—10.
    • cron—Cron/at facility. Facility level—9.
    • daemon—System daemons. Facility level—3.
    • ftp—FTP daemon. Facility level—11.
    • kern—Kernel. Facility level—0.
    • local0—Local use. Facility level—16.
    • local1—Local use. Facility level—17.
    • local2—Local use. Facility level—18.
    • local3—Local use. Facility level—19.
    • local4—Local use. Facility level—20.
    • local5—Local use. Facility level—21.
    • local6—Local use. Facility level—22.
    • local7—Local use. Facility level—23.
    • lpr—Line printer system. Facility level—6.
    • mail—Mail system. Facility level—2.
    • news—USENET news. Facility level—7.
    • sys12—System use. Facility level—12.
    • sys13—System use. Facility level—13.
    • sys14—System use. Facility level—14.
    • sys15—System use. Facility level—15.
    • syslog—The syslog itself. Facility level—5.
    • user—User process. Facility level—1.
    • uucp—UNIX-to-UNIX copy system. Facility level—8.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the facility for outgoing syslog messages to authorization:

    > config logging syslog facility authorization

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog host
    config logging syslog level
    show logging

    config logging syslog level

    To set the severity level for filtering syslog messages to the remote host, use the config logging syslog level command.

    config logging syslog level severity_level

     
    Syntax Description

    severity_level

    severity level. Choose one of the following:

    • emergencies—Severity level 0
    • alerts—Severity level 1
    • critical—Severity level 2
    • errors—Severity level 3
    • warnings—Severity level 4
    • notifications—Severity level 5
    • informational—Severity level 6
    • debugging—Severity level 7

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the severity level for syslog messages to 3:

    > config logging syslog level 3

     
    Related Commands

    config logging syslog host
    config logging syslog facility
    show logging

    config loginsession close

    To close all active Telnet session(s), use the config loginsession close command.

    config loginsession close { session_id | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    session_id

    ID of the session to close.

    all

    Closes all Telnet sessions.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to close all active Telnet sessions:

    > config loginsession close all

     
    Related Commands

    show loginsession

    Configure Macfilter Commands

    Use the config macfilter commands to configure macfilter settings.

    config macfilter

    To create or delete a MAC filter entry on the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mac filters command.

    config macfilter { add client_MAC wlan_id [ interface_name] [ description] [macfilter_IP] |
    delete client_MAC}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a MAC filter entry on the controller.

    client_MAC

    Client MAC address.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier with which the MAC filter entry should associate. A zero value associates the entry with any wireless LAN.

    interface_name

    Name of the interface. Enter 0 to specify no interface.

    description

    (Optional) Short description of the interface (up to 32 characters) in double quotes.

    Note A description is mandatory if macfilterIP is specified.

    macfilter_IP

    (Optional) IP address of the local MAC filter database.

    delete

    Deletes a MAC filter entry on the controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use the config macfilter add command to add a client locally to a wireless LAN on the Cisco wireless LAN controller. This filter bypasses the RADIUS authentication process.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a MAC filer entry 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 with the wireless LAN ID 1, interface name labconnect, and MAC filter IP 10.92.125.51 on the controller:

    > config macfilter add 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 1 lab02 “labconnect” 10.92.125.51

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter
    config macfilter ip-address

    config macfilter description

    To add a description to a MAC filter, use the config macfilter description command.

    config macfilter description MAC description

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Client MAC address.

    description

    (Optional) Description within double quotes (up to 32 characters).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the description MAC filter 01 to MAC address 11:11:11:11:11:11:

    > config macfilter description 11:11:11:11:11:11 “MAC Filter 01”

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter

    config macfilter interfac

    To create a MAC filter client interface, use the config macfilter interface command.

    config macfilter interface MAC interface

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Client MAC address.

    interface

    Interface name. A value of zero is equivalent to no name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a MAC filer interface Lab01 on client 11:11:11:11:11:11 :

    > config macfilter interface 11:11:11:11:11:11 Lab01

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter

    config macfilter ip-address

    To assign an IP address to an existing MAC filter entry, if one was not assigned using the config macfilter add command, use the config macfilter ip-address command.

    config macfilter ip-address MAC_address IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC_address

    Client MAC address.

    IP_address

    IP address for a specific MAC address in the local MAC filter database.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify IP address 10.92.125.51 for a MAC 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 in the local MAC filter database:

    > config macfilter ip-address 00:E0:77:31:A3:55 10.92.125.51

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter
    config macfilter

    config macfilter mac-delimiter

    To set the MAC delimiter (colon, hyphen, none, and single-hyphen) for MAC addresses sent to RADIUS servers, use the config macfilter mac-delimiter command.

    config macfilter mac-delimiter { none | colon | hyphen | single-hyphen }

     
    Syntax Description

    none

    Disables the delimiters (for example, xxxxxxxxxx).

    colon

    Sets the delimiter to a colon (for example, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx).

    hyphen

    Sets the delimiter to a hyphen (for example, xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx).

    single-hyphen

    Sets the delimiter to a single hyphen (for example, xxxxxx-xxxxxx).

     
    Defaults

    The default delimiter is hyphen.

    Examples

    This example shows how to have the operating system send MAC addresses to the RADIUS server in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff:

    > config macfilter mac-delimiter colon
     

    This example shows how to have the operating system send MAC addresses to the RADIUS server in the form aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff:

    > config macfilter mac-delimiter hyphen
     

    This example shows how to have the operating system send MAC addresses to the RADIUS server in the form aabbccddeeff:

    > config macfilter mac-delimiter none

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter

    config macfilter radius-compat

    To configure the Cisco wireless LAN controller for compatibility with selected RADIUS servers, use the config macfilter radius-compact command.

    config macfilter radius-compat { Cisco | free | other }

     
    Syntax Description

    Cisco

    Configures the Cisco ACS compatibility mode (password is the MAC address of the server).

    free

    Configures the Free RADIUS server compatibility mode (password is secret).

    other

    Configures for other server behaviors (no password is necessary).

     
    Defaults

    Other.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the Cisco ACS compatibility mode to “other”:

    > config macfilter radius-compat other

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter

    config macfilter wlan-id

    To modify a wireless LAN ID for a MAC filter, use the config macfilter wlan-id command.

    config macfilter wlan-id MAC wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    MAC

    Client MAC address.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier to associate with. A value of zero is not allowed.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to modify client wireless LAN ID 2 for a MAC filer 11:11:11:11:11:11:

    > config macfilter wlanid 11:11:11:11:11:11 2

     
    Related Commands

    show macfilter
    show wlan

    Configure Memory Monitor Commands

    To troubleshoot hard-to-solve or hard-to-reproduce memory problems, use the config memory monitor commands.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The commands in this section can be disruptive to your system and should be run only when you are advised to do so by the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC).


    config memory monitor errors

    To enable or disable monitoring for memory errors and leaks, enter this command:

    config memory monitor errors { enable | disable }

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The config memory monitor commands can be disruptive to your system and should be run only when you are advised to do so by the Cisco TAC.


     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the monitoring for memory settings.

    disable

    Disables the monitoring for memory settings.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Be cautious about changing the defaults for the config memory monitor command unless you know what you are doing, you have detected a problem, or you are collecting troubleshooting information.


    Examples

    This example shows how to enable monitoring for memory errors and leaks for a controller:

    > config memory monitor errors enable

     
    Related Commands

    config memory monitor leaks
    debug memory
    show memory monitor

    config memory monitor leaks

    To configure the controller to perform an auto-leak analysis between two memory thresholds, enter the config memory monitor leaks command.

    config memory monitor leaks low_thresh high_thresh

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The config memory monitor commands can be disruptive to your system and should be run only when you are advised to do so by the Cisco TAC.


     
    Syntax Description

    low_thresh

    Value below which free memory cannot fall without crashing. This value cannot be set lower than 10000 KB.

    high_thresh

    Value below which the controller enters auto-leak-analysis mode. See the “Usage Guidelines” section.

     
    Defaults

    The default value for low_thresh is 10000 KB; the default value for high_thresh is 30000 KB.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Be cautious about changing the defaults for the config memory monitor command unless you know what you are doing, you have detected a problem, or you are collecting troubleshooting information.


    Use this command if you suspect that a memory leak has occurred.

    If the free memory is lower than the low_thresh threshold, the system crashes, generating a crash file. The default value for this parameter is 10000 KB, and you cannot set it below this value.

    Set the high_thresh threshold to the current free memory level or higher so that the system enters auto-leak-analysis mode. After the free memory reaches a level lower than the specified high_thresh threshold, the process of tracking and freeing memory allocation begins. As a result, the debug memory events enable command shows all allocations and frees, and the show memory monitor detail command starts to detect any suspected memory leaks.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the threshold values for auto-leak-analysis mode to 12000 KB for the low threshold and 35000 KB for the high threshold:

    > config memory monitor leaks 12000 35000

     
    Related Commands

    config memory monitor errors
    debug memory
    show memory monitor

    Configure Mesh Commands

    Use the configure mesh commands to set mesh access point settings.

    config mesh alarm

    To configure alarm settings for outdoor mesh access points, use the config mesh alarm command.

    config mesh alarm { max-hop | max-children | low-snr | high-snr | association |
    parent-change count } value

     
    Syntax Description

    max-hop

    Sets the maximum number of hops before triggering an alarm for traffic over the mesh network. The valid values are 1 to 16 (inclusive).

    max-children

    Sets the maximum number of mesh access points (MAPs) that can be assigned to a mesh router access point (RAP) before triggering an alarm. The valid values are 1to 16 (inclusive).

    low-snr

    Sets the low-end signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) value before triggering an alarm. The valid values are 1 to 30 (inclusive).

    high-snr

    Sets the high-end SNR value before triggering an alarm. The valid values are 1 to 30 (inclusive).

    association

    Sets the mesh alarm association count value before triggering an alarm. The valid values are 1 to 30 (inclusive).

    parent-change count

    Sets the number of times a MAP can change its RAP association before triggering an alarm. The valid values are 1 to 30 (inclusive).

    value

    Triggers value above or below which an alarm is generated. The valid values vary for each command.

     
    Defaults

    See the “Syntax Description” section for command and argument value ranges.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the maximum hops threshold to 8:

    > config mesh alarm max-hop 8
     

    This example shows how to set the upper SNR threshold to 25:

    > config mesh high-snr value 25

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh client-access
    config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent
    config mesh full-sector-dfs
    config mesh multicast
    config mesh radius-server
    config mesh security
    show mesh ap
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats
    show mgmtuser

    config mesh astools

    To globally enable or disable the anti-stranding feature for outdoor mesh access points, use the config mesh astools command.

    config mesh astools { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables this feature for all outdoor mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables this feature for all outdoor mesh access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable anti-stranding on all outdoor mesh access points:

    > config mesh astools enable

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh security
    show mesh ap
    show mesh astools stats
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats
    show mgmtuser

    config mesh background-scanning

    To globally enable or disable background scanning for Cisco 1510 access points, use the config mesh background-scanning command.

    config mesh background-scanning { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables this feature for all outdoor mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables this feature for all outdoor mesh access points.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif This is a legacy command of the Cisco 1510 (SkyCaptain) access points. The command still exists on the controller, but it is not supported on current mesh access points.


    Examples

    This example shows how to disable background scanning for all outdoor mesh access points:

    > config mesh background-scanning disable

     
    Related Commands

    show mesh config
    show mesh stats
    show mgmtuser

    config mesh backhaul dca-channels

    To globally configure the DCA channel set for serial backhaul mesh access points, use the config mesh backhaul dca-channels command.

    config mesh backhaul dca-channels { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables dca channels for serial backhaul mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables dca channel for serial backhaul mesh access points.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The config mesh backhaul dca-channels command is applicable only to serial backhaul mesh access points 1524 and 1523CM.


    Before enabling the config mesh backhaul dca-channels command, ensure the following:

    • Atleast 3 non public-safety channels are present in the DCA list.
    • Channel assigned to RAPs is within the DCA list.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the DCA channel set for serial backhaul for a mesh access point:

    > config mesh backhaul dca-channels enable

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh ap
    show mesh backhaul rate-adapt
    show mesh config
    show mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh stats

    config mesh backhaul rate-adapt

    To globally configure the backhaul Tx rate adaptation (universal access) settings for indoor and outdoor mesh access points, use the config mesh backhaul rate-adapt command.

    config mesh backhaul rate-adapt [ all | bronze | silver | gold | platinum ] { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    rate-adapt

    Configures mesh backhaul Tx rate adaptation.

    all

    Grants universal access privileges on mesh access points.

    bronze

    Grants background-level client access privileges on mesh access points.

    silver

    Grants best effort-level client access privileges on mesh access points.

    gold

    Grants video-level client access privileges on mesh access points.

    platinum

    Grants voice-level client access privileges on mesh access points.

    enable

    Enables this backhaul access level for mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables this backhaul access level for mesh access points.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To use this command, mesh backhaul with client access must be enabled by using the config mesh client-access command.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif After this feature is enabled, all mesh access points reboot.


    Examples

    This example shows how to set the backhaul client access to the best-effort level:

    > config mesh backhaul rate-adapt silver

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh ap
    show mesh backhaul rate-adapt
    show mesh config
    show mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh stats

    config mesh battery-state

    To configure the battery state for Cisco Aironet 1520 series mesh access points, use the config mesh battery-state command.

    config mesh battery-state { enable | disable } { all | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the battery-state for 1520 series mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables the battery-state for 1520 series mesh access points.

    all

    Applies this command to all mesh access points.

    cisco_ap

    Specific mesh access point.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the backhaul client access to the best-effort level:

    > config mesh battery-state enable all

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh client-access

    To enable or disable client access to the mesh backhaul on indoor and outdoor mesh access points, use the config mesh client-access command.

    config mesh client-access { enable [extended] | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Allows wireless client association over the mesh access point backhaul 802.11a radio.

    disable

    Restricts the 802.11a radio to backhaul traffic, and allows client association only over the 802.11b/g radio.

    extended

    Enables client access over both the backhaul radios for 1524 serial backhaul access points.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Backhaul interfaces (802.11a radios) act as primary Ethernet interfaces. Backhauls function as trunks in the network and carry all VLAN traffic between the wireless and wired network. No configuration of primary Ethernet interfaces is required.

    When this feature is enabled, Cisco Aironet 1520 series (152x) mesh access points allow wireless client association over the 802.11a radio, which implies that a 152x mesh access point can carry both backhaul traffic and 802.11a client traffic over the same 802.11a radio.

    When this feature is disabled, the 152x carries backhaul traffic over the 802.11a radio and allows client association only over the 802.11b/g radio.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable client access extended to allow a wireless client association over the 802.11a radio:

    > config mesh client-access enable extended
     
    Enabling client access on both backhaul slots
    Same BSSIDs will be used on both slots
    All Mesh AP will be rebooted
    Are you sure you want to start? (y/N)Y
     
     

    This example shows how to restrict a wireless client association to the 802.11b/g radio:

    > config mesh client-access disable
     
    All Mesh AP will be rebooted
    Are you sure you want to start? (Y/N) Y
    Backhaul with client access is cancelled.

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh ap
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent

    To configure how a mesh access point handles VLAN tags for Ethernet bridged traffic, use the config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent command.

    config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Bridges packets as if they are untagged.

    disable

    D rops all tagged packets.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    VLAN transparent is enabled as a default to ensure a smooth software upgrade from 4.1.192.xxM releases to release 5.2. Release 4.1.192.xxM does not support VLAN tagging.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure Ethernet packets as untagged:

    > config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent enable
     

    This example shows how to drop tagged Ethernet packets:

    > config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent disable

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh client-access
    config mesh linkdata
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh multicast
    show mesh ap
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    config mesh full-sector-dfs

    To globally enable or disable full-sector Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) on mesh access points, use the config mesh full-sector-dfs command.

    config mesh full-sector-dfs { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables DFS for mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables DFS for mesh access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command instructs the mesh sector to make a coordinated channel change on the detection of a radar signal. For example, if a mesh access point (MAP) detects a radar signal, the MAP will notify the root access point (RAP), and the RAP will initiate a sector change.

    All MAPs and the RAP that belong to that sector go to a new channel, which lowers the probability of MAPs stranding when radar is detected on the current backhaul channel, and no other valid parent is available as backup.

    Each sector change causes the network to be silent for 60 seconds (as dictated by the DFS standard).

    It is expected that after a half hour, the RAP will go back to the previously configured channel, which means that if radar is frequently observed on a RAP's channel, it is important that you configure a different channel for that RAP to exclude the radar affected channel at the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows to enable full-sector DFS on mesh access points:

    > config mesh full-sector-dfs enable

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh background-scanning
    config mesh battery-state
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh linkdata
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh range
    show mesh ap
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats
    show mgmtuser

    config mesh linkdata

    To enable external MAC filtering of access points, use the config mesh linkdata command.

    config mesh linkdata destination_ap_name

     
    Syntax Description

    destination_ap_name

    Destination access point name for MAC address filtering.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The config mesh linktest and config mesh linkdata commands are designed to be used together to verify information between a source and a destination access point. To get this information, first execute the config mesh linktest command with the access point that you want link data from in the dest_ap argument. When the command completes, enter the config mesh linkdata command and list the same destination access point, to display the link data will display (see example).


    MAC filtering uses the local MAC filter on the controller by default.

    When external MAC filter authorization is enabled, if the MAC address is not found in the local MAC filter, then the MAC address in the external RADIUS server is used.

    MAC filtering protects your network against rogue mesh access points by preventing access points that are not defined on the external server from joining.

    Before employing external authentication within the mesh network, the following configuration is required:

    • The RADUIS server to be used as an AAA server must be configured on the controller.
    • The controller must also be configured on the RADIUS server.
    • The mesh access point configured for external authorization and authentication must be added to the user list of the RADIUS server.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable external MAC address filtering on access point AP001d.710d.e300:

    > config mesh linkdata MAP2-1-1522.7400 AP001d.710d.e300 18 100 1000 30
     
    LinkTest started on source AP, test ID: 0
    [00:1D:71:0E:74:00]->[00:1D:71:0D:E3:0F]
     
    Test config: 1000 byte packets at 100 pps for 30 seconds, a-link rate 18 Mb/s
     
    In progress: | || || || || || || || || || || || || |
    LinkTest complete
     
    Results
    =======
    txPkts: 2977
    txBuffAllocErr: 0
    txQFullErrs: 0
    Total rx pkts heard at destination: 2977
    rx pkts decoded correctly: 2977
    err pkts: Total 0 (PHY 0 + CRC 0 + Unknown 0), TooBig 0, TooSmall 0
    rx lost packets: 0 (incr for each pkt seq missed or out of order)
    rx dup pkts: 0
    rx out of order: 0
     
    avgSNR: 30, high: 33, low: 3
    SNR profile [0dB...60dB]
    0 6 0 0 0
    0 0 1 2 77
    2888 3 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    (>60dB) 0
     
    avgNf: -95, high: -67, low: -97
    Noise Floor profile [-100dB...-40dB]
    0 2948 19 3 1
    0 0 0 0 0
    3 3 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    (>-40dB) 0
     
    avgRssi: 64, high: 68, low: 63
    RSSI profile [-100dB...-40dB]
    0 0 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    (>-40dB) 2977
     
    Summary PktFailedRate (Total pkts sent/recvd): 0.000%
    Physical layer Error rate (Total pkts with errors/Total pkts heard): 0.000%
     

    This example shows how to enable external MAC filtering on access point AP001d.71d.e300:

    > config mesh linkdata AP001d.710d.e300
     
    [SD:0,0,0(0,0,0), 0,0, 0,0]
    [SD:1,105,0(0,0,0),30,704,95,707]
    [SD:2,103,0(0,0,0),30,46,95,25]
    [SD:3,105,0(0,0,0),30,73,95,29]
    [SD:4,82,0(0,0,0),30,39,95,24]
    [SD:5,82,0(0,0,0),30,60,95,26]
    [SD:6,105,0(0,0,0),30,47,95,23]
    [SD:7,103,0(0,0,0),30,51,95,24]
    [SD:8,105,0(0,0,0),30,55,95,24]
    [SD:9,103,0(0,0,0),30,740,95,749]
    [SD:10,105,0(0,0,0),30,39,95,20]
    [SD:11,104,0(0,0,0),30,58,95,23]
    [SD:12,105,0(0,0,0),30,53,95,24]
    [SD:13,103,0(0,0,0),30,64,95,43]
    [SD:14,105,0(0,0,0),30,54,95,27]
    [SD:15,103,0(0,0,0),31,51,95,24]
    [SD:16,105,0(0,0,0),30,59,95,23]
    [SD:17,104,0(0,0,0),30,53,95,25]
    [SD:18,105,0(0,0,0),30,773,95,777]
    [SD:19,103,0(0,0,0),30,745,95,736]
    [SD:20,105,0(0,0,0),30,64,95,54]
    [SD:21,103,0(0,0,0),30,747,95,751]
    [SD:22,105,0(0,0,0),30,55,95,25]
    [SD:23,104,0(0,0,0),30,52,95,35]
    [SD:24,105,0(0,0,0),30,134,95,23]
    [SD:25,103,0(0,0,0),30,110,95,76]
    [SD:26,105,0(0,0,0),30,791,95,788]
    [SD:27,103,0(0,0,0),30,53,95,23]
    [SD:28,105,0(0,0,0),30,128,95,25]
    [SD:29,104,0(0,0,0),30,49,95,24]
    [SD:30,0,0(0,0,0), 0,0, 0,0]

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh radius-server
    show mesh ap
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    config mesh linktest

    To verify client access between mesh access points, use the config mesh linktest command.

    config mesh linktest source_ap { dest_ap | dest_MAC } datarate packet_rate packet_size duration

     
    Syntax Description

    source_ap

    Source access point.

    dest_ap

    Destination access point.

    dest_MAC

    Destination MAC address.

    datarate

    • Data rate for 802.11a radios. Valid values are 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48 and 54 Mbps.
    • Data rate for 802.11b radios. Valid values are 6, 12, 18, 24, 36, 54, or 100 Mbps.

    packet_rate

    Number of packets per second. Valid range is 1 through 3000, but the recommended default is 100.

    packet_size

    (Optional) Packet size in bytes. If not specified, packet size defaults to 1500 bytes.

    duration

    (Optional) Duration of the test in seconds. Valid values are 10-300 seconds, inclusive. If not specified, duration defaults to 30 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    100 packets per second, 1500 bytes, 30 second duration.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The config mesh linktest and config mesh linkdata commands are designed to be used together to verify information between a source and a destination access point. To get this information, first enter the config mesh linktest command with the access point that you want link data from in the dest_ap argument. When the command completes, enter the config mesh linkdata command and list the same destination access point, to display the link data.


    The following warning message appears when you run a linktest that might oversubscribe the link:

    Warning! Data Rate (100 Mbps) is not enough to perform this link test on packet size (2000bytes) and (1000) packets per second. This may cause AP to disconnect or reboot. Are you sure you want to continue?

    Examples

    This example shows how to verify client access between mesh access points SB_MAP1 and SB_RAP2 at 36 Mbps, 20 fps, 100 frame size, and 15 second duration:

    > config mesh linktest SB_MAP1 SB_RAP1 36 20 100 15
     
    LinkTest started on source AP, test ID: 0
    [00:1D:71:0E:85:00]->[00:1D:71:0E:D0:0F]
     
    Test config: 100 byte packets at 20 pps for 15 seconds, a-link rate 36 Mb/s
     
    In progress: | || || || || || |
    LinkTest complete
     
    Results
    =======
    txPkts: 290
    txBuffAllocErr: 0
    txQFullErrs: 0
    Total rx pkts heard at destination: 290
    rx pkts decoded correctly:
    err pkts: Total 0 (PHY 0 + CRC 0 + Unknown 0), TooBig 0, TooSmall 0
    rx lost packets: 0 (incr for each pkt seq missed or out of order)
    rx dup pkts: 0
    rx out of order: 0
     
    avgSNR: 37, high: 40, low: 5
    SNR profile [0dB...60dB]
    0 1 0 0 1
    3 0 1 0 2
    8 27 243 4 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    (>60dB) 0
     
    avgNf: -89, high: -58, low: -90
    Noise Floor profile [-100dB...-40dB]
    0 0 0 145 126
    11 2 0 1 0
    3 0 1 0 1
    0 0 0 0 0
    (>-40dB) 0
     
    avgRssi: 51, high: 53, low: 50
    RSSI profile [-100dB...-40dB]
    0 0 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    0 0 0 0 0
    0 7 283 0 0
    (>-40dB) 0
     
    Summary PktFailedRate (Total pkts sent/recvd): 0.000%
    Physical layer Error rate (Total pkts with errors/Total pkts heard): 0.000%
     

    Table 2-4 lists the output flags displayed for the config mesh linktest command.

     

    Table 2-4 Output Flags for the Config Mesh Linktest Command

    Output Flag
    Description

    txPkts

    Number of packets sent by the source.

    txBuffAllocErr

    Number of linktest buffer allocation errors at the source (expected to be zero).

    txQFullErrs

    Number of linktest queue full errors at the source (expected to be zero).

    Total rx pkts heard at destination

    Number of linktest packets received at the destination (expected to be same as or close to the txPkts).

    rx pkts decoded correctly

    Number of linktest packets received and decoded correctly at the destination (expected to be same as close to txPkts).

    err pkts: Total

    Packet error statistics for linktest packets with errors.

    rx lost packets

    Total number of linktest packets not received at the destination.

    rx dup pkts

    Total number of duplicate linktest packets received at the destination.

    rx out of order

    Total number of linktest packets received out of order at the destination.

    avgNF

    Average noise floor.

    Noise Floor profile

    Noise floor profile in dB and are negative numbers.

    avgSNR

    Average SNR values.

    SNR profile [odb...60dB]

    Histogram samples received between 0 to 60dB. The different colums in the SNR profile is the number of packets falling under the bucket 0-3, 3-6, 6-9, up to 57-60.

    avgRSSI

    Average RSSI values. The average high and low RSSI values are positive numbers.

    RSSI profile [-100dB...-40dB]

    The RSSI profile in dB and are negative numbers.

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh battery-state
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh full-sector-dfs
    config mesh linkdata
    config mesh multicast
    config mesh range
    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh backhaul rate-adapt
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats

    config mesh multicast

    To configure multicast mode settings to manage multicast transmissions within the mesh network, use the config mesh multicast commands.

    config mesh multicast { regular | in | in-out }

     
    Syntax Description

    regular

    Multicasts the video across the entire mesh network and all its segments by bridging-enabled root access points (RAPs) and mesh access points (MAPs).

    in

    Forwards the multicast video received from the Ethernet by a MAP to the RAP’s Ethernet network. No additional forwarding occurs, which ensures that non-LWAPP multicasts received by the RAP are not sent back to the MAP Ethernet networks within the mesh network (their point of origin), and MAP-to-MAP multicasts do not occur because they are filtered out

    in-out

    Configures the RAP and MAP to multicast, but each in a different manner:

    If multicast packets are received at a MAP over Ethernet, they are sent to the RAP; however, they are not sent to other MAP Ethernets, and the MAP-to-MAP packets are filtered out of the multicast.

    If multicast packets are received at a RAP over Ethernet, they are sent to all the MAPs and their respective Ethernet networks. See the Usage Guidelines section for more information.

     
    Defaults

    In-out mode.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Multicast for mesh networks cannot be enabled using the controller GUI.

    Mesh multicast modes determine how bridging-enabled access points mesh access points (MAPs) and root access points (RAPs) send multicasts among Ethernet LANs within a mesh network. Mesh multicast modes manage non-LWAPP multicast traffic only. LWAPP multicast traffic is governed by a different mechanism.

    You can use the controller CLI to configure three mesh multicast modes to manage video camera broadcasts on all mesh access points. When enabled, these modes reduce unnecessary multicast transmissions within the mesh network and conserve backhaul bandwidth.

    When using in-out mode, it is important to properly partition your network to ensure that a multicast sent by one RAP is not received by another RAP on the same Ethernet segment and then sent back into the network.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If 802.11b clients need to receive CAPWAP multicasts, then multicast must be enabled globally on the controller as well as on the mesh network (by using the config network multicast global command). If multicast does not need to extend to 802.11b clients beyond the mesh network, you should disable the global multicast parameter.


    Examples

    This example shows how to multicast video across the entire mesh network and all its segments by bridging-enabled RAPs and MAPs:

    > config mesh multicast regular

     
    Related Commands

    config network multicast global
    config mesh battery-state
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh linktest
    config mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh ap
    show mesh config
    show mesh stats

    config mesh public-safety

    To enable or disable the 4.9-GHz public safety band for mesh access points, use the config mesh public-safety command.

    config mesh public-safety { enable | disable } { all | cisco_ap }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the 4.9-GHz public safety band.

    disable

    Disables the 4.9-GHz public safety band.

    all

    Applies the command to all mesh access points.

    cisco_ap

    Specific mesh access point.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    4.9 GHz is a licensed frequency band restricted to public-safety personnel.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 4.9-GHz public safety band for all mesh access points:

    > config mesh public-safety enable all
     
    4.9GHz is a licensed frequency band in -A domain for public-safety usage
    Are you sure you want to continue? (y/N) y

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh range
    config mesh security
    show mesh ap
    show mesh config
    show mesh public-safety
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats

    config mesh radius-server

    To enable or disable external authentication for mesh access points, use the config mesh radius-server command.

    config mesh radius-server index { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS authentication method. Options are as follows:

    • Enter eap to designate Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) for the mesh RADIUS server setting.
    • Enter psk to designate Preshared Keys (PSKs) for the mesh RADIUS server setting.

    enable

    Enables the external authentication for mesh access points.

    disable

    Disables the external authentication for mesh access points.

     
    Defaults

    EAP is enabled by default.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable external authentication for mesh access points:

    > config mesh radius-server eap enable

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh security
    show mesh ap
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats

    config mesh range

    To globally set the maximum range between outdoor mesh root access points (RAPs) and mesh access points (MAPs), use the config mesh range command.

    config mesh range [distance]

     
    Syntax Description

    distance

    (Optional) Maximum operating range (150 to 132000 ft) of the mesh access point.

     
    Defaults

    12,000 feet.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    After this command is enabled, all outdoor mesh access points reboot. This command does not affect indoor access points.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the range between an outdoor mesh RAP and a MAP:

    > config mesh range 300
     
    Command not applicable for indoor mesh. All outdoor Mesh APs will be rebooted
    Are you sure you want to start? (y/N) y

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh astools
    config mesh background-scanning
    config mesh ethernet-bridging vlan-transparent
    config mesh full-sector-dfs
    config mesh linkdata
    config mesh linktest
    show mesh ap
    show mesh stats

    config mesh secondary-backhaul

    To configure a secondary backhaul on the mesh network, use the config mesh secondary-backhaul command.

    config mesh secondary-backhaul { enable [ force-same-secondary-channel ] |
    disable [ rll-retransmit | rll-transmit ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the secondary backhaul configuration.

    force-same-secondary-
    channel

    (Optional) Enables secondary-backhaul mesh capability. Forces all access points rooted at the first hop node to have the same secondary channel and ignores the automatic or manual channel assignments for the mesh access points (MAPs) at the second hop and beyond.

    disable

    Specifies the secondary backhaul configuration is disabled.

    rll-transmit

    Uses reliable link layer (RLL) at the second hop and beyond.

    rll-retransmit

    Extends the number of RLL retry attempts in an effort to improve reliability.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The secondary backhaul access feature is not supported by Cisco 1520 and 1524 indoor mesh access points in the 5.2 release.


    This command uses a secondary backhaul radio as a temporary path for traffic that cannot be sent on the primary backhaul due to intermittent interference.

    Examples

    This example shows ho to enable a secondary backhaul radio and force all access points rooted at the first hop node to have the same secondary channel:

    > config mesh secondary-backhaul enable force-same-secondary-channel

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh battery-state
    show mesh backhaul rate-adapt
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh secondary-backhaul
    show mesh stats

    config mesh security

    To configure the security settings for mesh networks, use the config mesh security commands.

    config mesh security {{{ rad-mac-filter | force-ext-auth } { enable | disable }} | eap | psk }

     
    Syntax Description

    rad-mac-filter

    Enables a RADIUS MAC address filter for the mesh security setting.

    force-ext-auth

    Disables forced external authentication for the mesh security setting.

    enable

    Enables the setting.

    disable

    Disables the setting.

    eap

    Designates the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) for the mesh security setting.

    psk

    Designates preshared keys (PSKs) for the mesh security setting.

     
    Defaults

    EAP.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure EAP as the security option for all mesh access points:

    > config mesh security eap
     

    This example shows how to configure PSK as the security option for all mesh access points:

    > config mesh security psk

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh alarm
    config mesh background-scanning
    config mesh client-access
    config mesh public-safety
    config mesh radius-server
    show mesh ap
    show mesh client-access
    show mesh config
    show mesh security-stats
    show mesh stats

    Configure Management-User Commands

    Use the config mgmtuser commands to configure management user settings.

    config mgmtuser add

    To add a local management user to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mgmtuser add command.

    config mgmtuser add username password { read-write | read-only } [ description ]

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    password

    Account password. The password can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    read-write

    Creates a management user with read-write access.

    read-only

    Creates a management user with read-only access.

    description

    (Optional) Description of the account. The description can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters within double quotes.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a management user account with read-write access:

    > config mgmtuser add admin admin read-write “Main account“

     
    Related Commands

    show mgmtuser

    config mgmtuser delete

    To delete a management user from the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mgmtuser delete command.

    config mgmtuser delete username

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a management user account admin from the Cisco wireless LAN controller:

    > config mgmtuser delete admin
     
    Deleted user admin

     
    Related Commands

    show mgmtuser

    config mgmtuser description

    To add a description to an existing management user login to the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config mgmtuser description command.

    config mgmtuser description username description

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    description

    Description of the account. The description can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters within double quotes.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a description “primary-user” to the management user “admin”:

    > config mgmtuser description admin “master-user”

     
    Related Commands

    config mgmtuser add

    config mgmtuser delete

    config mgmtuser password

    show mgmtuser

    config mgmtuser password

    To change a management user password, use the config mgmtuser password command.

    config mgmtuser password username password

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Account username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    password

    Account password. The password can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to change the password of the management user “admin” with the new password 5rTfm:

    > config mgmtuser password admin 5rTfm

     
    Related Commands

    show mgmtuser

    Configure Mobility Commands

    Use the config mobility commands to configure mobility (roaming) settings.

    config mobility group anchor

    To create a new mobility anchor for the WLAN or wired guest LAN, enter, use the config mobility group anchor command.

    config mobility group anchor { add | delete } { wlan wlan_id | guest-lan guest_lan_id } anchor_ip

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds or changes a mobility anchor to a wireless LAN.

    delete

    Deletes a mobility anchor from a wireless LAN.

    wlan

    Specifies the wireless LAN anchor settings.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512 (inclusive).

    guest-lan

    Specifies the guest LAN anchor settings.

    guest_lan_id

    Guest LAN identifier between 1 and 5 (inclusive).

    anchor_ip

    IP address of the anchor controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The wlan_id or guest_lan_id must exist and be disabled.

    Auto-anchor mobility is enabled for the WLAN or wired guest LAN when you configure the first mobility anchor. Deleting the last anchor disables the auto-anchor mobility feature and resumes normal mobility for new associations.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a mobility anchor with the IP address 192.12.1.5 to a wireless LAN ID 2:

    > config mobility group anchor add wlan 2 192.12.1.5
     

    This example shows how to delete a mobility anchor with the IP address 193.13.1.15 from a wireless LAN:

    > config mobility group anchor delete wlan 5 193.13.1.5

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan mobility anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    config wlan mobility anchor
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility group domain

    To configure the mobility domain name, use the config mobility group domain command.

    config mobility group domain domain_name

     
    Syntax Description

    domain_name

    Domain name. The domain name can be up to 31 case-sensitive characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a mobility domain name lab1:

    > config mobility group domain lab1

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility group keepalive count

    To configure the controller to detect failed mobility group members (including anchor controllers), use the config mobility group keepalive count commands.

    config mobility group keepalive count count

     
    Syntax Description

    count

    Number of times a ping request is sent to a mobility group member before the member is considered unreachable. The valid range is 3 to 20. The default is 3.

     
    Defaults

    3.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the number of times a ping request is sent to a mobility group member before the member is considered unreachable to 3 counts:

    > config mobility group keepalive count 3

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility group keepalive interval

    To configure the controller to detect failed mobility group members (including anchor controllers), use the config mobility group keepalive commands.

    config mobility group keepalive interval

     
    Syntax Description

    interval

    Interval of time between each ping request sent to a mobility group member. The valid range is 1 to 30 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    10 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the amount of time between each ping request sent to a mobility group member to 10 seconds:

    > config mobility group keepalive interval 10

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility group member

    To add or delete users from the mobility group member list, use the config mobility group member command.

    config mobility group member { add MAC IP_address [ group_name ] | delete MAC }

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds or changes a mobility group member to the list.

    MAC

    Member switch MAC address.

    IP_address

    Member switch IP address.

    group_name

    (Optional) Member switch group name (if different from the default group name).

    delete

    (Optional) Deletes a mobility group member from the list.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a mobility group member to the list:

    > config mobility group member add 11:11:11:11:11:11 192.12.1.2

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility group multicast-addres

    To configure the multicast group IP address for nonlocal groups within the mobility list, use the config mobility group multicast-address command:

    config mobility group multicast-address group_name IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    group_name

    Member switch group name (if different from the default group name).

    IP_address

    Member switch IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the multicast group IP address 10.10.10.1 for a group named test:

    > config mobility group multicast-address test 10.10.10.1

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility multicast-mode

    To enable or disable multicast mobility mode, use the config mobility multicast-mode command.

    config mobility multicast-mode {enable | disable} local_group_multicast_address

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the multicast mode; the controller uses multicast mode to send Mobile Announce messages to the local group.

    disable

    Disables the multicast mode; the controller uses unicast mode to send the Mobile Announce messages to the local group.

    local_group_multicast_address

    IP address for the local mobility group.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the multicast mobility mode for the local mobility group IP address 157.168.20.0:

    > config mobility multicast-mode enable 157.168.20.0

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility secure-mode

    To configure the secure mode for mobility messages between Cisco wireless LAN controllers, use the config mobility secure-mode command.

    config mobility secure-mode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the mobility group message security.

    disable

    Disables mobility group message security.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the secure mode for mobility messages:

    > config mobility secure-mode enable

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config mobility statistics reset

    To reset the mobility statistics, use the config mobility statistics command.

    config mobility statistics reset

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the mobility group statistics:

    > config mobility statistics reset

     
    Related Commands

    config mobility group anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    Configure Message Log Level Commands

    Use the config msglog commands to configure msglog level settings.

    config msglog level critical

    To reset the message log so that it collects and displays only critical (highest-level) messages, use the config msglog level critical command.

    config msglog level critical

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The message log always collects and displays critical messages, regardless of the message log level setting.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the message log severity level and display critical messages:

    > config msglog level critical

     
    Related Commands

    show msglog

    config msglog level error

    To reset the message log so that it collects and displays both critical (highest-level) and error (second-highest) messages, use the config msglog level error command.

    config msglog level error

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the message log to collect and display critical and noncritical error messages:

    > config msglog level error
     

     
    Related Commands

    show msglog

    config msglog level security

    To reset the message log so that it collects and displays critical (highest-level), error (second-highest), and security (third-highest) messages, use the config msglog level security command.

    config msglog level security

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the message log so that it collects and display critical, noncritical, and authentication or security-related errors:

    > config msglog level security

     
    Related Commands

    show msglog

    config msglog level verbose

    To reset the message log so that it collects and displays all messages, use the config msglog level verbose command.

    config msglog level verbose

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the message logs so that it collects and display all messages:

    > config msglog level verbose

     
    Related Commands

    show msglog

    config msglog level warning

    To reset the message log so that it collects and displays critical (highest-level), error (second-highest), security (third-highest), and warning (fourth-highest) messages, use the config msglog level warning command.

    config msglog level warning

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the message log so that it collects and displays warning messages in addition to critical, noncritical, and authentication or security-related errors:

    > config msglog level warning
     

     
    Related Commands

    show msglog

    Configure Media-Stream Commands

    Use the config media-stream commands to configure media stream settings.

    config media-stream

    To configure the media-stream multicast direct, use the config media-stream command.

    config media-stream multicast-direct {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables a media stream.

    disable

    Disables a media stream.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Media-stream multicast-direct requires load based Call Admission Control (CAC) to run.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable a media-stream multicast-direct settings:

    > config media-stream multicast-direct enable
     

    This example shows how to disable a media-stream multicast-direct settings:

    > config media-stream multicast-direct disable

     

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a media-stream name

    show media-stream group summary

    show media-stream group detail

    config media-stream message

    To configure various parameters of message configuration, use the config media-stream message command.

    config media-stream message {state [enable | disable] | url url | email email | phone phone_number | note note}

     
    Syntax Description

    state

    Specifies the media stream message state.

    enable

    Enables the session announcement message state.

    disable

    Disables the session announcement message state.

    url

    Configures the URL.

    url

    Session announcement URL.

    email

    Configures the email ID.

    email

    Specifies the session announcement e-mail.

    phone

    Configures the phone number.

    phone_number

    Session announcement phone number.

    note

    Configure the notes.

    note

    Session announcement notes.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Media-stream multicast-direct requires load-based Call Admission Control (CAC) to run.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the session announcement message state:

    > config media-stream message state enable
     

    This example shows how to configure the session announcement e-mail address:

    > config media-stream message email abc@co.com

     
    Related Commands

    config media-stream

    show 802.11a media-stream name

    show media-stream group summary

    show media-stream group detail

    config media-stream add

    To configure the various global media-stream configurations, use the config media-stream add command.

    config media-stream add multicast-direct media_stream_name start-IP end-IP
    [template {very-coarse | coarse | ordinary | low-resolution | med-resolution | high-resolution}| detail {bandwidth | packet-size| re-evaluation {periodic | initial}} video video priority {drop | fallback}

     
    Syntax Description

    multicast-direct

    Specifies the media stream for the multicast-direct setting.

    media_stream_name

    Media-stream name.

    start-IP

    IP multicast destination start address.

    end-IP

    IP multicast destination end address

    template

    (Optional) Configures the media stream from templates.

    very coarse

    Applies a very-coarse template.

    coarse

    Applies an coarse template.

    ordinary

    Applies a ordinary template.

    low-resolution

    Applies a low-resolution template.

    med-resolution

    Applies a medium-resolution template.

    high-resolution

    Applies a high-resolution template.

    detail

    Configures the media stream with specific parameters.

    bandwidth

    Maximum expected stream bandwidth.

    packet-size

    Average packet size.

    re-evaluation

    Reevaluation.

    periodic

    Specifies the periodic admission evaluation.

    initial

    Specifies the Initial admission evaluation.

    video

    Specifies the video stream name.

    video

    AIR QoS class.

    priority

    Specifies the media-stream priority.

    drop

    Specifies that the stream is dropped on a periodic reevaluation.

    fallback

    Specifies if the stream is demoted to the best-effort class on a periodic reevaluation.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Media-stream multicast-direct requires load-based Call Admission Control (CAC) to run.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a new media stream:

    > config media-stream add multicast-direct abc 227.8.8.8 227.9.9.9 detail 2 150 periodic video 1 drop

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a media-stream name

    show media-stream group summary

    show media-stream group detail

    config media-stream delete

    To configure the various global media-stream configurations, use the config media-stream delete command.

    config media-stream delete media_stream_name

     
    Syntax Description

    media_stream_name

    Media-stream name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Media-stream multicast-direct requires load-based Call Admission Control (CAC) to run.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the media stream named abc:

    > config media-stream delete abc
     

     
    Related Commands

    show 802.11a media-stream name

    show media-stream group summary

    show media-stream group detail

    Configure Net User Commands

    Use the config netuser commands to configure netuser settings.

    config netuser add

    To add a guest user on a WLAN or wired guest LAN to the local user database on the controller, use the config netuser add command.

    config netuser add username password {wlan wlan_id | guestlan guestlan_id} userType guest lifetime lifetime description description

     
    Syntax Descriptionl

    username

    Guest username. The username can be up to 50 alphanumeric characters.

    password

    User password. The password can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    wlan

    Specifies the wireless LAN identifier to associate with or zero for any wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier assigned to the user. A zero value associates the user with any wireless LAN.

    guestlan

    Specifies the guest LAN identifier to associate with or zero for any wireless LAN.

    guestlan_id

    Guest LAN ID

    userType

    Specifies the user type.

    guest

    Specifies the guest for the guest user.

    lifetime

    Specifies the lifetime.

    lifetime

    Lifetime value (60 to 259200 or 0) in seconds for the guest user.

    Note A value of 0 indicates an unlimited lifetime.

    description

    Short description of user. The description can be up to 32 characters enclosed in double-quotes.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Local network usernames must be unique because they are stored in the same database.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a permanent usernamed Jane to the wireless network for 1 hour:

    > config netuser add jane able2 1 wlan_id 1 userType permanent
     

    This example shows how to add a guest usernamed George to the wireless network for 1 hour:

    > config netuser add george able1 guestlan 1 3600
     

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    config netuser delete

    config netuser delete

    To delete an existing user from the local network, use the config netuser delete command.

    config netuser delete username

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Network username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Local network usernames must be unique because they are stored in the same database.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete an existing username named able1 from the network:

    > config netuser delete able1
     
    Deleted user able1

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    config netuser description

    To add a description to an existing net user, use the config netuser description command.

    config netuser description username description

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Network username. The username can contain up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    description

    (Optional) User description. The description can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters enclosed in double quotes.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a user description “HQ1 Contact” to an existing network user named able 1:

    > config netuser description able1 “HQ1 Contact”

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    config netuser guest-role apply

    To apply a quality of service (QoS) role to a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role apply command.

    config netuser guest-role apply username role_name

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Username.

    role name

    QoS guest role name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you do not assign a QoS role to a guest user, the Role field in the User Details shows the role as default. The bandwidth contracts for this user are defined in the QoS profile for the WLAN.

    If you want to unassign a QoS role from a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role apply username default. This user now uses the bandwidth contracts defined in the QoS profile for the WLAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to apply a QoS role to a guest user jsmith with the QoS guest role named Contractor:

    > config netuser guest-role apply jsmith Contractor

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role create

    config netuser guest-role delete

    config netuser guest-role create

    To create a quality of service (QoS) role for a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role create command.

    config netuser guest-role create role_name

     
    Syntax Description

    role name

    QoS guest role name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To delete a QoS role, use the config netuser guest-role delete role-name.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a QoS role for the guest user named guestuser1:

    > config netuser guest-role create guestuser1

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role delete

    config netuser guest-role delete

    To delete a quality of service (QoS) role for a guest user, use the config netuser guest-role delete command.

    config netuser guest-role delete role_name

     
    Syntax Description

    role name

    Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a quality of service (QoS) role for guestuser1:

    > config netuser guest-role delete guestuser1

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role create

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

    To configure the average data rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate command.

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate role_name rate

     
    Syntax Description

    role_name

    Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

    rate

    Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an average rate for the QoS guest named guestuser1:

    > config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate guestuser1 0

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role create

    config netuser guest-role delete

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate

    To configure the average data rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate command.

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate role_name rate

     
    Syntax Description

    role_name

    Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

    rate

    Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an average data rate for the QoS guest user named guestuser1 with the rate for TCP traffic of 0 Kbps:

    > config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-realtime-rate guestuser1 0

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role
    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate

    To configure the peak data rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate command.

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate role_name rate

     
    Syntax Description

    role_name

    Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

    rate

    Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The burst data rate should be greater than or equal to the average data rate. Otherwise, the QoS policy may block traffic to and from the wireless client.

    For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the peak data rate for the QoS guest named guestuser1 with the rate for TCP traffic of 0 Kbps:

    > config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate guestuser1 0

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role create
    config netuser guest-role delete
    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate

    To configure the burst real-time data rate for UDP traffic on a per user basis, use the config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate command.

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate role_name rate

     
    Syntax Description

    role_name

    Quality of service (QoS) guest role name.

    rate

    Rate for TCP traffic on a per user basis.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The burst real-time rate should be greater than or equal to the average real-time rate. Otherwise, the quality of service (QoS) policy may block traffic to and from the wireless client.

    For the role_name parameter in each of these commands, enter a name for the new QoS role. The name uniquely identifies the role of the QoS user (such as contractor, vendor, and so on.). For the rate parameter, you can enter a value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS role.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a burst real-time rate for the QoS guest user named guestuser1 with the rate for TCP traffic of 0 Kbps:

    > config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-realtime-rate guestuser1 0

     
    Related Commands

    config netuser guest-role

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate average-data-rate

    config netuser guest-role qos data-rate burst-data-rate

    config netuser maxEapUserLogin

    To configure the maximum number of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) user login attempts allowed for a network user, use the config netuser maxEapUserLogin command.

    config netuser maxEapUserLogin count

     
    Syntax Description

    count

    Maximum number of login sessions for a single user. The allowed values are from 0 (unlimited) to 8.

     
    Defaults

    0 (unlimited).

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the maximum number of EAP user login attempts to 8:

    > config netuser maxEapUserLogin 8
     

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    config netuser maxuserLogin

    To configure the maximum number of login sessions allowed for a network user, use the config netuser maxuserlogin command.

    config netuser maxuserlogin count [per method]

     
    Syntax Description

    count

    Maximum number of login sessions for a single user. The allowed values are from 0 (unlimited) to 8.

     
    Defaults

    0 (unlimited)

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the maximum number of login sessions for a single user to 8:

    > config netuser maxuserlogin 8

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    config netuser password

    To change a local network user password, use the config netuser password command.

    config netuser password username password

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Network username. The username can be up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

    password

    Network user password. The password can contain up to 24 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to change the network user password from aire1 to aire2:

    > config netuser password aire1 aire2

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    config netuser wlan-id

    To configure a wireless LAN ID for a network user, use the config netuser wlan-id command.

    config netuser wlan-id username wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Network username. The username can be 24 alphanumeric characters.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier to associate with the user. A zero value associates the user with any wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a wireless LAN ID 2 to associate with the user named aire1:

    > config netuser wlan-id aire1 2

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser

    show wlan summary

    Configure Network Commands

    Use the config network commands to configure network settings.

    config network 802.3-bridging

    To enable or disable 802.3 bridging on a controller, use the config network 802.3-bridging command.

    config network 802.3-bridging { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the 802.3 bridging.

    disable

    Disables the 802.3 bridging.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    In controller software release 5.2, the software-based forwarding architecture for Cisco 2100 Series Controllers is being replaced with a new forwarding plane architecture. As a result, Cisco 2100 Series Controllers and the Cisco wireless LAN controller Network Module for Cisco Integrated Services Routers bridge 802.3 packets by default. Therefore, 802.3 bridging can now be disabled only on Cisco 4400 Series Controllers, the Cisco WiSM, and the Catalyst 3750G Wireless LAN Controller Switch.

    To determine the status of 802.3 bridging, enter the show netuser guest-roles command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the 802.3 bridging:

    > config network 802.3-bridging enable

     
    Related Commands

    show netuser guest-roles
    show network

    config network allow-old-bridge-aps

    To configure an old bridge access point’s ability to associate with a switch, use the config network allow-old-bridge-aps command.

    config network allow-old-bridge-aps { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the switch association.

    disable

    Disables the switch association.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an old bridge access point to associate with the switch:

    > config network allow-old-bridge-aps enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network ap-fallback

    To configure Cisco lightweight access point fallback, use the config network ap-fallback command.

    config network ap-fallback { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Cisco lightweight access point fallback.

    disable

    Disables the Cisco lightweight access point fallback.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the Cisco lightweight access point fallback:

    > config network ap-fallback enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network ap-priority

    To enable or disable the option to prioritize lightweight access points so that after a controller failure they reauthenticate by priority rather than on a first-come-until-full basis, use the config network ap-priority command.

    config network ap-priority { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the lightweight access point priority reauthentication.

    disable

    Disables the lightweight access point priority reauthentication.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the lightweight access point priority reauthorization:

    > config network ap-priority enable

     
    Related Commands

    config ap priority
    show ap summary
    show network summary

    config network apple-talk

    To configure AppleTalk bridging, use the config network apple-talk command.

    config network apple-talk { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the AppleTalk bridging.

    disable

    Disables the AppleTalk bridging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure AppleTalk bridging:

    > config network apple-talk enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network arptimeout

    To set the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry timeout value, use the config network arptimeout command.

    config network arptimeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Timeout in seconds. The minimum value is 10. The default value is 300.

     
    Defaults

    300.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the ARP entry timeout value to 240 seconds:

    > config network arptimeout 240

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network bridging-shared-secret

    To configure the bridging shared secret, use the config network bridging-shared-secret command.

    config network bridging-shared-secret shared_secret

     
    Syntax Description

    shared_secret

    Bridging shared secret string. The string can contain up to 10 bytes.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command creates a secret that encrypts backhaul user data for the mesh access points that connect to the switch.

    The zero-touch configuration must be enabled for this command to work.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the bridging shared secret string “shhh1”:

    > config network bridging-shared-secret shhh2

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network broadcast

    To enable or disable broadcast packet forwarding, use the config network broadcast command.

    config network broadcast {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the broadcast packet forwarding.

    disable

    Disables the broadcast packet forwarding.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command allows you to enable or disable broadcasting. You must enable multicast mode before enabling broadcast forwarding. Use the config network multicast mode command to configure multicast mode on the controller.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The default multicast mode is unicast in case of all controllers except for Cisco 2106 Controllers.

    • The broadcast packets and multicast packets can be independently controlled. If multicast is off and broadcast is on, broadcast packets still reach the access points, based on the configured multicast mode.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable broadcast packet forwarding:

    > config network broadcast enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary
    config network multicast global
    config network multicast mode

    config network fast-ssid-change

    To enable or disable fast Service Set Identifier (SSID) changing for mobile stations, use the config network fast-ssid-change command.

    config network fast-ssid-change { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the fast SSID changing for mobile stations

    disable

    Disables the fast SSID changing for mobile stations.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enable the Fast SSID Change feature, the controller allows clients to move between SSIDs. When the client sends a new association for a different SSID, the client entry in the controller connection table is cleared before the client is added to the new SSID.

    When you disable the FastSSID Change feature, the controller enforces a delay before clients are allowed to move to a new SSID.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the fast SSID changing for mobile stations:

    > config network fast-ssid-change enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network ip-mac-binding

    To validate the source IP address and MAC address binding within client packets, use the config network ip-mac-binding command.

    config network ip-network-binding { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables this command.

    disable

    Disables this command.

     
    Command Default

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    In controller software release 5.2, the controller enforces strict IP address-to-MAC address binding in client packets. The controller checks the IP address and MAC address in a packet, compares them to the addresses that are registered with the controller, and forwards the packet only if they both match. In previous releases, the controller checks only the MAC address of the client and ignores the IP address.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif You might want to disable this binding check if you have a routed network behind a workgroup bridge (WGB).


    Examples

    This example shows how to validate the source IP and MAC address within client packets:

    > config network ip-network-binding enable

    config network master-base

    To enable or disable the Cisco wireless LAN controller as an access point default primary, use the config network master-base command. This setting is only used upon network installation and should be disabled after the initial network configuration.

    config network master-base { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Cisco wireless LAN controller acting as a Cisco lightweight access point default primary.

    disable

    Disables the Cisco wireless LAN controller acting as a Cisco lightweight access point default primary.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This setting is only used upon network installation and should be disabled after the initial network configuration. Because the primary Cisco wireless LAN controller is normally not used in a deployed network, the primary Cisco wireless LAN controller setting can be saved from 6.0.199.0 or later releases.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the Cisco wireless LAN controller as a default primary:

    > config network master-base enable

    config network mgmt-via-wireless

    To enable Cisco wireless LAN controller management from an associated wireless client, use the config network mgmt-via-wireless command.

    config network mgmt-via-wireless { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the switch management from a wireless interface.

    disable

    Disables the switch management from a wireless interface.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This feature allows wireless clients to manage only the Cisco wireless LAN controller associated with the client and the associated Cisco lightweight access point. That is, clients cannot manage another Cisco wireless LAN controller with which they are not associated.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure switch management from a wireless interface:

    > config network mgmt-via-wireless enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network multicast global

    To enable or disable multicasting on the controller, use the config network multicast global command.

    config network multicast global { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the multicast global support.

    disable

    Disables the multicast global support.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The config network broadcast {enable | disable} command allows you to enable or disable broadcasting without enabling or disabling multicasting as well. This command uses the multicast mode configured on the controller (by using the config network multicast mode command) to operate.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the global multicast support:

    > config network multicast global enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network broadcast

    config network multicast mode

    config network multicast igmp snooping

    To enable or disable IGMP snooping, use the config network multicast igmp snooping command.

    config network multicast igmp snooping

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure internet IGMP snooping settings:

    > config network multicast igmp snooping

     
    Related Commands

    config network multicast igmp timeout

    config network multicast igmp timeout

    To set the IGMP timeout value, use the config network multicast igmp timeout command.

    config network multicast igmp timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can enter a timeout value between 30 and 300 seconds. The controller sends three queries in one timeout value at an interval of timeout/3 to see if any clients exist for a particular multicast group. If the controller does not receive a response through an IGMP report from the client, the controller times out the client entry from the MGID table. When no clients are left for a particular multicast group, the controller waits for the IGMP timeout value to expire and then deletes the MGID entry from the controller. The controller always generates a general IGMP query (to destination address 224.0.0.1) and sends it on all WLANs with an MGID value of 1.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the timeout value 20 for IGMP network settings:

    > config network multicast igmp timeout 20

     
    Related Commands

    config network multicast igmp snooping

    config network multicast mode multicast

    To configure the controller to use the multicast method to send broadcast or multicast packets to an access point, use the config network multicast mode multicast command.

    config network multicast mode multicast

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the multicast mode to send a single copy of data to multiple receivers:

    > config network multicast mode multicast

     
    Related Commands

    config network multicast global

    config network broadcast

    config network multicast mode unicast

    config network multicast mode unicast

    To configure the controller to use the unicast method to send broadcast or multicast packets to an access point, use the config network multicast mode unicast command.

    config network multicast mode unicast

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller to use the unicast mode:

    > config network multicast mode unicast

     
    Related Commands

    config network multicast global

    config network broadcast

    config network multicast mode multicast

    config network otap-mode

    To enable or disable over-the-air provisioning (OTAP) of Cisco lightweight access points, use the config network otap-mode command.

    config network otap-mode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the OTAP provisioning.

    disable

    Disables the OTAP provisioning.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the OTAP provisioning:

    > config network otap-mode disable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network rf-network-name

    To set the RF-Network name, use the config network rf-network-name command.

    config network rf-network-name name

     
    Syntax Description

    name

    RF-Network name. The name can contain up to 19 characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the RF-network name to travelers:

    > config network rf-network-name travelers

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network secureweb

    To change the state of the secure web (https is http and SSL) interface, use the config network secureweb command.

    config network secureweb { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the secure web interface.

    disable

    Disable the secure web interface.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command allows users to access the controller GUI using http://ip-address. Web mode is not a secure connection.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the secure web interface settings:

    > config network secureweb enable
     
    You must reboot for the change to take effect.

     
    Related Commands

    config network secureweb cipher-option
    show network summary

    config network secureweb cipher-option

    To enable or disable secure web mode with increased security, or to enable or disable Secure Sockets Layer (SSL v2) for web administration and web authentication, use the config network secureweb cipher-option command.

    config network secureweb cipher-option { high | sslv2 } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    high

    Configures whether or not 128-bit ciphers are required for web administration and web authentication.

    sslv2

    Configures SSLv2 for both web administration and web authentication.

    enable

    Enables the secure web interface.

    disable

    Disables the secure web interface.

     
    Defaults

    The default is disabled for secure web mode with increased security and enabled for SSL v2.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The cipher-option high command allows users to access the controller GUI using http://ip-address but only from browsers that support 128-bit (or larger) ciphers.


    When cipher-option sslv2 is disabled, users cannot connect using a browser configured with SSLv2 only. They must use a browser that is configured to use a more secure protocol such as SSLv3 or later.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable secure web mode with increased security:

    > config network secureweb cipher-option high enable
     

    This example shows how to disable SSL v2:

    > config network secureweb cipher-option sslv2 disable

     
    Related Commands

    config network secureweb
    show network summary

    config network ssh

    To allow or disallow new Secure Shell (SSH) sessions, use the config network ssh command.

    config network ssh { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Allows the new SSH sessions.

    disable

    Disallows the new SSH sessions.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the new SSH session:

    > config network ssh enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network telnet

    To allow or disallow new Telnet sessions, use the config network telnet command.

    config network telnet { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Allows new Telnet sessions.

    { enable | disable }

    Disallows new Telnet sessions.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the new Telnet sessions:

    > config network telnet enable

     
    Related Commands

    config ap telnet
    show network summary

    config network usertimeout

    To change the timeout for idle client sessions, use the config network usertimeout command.

    config network usertimeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Recommended user idle timeout in seconds between 90 and 100000. The valid range is 15 to 100000 seconds. The default value is 300 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    300 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the idle session timeout to 1200 seconds:

    > config network usertimeout 1200

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network web-auth-port

    To configure an additional port to be redirected for web authentication, use the config network web-auth-port command.

    config network web-auth-port port

     
    Syntax Description

    port

    Port number. The valid range is from 0 to 65535.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an additional port number 1200 to be redirected for web authentication:

    > config network web-auth port 1200

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network webmode

    To enable or disable the web mode, use the config network webmode command.

    config network webmode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the web interface.

    disable

    Disable the web interface.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the web interface mode:

    > config network webmode disable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config network zero-config

    To configure bridge access point ZeroConfig support, use the config network zero-config command.

    config network zero-config { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the bridge access point ZeroConfig support.

    disable

    Disables the bridge access point ZeroConfig support.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the bridge access point ZeroConfig support:

    > config network zero-config enable

     
    Related Commands

    show network summary

    config nmsp notify-interval measurement

    To modify the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) notification interval value on the controller to address latency in the network, use the config nmsp notify-interval measurement command.

    config nmsp notify-interval measurement { client | rfid | rogue } interval

     
    Syntax Description

    client

    Modifies the interval for clients.

    rfid

    Modifies the interval for active radio frequency identification (RFID) tags.

    rogue

    Modifies the interval for rogue access points and rogue clients.

    interval

    Time interval. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The TCP port (16113) that the controller and location appliance communicate over must be open (not blocked) on any firewall that exists between the controller and the location appliance for NMSP to function.

    Examples

    This example shows how to modify the NMSP notification interval for the active RFID tags to 25 seconds:

    > config nmsp notify-interval measurement rfid 25

     
    Related Commands

    clear locp statistics
    clear nmsp statistics
    show nmsp notify-interval summary
    show nmsp statistics
    show nmsp status

    config passwd-cleartext

    To enable or disable temporary display of passwords in plain text, use the config passwd-cleartext command.

    config passwd-cleartext { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the display of passwords in plain text.

    disable

    Disables the display of passwords in plain text.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be enabled if you want to see user-assigned passwords displayed in clear text when using the show run-config command.

    To execute this command, you must enter an admin password. This command is valid only for this particular session. It is not saved following a reboot.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable display of passwords in plain text:

    > config passwd-cleartext enable
     
    The way you see your passwds will be changed
    You are being warned.
     
    Enter admin password:
     

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config

    config pmk-cache delete

    To delete an entry in the Pairwise Master Key (PMK) cache from all Cisco wireless LAN controllers in the mobility group, use the config pmk-cache delete command.

    config pmk-cache delete { all | mac_address }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Deletes all Cisco wireless LAN controllers.

    mac_address

    MAC address of the Cisco wireless LAN controller to delete.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete all entries in the PMK cache:

    > config pmk-cache delete all

     
    Related Commands

    show pmk-cache

    Configure Port Commands

    Use the config port commands to configure port settings.

    config port adminmode

    To enable or disable the administrative mode for a specific controller port or for all ports, use the config port adminmode command.

    config port adminmode { all | port } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures all ports.

    port

    Number of the port.

    enable

    Enables the specified ports.

    disable

    Disables the specified ports.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable port 8:

    > config port adminmode 8 disable
     

    This example shows how to enable all ports:

    > config port adminmode all enable

     
    Related Commands

    config port autoneg
    config port linktrap
    config port multicast appliance
    config port power
    show port
    transfer download port

    config port autoneg

    To configure 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ports for physical port autonegotiation, use the config port autoneg command.

    config port autoneg { all | port } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures all ports.

    port

    Number of the port.

    enable

    Enables the specified ports.

    disable

    Disables the specified ports.

     
    Defaults

    The default for all Ports si that autonegotiation is enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to turn on physical port autonegotiation for all front-panel Ethernet ports:

    > config port autoneg all enable
     

    This example shows how to disable physical port autonegotiation for front-panel Ethernet port 19:

    > config port autoneg 19 disable

     
    Related Commands

    config port adminmode
    config port linktrap
    config port multicast appliance
    config port power
    show port
    transfer download port

    config port linktrap

    To enable or disable the up and down link traps for a specific controller port or for all ports, use the config port linktrap command.

    config port linktrap { all | port } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures all ports.

    port

    Number of the port.

    enable

    Enables the specified ports.

    disable

    Disables the specified ports.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable port 8 traps:

    > config port linktrap 8 disable
     

    This example shows how to enable all port traps:

    > config port linktrap all enable

     
    Related Commands

    config port adminmode
    config port autoneg
    config port multicast appliance
    config port power
    show port
    transfer download port

    config port multicast appliance

    To enable or disable the multicast appliance service for a specific controller port or for all ports, use the config port multicast appliance commands.

    config port multicast appliance { all | port } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures all ports.

    port

    Number of the port.

    enable

    Enables the specified ports.

    disable

    Disables the specified ports.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable multicast appliance service on all ports:

    > config port multicast appliance all enable
     

    This example shows how to disable multicast appliance service on port 8:

    > config port multicast appliance 8 disable

     
    Related Commands

    config port adminmode
    config port autoneg
    config port linktrap
    config port power
    show port
    transfer download port

    config port power

    To enable or disable Power over Ethernet (PoE) for a specific controller port or for all ports, use the config port power commands.

    config port power { all | port } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures all ports.

    port

    Port number.

    enable

    Enables the specified ports.

    disable

    Disable the specified ports.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable PoE on all ports:

    > config port power all enable
     

    This example shows how to disable PoE on port 8:

    > config port power 8 disable

     
    Related Commands

    config port adminmode
    config port autoneg
    config port linktrap
    config port multicast appliance
    show port
    transfer download port

    config prompt

    To change the CLI system prompt, use the config prompt command.

    config prompt prompt

     
    Syntax Description

    prompt

    New CLI system prompt enclosed in double quotes. The prompt can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters and is case sensitive.

     
    Defaults

    The system prompt is configured using the startup wizard.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Because the system prompt is a user-defined variable, it is omitted from the rest of this documentation.

    Examples

    This example shows how to change the CLI system prompt to Cisco 4400:

    > config prompt “Cisco 4400”

    config qos average-data-rate

    To define the average data rate in Kbps for TCP traffic per user, use the config qos average-data-rate command.

    config qos average-data-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } rate

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the average data rate for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the average data rate for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the average data rate for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the average data rate for the queue platinum.

    rate

    Average data rate for TCP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the average data rate 0 Kbps for the queue gold:

    > config qos average-data-rate gold 0

     
    Related Commands

    show qos description

    config qos burst-data-rate

    config qos average-realtime-rate

    config qos burst-realtime-rate

    config qos max-rf-usage

    config qos average-realtime-rate

    To define the average real-time data rate in Kbps for UDP traffic per user, use the config qos average-realtime-rate command.

    config qos average-realtime-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } rate

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the average real-time data rate for the queue platinum.

    rate

    Average real-time data rate for TCP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the average real-time actual rate for queue gold:

    > config qos average-realtime-rate gold 10

     
    Related Commands

    show qos description

    config qos average-data-rate

    config qos burst-data-rate

    config qos burst-realtime-rate

    config qos max-rf-usage

    config qos burst-data-rate

    To define the peak data rate in Kbps for TCP traffic per user, use the config qos burst-data-rate command.

    config qos burst-data-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } rate

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the peak data rate for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the peak data rate for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the peak data rate for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the peak data rate for the queue platinum.

    rate

    Peak data rate for TCP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the peak rate 30000 Kbps for the queue gold:

    > config qos burst-data-rate gold 30000

     
    Related Commands

    show qos description

    config qos average-data-rate

    config qos average-realtime-rate

    config qos burst-realtime-rate

    config qos max-rf-usage

    config qos burst-realtime-rate

    To define the burst real-time data rate in Kbps for UDP traffic per user, use the config qos burst-realtime-rate command.

    config qos burst-realtime-rate { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } rate

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the burst real-time data rate for the queue platinum.

    rate

    Burst real-time data rate for TCP traffic per user. A value between 0 and 60,000 Kbps (inclusive). A value of 0 imposes no bandwidth restriction on the QoS profile.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the burst real-time actual rate 2000 Kbps for the queue gold:

    > config qos burst-realtime-rate gold 2000

     
    Related Commands

    show qos description

    config qos average-data-rate

    config qos burst-data-rate

    config qos average-realtime-rate

    config qos max-rf-usage

    config qos description

    To change the profile description, use the config qos description command.

    config qos description { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } description

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the QoS profile description for the queue platinum.

    description

    QoS profile description.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the QoS profile description “description” for the queue gold:

    > config qos description gold abc

     
    Related Commands

    show qos average-data-rate

    config qos burst-data-rate

    config qos average-realtime-rate

    config qos burst-realtime-rate

    config qos max-rf-usage

    config qos max-rf-usage

    To specify the maximum percentage of RF usage per access point, use the config qos max-rf-usage command.

    config qos max-rf-usage { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } usage_percentage

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue platinum.

    usage-percentage

    Maximum percentage of RF usage.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify the maximum percentage of RF usage for the queue gold:

    > config qos max-rf-usage gold 20

     
    Related Commands

    show qos description

    config qos average-data-rate

    config qos burst-data-rate

    config qos average-realtime-rate

    config qos burst-realtime-rate

    config qos protocol-type/config qos dot1p-tag

    To define the maximum value (0-7) for the priority tag associated with packets that fall within the profile, use the config qos protocol-type and config qos dot1p-tag commands.

    config qos protocol-type { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } { none | dot1p}

    config qos dot1p-tag { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } dot1p _ tag

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the QoS 802.1p tag for the queue platinum.

    none

    Specifies when no specific protocol is assigned.

    dot1p_tag

    Dot1p tag value between 1 and 7.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the QoS protocol type silver:

    > config qos protocol-type silver dot1p
     

    This example shows how to configure the a QoS 802.1p tag for the queue gold with the dot1p tag value of 5:

    > config qos dot1p-tag gold 5

     
    Related Commands

    show qos queue_length all

    config qos queue_length

    To specify the maximum number of packets that access points keep in their queues, use the config qos queue_length command.

    config qos queue_length { bronze | silver | gold | platinum } queue_length

     
    Syntax Description

    bronze

    Specifies the QoS length for the queue bronze.

    silver

    Specifies the QoS length for the queue silver.

    gold

    Specifies the QoS length for the queue gold.

    platinum

    Specifies the QoS length for the queue platinum.

    queue_length

    Maximum queue length values (10 to 255).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the QoS length for the queue “gold” with the maximum queue length value as 12:
     
    > config qos queue_length gold 12

     
    Related Commands

    show qos

    Configure RADIUS Account Commands

    Use the config radius acct commands to configure RADIUS account server settings.

    config radius acct

    To add, delete, or configure settings for a RADIUS accounting server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius acct command.

    config radius acct {{ enable | disable | delete } index } |
    add index server_ip port { ascii | hex } secret }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables a RADIUS accounting server.

    disable

    Disables a RADIUS accounting server.

    delete

    Deletes a RADIUS accounting server.

    index

    RADIUS server index. The controller begins the search with 1.

    add

    Adds a RADIUS accounting server.

    index_server_ip

    IP address of RADIUS server.

    port

    RADIUS server’s UDP port number for the interface protocols.

    ascii

    Specifies the RADIUS server’s secret type: ascii.

    hex

    Specifies the RADIUS server’s secret type: hex.

    secret

    RADIUS server’s secret.

     
    Defaults

    When adding a RADIUS server, the port number defaults to 1813 and the state is enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a priority 1 RADIUS accounting server at 10.10.10.10 using port 1813 with a login password of admin :

    > config radius acct add 1 10.10.10.10 1813 ascii admin

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct IPsec authentication

    To configure IPsec authentication for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the
    config radius acct ipsec authentication command.

    config radius acct ipsec authentication { hmac-md5 | hmac-sha1 } index

     
    Syntax Description

    hmac-md5

    Enables IPsec HMAC-MD5 authentication.

    hmac-sha1

    Enables IPsec HMAC-SHA1 authentication.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IPsec hmac-md5 authentication service on the RADIUS accounting server index 1:

    > config radius acct ipsec authentication hmac-md5 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct IPsec disable

    To disable IPsec support for an accounting server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius acct ipsec disable command.

    config radius acct ipsec disable index

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the IPsec support for RADIUS accounting server index 1:

    > config radius acct IPsec disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct IPsec enable

    To enable IPsec support for an accounting server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius acct ipsec enable command.

    config radius acct ipsec enable index

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the IPsec support for RADIUS accounting server index 1:

    > config radius acct ipsec enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct IPsec encryption

    To configure IPsec encryption for an accounting server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius acct ipsec encryption command.

    config radius acct ipsec encryption {3des | aes | des} index

     
    Syntax Description

    3des

    Enables IPsec 3DES encryption.

    aes

    Enables IPsec AES encryption.

    des

    Enables IPsec DES encryption.

    index

    RADIUS server index value of between 1 and 17.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IPsec 3DES encryption for RADIUS server index value 3:

    > config radius acct ipsec encryption 3des 3

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    show radius summary

    config radius acct IPsec ike

    To configure Internet Key Exchange (IKE) for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the
    config radius acct ipsec command.

    config radius acct ipsec ike dh-group { group-1 | group-2 | group-5 } |
    lifetime seconds | phase1 { aggressive | main }} index

     
    Syntax Description

    IPsec

    Configures the IPsec.

    ike

    Configures the IKE.

    dh-group

    Specifies the Dixie-Hellman group.

    group-1

    Configures the DH Group 1 (768 bits).

    group-2

    Configures the DH Group 2 (1024 bits).

    group-5

    Configures the DH Group 5 (1024 bits).

    lifetime

    Configures the IKE lifetime.

    seconds

    IKE Lifetime in seconds.

    phase1

    Configures the IKE phase1 node.

    aggressive

    Enables the aggressive mode.

    main

    Enables the main mode.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an IKE lifetime of 23 seconds for RADIUS server index 1:

    > config radius acct ipsec ike lifetime 23 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct mac-delimiter

    To specify the delimiter to be used in the MAC addresses that are sent to the RADIUS accounting server, use the config radius acct mac-delimiter command.

    config radius acc t mac-delimiter { colon | hyphen | single-hyphen | none }

     
    Syntax Description

    colon

    Sets the delimiter to a colon (for example, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx).

    hyphen

    Sets the delimiter to a hyphen (for example, xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx).

    single-hyphen

    Sets the delimiter to a single hyphen (for example, xxxxxx-xxxxxx).

    none

    Disables the delimiter (for example, xxxxxxxxxxxx).

     
    Defaults

    The default delimiter is a hyphen.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the delimiter hyphen to be used in the MAC addresses that are sent to the RADIUS accounting server for the network users:

    > config radius acct mac-delimiter hyphen

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct network

    To configure a default RADIUS server for network users, use the config radius acct network command.

    config radius acct network index { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

    enable

    Enables the server as a network user’s default RADIUS server.

    disable

    Disables the server as a network user’s default RADIUS server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a default RADIUS accounting server for the network users with RADIUS server index1:

    > config radius acct network 1 enable

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct retransmit-timeout

    To change the default transmission timeout for a RADIUS accounting server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius acct retransmit-timeout command.

    config radius acct retransmit-timeout index timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

    timeout

    Number of seconds (from 2 to 30) between retransmissions.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure retransmission timeout value 5 seconds between the retransmission:

    > config radius acct retransmit-timeout 5

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    Configure RADIUS Authentication Server Commands

    Use the config radius auth commands to configure RADIUS authentication server settings.

    config radius auth

    To add, delete, or configure settings for a RADIUS authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth command.

    config radius auth {{ enable | disable | delete } index } |
    add index server_ip port { ascii | hex } secret

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables a RADIUS authentication server.

    disable

    Disables a RADIUS authentication server.

    delete

    Deletes a RADIUS authentication server.

    index

    RADIUS server index. The controller begins the search with 1.

    add

    Adds a RADIUS authentication server. See the “Defaults” section.

    server_ip

    IP address of the RADIUS server.

    port

    RADIUS server’s UDP port number for the interface protocols.

    ascii

    Specifies RADIUS server’s secret type: ascii.

    hex

    Specifies RADIUS server’s secret type: hex.

    secret

    RADIUS server’s secret.

     
    Defaults

    When adding a RADIUS server, the port number defaults to 1813 and the state is enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a priority 1 RADIUS authentication server at 10.10.10.10 using port 1812 with a login password of admin :

    > config radius auth add 1 10.10.10.10 1812 ascii admin

     
    Related Commands

    show radius auth statistics

    config radius auth IPsec authentication

    To configure IPsec support for an authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth IPsec authentication command.

    config radius auth IPsec authentication { hmac-md5 | hmac-sha1 } index

     
    Syntax Description

    hmac-md5

    Enables IPsec HMAC-MD5 authentication.

    hmac-shal

    Enables IPsec HMAC-SHA1 authentication.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IPsec hmac-md5 support for RADIUS authentication server index 1:
     
    > config radius auth IPsec authentication hmac-md5 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius auth IPsec disable

    To disable IPsec support for an authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth IPsec disable command.

    config radius auth IPsec {enable | disable} index

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the IPsec support for an authentication server.

    disable

    Disables the IPsec support for an authentication server.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the IPsec support for RADIUS authentication server index 1:

    > config radius auth IPsec enable 1
     

    This example shows how to disable the IPsec support for RADIUS authentication server index 1:

    > config radius auth IPsec disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius auth IPsec encryption

    To configure IPsec encryption support for an authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth IPsec command.

    config radius auth IPsec encryption { 3des | aes | des } index

     
    Syntax Description

    3des

    Enables the IPsec 3DES encryption.

    aes

    Enables the IPsec AES encryption.

    des

    Enables the IPsec DES encryption.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure IPsec 3dec encryption RADIUS authentication server index 3:

    > config radius auth IPsec encryption 3des 3

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius auth IPsec ike

    To configure Internet Key Exchange (IKE) for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth IPsec ike command.

    config radius auth IPsec ike { dh-group { group-1 | group-2 | group-5 } |
    lifetime seconds | phase1 { aggressive | main }} index

     
    Syntax Description

    dh-group

    Configures the IKE Diffe-Hellman group.

    group-1

    Configures the DH Group 1 (768 bits).

    group-2

    Configures the DH Group 2 (1024 bits).

    group-5

    Configures the DH Group 2 (1024 bits).

    lifetime

    Configures the IKE lifetime.

    seconds

    Lifetime in seconds.

    phase1

    Configures the IKE phase1 mode.

    aggressive

    Enables the aggressive mode.

    main

    Enables the main mode.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure IKE lifetime of 23 seconds for RADIUS authentication server index 1:

    > config radius auth IPsec ike lifetime 23 1

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius auth keywrap

    To enable and configure Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) key wrap, which makes the shared secret between the controller and the RADIUS server more secure, use the config radius auth keywrap command.

    config radius auth keywrap { enable | disable | add {ascii | hex} kek mack index}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables AES key wrap.

    disable

    Disables AES key wrap.

    add

    Configures AES key wrap attributes.

    ascii

    Configures key wrap in an ASCII format.

    hex

    Configures key wrap in a hexadecimal format.

    kek

    16-byte Key Encryption Key (KEK).

    mack

    20-byte Message Authentication Code Key (MACK).

    index

    Index of the RADIUS authentication server on which to configure the AES key wrap.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the AES key wrap for a RADIUS authentication server:

    > config radius auth keywrap enable
     

     
    Related Commands

    show radius auth statistics

    config radius auth mac-delimiter

    To specify a delimiter to be used in the MAC addresses that are sent to the RADIUS authentication server, use the config radius auth mac-delimiter command.

    config radius auth mac-delimiter { colon | hyphen | single-hyphen | none }

     
    Syntax Description

    colon

    Sets a delimiter to a colon (for example, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx).

    hyphen

    Sets a delimiter to a hyphen (for example, xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx).

    single-hyphen

    Sets a delimiter to a single hyphen (for example, xxxxxx-xxxxxx).

    none

    Disables the delimiter (for example, xxxxxxxxxxxx).

     
    Defaults

    The default delimiter is a hyphen.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify a delimiter hyphen to be used for a RADIUS authentication server:

    > config radius auth mac-delimiter hyphen

     
    Related Commands

    show radius auth statistics

    config radius auth management

    To configure a default RADIUS server for management users, use the config radius auth management command.

    config radius auth management index { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

    enable

    Enables the server as a management user’s default RADIUS server.

    disable

    Disables the server as a management user’s default RADIUS server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a RADIUS server for management users:

    > config radius auth management 1 enable

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct network

    config radius auth network

    To configure a default RADIUS server for network users, use the config radius auth network command.

    config radius auth network index { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

    enable

    Enables the server as a network user default RADIUS server.

    disable

    Disable the server as a network user default RADIUS server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a default RADIUS server for network users:
     
    > config radius auth network 1 enable

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    config radius acct network

    config radius auth retransmit-timeout

    To change a default transmission timeout for a RADIUS authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth retransmit-timeout command.

    config radius auth retransmit-timeout index timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

    timeout

    Number of seconds (from 2 to 30) between retransmissions.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a retransmission timeout of 5 seconds for a RADIUS authentication server:
     
    > config radius auth retransmit-timeout 5

     
    Related Commands

    show radius auth statistics

    config radius auth rfc3576

    To configure RADIUS RFC-3576 support for the authentication server for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius auth rfc3576 command.

    config radius auth rfc3576 { enable | disable } index

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables RFC-3576 support for an authentication server.

    disable

    Disable RFC-3576 support for an authentication server.

    index

    RADIUS server index.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    RFC 3576, which is an extension to the RADIUS protocol, allows dynamic changes to a user session. RFC 3576 includes support for disconnecting users and changing authorizations applicable to a user session. Disconnect messages cause a user session to be terminated immediately; CoA messages modify session authorization attributes such as data filters.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the RADIUS RFC-3576 support for a RADIUS authentication server:
     
    > config radius auth rfc3576 enable 2

     
    Related Commands

    show radius auth statistics

    show radius summary

    show radius rfc3576

    config radius auth server-timeout

    To configure a retransmission timeout value for a RADIUS accounting server, use the config radius auth server-timeout command.

    config radius auth server-timeout index timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    RADIUS server index.

    timeout

    Timeout value. The range is 2 to 30 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    The default timeout is 2 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a server timeout value of 2 seconds for RADIUS authentication server index 10:
     
    > config radius auth server-timeout 2 10

     
    Related Commands

    show radius auth statistics

    show radius summary

    config radius aggressive-failover disabled

    To configure the controller to mark a RADIUS server as down (not responding) after the server does not reply to three consecutive clients, use the config radius aggressive-failover disabled command.

    config radius aggressive-failover disabled

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller to mark a RADIUS server as down:
     
    > config radius aggressive-failover disabled
     

     
    Related Commands

    show radius summary

    config radius backward compatibility

    To configure RADIUS backward compatibility for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius backward command.

    config radius backward compatibility { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables RADIUS vendor ID backward compatibility.

    disable

    Disables RADIUS vendor ID backward compatibility.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the RADIUS backward compatibility settings:
     
    > config radius backward compatibility disable

     
    Related Commands

    show radius summary

    config radius callStationIdType

    To configure callStationIdType information sent in RADIUS messages for the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config radius callStationIdType command.

    config radius callStationIdType { ipAddr | macAddr | ap-macAddr }

     
    Syntax Description

    ipAddr

    Configures the Call Station ID type to use the IP address (only Layer 3).

    macAddr

    Configures the Call Station ID type to use the system’s MAC address (Layers 2 and 3).

    ap-macAddr

    Configures the Call Station ID type to use the access point’s MAC address (Layers 2 and 3).

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command uses the selected calling station ID for communications with RADIUS servers and other applications.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the call station ID type to use the IP address:
     
    > config radius callStationIdType ipAddr
     
    This example shows how to configure the call station ID type to use the system’s MAC address:
     
    > config radius callStationIdType macAddr
     
    This example shows how to configure the call station ID type to use the access point’s MAC address:
     
    > config radius callStationIdType ap-macAddr

     
    Related Commands

    show radius summary

    config radius fallback-test

    To configure the RADIUS server fallback behavior, use the config radius fallback-test command.

    config radius fallback-test mode {off | passive | active}} | {username username} | {interval interval}

     
    Syntax Description

    mode

    Specifies the mode.

    off

    Disables RADIUS server fallback.

    passive

    Causes the controller to revert to a preferable server (with a lower server index) from the available backup servers without using extraneous probe messages. The controller ignores all inactive servers for a time period and retries later when a RADIUS message needs to be sent.

    active

    Causes the controller to revert to a preferable server (with a lower server index) from the available backup servers by using RADIUS probe messages to proactively determine whether a server that has been marked inactive is back online. The controller ignores all inactive servers for all active RADIUS requests.

    username

    Specifies the username.

    username

    Username. The username can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters.

    interval

    Specifies the probe interval value.

    interval

    Probe interval. The range is 180 to 3600.

     
    Defaults

    The default probe interval is 300.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the RADIUS accounting server fallback behavior:

    > config radius fallback-test mode off
     

    This example shows how to configure the controller to revert to a preferable server from the available backup servers without using the extraneous probe messages:

    > config radius fallback-test mode passive
     

    This example shows how to configure the controller to revert to a preferable server from the available backup servers by using RADIUS probe messages:

    > config radius fallback-test mode active
     

     
    Related Commands

    config advanced probe filter
    config advanced probe limit
    show advanced probe
    show radius acct statistics

    config rfid auto-timeout

    To configure an automatic timeout of radio frequency identification (RFID) tags, use the config rfid auto-timeout command.

    config rfid auto-timeout { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables an automatic timeout.

    disable

    Disables an automatic timeout.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable an automatic timeout of RFID tags:
     
    > config rfid auto-timeout enable

     
    Related Commands

    show rfid summary

    config rfid status

    config rfid timeout

    config rfid status

    To configure radio frequency identification (RFID) tag data tracking, use the config rfid status command.

    config rfid status { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables RFID tag tracking.

    disable

    Enables RFID tag tracking.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure RFID tag tracking settings:
     
    > config rfid status enable

     
    Related Commands

    show rfid summary

    config rfid auto-timeout

    config rfid timeout

    config rfid timeout

    To configure a static radio frequency identification (RFID) tag data timeout, use the config rfid timeout command.

    config rfid timeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Timeout in seconds (from 60 to 7200).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a static RFID tag data timeout of 60 seconds.
     
    > config rfid timeout 60

     
    Related Commands

    show rfid summary

    config rfid statistics

    Configure Rogue Commands

    Use the configure rogue commands to configure policy settings for unidentified (rogue) clients.

    config rogue adhoc

    To globally or individually configure the status of an Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS or ad-hoc) rogue access point, use the config rogue adhoc command.

    config rogue adhoc { enable | disable | external rogue_MAC | alert { rogue_MAC | all } |
    auto-contain [ monitor_ap ] | contain rogue_MAC 1234_aps }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable | disable

    Globally enables or disables detection and reporting of ad-hoc rogues.

    external

    Acknowledges the presence of the ad-hoc rogue.

    rogue_MAC

    MAC address of the ad-hoc rogue access point.

    alert

    Generates an SMNP trap upon detection of the ad-hoc rogue, and generates an immediate alert to the system administrator for further action.

    all

    Enables alerts for all ad-hoc rogue access points.

    auto-contain

    Contains all wired ad-hoc rogues detected by the controller.

    monitor_ap

    (Optional) IP address of the ad-hoc rogue access point.

    contain

    Contains the offending device so that its signals no longer interfere with authorized clients.

    1234_aps

    Maximum number of Cisco access points assigned to actively contain the ad-hoc rogue access point (1 through 4, inclusive).

     
    Defaults

    The default for this command is enabled and is set to alert. The default for auto-containment is disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The controller continuously monitors all nearby access points and automatically discovers and collects information on rogue access points and clients. When the controller discovers a rogue access point, it uses RLDP to determine if the rogue is attached to your wired network.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif RLDP is not supported for use with Cisco autonomous rogue access points. These access points drop the DHCP Discover request sent by the RLDP client. Also, RLDP is not supported if the rogue access point channel requires dynamic frequency selection (DFS).


    When you enter any of the containment commands, the following warning appears:

    Using this feature may have legal consequences. Do you want to continue? (y/n) :
     

    The 2.4- and 5-GHz frequencies in the Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) band are open to the public and can be used without a license. As such, containing devices on another party’s network could have legal consequences.

    Enter auto-contain with the monitor_ap argument to monitor the rogue access point without containing it. Enter auto-contain without the optional monitor_ap to automatically contain all wired ad-hoc rogues detected by the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the detection and reporting of ad-hoc rogues:

    > config rogue adhoc enable
     

    This example shows how to enable alerts for all ad-hoc rogue access points:

    > config rogue adhoc alert all

     
    Related Commands

    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue ap classify

    To classify the status of a rogue access point, use the config rogue ap classify command.

    config rogue ap classify { friendly state { internal | external } ap_mac
    config rogue ap classify { malicious | unclassified } state { alert | contain } ap_mac}

     
    Syntax Description

    friendly

    Classifies a rogue access point as friendly.

    state

    Specifies a response to classification.

    internal

    Configures the controller to trust this rogue access point.

    external

    Configures the controller to acknowledge the presence of this access point.

    ap_mac

    MAC address of the rogue access point.

    malicious

    Classifies a rogue access point as potentially malicious.

    unclassified

    Classifies a rogue access point as unknown.

    alert

    Configures the controller to forward an immediate alert to the system administrator for further action.

    contain

    Configures the controller to contain the offending device so that its signals no longer interfere with authorized clients.

     
    Defaults

    These commands are disabled by default. Therefore, all unknown access points are categorized as unclassified by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    A rogue access point cannot be moved to the unclassified class if its current state is contain.

    When you enter any of the containment commands, the following warning appears: “Using this feature may have legal consequences. Do you want to continue?” The 2.4- and 5-GHz frequencies in the Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) band are open to the public and can be used without a license. As such, containing devices on another party’s network could have legal consequences.

    Examples

    This example shows how to classify a rogue access point as friendly and can be trusted:

    > config rogue ap classify friendly state internal 11:11:11:11:11:11
     

    This example shows how to classify a rogue access point as malicious and to send an alert:

    > config rogue ap classify malicious state alert 11:11:11:11:11:11
     

    This example shows how to classify a rogue access point as unclassified and to contain it:

    > config rogue ap classify unclassified state contain 11:11:11:11:11:11

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue ap friendly

    To add a new friendly access point entry to the friendly MAC address list, or delete an existing friendly access point entry from the list, use the config rogue ap friendly command.

    config rogue ap friendly { add | delete } ap_mac

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds this rogue access point from the friendly MAC address list.

    delete

    Deletes this rogue access point from the friendly MAC address list.

    ap_mac

    MAC address of the rogue access point that you want to add or delete.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a new friendly access point with MAC address 11:11:11:11:11:11 to the friendly MAC address list:

    > config rogue ap friendly add 11:11:11:11:11:11

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue ap rldp

    To enable, disable, or initiate the Rogue Location Discovery Protocol (RLDP), use the config rogue ap rldp command.

    config rogue ap rldp enable { alarm-only | auto-contain } [ monitor_ap_only]
    config rogue ap rldp initiate rogue_mac_address
    config rogue ap rldp disable

     
    Syntax Description

    alarm-only

    When entered without the optional argument monitor_ap_only, enables RLDP on all access points.

    auto-contain

    When entered without the optional argument monitor_ap_only, automatically contains all rogue access points.

    monitor_ap_only

    (Optional) RLDP is enabled (when used with alarm-only keyword), or automatically contained (when used with auto-contain keyword) is enabled only on the designated monitor access point.

    initiate

    Initiates RLDP on a specific rogue access point.

    rogue_mac_address

    MAC address of specific rogue access point.

    disable

    Disables RLDP on all access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enter any of the containment commands, the following warning appears: “Using this feature may have legal consequences. Do you want to continue?” The 2.4- and 5-GHz frequencies in the Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) band are open to the public and can be used without a license. As such, containing devices on another party’s network could have legal consequences.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable RLDP on all access points:

    > config rogue ap rldp enable alarm-only
     

    This example shows how to enable RLDP on monitor-mode access point ap_1:

    > config rogue ap rldp enable alarm-only ap_1
     

    This example shows how to start RLDP on the rogue access point with MAC address 123.456.789.000:

    > config rogue ap rldp initiate 123.456.789.000
     

    This example shows how to disable RLDP on all access points:

    > config rogue ap rldp disable

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue ap ssid

    To generate an alarm only, or to automatically contain a rogue access point that is advertising your network’s service set identifier (SSID), use the config rogue ap ssid command.

    config rogue ap ssid { alarm | auto-contain }

     
    Syntax Description

    alarm

    Generates only an alarm when a rogue access point is discovered to be advertising your network’s SSID.

    auto-contain

    Automatically contains the rogue access point that is advertising your network’s SSID.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enter any of the containment commands, the following warning appears: “Using this feature may have legal consequences. Do you want to continue?” The 2.4- and 5-GHz frequencies in the Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) band are open to the public and can be used without a license. As such, containing devices on another party’s network could have legal consequences.

    Examples

    This example shows how to automatically contain a rogue access point that is advertising your network’s SSID:

    > config rogue ap ssid auto-contain

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue ap timeout

    To specify the number of seconds after which the rogue access point and client entries expire and are removed from the list, use the config rogue ap timeout command.

    config rogue ap timeout seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Value of 240 to 3600 seconds (inclusive), with a default value of 1200 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    1200 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set an expiration time for entries in the rogue access point and client list to 2400 seconds:

    > config rogue ap timeout 2400

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue ap valid-client

    To generate an alarm only, or to automatically contain a rogue access point to which a trusted client is associated, use the config rogue ap valid-client command.

    config rogue ap valid-client { alarm | auto-contain }

     
    Syntax Description

    alarm

    Generates only an alarm when a rogue access point is discovered to be associated with a valid client.

    auto-contain

    Automatically contains a rogue access point to which a trusted client is associated.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enter any of the containment commands, the following warning appears: “Using this feature may have legal consequences. Do you want to continue?” The 2.4- and 5-GHz frequencies in the Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) band are open to the public and can be used without a license. As such, containing devices on another party’s network could have legal consequences.

    Examples

    This example shows how to automatically contain a rogue access point that is associated with a valid client:

    > config rogue ap valid-client auto-contain

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue client

    To configure rogue clients, use the config rogue client command.

    config rogue client { aaa { enable | disable } | alert ap_mac | contain client_mac } num_of_APs

     
    Syntax Description

    aaa

    Configures AAA server or local database to validate whether rogue clients are valid clients.

    enable

    Enables the AAA server or local database to check rogue client MAC addresses for validity.

    disable

    Disables the AAA server or local database to check rogue client MAC addresses for validity.

    alert

    Configures the controller to forward an immediate alert to the system administrator for further action.

    ap_mac

    Access point MAC address.

    contain

    Configures the controller to contain the offending device so that its signals no longer interfere with authorized clients.

    client_mac

    MAC address of the rogue client.

    num_of_APs

    Maximum number of Cisco access points to actively contain the rogue access point (1–4).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the AAA server or local database to check MAC addresses:

    > config rogue client aaa enable
     

    This example shows how to disable the AAA server or local database from checking MAC addresses:

    > config rogue client aaa disable

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue client detailed
    show rogue client summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue detection

    To enable or disable rogue detection, use the config rogue detection command.

    config rogue detection {enable | disable} { Cisco_AP | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables rogue detection on this access point.

    disable

    Disables rogue detection on this access point.

    Cisco_AP

    Cisco access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If an AP itself is configured with the name ‘all’, then the ‘all access points’ case takes precedence over the AP that is named ‘all’.


     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Rogue detection is enabled by default for all access points joined to the controller except for OfficeExtend access points. OfficeExtend access points are deployed in a home environment and are likely to detect a large number of rogue devices.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable rogue detection on the access point Cisco_AP:

    > config rogue detection enable Cisco_AP

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue rule
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue client detailed
    show rogue client summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config rogue rule

    To add and configure rogue classification rules, use the config rogue rule commands.

    config rogue rule { add ap priority priority classify { friendly | malicious } rule_name |
    classify { friendly | malicious } rule_name |
    condition ap { set | delete } condition_type condition_value rule_name |
    { enable | delete | disable } { all | rule_name } |
    match { all | any } |
    priority priority rule_name }

     
    Syntax Description

    add ap priority

    Adds a rule with match any criteria and the priority that you specify.

    priority

    Priority of this rule within the list of rules.

    classify

    Specifies the classification of a rule.

    friendly

    Classifies a rule as friendly.

    malicious

    Classifies a rule as malicious.

    rule_name

    Rule to which the command applies, or the name of a new rule.

    condition ap

    Specifies the conditions for a rule that the rogue access point must meet.

    set

    Adds conditions to a rule that the rogue access point must meet.

    delete

    Removes conditions to a rule that the rogue access point must meet.

    condition_type

    Type of the condition to be configured. The condition types are listed below:

    • client-count—Requires that a minimum number of clients be associated to the rogue access point. The valid range is 1 to 10 (inclusive).
    • duration—Requires that the rogue access point be detected for a minimum period of time. The valid range is 0 to 3600 seconds (inclusive).
    • managed-ssid—Requires that the rogue access point’s SSID be known to the controller.
    • no-encryption—Requires that the rogue access point’s advertised WLAN does not have encryption enabled.
    • rssi—Requires that the rogue access point have a minimum RSSI value. The valid range is –95 to –50 dBm (inclusive).
    • ssid—Requires that the rogue access point have a specific SSID.

    condition_value

    Value of the condition. This value is dependent upon the condition_type. For instance, if the condition type is ssid, then the condition value is either the SSID name or all.

    enable

    Enables all rules or a single specific rule.

    delete

    Deletes all rules or a single specific rule.

    disable

    Deletes all rules or a single specific rule.

    match

    Specifies whether a detected rogue access point must meet all or any of the conditions specified by the rule in order for the rule to be matched and the rogue access point to adopt the classification type of the rule.

    all

    Specifies all rules defined.

    any

    Specifies any rule meeting certain criteria.

    priority

    Changes the priority of a specific rule and shifts others in the list accordingly.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    For your changes to be effective, you must enable the rule. You can configure up to 64 rules.

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a rule called rule_1 with a priority of 1 and a classification as friendly :

    > config rogue rule add ap priority 1 classify friendly rule_1
     

    This example shows how to enable rule_1:

    > config rogue rule enable rule_1
     

    This example shows how to change the priority of the last command:

    > config rogue rule priority 2 rule_1
     

    This example shows how to change the classification of the last command:

    > config rogue rule classify malicious rule_1
     

    This example shows how to disable the last command:

    > config rogue rule disable rule_1
     

    This example shows how to delete SSID_2 from the user-configured SSID list in rule-5:

    > config rogue rule condition ap delete ssid ssid_2 rule-5

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue adhoc
    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    config rogue client
    config trapflags rogueap
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show rogue client detailed
    show rogue client summary
    show rogue ignore-list
    show rogue rule detailed
    show rogue rule summary

    config route add

    To configure a network route from the service port to a dedicated workstation IP address range, use the config route add command.

    config route add ip_address netmask gateway

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    Network IP address.

    netmask

    Subnet mask for the network.

    gateway

    IP address of the gateway for the route network.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a network route to a dedicated workstation IP address 10.1.1.0, subnet mask 255.255.255.0, and gateway 10.1.1.1:

    > config route add 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 10.1.1.1

     
    Related Commands

    show route summary

    config route delete

    config route delete

    To remove a network route from the service port, use the config route delete command.

    config route delete ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    Network IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a route from the network IP address 10.1.1.0:

    > config route delete 10.1.1.0

     
    Related Commands

    show route all
    config route add

    config serial baudrate

    To set the serial port baud rate, use the config serial baudrate command.

    config serial baudrate { 1200 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 }

     
    Syntax Description

    1200

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 1200.

    2400

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 2400.

    4800

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 4800.

    9600

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 9600.

    19200

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 19200.

    38400

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 38400.

    57600

    Specifies the supported connection speeds to 57600.

     
    Defaults

    9600.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a serial baud rate with the default connection speed of 9600:

    > config serial baudrate 9600

     
    Related Commands

    config serial timeout

    config serial timeout

    To set the timeout of a serial port session, use the config serial timeout command.

    config serial timeout minutes

     
    Syntax Description

    minutes

    Timeout in minutes from 0 to 160. A value of 0 indicates no timeout.

     
    Defaults

    0 (no timeout).

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use this command to set the timeout for a serial connection to the front of the Cisco wireless LAN controller from 0 to 160 minutes where 0 is no timeout.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the timeout of a serial port session to 10 minutes:

    > config serial timeout 10

     
    Related Commands

    config serial timeout

    config service timestamps

    To enable or disable timestamps in message logs, use the config service timestamps command.

    config service timestamps { debug | log } { datetime | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    debug

    Configures timestamps in debug messages.

    log

    Configures timestamps in log messages.

    datetime

    Specifies to timestamp message logs with the standard date and time.

    disable

    Specifies to prevent message logs being timestamped.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure timestamp message logs with the standard date and time:

    > config service timestamps log datetime
     

    This example shows how to prevent message logs being timestamped:

    > config service timestamps debug disable

     
    Related Commands

    show logging

    config sessions maxsessions

    To configure the number of Telnet CLI sessions allowed by the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the config sessions maxsessions command.

    config sessions maxsessions session_num

     
    Syntax Description

    session_num

    Number of sessions from 0 to 5.

     
    Defaults

    5.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Up to five sessions are possible while a setting of zero prohibits any Telnet CLI sessions.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the number of allowed CLI sessions to 2:

    > config sessions maxsessions 2

     
    Related Commands

    show sessions

    config sessions timeout

    To configure the inactivity timeout for Telnet CLI sessions, use the config sessions timeout command.

    config sessions timeout timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    timeout

    Timeout of Telnet session in minutes (from 0 to 160). A value of 0 indicates no timeout.

     
    Defaults

    5.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the inactivity timeout for Telnet sessions to 20 minutes:

    > config sessions timeout 20

     
    Related Commands

    show sessions

    config slot

    To configure various slot parameters, use the config slot command.

    config slot slot_Id {enable | disable | channel ap | chan_width | txpower ap | antenna extAntGain antenna_gain | rts} Cisco_AP

     
    Syntax Description

    slot_Id

    Slot identifier that refers to the slot of the downlink radio to which the channel is assigned.

    enable

    Enable the slot.

    disable

    Disable the slot.

    channel

    Configures the channel for the slot.

    ap

    Configures one 802.11a Cisco access point.

    chan_width

    Configures channel width for the slot.

    txpower

    Configures Tx power for the slot.

    antenna

    Configures the 802.11a antenna.

    extAntGain

    Configures the 802.11a external antenna gain.

    antenna_gain

    External antenna gain value in.5 dBi units (i.e. 2.5 dBi = 5).

    rts

    Configures RTS/CTS for an AP.

    Cisco_AP

    Specifies the name of the Cisco access point on which the channel is configured.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable slot 3 for the access point abc:

    > config slot 3 enable abc
     

    This example shows how to configure rts for the access point abc:

    > config slot 2 rts abc

     
    Related Commands

    show mesh ap

    show mesh stats

    Configure SNMP Commands

    Use the config snmp commands to configure Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) settings.

    config snmp community accessmode

    To modify the access mode (read only or read/write) of an SNMP community, use the config snmp community accessmode command.

    config snmp community accessmode { ro | rw } name

     
    Syntax Description

    ro

    Specifies a read-only mode.

    rw

    Specifies a read/write mode.

    name

    SNMP community name.

     
    Defaults

    Two communities are provided by default with the following settings:

    SNMP Community Name Client IP Address Client IP Mask Access Mode Status
    ------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------- ------
    public 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Read Only Enable
    private 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Read/Write Enable

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure read/write access mode for SNMP community:

    > config snmp community accessmode rw private

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp community
    config snmp community mode
    config snmp community create
    config snmp community delete
    config snmp community ipaddr

    config snmp community create

    To create a new SNMP community, use the config snmp community create command.

    config snmp community create name

     
    Syntax Description

    name

    SNMP community name. Up to 16 characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use this command to create a new community with the following default configuration

    Examples

    This example shows how to create a new SNMP community named test:

    > config snmp community create test
     
     

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp community
    config snmp community mode
    config snmp community accessmode
    config snmp community delete
    config snmp community ipaddr

    config snmp community delete

    To delete an SNMP community, use the config snmp community delete command.

    config snmp community delete name

     
    Syntax Description

    name

    SNMP community name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete an SNMP community named test:

    > config snmp community delete test

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp community
    config snmp community mode
    config snmp community accessmode
    config snmp community create
    config snmp community ipaddr

    config snmp community ipaddr

    To configure the IP address of an SNMP community, use the config snmp community ipaddr command.

    config snmp community ipaddr ip_address ip_mask name

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    SNMP community IP address.

    ip_mask

    SNMP community subnet mask.

    name

    SNMP community name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an SNMP community with the IP address 10.10.10.10, IP mask 255.255.255.0, and SNMP community named public:

    > config snmp community ipaddr 10.10.10.10 255.255.255.0 public

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp community
    config snmp community mode
    config snmp community accessmode
    config snmp community create
    config snmp community delete
    config snmp community ipaddr

    config snmp community mode

    To enable or disable an SNMP community, use the config snmp community mode command.

    config snmp community mode { enable | disable } name

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the community.

    disable

    Disables the community.

    name

    SNMP community name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the SNMP community named public:

    > config snmp community mode disable public

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp community
    config snmp community accessmode
    config snmp community create
    config snmp community delete
    config snmp community ipaddr

    config snmp syscontact

    To set the SNMP system contact name, use the config snmp syscontact command.

    config snmp syscontact contact

     
    Syntax Description

    contact

    SNMP system contact name. The contact can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the SMNP system contact named Cisco WLAN Solution_administrator:

    > config snmp syscontact Cisco WLAN Solution_administrator

     
    Related Commands

    show snmpcommunity

    config snmp syslocation

    To configure the SNMP system location name, use the config snmp syslocation command.

    config snmp syslocation location

     
    Syntax Description

    location

    SNMP system location name. The location can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the SNMP system location name to Building_2a:

    > config snmp syslocation Building_2a

     
    Related Commands

    show snmpcommunity

    config snmp trapreceiver create

    To configure a server to receive SNMP traps, use the config snmp trapreceiver create command.

    config snmp trapreceiver create name ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    name

    SNMP community name. The name contain up to 16 characters.

    ip_address

    SNMP community IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The IP address must be valid for the command to add the new server.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a new SNMP trap receiver with the SNMP community named test and IP address 10.1.1.1:

    > config snmp trapreceiver create test 10.1.1.1

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp trap

    config snmp trapreceiver delete

    To delete a server from the trap receiver list, use the config snmp trapreceiver delete command.

    config snmp trapreceiver delete name

     
    Syntax Description

    name

    SNMP community name. The name can contain up to 16 characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a server named test from the SNMP trap receiver list:

    > config snmp trapreceiver delete test

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp trap

    config snmp trapreceiver mode

    To send or disable sending traps to a selected server, use the config snmp trapreceiver mode command.

    config snmp trapreceiver mode { enable | disable } name

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables an SNMP trap receiver.

    disable

    Disables an SNMP trap receiver.

    name

    SNMP community name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command enables or disables the Cisco wireless LAN controller from sending the traps to the selected server.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable an SNMP trap receiver from sending traps to a server named server1:

    > config snmp trapreceiver mode disable server1

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp trap

    config snmp v3user create

    To create a version 3 SNMP user, use the config snmp v3user create command.

    config snmp v3user create username { ro | rw } { none | hmacmd5 | hmacsha } { none | des | aescfb128 } [ auth_key ] [ encrypt_key ]

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Version 3 SNMP username.

    ro

    Specifies a read-only user privilege.

    rw

    Specifies a read-write user privilege.

    none

    Specifies if no authentication is required.

    hmacmd5

    Specifies Hashed Message Authentication Coding Message Digest 5 (HMAC-MD5) for authentication.

    hmacsha

    Specifies Hashed Message Authentication Coding-Secure Hashing Algorithm (HMAC-SHA) for authentication.

    none

    Specifies if no encryption is required.

    des

    Specifies to use Cipher Block Chaining-Digital Encryption Standard (CBC-DES) encryption.

    aes cfb128

    Specifies to use Cipher Feedback Mode-Advanced Encryption Standard-128 (CFB-AES-128) encryption.

    auth_key

    (Optional) Authentication key for the HMAC-MD5 or HMAC-SHA authentication protocol.

    encrypt_key

    (Optional) Encryption key for the CBC-DES or CFB-AES-128 encryption protocol.

     
    Defaults

    SNMP v3 username AccessMode Authentication Encryption

    -------------------- ------------- -------------- -----------
    default Read/Write HMAC-SHA CFB-AES

    Examples

    This example shows how to add an SNMP username named test with read-only privileges and no encryption or authentication:

    > config snmp v3user create test ro none none

     
    Related Commands

    show snmpv3user

    config snmp v3user delete

    To delete a version 3 SNMP user, use the config snmp v3user delete command.

    config snmp v3user delete username

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Username to delete.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to remove an SNMP user named test:

    > config snmp v3user delete test

     
    Related Commands

    show snmp v3user

    config snmp version

    To enable or disable selected SNMP versions, use the config snmp version command.

    config snmp version { v1 | v2 | v3 } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    v1

    Specifies an SNMP version to enable or disable.

    v2

    Specifies an SNMP version to enable or disable.

    v3

    Specifies an SNMP version to enable or disable.

    enable

    Enables a specified version.

    disable

    Disables a specified version.

     
    Defaults

    All versions enabled

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable SNMP version v1:

    > config snmp version v1 enable

     
    Related Commands

    show snmpversion

    Configure Spanning Tree Protocol Commands

    Use the config spanningtree commands to configure Spanning Tree Protocol settings.

    config spanningtree port mode

    To turn fast or 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) on or off for one or all Cisco wireless LAN controller ports, use the config spanningtree port mode command.

     

    config spanningtree port mode { off | 802.1d | fast } { port | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    off

    Disables STP for the specified ports.

    802.1d

    Specifies a supported port mode as 802.1D.

    fast

    Specifies a supported port mode as fast.

    port

    Port number (1 through 12 or 1 through 24).

    all

    Configures all ports.

     
    Defaults

    The default is that port STP is off.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller is configured for port redundancy, STP must be disabled for all ports on the controller. STP can remain enabled on the switch connected to the controller.

    Entering this command allows the controller to set up STP, detect logical network loops, place redundant ports on standby, and build a network with the most efficient pathways.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable STP for all Ethernet ports:

    > config spanningtree port mode off all
     

    This example shows how to turn on STP 802.1D mode for Ethernet port 24:

    > config spanningtree port mode 802.1d 24
     

    This example shows how to turn on fast STP mode for Ethernet port 2:

    > config spanningtree port mode fast 2

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree port
    config spanningtree switch mode
    config spanningtree port pathcost
    config spanningtree port priority

    config spanningtree port pathcost

    To set the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) path cost for an Ethernet port, use the config spanningtree port pathcost command.

     

    config spanningtree port pathcost { cost | auto } { port | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    cost

    Cost in decimal as determined by the network planner.

    auto

    Specifies the default cost.

    port

    Port number (1 through 12 or 1 through 24), or all to configure all ports.

    all

    Configure all ports.

     
    Defaults

    auto.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller is configured for port redundancy, STP must be disabled for all ports on the controller. STP can remain enabled on the switch that is connected to the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to have the STP algorithm automatically assign a path cost for all ports:

    > config spanningtree port pathcost auto all
     

    This example shows how to have the STP algorithm use a port cost of 200 for port 22:

    > config spanningtree port pathcost 200 22

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree port
    config spanningtree port mode
    config spanningtree port priority

    config spanningtree port priority

    To configure the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port priority, use the config spanningtree port priority command.

     

    config spanningtree port priority priority_num port

     
    Syntax Description

    priority_num

    Priority number from 0 to 255.

    port

    Port number (1 through 12 or 1 through 24).

     
    Defaults

    The default STP priority is 128.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller is configured for port redundancy, STP must be disabled for all ports on the controller. STP can remain enabled on the switch connected to the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set Ethernet port 2 to STP priority 100:

    > config spanningtree port priority 100 2

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree port
    config spanningtree switch mode
    config spanningtree port mode
    config spanningtree port pathcost

    config spanningtree switch bridgepriority

    To set the bridge ID, use the config spanningtree switch bridgepriority command.

    config spanningtree switch bridgepriority priority_num

     
    Syntax Description

    priority_num

    Priority number between 0 and 65535.

     
    Defaults

    The default is 32768.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif When the Cisco 4400 Series Wireless LAN Controller is configured for port redundancy, STP must be disabled for all ports on the controller. STP can remain enabled on the switch connected to the controller.


    The value of the writable portion of the Bridge ID, that is, the first two octets of the (8 octet long) Bridge ID. The other (last) 6 octets of the Bridge ID are given by the value of Bridge MAC address. The value may be specified as a number between 0 and 65535.

     

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure spanning tree values on a per switch basis with the bridge priority 40230:

    > config spanningtree switch bridgepriority 40230

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree switch
    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay
    config spanningtree switch hellotime
    config spanningtree switch maxage
    config spanningtree switch mode

    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay

    To set the bridge timeout, use the config spanningtree switch forwarddelay command.

    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    Timeout in seconds (between 4 and 30).

     
    Defaults

    The default is 15.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The value that all bridges use for forwarddelay when this bridge is acting as the root. 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this setting is related to the value of the STP bridge maximum age. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be 1 second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value that is not a whole number of seconds. The default is 15. Valid values are 4 through 30 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure spanning tree values on a per switch basis with the bridge timeout as 20 seconds:

    > config spanningtree switch forwarddelay 20

     
    Related Commands

    config spanningtree switch bridgepriority
    config spanningtree switch hellotime
    config spanningtree switch maxage
    config spanningtree switch mode
    config switchconfig flowcontrol

    config spanningtree switch hellotime

    To set the hello time, use the config spanningtree switch hellotime command.

    config spanningtree switch hellotime seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    STP hello time in seconds.

     
    Defaults

    The default is 15.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    All bridges use this value for HelloTime when this bridge is acting as the root. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D- 1990 to be 1 second. Valid values are 1 through 10 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the STP hello time to 4 seconds:

    > config spanningtree switch hellotime 4

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree switch
    spanningtree switch bridgepriority
    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay
    config spanningtree switch maxage
    config spanningtree switch mode

    config spanningtree switch maxage

    To set the maximum age, use the config spanningtree switch maxage command.

    config spanningtree switch maxage seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    seconds

    STP bridge maximum age in seconds.

     
    Defaults

    The default is 20.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    All bridges use this value for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of Stp Bridge Hello Time. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be 1 second. Valid values are 6 through 40 seconds.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the STP bridge maximum age to 30 seconds:

    > config spanningtree switch maxage 30

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree switch
    config spanningtree switch bridgepriority
    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay
    config spanningtree switch hellotime
    config spanningtree switch mode

    config spanningtree switch mode

    To turn the Cisco wireless LAN controller Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) on or off, use the config spanningtree switch mode command.

    config spanningtree switch mode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables STP on the switch.

    disable

    Disables STP on the switch.

     
    Defaults

    The default is that STP is disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Using this command allows the controller to set up STP, detect logical network loops, place redundant ports on standby, and build a network with the most efficient pathways.

    Examples

    This example shows how to support STP on all Cisco wireless LAN controller ports:

    > config spanningtree switch mode enable

     
    Related Commands

    show spanningtree switch
    config spanningtree switch bridgepriority
    config spanningtree switch forwarddelay
    config spanningtree switch hellotime
    config spanningtree switch maxage
    config spanningtree port mode

    config switchconfig flowcontrol

    To enable or disable 802.3x flow control, use the config switchconfig flowcontrol command.

    config switchconfig flowcontrol { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables 802.3x flow control.

    disable

    Disables 802.3x flow control.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable 802.3x flow control on Cisco wireless LAN controller parameters:

    > config switchconfig flowcontrol enable

     
    Related Commands

    show switchconfig

    config switchconfig mode

    To configure Lightweight Access Port Protocol (LWAPP) transport mode for Layer 2 or Layer 3, use the config switchconfig command.

    config switchconfig mode { L2 | L3 }

     
    Syntax Description

    L2

    Specifies Layer 2 as the transport mode.

    L3

    Specifies Layer 3 as the transport mode.

     
    Defaults

    L3

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure LWAPP transport mode to Layer 3:

    > config switchconfig mode L3

     
    Related Commands

    show switchconfig

    config switchconfig secret-obfuscation

    To enable or disable secret obfuscation, use the config switchconfig secret-obfuscation command.

    config switchconfig secret-obfuscation { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables secret obfuscation.

    disable

    Disables secret obfuscation.

     
    Defaults

    Secrets and user passwords are obfuscated in the exported XML configuration file.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To keep the secret contents of your configuration file secure, do not disable secret obfuscation. To further enhance the security of the configuration file, enable configuration file encryption.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable secret obfuscation:

    > config switchconfig secret-obfuscation enable

     
    Related Commands

    show switchconfig

    config sysname

    To set the Cisco wireless LAN controller system name, use the config sysname command.

    config sysname name

     
    Syntax Description

    name

    System name. The name can contain up to 31 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the system named Ent_01:

    > config sysname Ent_01

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    Configure TACACS Commands

    Use the config tacacs commands to configure TACACS+ settings.

    config tacacs acct

    To configure TACACS+ accounting server settings, use the config tacacs acct command.

    config tacacs acct add {server_index ip_address port type secret_key} | delete {server_index} |
    disable {server_index} | enable {server_index} | retransmit-timeout {server_index seconds}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a new TACACS+ accounting server.

    server_index

    TACACS+ accounting server index (1 to 3).

    ip_address

    IP address for the TACACS+ accounting server.

    port

    Controller port used for the TACACS+ accounting server.

    type

    Type of secret key being used (ASCII or HEX).

    secret_key

    Secret key in ASCII or hexadecimal characters.

    delete

    Deletes a TACACS+ server.

    disable

    Disables a TACACS+ server.

    enable

    Enables a TACACS+ server.

    retransmit-timeout

    Changes the default retransmit timeout for the TACACS+ server.

    seconds

    Retransmit timeout (2 to 30 seconds).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a new TACACS+ accounting server index 3 with the IP address 10.0.0.0, port number 10, and secret key 12345678 in ASCII:

    > config tacacs acct add 1 10.0.0.0 10 ascii 12345678
     

    This example shows how to change the default retransmit timeout of 30 seconds for the TACACS+ accounting server:

    > config tacacs acct retransmit-timeout 30

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config

    show tacacs acct statistics

    show tacacs summary

    config tacacs athr

    To configure TACACS+ authorization server settings, use the config tacacs athr command.

    config tacacs athr add {server_index ip_address port type secret_key} | delete {server_index}|
    disable {server_index} | enable {server_index} | retransmit-timeout {server_index seconds}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a new TACACS+ authorization server.

    server_index

    TACACS+ authorization server index (1 to 3).

    ip_address

    IP address for the TACACS+ authorization server.

    port

    Controller port used for the TACACS+ authorization server.

    type

    Type of secret key being used (ASCII or HEX).

    secret_key

    Secret key in ASCII or hexadecimal characters.

    delete

    Deletes a TACACS+ server.

    disable

    Disables a TACACS+ server.

    enable

    Enables a TACACS+ server.

    retransmit-timeout

    Changes the default retransmit timeout for the TACACS+ server.

    seconds

    Retransmit timeout (2 to 30 seconds).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a new TACACS+ authorization server index 3 with the IP address 10.0.0.0, port number 4, and secret key 12345678 in ASCII:

    > config tacacs athr add 3 10.0.0.0 4 ascii 12345678
     

    This example shows how to change the default retransmit timeout of 30 seconds for the TACACS+ authorization server:

    > config tacacs athr retransmit-timeout 30

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config

    show tacacs athr statistics

    show tacacs summary

    config tacacs auth

    To configure TACACS+ authentication server settings, use the config tacacs auth command.

    config tacacs auth add {server_index ip_address port type secret_key} | delete {server_index} |
    disable {server_index} | enable {server_index} | retransmit-timeout {server_index seconds}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    (Optional) Adds a new TACACS+ authentication server.

    server_index

    TACACS+ authentication server index (1 to 3).

    ip_address

    IP address for the TACACS+ authentication server.

    port

    Controller port used for the TACACS+ authentication server.

    type

    Type of secret key being used (ASCII or HEX).

    secret_key

    Secret key in ASCII or hexadecimal characters.

    delete

    (Optional) Deletes a TACACS+ server.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables a TACACS+ server.

    enable

    (Optional) Enables a TACACS+ server.

    retransmit-timeout

    (Optional) Changes the default retransmit timeout for the TACACS+ server.

    seconds

    Retransmit timeout (2 to 30 seconds).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a new TACACS+ authentication server index 2 with the IP address 10.0.0.3, port number 6, and secret key 12345678 in ASCII:

     
    > config tacacs auth add 2 10.0.0.3 6 ascii 12345678
     
    This example shows how to change the default retransmit timeout of 30 seconds for TACACS+ authentication server:
     
    > config tacacs auth retransmit-timeout 30
     

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config

    show tacacs auth statistics

    show tacacs summary

    config time manual

    To set the system time, use the config time manual command.

    config time manual MM / DD / YY HH : MM : SS

     
    Syntax Description

    MM / DD / YY

    Date.

    HH : MM : SS

    Time.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the system date to 04/04/2010 and time to 15:29:00:

    > config time manual 04/04/2010 15:29:00

     
    Related Commands

    show time

    config time ntp

    To set the Network Time Protocol (NTP), use the config time ntp command.

    config time ntp { interval seconds | server index ip_address }

     
    Syntax Description

    interval

    Configures the NTP polling interval.

    seconds

    NTP polling interval in seconds (between 6800 and 604800).

    server

    Configures the NTP servers.

    index

    NTP server index.

    ip_address

    NTP server’s IP address. Use 0.0.0.0 to delete the entry.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the NTP polling interval to 7000 seconds:

    > config time ntp interval 7000

     
    Related Commands

    show time

    config time timezone

    To configure the system time zone, use the config time timezone command.

    config time timezone { enable | disable } delta_hours delta_mins

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables daylight saving time.

    disable

    Disables daylight saving time.

    delta_hours

    Local hour difference from the Universal Coordinated Time (UCT).

    delta_mins

    Local minute difference from UCT.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the daylight saving time:

    > config time timezone enable 2 0

     
    Related Commands

    show time

    config time timezone location

    To set the location of the time zone in order to have daylight saving time set automatically when it occurs, use the config time timezone location command.

    config time timezone location location_index

     
    Syntax Description

    location_index

    Number representing the time zone required. The time zones are as follows:

    • (GMT-12:00) International Date Line West
    • (GMT-11:00) Samoa
    • (GMT-10:00) Hawaii
    • (GMT-9:00) Alaska
    • (GMT-8:00) Pacific Time (US and Canada)
    • (GMT-7:00) Mountain Time (US and Canada)
    • (GMT-6:00) Central Time (US and Canada)
    • (GMT-5:00) Eastern Time (US and Canada)
    • (GMT-4:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)
    • (GMT-3:00) Buenos Aires (Argentina)
    • (GMT-2:00) Mid-Atlantic
    • (GMT-1:00) Azores
    • (GMT) London, Lisbon, Dublin, Edinburgh (default value)
    • (GMT +1:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Vienna
    • (GMT +2:00) Jerusalem
    • (GMT +3:00) Baghdad
    • (GMT +4:00) Muscat, Abu Dhabi
    • (GMT +4:30) Kabul
    • (GMT +5:00) Karachi, Islamabad, Tashkent
    • (GMT +5:30) Colombo, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi
    • (GMT +5:45) Katmandu
    • (GMT +6:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk
    • (GMT +6:30) Rangoon
    • (GMT +7:00) Saigon, Hanoi, Bangkok, Jakatar
    • (GMT +8:00) Hong Kong, Bejing, Chongquing
    • (GMT +9:00) Tokyo, Osaka, Sapporo
    • (GMT +9:30) Darwin
    • (GMT+10:00) Sydney, Melbourne, Canberra
    • (GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia
    • (GMT+12:00) Kamchatka, Marshall Is., Fiji

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the location of the time zone in order to set the daylight saving time to location index 10 automatically:

    > config time timezone location 10

     
    Related Commands

    show time

    Configure Trap Flag Commands

    Use the config trapflags commands to configure trap flags settings.

    config trapflags 802.11-Security

    To enable or disable sending 802.11 security-related traps, use the config trapflags 802.11-Security command.

    config trapflags 802.11-Security wepDecryptError { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables sending 802.11 security-related traps.

    disable

    Disables sending 802.11 security-related traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the 802.11 security related traps:

    > config trapflags 802.11-Security wepDecryptError disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags aaa

    To enable or disable the sending of AAA server-related traps, use the config trapflags aaa command.

    config trapflags aaa { auth | servers } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    auth

    Enables trap sending when an AAA authentication failure occurs for management user, net user, or MAC filter.

    servers

    Enables trap sending when no RADIUS servers are responding.

    enable

    Enables the sending of AAA server-related traps.

    disable

    Disables the sending of AAA server-related traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the sending of AAA server-related traps:

    > config trapflags aaa auth enable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags ap

    To enable or disable the sending of Cisco lightweight access point traps, use the config trapflags ap command.

    config trapflags ap { register | interfaceUp } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    register

    Enables sending a trap when a Cisco lightweight access point registers with Cisco switch.

    interfaceUp

    Enables sending a trap when a Cisco lightweight access point interface (A or B) comes up.

    enable

    Enables sending access point-related traps.

    disable

    Disables sending access point-related traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to prevent traps from sending access point-related traps:

    > config trapflags ap register disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags authentication

    To enable or disable sending traps with invalid SNMP access, use the config trapflags authentication command.

    config trapflags authentication { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables sending traps with invalid SNMP access.

    disable

    Disables sending traps with invalid SNMP access.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to prevent sending traps on invalid SNMP access:

    > config trapflags authentication disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags client

    To enable or disable the sending of client-related DOT11 traps, use the config trapflags client command.

    config trapflags client { 802.11-disassocate | 802.11-deauthenticate | 802.11-authfail | 802.11-assocfail | excluded } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11-disassocate

    Enables the sending of Dot11 disassociation traps to clients.

    802.11-deauthenticate

    Enables the sending of Dot11 deauthentication traps to clients.

    802.11-authfail

    Enables the sending of Dot11 authentication fail traps to clients.

    802.11-assocfail

    Enables the sending of Dot11 association fail traps to clients.

    excluded

    Enables the sending of excluded trap to clients.

    enable

    Enables sending of client-related DOT11 traps.

    disable

    Disables sending of client-related DOT11 traps.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the sending of Dot11 disassociation trap to clients:

    > config trapflags client 802.11-disassociate enable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags configsave

    To enable or disable the sending of configuration-saved traps, use the config trapflags configsave command.

    config trapflags configsave { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables sending of configuration-saved traps.

    disable

    Disables the sending of configuration-saved traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the sending of configuration-saved traps:

    > config trapflags configsave enable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags IPsec

    To enable or disable the sending of IPsec traps, use the config trapflags IPsec command.

    config trapflags IPsec { esp-auth | esp-reply | invalidSPI | ike-neg | suite-neg | invalid-cookie } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    esp-auth

    Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an ESP authentication failure occurs.

    esp-reply

    Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an ESP replay failure occurs.

    invalidSPI

    Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an ESP invalid SPI is detected.

    ike-neg

    Enables the sending of IPsec traps when an IKE negotiation failure occurs.

    suite-neg

    Enables the sending of IPsec traps when a suite negotiation failure occurs.

    invalid-cookie

    Enables the sending of IPsec traps when a Isakamp invalid cookie is detected.

    enable

    Enables sending of IPsec traps.

    disable

    Disables sending of IPsec traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the sending of IPsec traps when ESP authentication failure occurs:

    > config trapflags IPsec esp-auth enable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags linkmode

    To enable or disable Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap flags, use the config trapflags linkmode command.

    config trapflags linkmode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap flags.

    disable

    Disables Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap flags.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the Cisco wireless LAN controller level link up/down trap:

    > config trapflags linkmode disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags multiusers

    To enable or disable the sending of traps when multiple logins are active, use the config trapflags multiusers command.

    config trapflags multiusers { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the sending of traps when multiple logins are active.

    disable

    Disables the sending of traps when multiple logins are active.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the sending of traps when multiple logins are active:

    > config trapflags multiusers disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags rogueap

    To enable or disable sending rogue access point detection traps, use the config trapflags rogueap command.

    config trapflags rogueap { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the sending of rogue access point detection traps.

    disable

    Disables the sending of rogue access point detection traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the sending of rogue access point detection traps:

    > config trapflags rogueap disable

     
    Related Commands

    config rogue ap classify
    config rogue ap friendly
    config rogue ap rldp
    config rogue ap ssid
    config rogue ap timeout
    config rogue ap valid-client
    show rogue ap clients
    show rogue ap detailed
    show rogue ap summary
    show rogue ap friendly summary
    show rogue ap malicious summary
    show rogue ap unclassified summary
    show trapflags

    config trapflags rrm-params

    To enable or disable the sending of Radio Resource Management (RRM) parameters traps, use the config trapflags rrm-params command.

    config trapflags rrm-params { tx-power | channel | antenna } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    tx-power

    Enables trap sending when the RF manager automatically changes the tx-power level for the Cisco lightweight access point interface.

    channel

    Enables trap sending when the RF manager automatically changes the channel for the Cisco lightweight access point interface.

    antenna

    Enables trap sending when the RF manager automatically changes the antenna for the Cisco lightweight access point interface.

    enable

    Enables the sending of RRM parameter-related traps.

    disable

    Disables the sending of RRM parameter-related traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the sending of RRM parameter-related traps:

    > config trapflags rrm-params tx-power enable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags rrm-profile

    To enable or disable the sending of Radio Resource Management (RRM) profile-related traps, use the config trapflags rrm-profile command.

    config trapflags rrm-profile { load | noise | interference | coverage } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    load

    Enables trap sending when the load profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

    noise

    Enables trap sending when the noise profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

    interference

    Enables trap sending when the interference profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

    coverage

    Enables trap sending when the coverage profile maintained by the RF manager fails.

    enable

    Enables the sending of RRM profile-related traps.

    disable

    Disables the sending of RRM profile-related traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the sending of RRM profile-related traps:

    > config trapflags rrm-profile load disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags stpmode

    To enable or disable the sending of spanning tree traps, use the config trapflags stpmode command.

    config trapflags stpmode { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the sending of spanning tree traps.

    disable

    Disables the sending of spanning tree traps.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the sending of spanning tree traps:

    > config trapflags stpmode disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config trapflags wps

    To enable or disable Wireless Protection System (WPS) trap sending, use the config trapflags wps command.

    config trapflags wps { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables WPS trap sending.

    disable

    Disables WPS trap sending.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the WPS traps sending:

    > config trapflags wps disable

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    Configure Watchlist Commands

    Use the config watchlist commands to configure watchlist settings.

    config watchlist add

    To add a watchlist entry for a wireless LAN, use the config watchlist add command.

    config watchlist add { mac MAC | username username }

     
    Syntax Description

    mac MAC

    Specifies the MAC address of the wireless LAN.

    username username

    Specifies the name of the user to watch.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a watchlist entry for the MAC address a5:6b:ac:10:01:6b:

    > config watchlist add mac a5:6b:ac:10:01:6b

     
    Related Commands

    config watchlist delete
    config watchlist enable
    config watchlist disable
    show watchlist

    config watchlist delete

    To delete a watchlist entry for a wireless LAN, use the config watchlist delete command.

    config watchlist delete { mac MAC | username username }

     
    Syntax Description

    mac MAC

    Specifies the MAC address of the wireless LAN to delete from the list.

    username username

    Specifies the name of the user to delete from the list.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete a watchlist entry for the MAC address a5:6b:ac:10:01:6b:

    > config watchlist delete mac a5:6b:ac:10:01:6b

     
    Related Commands

    config watchlist add

    config watchlist enable

    config watchlist disable

    show watchlist

    config watchlist disable

    To disable the client watchlist, use the config watchlist disable command.

    config watchlist disable

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the client watchlist:

    > config watchlist disable

     
    Related Commands

    config watchlist add

    config watchlist delete

    show watchlist

    config watchlist enable

    To enable a watchlist entry for a wireless LAN, use the config watchlist enable command.

    config watchlist enable

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable a watchlist entry:

    > config watchlist enable

     
    Related Commands

    config watchlist add

    config watchlist delete

    show watchlist

    Configure Wireless LAN Commands

    Use the config wlan commands to configure wireless LAN command settings.

    config wlan

    To create, delete, enable, or disable a wireless LAN, use the config wlan command.

    config wlan { enable | disable | create | delete } wlan_id [ name | foreignAp name ssid | all ]

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables a wireless LAN.

    create

    Creates a wireless LAN.

    delete

    Deletes a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    name

    (Optional) WLAN profile name up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

    foreignAp

    (Optional) Specifies the third-party access point settings.

    ssid

    SSID (network name) up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

    all

    (Optional) Specifies all wireless LANs.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you create a new WLAN using the config wlan create command, it is created in disabled mode. Leave it disabled until you have finished configuring it.

    If you do not specify an SSID, the profile name parameter is used for both the profile name and the SSID.

    If the management and AP-manager interfaces are mapped to the same port and are members of the same VLAN, you must disable the WLAN before making a port-mapping change to either interface. If the management and AP-manager interfaces are assigned to different VLANs, you do not need to disable the WLAN.

    An error message appears if you try to delete a WLAN that is assigned to an access point group. If you proceed, the WLAN is removed from the access point group and from the access point’s radio.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable wireless LAN identifier 16:

    > config wlan enable 16

     
    Related Commands

    show ap wlan
    show wlan

    config wlan 7920-support

    To configure support for phones, use the config wlan 7920-support command.

    config wlan 7920-support { client-cac-limit | ap-cac-limit } { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    ap-cac-limit

    Supports phones that require client-controlled Call Admission Control (CAC) that expect the Cisco vendor-specific information element (IE).

    client-cac-limit

    Supports phones that require access point-controlled CAC that expect the IEEE 802.11e Draft 6 QBSS-load.

    enable

    Enables phone support.

    disable

    Disables phone support.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You cannot enable both WMM mode and client-controlled CAC mode on the same WLAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the phone support that requires client-controlled CAC with wireless LAN ID 8:

    > config wlan 7920-support ap-cac-limit enable 8

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan 802.11e

    To configure 802.11e support on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan 802.11e command.

    config wlan 802.11e { allow | disable | require } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    allow

    Allows 802.11e-enabled clients on the wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables 802.11e on the wireless LAN.

    require

    Requires 802.11e-enabled clients on the wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    802.11e provides quality of service (QoS) support for LAN applications, which are critical for delay sensitive applications such as Voice over Wireless IP (VoWIP).

    802.11e enhances the 802.11 Media Access Control layer (MAC layer) with a coordinated time division multiple access (TDMA) construct, and adds error-correcting mechanisms for delay sensitive applications such as voice and video. The 802.11e specification provides seamless interoperability and is especially well suited for use in networks that include a multimedia capability.

    Examples

    This example shows how to allow 802.11e on the wireless LAN with LAN ID 1:

    > config wlan 802.11e allow 1

     
    Related Commands

    show trapflags

    config wlan aaa-override

    To configure a user policy override via AAA on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan aaa-override command.

    config wlan aaa-override { enable | disable } { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables policy override.

    disable

    Disables policy override.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When AAA override is enabled, and a client has conflicting AAA and Cisco wireless LAN controller wireless LAN authentication parameters, client authentication is performed by the AAA server. As part of this authentication, the operating system will move clients from the default Cisco wireless LAN VLAN to a VLAN returned by the AAA server and predefined in the controller interface configuration (only when configured for MAC filtering, 802.1X, and/or WPA operation). In all cases, the operating system will also use QoS, DSCP, 802.1p priority tag values, and ACLs provided by the AAA server, as long as they are predefined in the controller interface configuration. (This VLAN switching by AAA override is also referred to as Identity Networking.)

    If the corporate wireless LAN primarily uses a management interface assigned to VLAN 2, and if AAA override returns a redirect to VLAN 100, the operating system redirects all client transmissions to VLAN 100, regardless of the physical port to which VLAN 100 is assigned.

    When AAA override is disabled, all client authentication defaults to the controller authentication parameter settings, and authentication is performed by the AAA server if the controller wireless LAN does not contain any client-specific authentication parameters.

    The AAA override values may come from a RADIUS server, for example.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure user policy override via AAA on wireless LAN ID 1:

    > config wlan aaa-override enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan acl

    To configure a wireless LAN access control list (ACL), use the config wlan acl command.

    config wlan acl wlan_id [acl_name | none]

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

    acl_name

    (Optional) ACL name.

    none

    (Optional) Clears the ACL settings for the specified wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a WLAN access control list with WLAN ID 1 and ACL named office_1:

    > config wlan acl 1 office_1
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan apgroup

    To manage access point group VLAN features, use the config wlan apgroup command.

    config wlan apgroup { add apgroup_name wlan_id interface_name |
    delete apgroup_name |
    description apgroup_name description |
    interface-mapping { add | delete } apgroup_name wlan_id interface_name |
    nac { enable | disable } apgroup_name wlan_id |
    radio-policy apgroup_name wlan-id { 802.11a-only | 802.11bg | 802.11g-only | all }}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Creates a new access point group.

    apgroup_name

    Access point group name.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    interface_name

    Interface to which you want to map the access point group.

    delete

    Removes a wireless LAN from an access point group.

    description

    Describes an access point group.

    description

    Description of the access point group.

    interface-mapping

    Assigns or removes a Wireless LAN from an access point group.

    nac

    Enables or disables Network Admission Control (NAC) out-of-band support on an access point group.

    enable

    Turns on NAC out-of-band support on an access point group.

    disable

    Turns off NAC out-of-band support on an access point group.

    radio-policy

    Configures WLAN radio policy on the AP group.

    802.11a-only

    Configures the WLAN on 802.11a only.

    802.11bg

    Configures the WLAN on 802.11b/g only, 802.11b works only if 802.11g is disabled.

    802.11g-only

    Configures the WLAN on 802.11g only.

    all

    Configures the WLAN on all radio bands.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    An error message appears if you try to delete an access point group that is used by at least one access point. Before you can delete an AP group in controller software release 6.0, move all APs in this group to another group. The access points are not moved to the default-group access point group as in previous releases. To see the APs, enter the show wlan apgroups command. To move APs, enter the config ap group-name groupname Cisco_AP command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the NAC out-of band support on access point group 4:

    > config wlan apgroup nac enable apgroup 4

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan nac

    config wlan nac

    debug group

    show ap stats

    show ap summary

    show ap wlan

    show nac statistics

    show nac summary

    show wlan

    config wlan broadcast-ssid

    To configure an Service Set Identifier (SSID) broadcast on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan broadcast-ssid command.

    config wlan broadcast-ssid { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables SSID broadcasts on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables SSID broadcasts on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an SSID broadcast on wireless LAN ID 1:

    > config wlan broadcast-ssid enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan call-snoop

    To enable or disable Voice-over-IP (VoIP) snooping for a particular WLAN, use the config wlan call-snoop command.

    config wlan call-snoop { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables VoIP snooping on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables VoIP snooping on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Command Default

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    WLAN should be with Platinum QoS and it needs to be disabled while invoking this CLI

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable VoIP snooping for WLAN 3:

    > config wlan call-snoop 3 enable

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    show call-control ap

    show call-control client

    config wlan

    config wlan chd

    To enable or disable Coverage Hole Detection (CHD) for a wireless LAN, use the config wlan chd command.

    config wlan chd wlan_id { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    enable

    Enables SSID broadcasts on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables SSID broadcasts on a wireless LAN.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable CHD for WLAN 3:

    > config wlan chd 3 enable

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan
    config ap wlan
    config wlan

    config wlan ccx aironet-ie

    To enable or disable Aironet information elements (IEs) for a WLAN, use the config wlan ccx aironet-ie command.

    config wlan ccx aironet-ie { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the Aironet information elements.

    disable

    Disables the Aironet information elements.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable Aironet information elements for a WLAN:

    > config wlan ccx aironet-ie enable

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan
    config wlan security ckip
    show client detail

    config wlan channel-scan defer-priority

    To configure the controller to defer priority markings for packets that can defer off channel scanning, use the config wlan channel-scan defer-priority command.

    config wlan channel-scan defer-priority priority [enable | disable] wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    priority

    User priority value (0 to 7).

    enable

    (Optional) Enables packet at given priority to defer off channel scanning.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables packet at gven priority to defer off channel scanning.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

     
    Command Default

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The priority value should be set to 6 on the client and on the WLAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the controller to defer priority markings that can defer off channel scanning with user priority value 6 and WLAN id 30:

    > config wlan channel-scan defer-priority 6 enable 30

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan
    config wlan channel-scan defer-time
    show client detail

    config wlan channel-scan defer-time

    To assign the channel scan defer time in milliseconds, use the config wlan channel-scan defer-time command.

    config wlan channel-scan defer-time msecs wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    msecs

    Deferral time in milliseconds (o to 60000 milliseconds).

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

     
    Command Default

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The time value in milliseconds should match the requirements of the equipment on your wlan.

    Examples

    This example shows how to assign the scan defer time to 40 milliseconds for WLAN id 50:

    > config wlan channel-scan defer-time 40 50

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan
    config wlan channel-scan defer-priority
    show client detail

    config wlan dhcp_server

    To configure the internal DHCP server for a wireless LAN, use the config wlan dhcp_server command.

    config wlan dhcp_server { wlan_id | foreignAp } ip_address [ required ]

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    ip_address

    IP address of the internal DHCP server (this parameter is required).

    required

    (Optional) Specifies whether DHCP address assignment is required.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The preferred method for configuring DHCP is to use the primary DHCP address assigned to a particular interface instead of the DHCP server override. If you enable the override, you can use the show wlan command to verify that the DHCP server has been assigned to the WLAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an IP address 10.10.2.1 of the internal DHCP server for wireless LAN ID 16:

    > config wlan dhcp_server 16 10.10.2.1

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    debug dhcp
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp
    show dhcp proxy

    config wlan diag-channel

    To enable the diagnostic channel troubleshooting on a particular WLAN, use the config wlan diag-channel command.

    config wlan diag-channel [ enable | disable ] wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    (Optional) Enables the wireless LAN diagnostic channel.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables the wireless LAN diagnostic channel.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the wireless LAN diagnostic channel for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan diag-channel enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config
    show wlan

    config wlan dtim

    To configure a Delivery Traffic Indicator Message (DTIM) for 802.11 radio network config wlan dtim command.

    config wlan dtim { 802.11a | 802.11b} dtim wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Configures DTIM for the 802.11a radio network.

    802.11b

    Configures DTIM for the 802.11b radio network.

    dtim

    Value for DTIM (between 1 to 255 inclusive).

    wlan_id

    Number of the WLAN to be configured.

     
    Defaults

    The default is DTIM 1.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure DTIM for 802.11a radio network with DTIM value 128 and WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan dtim 802.11a 128 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan exclusionlist

    To configure the wireless LAN exclusion list, use the config wlan exclusionlist command.

    config wlan exclusionlist { wlan_id [ enabled | disabled | time ] |
    foreignAp [ enabled | disabled | time ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

    enabled

    (Optional) Enables the exclusion list for the specified wireless LAN or foreign access point.

    disabled

    (Optional) Disables the exclusion list for the specified wireless LAN or a foreign access point.

    time

    (Optional) Exclusion list timeout in seconds. A value of zero (0) specifies infinite time.

    foreignAp

    Specifies a third-party access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command replaces the config wlan blacklist command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the exclusion list for the WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan exclusionlist 1 enabled

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    show wlan summary

    config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr

    To enable or disable client IP address learning for the Cisco WLAN controller, use the config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr command.

    config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr wlan_id { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    enable

    Enables client IP address learning on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables client IP address learning on a wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled when the config wlan h-reap local-switching command is disabled.
    Enabled when the config wlan h-reap local-switching command is enabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If the client is configured with Layer 2 encryption, the controller cannot learn the client IP address, and the controller will periodically drop the client. Disable this option to keep the client connection without waiting to learn the client IP address.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The ability to disable IP address learning is not supported with H-REAP central switching.


    Examples

    This example shows how to disable client IP address learning for WLAN 6:

    > config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr disable 6

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan h-reap local-switching
    show wlan

    config wlan h-reap local-switching

    To configure the WLAN for local switching, use the config wlan h-reap local switching command.

    config wlan h-reap local-switching { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables local switching on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables local switching on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When you enable the config wlan h-reap local-switching command, the config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr command is enabled by default.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The ability to disable IP address learning is not supported with HREAP central switching.


    Examples

    This example shows how to enable WLAN 6 for local switching:

    > config wlan h-reap local-switching enable 6

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan h-reap learn-ipaddr
    show wlan

    config wlan interface

    To configure a wireless LAN interface, use the config wlan interface command.

    config wlan interface { wlan_id | foreignAp } interface-name

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    (Optional) Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512)

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    interface-name

    Interface name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure an interface named VLAN901:

    > config wlan interface 16 VLAN901
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan IPv6Support

    To configure IPv6 support on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan IPv6Support command.

    config wlan IPv6support { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables IPv6 support on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables IPv6 support on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable WLAN 6 for local switching:

    > config wlan IPv6support enable 6

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan ldap

    To add or delete a link to a configured Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server, use the config wlan ldap command.

    config wlan ldap { add wlan_id server_id | delete wlan_id { all | server_id }}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a link to a configured LDAP server.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    server_id

    LDAP server index.

    delete

    Removes the link to a configured LDAP server.

    all

    Specifies all LDAP servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Use this command to specify the LDAP server priority for the WLAN.

    To specify the LDAP server priority, one of the following must be configured and enabled:

    • 802.1X authentication and Local EAP
    • Web authentication and LDAP
    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Local EAP was introduced in controller software release 4.1; LDAP support on Web authentication was introduced in controller software release 4.2.


    Examples

    This example shows how to add a link to a configured LDAP server with the WLAN ID 100 and server ID 4:

    > config wlan ldap add 100 4

     
    Related Commands

    config ldap

    config wlan load-balance

    To override the global load balance configuration and enable or disable load balancing on a particular WLAN, use the config wlan load-balance command.

    config wlan load-balance allow { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables band selection on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables band selection on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    Enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable band selection on a wireless LAN with WLAN ID 3:

    > config wlan load-balance allow enable 3

     
    Related Commands

    config load-balancing

    config wlan mac-filtering

    To change the state of MAC filtering on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan mac-filtering command.

    config wlan mac-filtering { enable | disable } { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables MAC filtering on a wireless LAN.

    disable

    Disables MAC filtering on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the MAC filtering on WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan mac-filtering enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan media-stream

    To configure multicast-direct for wireless LAN’s media stream, use the config wlan media-stream command.

    config wlan media-stream multicast-direct {wlan_id | all} {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    all

    Configures the wireless LAN on all media streams.

    enable

    Enables global multicast to unicast conversion.

    disable

    Disables global multicast to unicast conversion.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Media stream multicast-direct requires load based Call Admission Control (CAC) to run. WLAN quality of service (QoS) needs to be set to either gold or platinum.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the global multicast-direct media stream with WLAN ID 2:

    > config wlan media-stream multicast-direct 2 enable

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan

    config wlan qos
    show wlan

    config wlan mfp

    To configure management frame protection (MFP) options for the wireless LAN, use the config wlan mfp command.

    config wlan mfp {client [enable | disable] wlan_id |
    infrastructure protection [enable | disable] wlan_id}

     
    Syntax Description

    client

    Configures client MFP for the wireless LAN.

    enable

    (Optional) Enables the feature.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables the feature.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

    infrastructure protection

    (Optional) Configures the infrastructure MFP for the wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure client management frame protection for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan mfp client enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config

    show wlan summary

    show wlan

    config wlan mobility anchor

    To change the state of MAC filtering on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan mobility anchor command.

    config wlan mobility anchor { add | delete } wlan_id ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Enables MAC filtering on a wireless LAN.

    delete

    Disables MAC filtering on a wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    ip_address

    Member switch IP address for anchoring the wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the mobility wireless LAN anchor list with WLAN ID 4 and IP address 192.168.0.14:6:

    > config wlan mobility anchor add 4 192.168.0.14

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan mobility anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    debug mobility
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    config wlan nac

    To enable or disable Network Admission Control (NAC) out-of-band support for a WLAN, enter this command:

    config wlan nac { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables NAC out-of-band support.

    disable

    Disables NAC out-of-band support.

    wlan_id

    WLAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable NAC out-of-band support:

    > config wlan nac enable 13

     
    Related Commands

    show nac statistics
    show nac summary
    config guest-lan nac
    debug nac

    config wlan passive-client

    To configure passive-client feature on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan passive-client command.

    config wlan passive-client {enable | disable} wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the passive-client feature on a WLAN.

    d isable

    Disables the passive-client feature on a WLAN.

    wlan_id

    WLAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You need to enable the global multicast mode and multicast-multicast mode by using the config network multicast global and config network multicast mode commands before entering this command.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif You should configure the multicast in multicast-multicast mode only not in unicast mode. The passive client feature does not work with multicast-unicast mode in this release.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the passive client on wireless LAN ID 2:

    > config wlan passive-client enable 2
     

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan

    config wlan qos

    config network multicast global

    config network multicast mode
    show wlan

    config wlan peer-blocking

    To configure peer-to-peer blocking on a WLAN, use the config wlan peer-blocking command.

    config wlan peer-blocking { disable | drop | forward-upstream } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    disable

    Disables peer-to-peer blocking and bridge traffic locally within the controller whenever possible.

    drop

    Causes the controller to discard the packets.

    forward-upstream

    Causes the packets to be forwarded on the upstream VLAN. The device above the controller decides what action to take regarding the packets.

    wlan_id

    WLAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the peer-to-peer blocking for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan peer-blocking disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan qos

    To change the quality of service for a wireless LAN, use the config wlan qos command.

    config wlan qos wlan_id { bronze | silver | gold | platinum }

    config wlan qos foreignAp { bronze | silver | gold | platinum }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    bronze

    Specifies the bronze QoS policy.

    silver

    Specifies the silver QoS policy.

    gold

    Specifies the gold QoS policy.

    platinum

    Specifies the platinum QoS policy.

     
    Defaults

    Silver.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the highest level of service on wireless LAN 1:

    > config wlan qos 1 gold

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan radio

    To set the Cisco radio policy on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan radio command.

    config wlan radio wlan_id { all | 802.11a | 802.11b g | 802.11g | 802.11ag }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    all

    Configures the wireless LAN on all radio bands.

    802.11a

    Configures the wireless LAN on only 802.11a.

    802.11b g

    Configures the wireless LAN on only 802.11b/g (only 802.11b if 802.11g is disabled).

    802.11g

    Configures the wireless LAN on 802.11g only.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the wireless LAN on all radio bands:

    > config wlan radio 1 all

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11a enable
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11b enable
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport enable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport disable
    show wlan

    config wlan radius_server

    To configure a wireless LAN’s RADIUS servers, use the config wlan radius_server command.

    config wlan radius_server { auth | acct } { enable wlan_id | disable wlan_id } { add wlan_id server_id | delete wlan_id { all | server_id }}

     
    Syntax Description

    auth

    Configures a RADIUS authentication or accounting server.

    acct

    Configures a RADIUS authentication or accounting server.

    enable

    Enables RADIUS authentication or accounting for this WLAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    disable

    Disables RADIUS authentication or accounting for this WLAN.

    add

    Adds a link to a configured RADIUS Server.

    server_id

    RADIUS server index.

    delete

    Deletes a link to a configured RADIUS server.

    all

    Deletes all links to configured RADIUS servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a link to a configured RADIUS server with WLAN ID 1 and Server ID 1:

    > config wlan radius_server auth add 1 1
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11a enable
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11b enable
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport enable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport disable
    show wlan

    config wlan radius_server overwrite-interface

    To configure a wireless LAN’s RADIUS dynamic interface, use the config wlan radius_server overwrite-interface command.

    config wlan radius_server overwrite-interface { enable | disable} wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables RADIUS dynamic interface for this WLAN.

    disable

    Disables RADIUS dynamic interface for this WLAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The controller uses the management interface as identity. If the RADIUS server is on a directly connected dynamic interface, the traffic is sourced from the dynamic interface. Otherwise, the management IP address is used.

    If the feature is enabled, controller uses the interface specified on the WLAN configuration as identity and source for all RADIUS related traffic on the WLAN.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable RADIUS dynamic interface for a WLAN with an ID 1:

    > config wlan radius_server overwrite-interface enable 1
     

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11a enable
    config 802.11a disable
    config 802.11b enable
    config 802.11b disable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport enable
    config 802.11b 11gSupport disable
    show wlan

    Configure Wireless LAN Security Commands

    Use the config wlan security commands to configure wireless LAN security settings.

    config wlan security 802.1X

    To change the state of 802.1X security on the wireless LAN Cisco radios, use the config wlan security 802.1X command.

    config wlan security 802.1X { enable { wlan_id | foreignAp } | disable { wlan_id | foreignAp } |
    encryption { wlan_id | foreignAp } { 0 | 40 | 104 }}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the 802.1X settings.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    disable

    Disables the 802.1X settings.

    0

    WEP key size of 0 (no encryption) bits. The default value is 104.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif All keys within a wireless LAN must be the same size.


    40

    WEP key size of 40 bits. The default value is 104.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif All keys within a wireless LAN must be the same size.


    104

    WEP key size of 104 bits. The default value is 104.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif All keys within a wireless LAN must be the same size.


     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    To change the encryption level of 802.1X security on the wireless LAN Cisco radios, use the following key sizes:

    • 0—no 802.1X encryption.
    • 40—40/64-bit encryption.
    • 104—104/128-bit encryption. (This is the default encryption setting.)

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure 802.1X security on WLAN ID 16:

    > config wlan security 802.1X enable 16

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security ckip

    To configure Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) security options for the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security ckip command.

    config wlan security ckip { enable | disable } wlan_id
    [ akm psk set-key { hex | ascii }{ 40 | 104 } key key_index wlan_id |
    mmh-mic { enable | disable } wlan_id |
    kp { enable | disable } wlan_id ]

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables CKIP security.

    disable

    Disables CKIP security.

    wlan_id

    WLAN to which you apply the command.

    akm psk set-key

    (Optional) Configures encryption key management for the CKIP wireless LAN.

    hex

    Specifies a hexadecimal encryption key.

    ascii

    Specifies an ASCII encryption key.

    40

    Sets the static encryption key length to 40 bits for the CKIP WLAN. 40-bit keys must contain 5 ASCII text characters or 10 hexadecimal characters.

    104

    Sets the static encryption key length to 104 bits for the CKIP WLAN. 104-bit keys must contain 13 ASCII text characters or 26 hexadecimal characters.

    key

    Specifies the CKIP WLAN key settings.

    key_index

    Configured PSK key index.

    mmh-mic

    (Optional) Configures multi-modular hash message integrity check (MMH MIC) validation for the CKIP wireless LAN.

    kp

    (Optional) Configures key-permutation for the CKIP wireless LAN.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a CKIP WLAN encryption key of 104 bits (26 hexadecimal characters) for PSK key index 2 on WLAN 03:

    > config wlan security ckip akm psk set-key hex 104 key 2 03

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan ccx aironet-ie
    show wlan

    config wlan security cond-web-redir

    To enable or disable conditional web redirect, use the config wlan security cond-web-redir command.

    config wlan security cond-web-redir {enable | disable} wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables conditional web redirect.

    disable

    Disables conditional web redirect.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the conditional web direct on WLAN ID 2:

    > config wlan security cond-web-redir enable 2

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    show wlan wlan_id.

    config wlan security IPsec disable

    To disable IPsec security, use the config wlan security IPsec disable command.

    config wlan security IPsec disable { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the IPsec for WLAN ID 16:

    > config wlan security IPsec disable 16

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec enable

    To enable IPsec security, use the config wlan security IPsec enable command.

    config wlan security IPsec enable { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the IPsec for WLAN ID 16:

    > config wlan security IPsec enable 16

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec authentication

    To modify the IPsec security authentication protocol used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec authentication command.

    config wlan security IPsec authentication { hmac-md5 | hmac-sha-1 } { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    hmac-md5

    Specifies the IPsec HMAC-MD5 authentication protocol.

    hmac-sha-1

    Specifies the IPsec HMAC-SHA-1 authentication protocol.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IPsec HMAC-SHA-1 security authentication parameter for WLAN ID 1:

     
    > config wlan security IPsec authentication hmac-sha-1 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec encryption

    To modify the IPsec security encryption protocol used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec encryption command.

    config wlan security IPsec encryption { 3des | aes | des } { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    3des

    Enables IPsec 3DES encryption.

    aes

    Enables IPsec AES 128-bit encryption.

    des

    Enables IPsec DES encryption.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IPsec aes encryption:

    > config wlan security IPsec encryption aes 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec config

    To configure the propriety Internet Key Exchange (IKE) CFG-Mode parameters used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec config command.

    config wlan security IPsec config qotd ip_address { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    qotd

    Configures the quote-of-the day server IP for cfg-mode.

    ip_address

    Quote-of-the-day server IP for cfg-mode.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    IKE is used as a method of distributing the session keys (encryption and authentication), as well as providing a way for the VPN endpoints to agree on how the data should be protected. IKE keeps track of connections by assigning a bundle of Security Associations (SAs), to each connection.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the quote-of-the-day server IP 44.55.66.77 for cfg-mode for WLAN 1:

    > config wlan security IPsec config qotd 44.55.66.77 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec ike authentication

    To modify the IPsec Internet Key Exchange (IKE) authentication protocol used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec ike authentication command.

    config wlan security IPsec ike authentication { certificates { wlan_id | foreignAp } | pre-share-key { wlan_id | foreignAp } key | xauth-psk { wlan_id | foreignAp } key }

     
    Syntax Description

    certificates

    Enables the IKE certificate mode.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    pre-share-key

    Enables the IKE Xauth with preshared keys.

    xauth-psk

    Enables the IKE preshared key.

    key

    Key required for preshare and xauth-psk.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IKE certification mode:

    > config wlan security IPsec ike authentication certificates 16

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec ike dh-group

    To modify the IPsec Internet Key Exchange (IKE) Diffie Hellman group used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec ike dh-group command.

    config wlan security IPsec ike dh-group { wlan_id | foreignAp } { group-1 | group-2 | group-5 }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    group-1

    Specifies DH group 1 (768 bits).

    group-2

    Specifies DH group 2 (1024 bits).

    group-5

    Specifies DH group 5 (1536 bits).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the Diffe Hellman group parameter for group-1:

    > config wlan security IPsec ike dh-group 1 group-1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec ike lifetime

    To modify the IPsec Internet Key Exchange (IKE) lifetime used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec ike lifetime command.

    config wlan security IPsec ike lifetime { wlan_id | foreignAp } seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    seconds

    IKE lifetime in seconds, between 1800 and 345600.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IPsec IKE lifetime use on the wireless LAN:

    > config wlan security IPsec ike lifetime 1 1900

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec ike phase1

    To modify IPsec Internet Key Exchange (IKE) Phase 1 used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec ike phase1 command.

    config wlan security IPsec ike phase1 {aggressive | main} { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    aggressive

    Enables the IKE aggressive mode.

    main

    Enables the IKE main mode.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to modify IPsec IKE Phase 1:

    > config wlan security IPsec ike phase1 aggressive 16

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security IPsec ike contivity

    To modify Nortel’s Contivity VPN client support on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec ike contivity command.

    config wlan security IPsec ike contivity { enable | disable } { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables contivity support for this WLAN.

    disable

    Disables contivity support for this WLAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to modify Contivity VPN client support:

    > config wlan security IPsec ike contivity enable 14

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security passthru

    To modify the IPsec pass-through used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security IPsec ike passthru command.

    config wlan security passthru { enable | disable } { wlan_id | foreignAp } [ ip_address ]

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables IPsec pass-through.

    disable

    Disables IPsec pass-through.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    ip_address

    IP address of the IPsec gateway (router) that is terminating the VPN tunnel.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to modify IPsec pass-through used on the wireless LAN:

    > config wlan security passthru enable 3 192.12.1.1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security splash-page-web-redir

    To enable or disable splash page web redirect, use the config wlan security splash-page-web-redir command.

    config wlan security splash-page-web-redir {enable | disable} wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables splash page web redirect.

    disable

    Disables splash page web redirect.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable spash page web redirect:

    > config wlan security splash-page-web-redir enable 2

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security static-wep-key authentication

    To configure static Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) key 802.11 authentication on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan security static-wep-key authentication command.

    config wlan security static-wep-key authentication {shared-key | open} wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    shared-key

    Enables shared key authentication.

    open

    Enables open system authentication.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the static WEP shared key authentication for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security static-wep-key authentication shared-key 1
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security static-wep-key disable

    To disable the use of static Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) keys, use the config wlan security static-wep-key disable command.

    config wlan security static-wep-key disable wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the static WEP keys for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security static-wep-key disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan security wpa encryption

    config wlan security static-wep-key enable

    To enable the use of static Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) keys, use the config wlan security static-wep-key enable command.

    config wlan security static-wep-key enable wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the use of static WEK keys for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security static-wep-key enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan security wpa encryption

    config wlan security static-wep-key encryption

    To configure the static Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) keys and indexes, use the config wlan security static-wep-key encryption command.

    config wlan security static-wep-key encryption wlan_id { 40 | 104 } { hex | ascii } key key-index

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    40

    Specifies the encryption level: 40.

    104

    Specifies the encryption level: 104.

    hex

    Specifies to use hexadecimal characters to enter key.

    ascii

    Specifies whether to use ASCII characters to enter key.

    key

    WEP key in ASCII.

    key-index

    Key index (1 to 4).

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    One unique WEP key index can be applied to each wireless LAN. Because there are only four WEP key indexes, only four wireless LANs can be configured for static WEP Layer 2 encryption.

    Make sure to disable 802.1X before using this command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the static WEP keys for WLAN ID 1 that uses hexadecimal character 0201702001 and key index 2:

    > config wlan security static-wep-key encryption 1 40 hex 0201702001 2

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security web-auth

    To change the status of web authentication used on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security web command.

    config wlan security web-auth { acl | enable | disable } { wlan_id | foreignAp } [ acl_name | none ]

     
    Syntax Description

    acl

    Configures the access control list.

    enable

    Enables web authentication.

    disable

    Disables web authentication.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    acl_name

    ACL name (up to 32 alphanumeric characters).

    none

    Specifies no ACL name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the security policy for WLAN ID 1 and an acl named ACL03:

    > config wlan security web-auth acl 1 ACL03
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security web-passthrough acl

    To add an access control list (ACL) to the wireless LAN definition, use the config wlan security web-passthrough acl command.

    config wlan security web-passthrough acl { wlan_id | foreignAp } { acl_name | none }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    acl_name

    ACL name (up to 32 alphanumeric characters).

    none

    Specifies that there is no ACL.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add an ACL to the wireless LAN definition:

    > config wlan security web-passthrough acl 1 ACL03

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security web-passthrough disable

    To disable a web captive portal with no authentication required on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan security web-passthrough disable command.

    config wlan security web-passthrough disable { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable a web captive portal with no authentication required on wireless LAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security web-passthrough disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security web-passthrough email-input

    To configure a web captive portal using an e-mail address, use the config wlan security web-passthrough email-input command.

    config wlan security web-passthrough email-input { enable | disable } { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    email-input

    Configures a web captive portal using an e-mail address.

    enable

    Enables a web captive portal using an e-mail address.

    disable

    Disables a web captive portal using an e-mail address.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure a web captive portal using an e-mail address:

    > config wlan security web-passthrough email-input enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security web-passthrough enable

    To enable a web captive portal with no authentication required on the wireless LAN, use the config wlan security web-passthrough enable command.

    config wlan security web-passthrough enable { wlan_id | foreignAp }

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable a web captive portal with no authentication required on wireless LAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security web-passthrough enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa1 disable

    To disable WPA1, use the config wlan security wpa1 disable command.

    config wlan security wpa1 disable wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable WPA1:

    > config wlan security wpa1 disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa1 enable

    To enable WPA1, use the config wlan security wpa1 enable command.

    config wlan security wpa1 enable wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the WPA1 on WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security wpa1 enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa1 pre-shared-key

    To configure the Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) preshared key mode, use the config wlan security wpa1 pre-shared-key command.

    config wlan security wpa1 pre-shared-key { enable wlan_id key | disable wlan_id }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables WPA-PSK.

    disable

    Disables WPA-PSK.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    key

    WPA preshared key.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the WPA preshared key mode:

    > config wlan security wpa1 pre-shared-key enable 1 r45

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa2 disable

    To disable WPA2, use the config wlan security wpa2 disable command.

    config wlan security wpa2 disable wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable WPA2:

    > config wlan security wpa2 disable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa2 enable

    To enable WPA2, use the config wlan security wpa2 enable command.

    config wlan security wpa2 enable wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable WPA2:

    > config wlan security wpa2 enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa2 pre-shared-key

    To configure the Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) preshared key mode, use the config wlan security wpa2 pre-shared-key command.

    config wlan security wpa2 pre-shared-key { enable wlan_id key | disable wlan_id }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the WPA2-PSK.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    key

    WPA preshared key.

    disable

    Disables the WPA2-PSK.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable the WPA2-PSK for WLAN ID 2:

    > config wlan security wpa2 pre-shared-key disable 2

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa2 tkip

    To change the status of Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) authentication, use the config wlan security wpa2 tkip command.

    config wlan security wpa2 tkip { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the WPA2 TKIP mode.

    disable

    Disables the WPA2 TKIP mode.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the WPA2 TKIP mode for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security wpa2 tkip enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan security wpa2 wpa-compat

    To change the status of Wi-Fi protected access (WPA) authentication, use the config wlan security wpa2 wpa-compat command.

    config wlan security wpa2 wpa-compat { enable | disable } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables WPA compatibility mode.

    disable

    Disables WPA compatibility mode.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the WPA compatibility mode for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan security wpa2 wpa-compat enable 1

     
    Related Commands

    show wlan

    config wlan session-timeout

    To configure client session timeout of wireless LAN clients, use the config wlan session-timeout command.

    config wlan session-timeout { wlan_id | foreignAp } seconds

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier between 1 and 512.

    foreignAp

    Specifies third-party access points.

    seconds

    Timeout or session duration in seconds.

     
    Defaults

    The default value is 1800 seconds for the following Layer 2 security types: 802.1X, Static WEP+802.1X, WPA+WPA2 with 802.1X, CCKM, or 802.1X+CCKM authentication key management; and 0 seconds for all other Layer 2 security types. A value of 0 is equivalent to no timeout.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the client session timeout to 6000 seconds for WLAN ID 1:

    > config wlan session-timeout 1 6000

     
    Related Commands

    config wlan
    show wlan

    config wlan webauth-exclude

    To release the guest user IP address when the web authentication policy time expires and exclude the guest user from acquiring an IP address for three minutes, use the config wlan webauth-exclude command.

    config wlan webauth-exclude wlan_id {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

    enable

    Enables web authentication exclusion.

    disable

    Disables web authentication exclusion.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can use this command for guest WLANs that are configured with web authentication.

    This command is applicable when you configure the internal DHCP scope on the controller.

    By default, when the web authentication timer expires for a guest user, the guest user can immediately reassociate with the same IP address before another guest user can acquire the IP address. If there are many guest users or limited IP address in the DHCP pool, some guest users might not be able to acquire an IP address.

    When you enable this feature on the guest WLAN, the guest user’s IP address is released when the web authentication policy time expires and the guest user is excluded from acquiring an IP address for three minutes. The IP address is available for another guest user to use. After three minutes, the excluded guest user can reassociate and acquire an IP address, if available.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the web authentication exclusion for WLAN ID 5:

    > config wlan webauth-exclude 5 enable

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp

    show run-config

    show wlan

    config wlan wmm

    To configure Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) mode on a wireless LAN, use the config wlan wmm command.

    config wlan wmm { allow | disable | require } wlan_id

     
    Syntax Description

    allow

    (Optional) Allows WMM on the wireless LAN.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables WMM on the wireless LAN.

    require

    (Optional) Specifies that clients use WMM on the specified wireless LAN.

    wlan_id

    Wireless LAN identifier (1 to 512).

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    When the controller is in Layer 2 mode and WMM is enabled, you must put the access points on a trunk port in order to allow them to join the controller.

    Examples

    > config wlan wmm allow 1
    > config wlan wmm require 1

     
    Related Commands

    show run-config
    show wlan

    Configure WPS Commands

    Use the config wps commands to configure Wireless Protection System (WPS) settings.

    config wps ap-authentication

    To configure access point neighbor authentication, use the config wps ap-authentication command.

    config wps ap-authentication [enable | disable | threshold threshold_value]

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    (Optional) Enables WMM on the wireless LAN.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables WMM on the wireless LAN.

    threshold

    (Optional) Specifies that WMM-enabled clients are on the wireless LAN.

    threshold_value

    Threshold value (1 to 255).

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure WMM-enabled clients with the threshold value 25:

    > config wps ap-authentication threshold 25

     
    Related Commands

    show wps ap-authentication summary

    config wps auto-immune

    To enable or disable protection from Denial of Service (DoS) attacks, use the config wps auto-immune command.

    config wps auto-immune { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the auto-immune feature.

    disable

    Disables the auto-immune feature.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    A potential attacker can use specially crafted packets to mislead the Intrusion Detection System (IDS) into treating a legitimate client as an attacker. It causes the controller to disconnect this legitimate client and launch a DoS attack. The auto-immune feature, when enabled, is designed to protect against such attacks. However, conversations using Cisco 792x phones might be interrupted intermittently when the auto-immune feature is enabled. If you experience frequent disruptions when using 792x phones, you might want to disable this feature.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the auto-immune mode:

    > config wps auto-immune enable

     
    Related Commands

    show wps summary

    config wps cids-sensor

    To configure Intrusion Detection System (IDS) sensors for the Wireless Protection System (WPS), use the config wps cids-sensor command.

    config wps cids-sensor {[add index ip_address username password] | [delete index] |
    [enable index] | [disable index] | [port index port] | [interval index query_interval] |
    [fingerprint index sha1 fingerprint]}

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    (Optional) Configures a new IDS sensor.

    index

    IDS sensor internal index.

    ip_address

    IDS sensor IP address.

    username

    IDS sensor username.

    password

    IDS sensor password.

    delete

    (Optional) Deletes an IDS sensor.

    enable

    (Optional) Enables an IDS sensor.

    disable

    (Optional) Disables an IDS sensor.

    port

    (Optional) Configures the IDS sensor’s port number.

    port

    Port number.

    interval

    (Optional) Specifies the IDS sensor’s query interval.

    query_interval

    Query interval setting.

    fingerprint

    (Optional) Specifies the IDS sensor’s TLS fingerprint.

    sha1

    (Optional) Specifies the TLS fingerprint.

    fingerprint

    TLS fingerprint.

     
    Defaults

    Command defaults are listed below as follows:

     

    Port

    443

    Query interval

    60

    Certification fingerprint

    00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00

    Query state

    Disabled

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the intrusion detection system with the IDS index 1, IDS sensor IP address 10.0.0.51, IDS username Sensor_user0doc1, and IDS password passowrd01:

    > config wps cids-sensor add 1 10.0.0.51 Sensor_user0doc1 password01
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wps cids-sensshow wps cids-sensor detail

    config wps client-exclusion

    To configure client exclusion policies, use the config wps client-exclusion command.

    config wps client-exclusion {802.11-assoc | 802.11-auth | 802.1x-auth | ip-theft | web-auth | all} {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11-assoc

    Specifies that the controller excludes clients on the sixth 802.11 association attempt, after five consecutive failures.

    802.11-auth

    Specifies that the controller excludes clients on the sixth 802.11 authentication attempt, after five consecutive failures.

    802.1x-auth

    Specifies that the controller excludes clients on the sixth 802.11X authentication attempt, after five consecutive failures.

    ip-theft

    Specifies that the control excludes clients if the IP address is already assigned to another device.

    web-auth

    Specifies that the controller excludes clients on the fourth web authentication attempt, after three consecutive failures.

    all

    Specifies that the controller excludes clients for all of the above reasons.

    enable

    Enables client exclusion policies.

    disable

    Disables client exclusion policies.

     
    Defaults

    All policies are enabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable clients on the 802.11 association attempt after five consecutive failures:

    > config wps client-exclusion 802.11-assoc disable

     
    Related Commands

    show wps summary

    config wps mfp

    To configure Management Frame Protection (MFP), use the config wps mfp command.

    config wps mfp infrastructure {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    infrastructure

    Configures the MFP infrastructure.

    enable

    Enables the MFP feature.

    disable

    Disables the MFP feature.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the infrastructure MFP:

    > config wps mfp infrastructure enable
     

     
    Related Commands

    show wps mfp

    config wps shun-list

    To force the controller to synchronization with other controllers in the mobility group for the shun list, use the config wps shun-list command.

    config wps shun-list re-sync

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller to synchronize with other controllers for the shun list:

    > config wps shun-list re-sync

     
    Related Commands

    show wps shun-list

    config wps signature

    To enable or disable Intrusion Detection System (IDS) signature processing, or to enable or disable a specific IDS signature, use the config wps signature command.

    config wps signature { standard | custom } state signature_id { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    standard

    Configures a standard IDS signature.

    custom

    Configures a standard IDS signature.

    state

    Specifies the state of the IDS signature.

    signature_id

    Identifier for the signature to be enabled or disabled.

    enable

    Enables the IDS signature processing or a specific IDS signature.

    disable

    Disables IDS signature processing or a specific IDS signature.

     
    Defaults

    IDS signature processing is enabled by default.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If IDS signature processing is disabled, all signatures are disabled, regardless of the state configured for individual signatures.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable IDS signature processing, which enables the processing of all IDS signatures:

    > config wps signature enable
     

    This example shows how to disable a standard individual IDS signature:

    > config wps signature standard state 15 disable

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    config wps signature frequency

    To specify the number of matching packets per interval that must be identified at the individual access point level before an attack is detected, use the config wps signature frequency command.

    config wps signature frequency signature_id frequency

     
    Syntax Description

    signature_id

    Identifier for the signature to be configured.

    frequency

    Number of matching packets per interval that must be at the individual access point level before an attack is detected. The range is 1 to 32,000 packets per interval.

     
    Defaults

    The frequency default value varies per signature.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If IDS signature processing is disabled, all signatures are disabled, regardless of the state configured for individual signatures.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the number of matching packets per interval per access point before an attack is detected to 1800 for signature ID 4:

    > config wps signature frequency 4 1800

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    config wps signature interval

    To specify the number of seconds that must elapse before the signature frequency threshold is reached within the configured interval, use the config wps signature interval command.

    config wps signature interval signature_id interval

     
    Syntax Description

    signature_id

    Identifier for the signature to be configured.

    interval

    Number of seconds that must elapse before the signature frequency threshold is reached. The range is 1 to 3,600 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    The default value of interval varies per signature.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If IDS signature processing is disabled, all signatures are disabled, regardless of the state configured for individual signatures.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the number of seconds to elapse before reaching the signature frequency threshold to 200 for signature ID 1:

    > config wps signature interval 1 200

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    config wps signature mac-frequency

    To specify the number of matching packets per interval that must be identified per client per access point before an attack is detected, use the config wps signature mac-frequency command.

    config wps signature mac-frequency signature_id mac_frequency

     
    Syntax Description

    signature_id

    Identifier for the signature to be configured.

    mac_frequency

    Number of matching packets per interval that must be identified per client per access point before an attack is detected. The range is 1 to 32,000 packets per interval.

     
    Defaults

    The mac_frequency default value varies per signature.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If IDS signature processing is disabled, all signatures are disabled, regardless of the state configured for individual signatures.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the number of matching packets per interval per client before an attack is detected to 50 for signature ID 3:

    > config wps signature mac-frequency 3 50

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature quiet-time
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    config wps signature quiet-time

    To specify the length of time after which no attacks have been detected at the individual access point level and the alarm can stop, use the config wps signature quiet-time command.

    config wps signature quiet-time signature_id quiet_time

     
    Syntax Description

    signature_id

    Identifier for the signature to be configured.

    quiet_time

    Length of time after which no attacks have been detected at the individual access point level and the alarm can stop. The range is 60 to 32,000 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    The default value of quiet_time varies per signature.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If IDS signature processing is disabled, all signatures are disabled, regardless of the state configured for individual signatures.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the number of seconds after which no attacks have been detected per access point to 60 for signature ID 1:

    > config wps signature quiet-time 1 60

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature reset
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    config wps signature reset

    To reset a specific Intrusion Detection System (IDS) signature or all IDS signatures to default values, use the config wps signature reset command.

    config wps signature reset { signature_id | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    signature_id

    Identifier for the specific IDS signature to be reset.

    all

    Resets all IDS signatures.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If IDS signature processing is disabled, all signatures are disabled, regardless of the state configured for individual signatures.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the IDS signature 1 to default values:

    > config wps signature reset 1

     
    Related Commands

    config wps signature
    config wps signature frequency
    config wps signature interval
    config wps signature mac-frequency
    config wps signature quiet-time
    show wps signature events
    show wps signature summary
    show wps summary

    Capwap Access Point Commands

    Use the capwap ap commands to configure capwap access point settings.

    capwap ap controller ip address

    To configure the controller IP address into the capwap access point from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap controller ip address command.

    capwap ap controller ip address ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    IP address of the controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller IP address 10.23.90.81 into the capwap access point:

    > capwap ap controller ip address 10.23.90.81

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap dot1x

    To configure the dot1x username and password into the capwap access point from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap dot1x command.

    capwap ap dot1x username user_name password password

     
    Syntax Description

    user_name

    Dot1x username.

    password

    Dot1x password.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the dot1x username ABC and password pass01:

    > capwap ap dot1x username ABC password pass01

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap hostname

    To configure the access point host name from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap hostname command.

    capwap ap hostname host_name

     
    Syntax Description

    host_name

    Host name of the access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases. This command is available only for Lightweight AP IOS Software recovery image (rcvk9w8) without any private-config. You can remove private-config by using the clear capwap private-config command.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the hostname WLC into the capwap access point:

    > capwap ap hostname WLC

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap ip address

    To configure the IP address into the capwap access point from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap ip address command.

    capwap ap ip address ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IP address 10.0.0.0.1 into capwap access point:

    > capwap ap ip address 10.0.0.1

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap ip default-gateway

    To configure the default gateway from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap ip default-gateway command.

    capwap ap ip default-gateway default_gateway

     
    Syntax Description

    default_gateway

    Default gateway address of the capwap access point.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the capwap access point with the default gateway address 10.0.0.1:

    > capwap ap ip default-gateway 10.0.0.1

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap log-server

    To configure the system log server to log all the capwap errors, use the capwap ap log-server command.

    capwap ap log-server ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    IP address of the syslog server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the syslog server with the IP address 10.0.0.1:

    > capwap ap log-server 10.0.0.1

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap primary-base

    To configure the primary controller name and IP address into the capwap access point from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap primary-base command.

    capwap ap primary-base controller_name controller_ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    controller_name

    Name of the primary controller.

    controller_ip_address

    IP address of the primary controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the primary controller name WLC1 and primary controller IP address 10.92.109.1 into the capwap access point:

    > capwap ap primary-base WLC1 10.92.109.1
     

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

     

    capwap ap primed-timer

    To configure the primed timer into the capwap access point, use the capwap ap primed-timer command.

    capwap ap primed-timer {enable | disable}

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the primed timer settings

    disable

    Disables the primed timer settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the primed-timer settings:

    > capwap ap primed-timer enable
     

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap secondary-base
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap secondary-base

    To configure the secondary controller name and IP address into the capwap access point from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap secondary-base command.

    capwap ap secondary-base controller_name controller_ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    controller_name

    Name of the secondary controller.

    controller_ip_address

    IP address of the secondary controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the secondary controller name WLC2 and secondary controller IP address 10.92.108.2 into the capwap access point:

    > capwap ap secondary-base WLC2 10.92.108.2

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap tertiary-base

    capwap ap tertiary-base

    To configure the tertiary controller name and IP address into the capwap access point from the access point’s console port, use the capwap ap tertiary-base command.

    capwap ap tertiary-base controller_name controller_ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    controller_name

    Name of the tertiary controller.

    controller_ip_address

    IP address of the tertiary controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the tertiary controller name WLC3 and secondary controller IP address 10.80.72.2 into the capwap access point:

    > capwap ap tertiary-base WLC3 10.80.72.2

     
    Related Commands

    capwap ap controller ip address
    capwap ap dot1x
    capwap ap hostname
    capwap ap ip address
    capwap ap ip default-gateway
    capwap ap log-server
    capwap ap primary-base
    capwap ap primed-timer
    capwap ap secondary-base

    lwapp ap controller ip address

    To configure the controller IP address into the H-REAP access point from the access point’s console port, use the lwapp ap controller ip address command.

    lwapp ap controller ip address ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    IP address of the controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command must be entered from an access point’s console port.

    Prior to changing the H-REAP configuration on an access point using the access point’s console port, the access point must be in standalone mode (not connected to a controller) and you must remove the current LWAPP private configuration by using the clear lwapp private-config command.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the controller IP address 10.92.109.1 into the H-REAP access point:

    > lwapp ap controller ip address 10.92.109.1
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear lwapp private-config

    debug lwapp console cli

    Saving Configurations

    Use the save config command before you log out of the command line interface to save all previous configuration changes.

    save config

    To save Cisco wireless LAN controller configurations, use the save config command.

    save config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to save the Cisco wireless LAN controller settings:

    > save config
     
    Are you sure you want to save? (y/n) y
     
    Configuration Saved!

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    Clearing Configurations, Logfiles, and Other Actions

    Use the clear command to clear existing configurations, log files, and other functions.

    clear acl counters

    To clear the current counters for an access control list (ACL), use the clear acl counters command.

    clear acl counters acl_name

     
    Syntax Description

    acl_name

    ACL name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif ACL counters are available only on the following controllers: Cisco 4400 Series Controller, Cisco WiSM, and Catalyst 3750G Integrated Wireless LAN Controller Switch.


    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the current counters for acl1:

    > clear acl counters acl1

     
    Related Commands

    config acl counter
    show acl detailed

    clear ap-config

    To clear (reset to the default values) a lightweight access point’s configuration settings, use the clear ap-config command.

    clear ap-config ap_name

     
    Syntax Description

    ap_name

    Access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Entering this command does not clear the static IP address of the access point.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the access point’s configuration settings for the access point named ap1240_322115:

    > clear ap-config ap1240_322115
     
    Clear ap-config will clear ap config and reboot the AP. Are you sure you want continue? (y/n)
     

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config

    clear ap-eventlog

    To delete the existing event log and create an empty event log file for a specific access point or for all access points joined to the controller, use the clear ap-eventlog command.

    clear ap-eventlog {specific ap_name | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    specific

    Specifies a specific access point log file.

    ap_name

    Name of the access point for which the event log file will be emptied.

    all

    Deletes the event log for all access points joined to the controller.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete the event log for all access points:

    > clear ap-eventlog all
    This will clear event log contents for all APs. Do you want continue? (y/n) :y
     
    Any AP event log contents have been successfully cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    show ap eventlog

    clear ap join stats

    To clear the join statistics for all access points or for a specific access point, use the clear ap join stats command.

    clear ap join stats { all | ap_mac }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Specifies all access points.

    ap_mac

    Access point MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the join statistics of all the access points:

    > clear ap join stats all
     

     
    Related Commands

    show ap config

    clear arp

    To clear the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table, use the clear arp command.

    clear arp

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to cleat the ARP table:

    > clear arp
     
    Are you sure you want to clear the ARP cache? (y/n)

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear client tsm

    To clear the traffic stream metrics (TSM) statistics for a particular access point or all the access points to which this client is associated, use the clear client tsm command.

    clear client tsm { 802.11a | 802.11b } client_mac { ap_mac | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    802.11a

    Specifies the 802.11a network.

    802.11b

    Specifies the 802.11b network.

    client_mac

    MAC address of the client.

    ap_mac

    MAC address of a Cisco lightweight access point.

    all

    Specifies all access points.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the TSM for the MAC address 00:40:96:a8:f7:98:

    > clear client tsm 802.11a 00:40:96:a8:f7:98 all
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear upload start

    clear config

    To reset configuration data to factory defaults, use the clear config command.

    clear config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the configuration data to factory defaults:

    > clear config
     
    Are you sure you want to clear the configuration? (y/n)
    n
    Configuration not cleared!

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear ext-webauth-url

    To clear the external web authentication URL, use the clear ext-webauth-url command.

    clear ext-webauth-url

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the external web authentication URL:

    > clear ext-webauth-url
     
    URL cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear license agent

    To clear the license agent’s counter or session statistics, use the clear license agent command.

    clear license agent { counters | sessions }

     
    Syntax Description

    counters

    Clears the counter statistics.

    sessions

    Clears the session statistics.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the license agent’s counter settings:

    > clear license agent counters

     
    Related Commands

    config license agent
    show license agent
    license install

    clear location rfid

    To clear a specific radio frequency identification (RFID) tag or all of the RFID tags in the entire database, use the clear location rfid command.

    clear location rfid { mac_address | all }

     
    Syntax Description

    mac_address

    MAC address of a specific RFID tag.

    all

    Specifies all of the RFID tags in the database.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear all of the RFID tags in the database:

    > clear location rfid all

     
    Related Commands

    clear location statistics rfid
    config location
    show location
    show location statistics rfid

    clear location statistics rfid

    To clear radio frequency identification (RFID) statistics, use the clear location statistics rfid command.

    clear location statistics rfid

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear RFID statistics:

    > clear location statistics rfid

     
    Related Commands

    clear location statistics rfid
    config location
    show location

    clear locp statistics

    To clear the Location Protocol (LOCP) statistics, use the clear locp statistics command.

    clear locp statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the statistics related to LOCP:

    > clear locp statistics

     
    Related Commands

    clear nmsp statistics
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement
    show nmsp notify-interval summary
    show nmsp statistics
    show nmsp status

    clear login-banner

    To remove the login banner file from the controller, use the clear login-banner command.

    clear login-banner

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the login banner file:

    > clear login-banner

     
    Related Commands

    transfer download datatype

    clear lwapp private-config

    To clear (reset to default values) an access point’s current Lightweight Access Point Protocol (LWAPP) private configuration, which contains static IP addressing and controller IP address configurations, use the clear lwapp private-config command.

    clear lwapp private-config

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command is executed from the access point console port.

    Prior to changing the H-REAP configuration on an access point using the access point’s console port, the access point must be in standalone mode (not connected to a controller) and you must remove the current LWAPP private configuration by using the clear lwapp private-config command.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The access point must be running Cisco IOS Release 12.3(11)JX1 or higher releases.


    Examples

    This example shows how to clear an access point’s current LWAPP private configuration:

    AP# clear lwapp private-config
    removing the reap config file flash:/lwapp_reap.cfg
     

     
    Related Commands

    debug capwap
    debug capwap reap
    debug lwapp console cli
    show capwap reap association
    show capwap reap status

    clear nmsp statistics

    To clear the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) statistics, use the clear nmsp statistics command.

    clear nmsp statistics

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to delete the NMSP statistics log file:

    > clear nmsp statistics
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear locp statistics
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement
    show nmsp notify-interval summary
    show nmsp status

    clear radius acct statistics

    To clear the RADIUS accounting statistics on the controller, use the clear radius acc statistics command.

    clear radius acct statistics [index | all]

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    (Optional) Index of the RADIUS accounting server.

    all

    (Optional) Specifies all RADIUS accounting servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the RADIUS accounting statistics:

    > clear radius acct statistics
     

     
    Related Commands

    show radius acct statistics

    clear tacacs auth statistics

    To clear the RADIUS authentication server statistics in the controller, use the clear tacacs auth statistics command.

    clear radius tacacs auth statistics [index | all]

     
    Syntax Description

    index

    (Optional) Index of the RADIUS authentication server.

    all

    (Optional) Specifies all RADIUS authentication servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the RADIUS authentication server statistics:

    > clear tacacs auth statistics
     

     
    Related Commands

    show tacacs auth statistics

    show tacacs summary

    config tacacs auth

    clear redirect-url

    To clear the custom web authentication redirect URL on the Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the clear redirect-url command.

    clear redirect-url

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication redirect URL:

    > clear redirect-url
     
    URL cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear stats ap wlan

    To clear the WLAN statistics, use the clear stats ap wlan command.

    clear stats ap wlan cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    cisco_ap

    Selected configuration elements.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the WLAN configuration elements of the access point cisco_ap:

    > clear stats ap wlan cisco-ap
     
    WLAN statistics cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    show ap stats
    show ap wlan

    clear stats local-auth

    To clear the local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) statistics, use the clear stats local-auth command.

    clear stats local-auth

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the local EAP statistics:

    > clear stats local-auth
     
    Local EAP Authentication Stats Cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    debug aaa local-auth
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics

    clear stats mobility

    To clear mobility manager statistics, use the clear stats mobility command.

    clear stats mobility

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to cleat mobility manager statistics:

    > clear stats mobility
     
    Mobility stats cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start
    clear stats port

    clear stats port

    To clear statistics counters for a specific port, use the clear stats port command.

    clear stats port port

     
    Syntax Description

    port

    Physical interface port number.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the statistics counters for port 9:

    > clear stats port 9

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear stats radius

    To clear the statistics for one or more RADIUS servers, use the clear stats radius command.

    clear stats radius {auth | acct} {index | all}

     
    Syntax Description

    auth

    Clears statistics regarding authentication.

    acct

    Clears statistics regarding accounting.

    index

    Index number of the RADIUS server to be cleared.

    all

    Clears statistics for all RADIUS servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the statistics for all RADIUS authentication servers:

    > clear stats radius auth all
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear stats switch

    To clear all switch statistics counters on a Cisco wireless LAN controller, use the clear stats switch command.

    clear stats switch

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear all switch statistics counters:

    > clear stats switch

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download start
    clear upload datatype
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear stats tacacs

    To clear the TACACS+ server statistics on the controller, use the clear stats tacacs command.

    clear stats tacacs [auth | athr | acct] [index | all]

     
    Syntax Description

    auth

    (Optional) Clears the TACACS+ authentication server statistics.

    athr

    (Optional) Clears the TACACS+ authorization server statistics.

    acct

    (Optional) Clears the TACACS+ accounting server statistics.

    index

    Index of the TACACS+ server.

    all

    (Optional) Specifies all TACACS+ servers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the TACACS+ accounting server statistics for index 1:

    > clear stats tacacs acct 1
     

     
    Related Commands

    show tacacs summary

    clear transfer

    To clear the transfer information, use the clear transfer command.

    clear transfer

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the transfer information:

    > clear transfer
     
    Are you sure you want to clear the transfer information? (y/n) y
     
    Transfer Information Cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    clear traplog

    To clear the trap log, use the clear traplog command.

    clear traplog

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the trap log:

    > clear traplog
     
    Are you sure you want to clear the trap log? (y/n) y
     
    Trap Log Cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear webimage

    To clear the custom web authentication image, use the clear webimage command.

    clear webimage

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication image:

    > clear webimage

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear webmessage

    To clear the custom web authentication message, use the clear webmessage command.

    clear webmessage

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication message:

    > clear webmessage
     
    Message cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    clear webtitle

    To clear the custom web authentication title, use the clear webtitle command.

    clear webtitle

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to clear the custom web authentication title:

    > clear webtitle
     
    Title cleared.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    clear download datatype
    clear download filename
    clear download mode
    clear download path
    clear download serverip
    clear download start
    clear upload filename
    clear upload mode
    clear upload path
    clear upload serverip
    clear upload start

    Resetting the System Reboot Time

    Use the reset command to schedule a reboot of the controller and access points.

    reset system at

    To reset the system at a specified time, use the reset system at command.

    reset system at YYYY-MM-DD HH: MM: SS image {no-swap | swap} reset-aps [save-config]

     
    Syntax Description

    YYYY-MM-DD

    Date.

    HH: MM: SS

    Time in 24-hour format.

    image

    Configures the image to be rebooted.

    swap

    Changes the active boot image.

    no-swap

    Boots from the active image.

    reset-aps

    Resets all access points during the system reset.

    save-config

    (Optional) Saves the configuration before the system reset.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the system at 2010-03-29 and 12:01:01 time:

    > reset system at 2010-03-29 12:01:01 image swap reset-aps save-config
     

     
    Related Commands

    reset system notify-time

    reset system in


     

    reset system in

    To specify the amount of time delay before the devices reboot, use the reset system in command.

    reset system in HH: MM: SS image {swap | no-swap} reset-aps save-config

     
    Syntax Description

    HH :MM :SS

    Delay in duration.

    image

    Configures the image to be rebooted.

    swap

    Changes the active boot image

    no-swap

    Boots from the active image.

    reset-aps

    Resets all access points during the system reset.

    save-config

    Saves the configuration before the system reset.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to reset the system after a delay of 00:01:01:

    > reset system in 00:01:01 image swap reset-aps save-config
     

     
    Related Commands

    reset system notify-time

    reset system at

    reset system cancel

    To cancel a scheduled reset, use the reset system cancel command.

    reset system cancel

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to cancel a scheduled reset:

    > reset system cancel
     

     
    Related Commands

    reset system at

    reset system in

    reset system notify-time

    reset system notify-time

    To configure the trap generation prior to scheduled resets, use the reset system notify-time command.

    reset system notify-time minutes

     
    Syntax Description

    minutes

    Number of minutes before each scheduled reset at which to generate a trap.

     
    Defaults

    The default is 10 minutes.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the trap generation to 10 minutes before the scheduled resets:

    > reset system notify-time 55
     

     
    Related Commands

    reset system in

    reset system at


     


     

    Uploading and Downloading Files and Configurations

    Use the transfer command to transfer files to or from the Cisco wireless LAN controller.

    transfer download certpasswor

    To set the password for the.PEM file so that the operating system can decrypt the web administration SSL key and certificate, use the transfer download certpassword command.

    transfer download certpassword private_key_password

     
    Syntax Description

    private_key_ password

    Certificate’s private key password.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to transfer a file to the switch with the certificate’s private key password certpassword:

    > transfer download certpassword
     
     
    Clearing password

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download datatype

    To set the download file type, use the transfer download datatype command.

    transfer download datatype {config | code | image | signature | webadmincert | webauthbundle | eapdevcert | eapcacert}

     
    Syntax Description

    config

    Downloads the configuration file.

    code

    Downloads an executable image to the system.

    image

    Downloads a web page login to the system.

    signature

    Downloads a signature file to the system.

    webadmincert

    Downloads a certificate for web administration to the system.

    webauthbundle

    Downloads a custom webauth bundle to the system.

    eapdevcert

    Downloads an EAP dev certificate to the system.

    eapcacert

    Downloads an EAP ca certificate to the system.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to download an executable image to the system:

    > transfer download datatype code

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download filename

    To download a specific file, use the transfer download filename command.

    transfer download filename filename

     
    Syntax Description

    filename

    Filename that contains up to 512 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to transfer a file named build603:

    > transfer download filename build603

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download mode

    To set the transfer mode, use the transfer download mode command.

    transfer download mode {ftp | tftp}

     
    Syntax Description

    ftp

    Sets the transfer mode to FTP.

    tftp

    Sets the transfer mode to TFTP.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to transfer a file using the tftp mode:

    > transfer download mode tftp

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download password

    To set the password for an FTP transfer, use the transfer download password command.

    transfer download password password

     
    Syntax Description

    password

    Password.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the password for FTP transfer to pass01:

    > transfer download password pass01

     
    Related Commands

    transfer download mode
    transfer download port
    transfer download username

    transfer download path

    To set a specific FTP or TFTP path, use the transfer download path command.

    transfer download path path

     
    Syntax Description

    path

    Directory path.

    Note Pathnames on a TFTP or FTP server are relative to the server’s default or root directory. For example, in the case of the Solarwinds TFTP server, the path is “/”.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to transfer a file to the path c:\install\version2:

    > transfer download path c:\install\version2

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download port

    To specify the FTP port, use the transfer download port command.

    transfer download port port

     
    Syntax Description

    port

    FTP port.

     
    Defaults

    The default FTP port is 21.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify FTP port number 23:

    > transfer download port 23

     
    Related Commands

    transfer download mode
    transfer download password
    transfer download username

    transfer download serverip

    To configure the IP address of the TFTP server from which to download information, use the transfer download serverip command.

    transfer download serverip TFTP_server ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    TFTP_server

    TFTP IP address.

    ip_address

    Server IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the IP address of the TFTP server with the IP address 175.34.56.78:

    > transfer download serverip 175.34.56.78

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download start

    To initiate a download, use the transfer download start command.

    transfer download start

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to initiate a download:

    > transfer download start
     
    Mode........................................... TFTP
    Data Type...................................... Site Cert
    TFTP Server IP................................. 172.16.16.78
    TFTP Path...................................... directory path
    TFTP Filename.................................. webadmincert_name
     
    This may take some time.
    Are you sure you want to start? (y/n) Y
    TFTP Webadmin cert transfer starting.
    Certificate installed.
    Please restart the switch (reset system) to use the new certificate.

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download tftpPktTimeout

    To specify the TFTP packet timeout, use the transfer download tftpPktTimeout command.

    transfer download tftpPktTimeout timeout

     
    Syntax Description

    timeout

    Timeout in seconds between 1 and 254.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to transfer a file with the TFTP packet timeout of 55 seconds:

    > transfer download tftpPktTimeout 55

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download tftpMaxRetries

    To specify the number of allowed TFTP packet retries, use the transfer download tftpMaxRetries command.

    transfer download tftpMaxRetries retries

     
    Syntax Description

    retries

    Number of allowed TFTP packet retries between 1 and 254 seconds.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the number of allowed TFTP packet retries to 55:

    > transfer download tftpMaxRetries 55

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download certpassword
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    transfer download username

    To specify the FTP username, use the transfer download username command.

    transfer download username username

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Username.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the FTP username to ftp_username:

    > transfer download username ftp_username

     
    Related Commands

    transfer download mode
    transfer download password
    transfer download port

    transfer encrypt

    To configure encryption for configuration file transfers, use the transfer encrypt command.

    transfer encrypt { enable | disable | set-key key }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the encryption settings.

    disable

    Disables the encryption settings.

    set-key

    Specifies the encryption key for configuration file transfers.

    key

    Encryption key for config file transfers.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the encryption settings:

    > transfer encrypt enable

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer download datatype
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer download filename
    transfer download mode
    transfer download path
    transfer download serverip
    transfer download start

    transfer upload datatype

    To set the controller to upload specified log and crash files, use the transfer upload datatype command.

    transfer upload datatype { config | coredump | crashfile | errorlog | invalid-config | pac | packet-capture | panic-crash-file | radio-core-dump | signature | systemtrace | traplog | watchdog-crash-file }

     
    Syntax Description

    config

    Uploads the system configuration file.

    coredump

    Uploads the core-dump file.

    crashfile

    Uploads the system crash file.

    errorlog

    Uploads the system error log file.

    invalid-config

    Uploads the system invalid-config file.

    pac

    Uploads a Protected Access Credential (PAC).

    packet-capture

    Uploads a packet capture file.

    panic-crash-file

    Uploads the kernel panic information file.

    radio-core-dump

    Uploads the system error log.

    signature

    Uploads the system signature file.

    systemtrace

    Uploads the system trace file.

    traplog

    Uploads the system trap log.

    watchdog-crash-file

    Uploads a console dump file resulting from a software-watchdog-initiated controller reboot following a crash.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to upload the system error log file:

    > transfer upload datatype errorlog

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload filename

    To upload a specific file, use the transfer upload filename command.

    transfer upload filename filename

     
    Syntax Description

    filename

    Filename that contains up to 16 alphanumeric characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to upload a file build603:

    > transfer upload filename build603

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload mode

    To configure the transfer mode, use the transfer upload mode command.

    transfer upload mode { ftp | tftp }

     
    Syntax Description

    ftp

    Sets the transfer mode to FTP.

    tftp

    Sets the transfer mode to TFTP.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the transfer mode to TFTP:

    > transfer upload mode tftp

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload pac

    To load a Protected Access Credential (PAC) to support the local authentication feature and allow a client to import the PAC, use the transfer upload pac command.

    transfer upload pac username validity password

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    User identity of the PAC.

    validity

    Validity period (days) of the PAC.

    password

    Password to protect the PAC.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    The client upload process uses a TFTP or FTP server.

    Examples

    This example shows how to upload a PAC with the username user1, validity period 53, and password pass01:

    > transfer upload pac user1 53 pass01
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload password

    To configure the password for FTP transfer, use the transfer upload password command.

    transfer upload password password

     
    Syntax Description

    password

    Password needed to access the FTP server.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure the password for the FTP transfer to pass01:

    > transfer upload password pass01

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload path

    To set a specific upload path, use the transfer upload path command.

    transfer upload path path

     
    Syntax Description

    path

    Server path to file.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the upload path to c:\install\version2:

    > transfer upload path c:\install\version2

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload port

    To specify the FTP port, use the transfer upload port command.

    transfer upload port port

     
    Syntax Description

    port

    Port number.

     
    Defaults

    The default FTP port is 21.

    Examples

    This example shows how to specify FTP port 23:

    > transfer upload port 23

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload serverip

    To configure the IP address of the TFTP server to upload files to, use the transfer upload serverip command.

    transfer upload serverip ip_address

     
    Syntax Description

    ip_address

    Server IP address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the IP address of the TFTP server to 175.31.56.78:

    > transfer upload serverip 175.34.56.78

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload start
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload start

    To initiate an upload, use the transfer upload start command.

    transfer upload start

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to initiate an upload of a file:

    > transfer upload start
     
    Mode........................................... TFTP
    TFTP Server IP................................. 172.16.16.78
    TFTP Path...................................... c:\find\off/
    TFTP Filename.................................. wps_2_0_75_0.aes
    Data Type...................................... Code
     
    Are you sure you want to start? (y/n) n
     
    Transfer Cancelled

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload username

    transfer upload username

    To specify the FTP username, use the transfer upload username command.

    transfer download username username

     
    Syntax Description

    username

    Username required to access the FTP server. The username can contain up to 31 characters.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to set the FTP username to ftp_username:

    > transfer upload username ftp_username

     
    Related Commands

    clear transfer
    transfer upload datatype
    transfer upload filename
    transfer upload mode
    transfer upload pac
    transfer upload password
    transfer upload path
    transfer upload port
    transfer upload serverip
    transfer upload start

    Installing and Modifying Licenses

    Use the license commands to install, remove, modify, or rehost licenses.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif The license commands are available only on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller.


    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif For detailed information on installing and rehosting licenses on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, see the “Installing and Configuring Licenses” section in Chapter 4 of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide.


    license clear

    To remove a license from the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license clear command.

    license clear license_name

     
    Syntax Description

    license_name

    Name of the license.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    You can delete an expired evaluation license or any unused license. You cannot delete unexpired evaluation licenses, the permanent base image license, or licenses that are in use by the controller.

    Examples

    This example shows how to remove the license settings of the license named wplus-ap-count:

    > license clear wplus-ap-count

     
    Related Commands

    license comment
    license install
    license revoke
    license save
    show license all

    license comment

    To add comments to a license or delete comments from a license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license comment command.

    license comment { add | delete } license_name comment_string

     
    Syntax Description

    add

    Adds a comment.

    delete

    Deletes a comment.

    license_name

    Name of the license.

    comment_string

    License comment.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to add a comment “wplus ap count license” to the license name wplus-ap-count:

    > license comment add wplus-ap-count Comment for wplus ap count license

     
    Related Commands

    license clear
    license install
    license revoke
    license save
    show license all

    license install

    To install a license on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license install command.

    license install url

     
    Syntax Description

    url

    URL of the TFTP server (tftp:// server_ip / path / filename).

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    We recommend that the access point count be the same for the base-ap-count and wplus-ap-count licenses installed on your controller. If your controller has a base-ap-count license of 100 and you install a wplus-ap-count license of 12, the controller supports up to 100 access points when the base license is in use but only a maximum of 12 access points when the wplus license is in use.

    You cannot install a wplus license that has an access point count greater than the controller's base license. For example, you cannot apply a wplus-ap-count 100 license to a controller with an existing base-ap-count 12 license. If you attempt to register for such a license, an error message appears indicating that the license registration has failed. Before upgrading to a wplus-ap-count 100 license, you would first have to upgrade the controller to a base-ap-count 100 or 250 license.

    Examples

    This example shows how to install a license on the controller from the URL tftp://10.10.10.10/path/license.lic:

    > license install tftp://10.10.10.10/path/license.lic

     
    Related Commands

    license clear
    license modify priority
    license revoke
    license save
    show license all

    license modify priority

    To raise or lower the priority of the base-ap-count or wplus-ap-count evaluation license on a Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license modify priority command.

    license modify priority license_name { high | low }

     
    Syntax Description

    license_name

    Ap-count evaluation license.

    high

    Modifies the priority of an ap-count evaluation license.

    low

    Modifies the priority of an ap-count evaluation license.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    If you are considering upgrading to a license with a higher access point count, you can try an evaluation license before upgrading to a permanent version of the license. For example, if you are using a permanent license with a 50 access point count and want to try an evaluation license with a 100 access point count, you can try out the evaluation license for 60 days.

    AP-count evaluation licenses are set to low priority by default so that the controller uses the ap-count permanent license. If you want to try an evaluation license with an increased access point count, you must change its priority to high. If you no longer want to have this higher capacity, you can lower the priority of the ap-count evaluation license, which forces the controller to use the permanent license.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif You can set the priority only for ap-count evaluation licenses. AP-count permanent licenses always have a medium priority, which cannot be configured.


    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif If the ap-count evaluation license is a wplus license and the ap-count permanent license is a base license, you must also change the feature set to wplus.


    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif To prevent disruptions in operation, the controller does not switch licenses when an evaluation license expires. You must reboot the controller in order to return to a permanent license. Following a reboot, the controller defaults to the same feature set level as the expired evaluation license. If no permanent license at the same feature set level is installed, the controller uses a permanent license at another level or an unexpired evaluation license.


    Examples

    This example shows how to set the priority of the wplus-ap-count to high:

    > license modify priority wplus-ap-count high

     
    Related Commands

    license clear
    license install
    license revoke
    license save
    show license all

    license revoke

    To rehost a license on a Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license revoke command.

    license revoke { permission_ticket_url | rehost rehost_ticket_url }

     
    Syntax Description

    permission_ticket_url

    URL of the TFTP server (tftp:// server_ip / path / filename) where you saved the permission ticket.

    rehost

    Specifies the rehost license settings.

    rehost_ticket_url

    URL of the TFTP server (tftp:// server_ip / path / filename) where you saved the rehost ticket.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Before you revoke a license, save the device credentials by using the license save credential url command.

    You can rehost all permanent licenses except the permanent base image license. Evaluation licenses and the permanent base image license cannot be rehosted.

    In order to rehost a license, you must generate credential information from the controller and use it to obtain a permission ticket to revoke the license from the Cisco licensing site ( https://tools.cisco.com/SWIFT/Licensing/PrivateRegistrationServlet). Next, you must obtain a rehost ticket and use it to obtain a license installation file for the controller on which you want to install the license.

    For detailed information on rehosting licenses, see the “Installing and Configuring Licenses” section in Chapter 4 of the Cisco Wireless LAN Controller Configuration Guide.

    Examples

    This example shows how to revoke the license settings from the saved permission ticket URL tftp://10.10.10.10/path/permit_ticket.lic:

    license revoke tftp://10.10.10.10/path/permit_ticket.lic
     

    This example shows how to revoke the license settings from the saved rehost ticket URL tftp://10.10.10.10/path/rehost_ticket.lic:

    license revoke rehost tftp://10.10.10.10/path/rehost_ticket.lic

     
    Related Commands

    license clear
    license install
    license modify priority
    license save
    show license all

    license save

    To save a backup copy of all installed licenses or license credentials on the Cisco 5500 Series Controller, use the license save command.

    license save credential url

     
    Syntax Description

    credential

    Saves device credential information to a file.

    url

    URL of the TFTP server (tftp:// server_ip / path / filename).

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    Save the device credentials before you revoke the license by using the license revoke command.

    Examples

    This example shows how to save a backup copy of all installed licenses or license credentials on tftp://10.10.10.10/path/cred.lic:

    > license save credential tftp://10.10.10.10/path/cred.lic

     
    Related Commands

    license clear
    license install
    license modify priority
    license revoke
    show license all

    Troubleshooting Commands

    Use the debug commands to manage system debugging.

    caut.gif

    Caution blank.gif Debug commands are reserved for use only under direction of Cisco personnel. Do not use these commands without direction from Cisco-certified staff.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif Enabling all debug commands on a system with many clients authenticating may result in some debugs being lost.


    debug aaa

    To configure AAA debug options, use the debug aaa command.

    debug aaa {[ all | detail | events | packet | ldap | local-auth | tacacs ] [ enable | disable ]}

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of all AAA messages.

    detail

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of AAA errors.

    events

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of AAA events.

    packet

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of AAA packets.

    ldap

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of the AAA Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) events.

    local-auth

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of the AAA local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) events.

    tacacs

    (Optional) Specifies debugging of the AAA TACACS+ events.

    enable

    (Optional) Starts the debugging feature.

    disable

    (Optional) Stops the debugging feature.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the debugging of AAA LDAP events:

    > debug aaa ldap enable
     

     
    Related Commands

    debug aaa local-auth eap

    show running-config

    debug aaa local-auth

    To debug AAA local authentication on the controller, use the debug aaa local-auth command.

    debug aaa local-auth { db | shim | eap { framework | method } { all | errors | events | packets | sm }} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    db

    Configures debugging of the AAA local authentication back-end messages and events.

    shim

    Configures debugging of the AAA local authentication shim layer events.

    eap

    Configures debugging of the AAA local Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication.

    framework

    Configures debugging of the local EAP framework.

    method

    Configures debugging of local EAP methods.

    all

    Specifies debugging of local EAP messages.

    errors

    Specifies debugging of local EAP errors.

    events

    Specifies debugging of local EAP events.

    packets

    Specifies debugging of local EAP packets.

    sm

    Specifies debugging of the local EAP state machine.

    enable

    Starts the debugging feature.

    disable

    Stops the debugging feature.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the debugging of the AAA local EAP authentication:

    > debug aaa local-auth eap method all enable
     

     
    Related Commands

    clear stats local-auth
    config local-auth active-timeout
    config local-auth eap-profile
    config local-auth method fast
    config local-auth user-credentials
    show local-auth certificates
    show local-auth config
    show local-auth statistics

    debug airewave-director

    To configure the Airewave Director software debug options, use the debug airwave-director command.

    debug airewave-director {all | channel | detail | error | group | manager | message | packet | power | profile | radar | rf-change} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all Airewave Director logs.

    channel

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director channel assignment protocol.

    detail

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director detail logs.

    error

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director error logs.

    group

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director grouping protocol.

    manager

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director manager.

    message

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director messages.

    packet

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director packets.

    power

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director power assignment protocol and coverage hole detection.

    profile

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director profile events.

    radar

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director radar detection/avoidance protocol.

    rf-change

    Configures debugging of the Airewave Director rf changes.

    enable

    Enables the Airewave Director debug setting.

    disable

    Disables the Airewave Director debug setting.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the debugging of Airewave Director profile events:

    > debug airewave-director profile enable

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    debug disable-all

    debug ap

    To enable or disable remote debugging of Cisco lightweight access points or to remotely execute a command on a lightweight access point, use the debug ap command.

    debug ap { enable | disable | command cmd } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables debugging on a lightweight access point.

    Note The debugging information is displayed only to the controller console and does not send output to a controller Telnet/SSH CLI session.

    disable

    Disables debugging on a lightweight access point.

    Note The debugging information is displayed only to the controller console and does not send output to a controller Telnet/SSH CLI session.

    command

    Specifies that a CLI command is to be executed on the access point.

    cmd

    Command to be executed.

    Note The command to be executed must be enclosed in double quotes, such as debug ap command “led flash 30” AP03.

    Note The output of the command displays only to the controller console and does not send output to a controller Telnet/SSH CLI session.

    cisco_ap

    Name of a Cisco lightweight access point.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable remote debugging on access point AP01:

    > debug ap enable AP01
     

    This example shows how to execute the config ap location command on access point AP02:

    > debug ap command “config ap location "Building 1" AP02”
     

    This example shows how to execute the flash LED command on access point AP03:

    > debug ap command “led flash 30” AP03

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    config sysname

    debug ap enable

    To enable or disable remote debugging of Cisco lightweight access points or to remotely execute a command on a lightweight access point, use the debug ap enable command.

    debug ap { enable | disable | command cmd } cisco_ap

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables remote debugging.

    Note The debugging information is displayed only to the controller console and does not send output to a controller Telnet/SSH CLI session.

    disable

    Disables remote debugging.

    command

    Specifies that a CLI command is to be executed on the access point.

    cmd

    Command to be executed.

    Note The command to be executed must be enclosed in double quotes, such as debug ap command “led flash 30” AP03.

    Note The output of the command displays only to the controller console and does not send output to a controller Telnet/SSH CLI session.

    cisco_ap

    Cisco lightweight access point name.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable remote debugging on access point AP01:

    > debug ap enable AP01
     

    This example shows how to disable remote debugging on access point AP02:

    > debug ap disable AP02
     

    This example shows how to execute the flash LED command on access point AP03:

    > debug ap command “led flash 30” AP03

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    config sysname

    debug arp

    To configure Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) debug options, use the debug arp command.

    debug arp { all | detail | events | message } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all ARP logs.

    detail

    Configures debugging of ARP detail messages.

    error

    Configures debugging of ARP errors.

    message

    Configures debugging of ARP messages.

    enable

    Enables ARP debugging.

    disable

    Disables ARP debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable ARP debug settings:

    > debug arp error enable
     

    This example shows how to disable ARP debug settings:

    > debig arp error disable

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo
    debug disable-all

    debug bcast

    To configure debugging of broadcast options, use the debug bcast command.

    debug bcast { all | error | message | igmp | detail } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all broadcast logs.

    error

    Configures debugging of broadcast errors.

    message

    Configures debugging of broadcast messages.

    igmp

    Configures debugging of broadcast IGMP messages.

    detail

    Configures debugging of broadcast detailed messages.

    enable

    Enables the broadcast debugging.

    disable

    Disables the broadcast debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable broadcast debug settings:

    > debug bcast message enable
     

    This example shows how to disable broadcast debug settings:

    > debug bcast message disable

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo
    debug disable-all

    debug cac

    To configure Call Admission Control (CAC) debug options, use the debug cac command.

    debug cac { all | event | packet }{ enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging options for all CAC messages.

    event

    Configures debugging options for CAC events.

    packet

    Configures debugging options for selected CAC packets.

    enable

    Enables the debugging.

    disable

    Disables the debugging.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debug CAC settings:

    > debug cac event enable

     
    Related Commands

    config 802.11 cac video acm
    config 802.11
    { enable | disable } network
    config 802.11
    cac video max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac video roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11 cac video tspec-inactivity-timeout
    config 802.11 cac voice acm
    config 802.11
    cac voice load-based
    config 802.11
    cac voice max-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice roam-bandwidth
    config 802.11
    cac voice stream-size
    config 802.11
    cac voice tspec-inactivity-timeout

    debug call-control

    To debug the SIP call control settings, use the debug call-control command.

    debug call-control { all | event }{ enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging options for all SIP call control messages.

    event

    Configures debugging options for SIP call control events.

    enable

    Enables the SIP call control debugging settings.

    disable

    Disables the SIP call control debugging settings.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of all SIP call control messages:

    > debug call-control all enable

    debug capwap

    To obtain troubleshooting information about Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) settings, use the debug capwap command.

    debug capwap { detail | dtls-keepalive | errors | events | hexdump | info | packet | payload } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    detail

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP detail settings.

    dtls-keepalive

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP DTLS data keepalive packets settings.

    errors

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP error settings.

    events

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP events settings.

    hexdump

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP hexadecimal dump settings.

    info

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP info settings.

    packet

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP packet settings.

    payload

    Configures debugging for CAPWAP payload settings.

    enable

    Enables debugging of the CAPWAP command.

    disable

    Disables debugging of the CAPWAP command.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debug CAPWAP detail settings:

    > debug capwap detail enable

     
    Related Commands

    clear lwapp private-config
    debug disable-all
    show capwap reap association
    show capwap reap status

    debug capwap reap

    To obtain troubleshooting information about Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) settings on a Hybrid Remote Edge Access Point (hybrid-REAP) access point, use the debug capwap reap command.

    debug capwap reap [ mgmt | load ]

     
    Syntax Description

    mgmt

    (Optional) Configures debugging for client authentication and association messages.

    load

    (Optional) Configures debugging for payload activities, which is useful when the hybrid-REAP access point boots up in standalone mode.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug hybrid-REAP client authentication and association messages:

    > debug capwap reap mgmt

     
    Related Commands

    clear lwapp private-config
    debug disable-all
    show capwap reap association
    show capwap reap status

    debug client

    To debug if the passive client is associated correctly with the access point and if the passive client has moved into the DHCP required state at the controller, use the debug client command.

    debug client mac_address

     
    Syntax Description

    mac_address

    MAC address of the client.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug a passive client with mac address 00:0d:28:f4:c0:45:

    > debug client 00:0d:28:f4:c0:45

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    show capwap reap association
    show capwap reap status

    debug crypto

    To configure hardware cryptographic debug options, use the debug crypto command.

    debug crypto { all | sessions | trace | warning } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all hardware crypto messages.

    sessions

    Configures debugging of hardware crypto sessions.

    trace

    Configures debugging of hardware crypto sessions.

    warning

    Configures debugging of hardware crypto sessions.

    enable

    Enables the hardware cryptographic debugging.

    disable

    Disables the hardware cryptographic debugging setting.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable the debugging of hardware crypto sessions:

    > debug crypto sessions enable

     
    Related Commands

    show sysinfo

    debug disable-all

    debug dhcp

    To configure DHCP debug options, use the debug dhcp command.

    debug dhcp { message | packet } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    message

    Configures debugging of DHCP error messages.

    packet

    Configures debugging of DHCP packets.

    enable

    Enables the DHCP debugging.

    disable

    Disables the DHCP debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable DHCP debug settings:

    > debug dhcp message enable

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp service-port
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp
    show dhcp proxy

    debug dhcp service-port

    To enable or disable debugging of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packets on the service port, use the debug dhcp service-port command.

    debug dhcp service-port { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables the debugging of DHCP packets on the service port.

    disable

    Disables the debugging of DHCP packets on the service port.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of DHCP packets on a service port:

    > debug dhcp service-port enable

     
    Related Commands

    config dhcp
    config dhcp proxy
    config interface dhcp
    config wlan dhcp_server
    debug dhcp
    debug disable-all
    show dhcp
    show dhcp proxy

    debug disable-all

    To disable all debug messages, use the debug disable-all command.

    debug disable-all

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to disable all debug messages:

    > debug disable-all

    debug dot11

    To configure dot11 events debug options, use the debug dot11 command.

    debug dot11 {all | load-balancing | management | mobile | rfid | rldp | rogue | state} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all 802.11 messages.

    load-balancing

    Configures debugging of 802.11 load balancing events.

    management

    Configures debugging of 802.11 MAC management messages.

    mobile

    Configures debugging of 802.11 mobile events.

    rfid

    Configures debugging of the 802.11 RFID tag module.

    rldp

    Configures debugging of 802.11 Rogue Location Discovery.

    rogue

    Configures debugging of 802.11 rogue events.

    state

    Configures debugging of 802.11 mobile state transitions.

    enable

    Enables dot11 debugging.

    disable

    Disables dot11 debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable dot11 debug settings:

    > debug dot11 state enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    debug dot11 mgmt interface

    To debug 802.11 management interface events, use the debug dot11 mgmt interface command.

    debug dot11 mgmt interface

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug dot11 management interface events:

    > debug dot11 mgmt interface

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    debug dot11 mgmt msg

    To debug 802.11 management messages, use the debug dot11 mgmt msg command.

    debug dot11 mgmt msg

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug dot11 management messages:

    > debug dot11 mgmt msg

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    debug dot11 mgmt ssid

    To debug 802.11 Service Set Identifier (SSID) management events, use the debug dot11 mgmt ssid command.

    debug dot11 mgmt ssid

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug dot11 SSID management events:

    > debug dot11 mgmt ssid

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine

    To debug the 802.11 state machine, use the debug dot11 mgmt state-machine command.

    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug dot11 state machine settings:

    > debug dot11 mgmt state-machine

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    debug dot11 mgmt station

    To debug client events, use the debug dot11 mgmt station command.

    debug dot11 mgmt station

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

     

    This example shows how to debug management station settings:

    > debug dot11 mgmt station

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine

    debug dot1x

    To configure dot1x debug options, use the debug dot1x command.

    debug dot1x {aaa | all | events | packet | states} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    aaa

    Configures debugging of 802.1X AAA interactions.

    all

    Configures debugging of all 802.1X messages.

    events

    Configures debugging of 802.1X events.

    packet

    Configures debugging of 802.1X mobile state transitions.

    states

    Configures debugging of 802.1X mobile state transitions.

    enable

    Enables dot1x debugging.

    disable

    Disables dot1x debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of dot1x mobile state transitions:

    > debug dot1x states enable
     

    This example shows how to disable debugging of all dot1x interactions:

    > debug dot1x all disable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug dot11
    debug dot11 mgmt interface
    debug dot11 mgmt msg
    debug dot11 mgmt ssid
    debug dot11 mgmt state-machine
    debug dot11 mgmt station

    debug group

    To enable or disable debugging of access point groups, use the debug group command.

    debug group { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables access point group debugging.

    disable

    Disables access point group debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of access point groups:

    > debug group enable

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan nac
    config wlan apgroup
    config wlan nac

    debug hreap aaa

    To enable or disable debugging of hybrid-REAP (HREAP) backup RADIUS server events or errors, use the debug hreap aaa command.

    debug hreap aaa { event | error } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    event

    Configures debugging for HREAP RADIUS server events.

    error

    Configures debugging for HREAP RADIUS server errors.

    enable

    Enables debugging of hybrid-REAP RADIUS server settings.

    disable

    Disables debugging of hybrid-REAP RADIUS server settings.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of HREAP RADIUS server events:

    > debug hreap aaa event enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug hreap cckm
    debug hreap group
    config hreap group
    show hreap group detail
    show hreap group summary
    show radius summary

    debug hreap cckm

    To enable or disable debugging of hybrid-REAP (HREAP) Cisco Centralized Key Management (CCKM fast roaming), use the debug hreap cckm command.

    debug hreap cckm { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables debugging of HREAP CCKM fast roaming settings.

    disable

    Disables debugging of HREAP CCKM fast roaming settings.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of HREAP CCKM fast roaming events:

    > debug hreap cckm event enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug hreap aaa
    debug hreap group
    config hreap group
    show hreap group detail
    show hreap group summary
    show radius summary

    debug hreap group

    To enable or disable debugging of hybrid-REAP (HREAP) access point groups, use the debug hreap group command.

    debug hreap group { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables debugging of HREAP access point groups.

    disable

    Disables debugging of HREAP access point groups.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of HREAP access point groups:

    > debug hreap group enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug hreap aaa
    debug hreap cckm
    config hreap group
    show hreap group detail
    show hreap group summary

    debug l2age

    To configure debugging of Layer 2 age timeout messages, use the debug l2age command.

    debug l2age { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables Layer2 age debug settings.

    disable

    Disables Layer2 age debug settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable Layer2 age debug settings:

    > debug l2age enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug lwapp console cli

    To begin debugging the access point console CLI, use the debug lwapp console cli command from the access point console port.

    debug lwapp console cli

     
    Syntax Description

    This command has no arguments or keywords.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This access point CLI command must be entered from the access point console port.

    Examples

    This example shows how to begin debugging the access point console:

    AP# debug lwapp console cli
    LWAPP console CLI allow/disallow debugging is on
     

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug ap
    clear lwapp private-config

    debug mac

    To configure MAC address debugging, use the debug mac command.

    debug mac { disable | addr MAC }

     
    Syntax Description

    disable

    Disables MAC debugging.

    addr

    Configures MAC address debugging.

    MAC

    MAC address.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure MAC address debugging settings:

    > debug mac addr 00.0c.41.07.33.a6

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug memory

    To enable or disable debugging of errors or events during controller memory allocation, use this command

    debug memory { errors | events } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    errors

    Troubleshoots memory leak errors.

    events

    Troubleshoots memory leak events.

    enable

    Enables debugging of memory leak events.

    disable

    Disables debugging of memory leak events.

     
    Command Default

    Disabled.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of memory leak events:

    > debug memory events enable

     
    Related Commands

    config memory monitor errors
    config memory monitor leaks
    show memory monitor

    debug mesh security

    To begin debugging mesh security problems, use the debug mesh security command.

    debug mesh security { all | events | errors }{ enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Debugs all mesh security messages.

    events

    Debugs mesh security event messages.

    errors

    Debugs mesh security error messages.

    enable

    Enables debugging of mesh security error messages.

    disable

    Disables debugging of mesh security error messages.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of mesh security error messages:

    > debug mesh security errors enable

     
    Related Commands

    config mesh security
    show mesh security-stats

    debug mobility

    To debug wireless mobility issues, use the debug mobility command.

    debug mobility {{ directory | handoff | multicast } { enable | disable } |
    keep-alive { enable | disable } IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    directory

    Starts debugging of wireless mobility error messages.

    handoff

    Starts debugging of wireless mobility packets.

    multicast

    Starts debugging of multicast mobility packets.

    enable

    Enables debugging of the wireless mobility feature.

    disable

    Disables debugging of the wireless mobility feature.

    keep-alive

    Starts debugging of wireless mobility keepalive messages.

    IP_address

    IP address of the wireless mobility client.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of wireless mobility packets:

    > debug mobility handoff enable

     
    Related Commands

    config guest-lan mobility anchor
    config mobility group domain
    config mobility group keepalive count
    config mobility group keepalive interval
    config mobility group member
    config mobility group multicast-addres
    config mobility multicast-mode
    config mobility secure-mode
    config mobility statistics reset
    config wlan mobility anchor
    show mobility anchor
    show mobility statistics
    show mobility summary

    debug nac

    To configure debugging of Network Access Control (NAC), use the debug nac command.

    debug nac { events | packet } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    events

    Configures debugging of NAC events.

    packet

    Configures debugging of NAC packets.

    enable

    Enables NAC debugging.

    disable

    Disables NAC debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable NAC debug settings:

    > debug nac events enable

     
    Related Commands

    show nac statistics
    show nac summary
    config guest-lan nac
    config wlan nac

    debug nmsp

    To configure debugging of the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP), use the debug nmsp command.

    debug nmsp { all | connection | detail | error | event | message | packet }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging for all NMSP messages.

    connection

    Configures debugging for NMSP connection events.

    detail

    Configures debugging for NMSP events in detail.

    error

    Configures debugging for NMSP error messages.

    event

    Configures debugging for NMSP events.

    message

    Configures debugging for NMSP transmit and receive messages.

    packet

    Configures debugging for NMSP packet events.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure debugging of NMSP connection events:

    > debug nmsp connection

     
    Related Commands

    clear nmsp statistics
    debug disable-all
    config nmsp notify-interval measurement

    debug ntp

    To configure debugging of the Network Time Protocol (NTP), use the debug ntp command.

    debug ntp { detail | low | packet } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    detail

    Configures debugging of detailed NTP messages.

    low

    Configures debugging of NTP messages.

    packet

    Configures debugging of NTP packets.

    enable

    Enables NTP debugging.

    disable

    Disables NTP debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable NTP debug settings:

    > debug ntp packet enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug packet logging

    To configure logging of packets sent to the controller CPU, use the debug packet logging command.

    debug packet logging { acl | disable | enable { rx | tx | all } packet_count display_size | format { hex2pcap | text2pcap }}

    debug packet logging acl { clear-all | driver { rule_index action npu_encap port } | eoip-eth { rule_index action dst src type vlan }| eoip-ip { rule_index action src dst proto src_port dst_port } | eth { rule_index action dst src type vlan } | ip { rule_index action src dst proto src_port dst_port }| lwapp-dot11 { rule_index action dst src bssid type }| lwapp-ip { rule_index action src dst proto src_port dst_port }}

     
    Syntax Description

    acl

    Filters the displayed packets according to a rule.

    disable

    Disables logging of the packets.

    enable

    Enables logging of the packets.

    rx

    Displays all received packets.

    tx

    Displays all transmitted packets.

    all

    Displays both transmitted and received packets.

    packet_count

    Maximum number of packets to log. The range is from 1 to 65535 packets, and the default value is 25 packets.

    display_size

    Number of bytes to display when printing a packet. By default, the entire packet is displayed.

    format

    Configures the format of the debug output.

    hex2pcap

    Configures output format to be compatible with hex2pcap format. Standard format used by IOS supports the use of hex2pcap and can be decoded using an HTML front end.

    text2pcap

    Configures output format to be compatible with text2pcap. In this format the sequence of packets can be decoded from the same console log file.

    clear-all

    Clears all existing rules for the packets.

    driver

    Filters the packets based on an incoming port or an NPU encapsulation type.

    rule_index

    Index for the rule that is a value between 1 and 6 (inclusive).

    action

    Action for the rule that can be permit, deny, or disable.

    npu_encap

    NPU encapsulation type that determines how the packets are filtered. The possible values include dhcp, dot11-mgmt, dot11-probe, dot1x, eoip-ping, iapp, ip, lwapp, multicast, orphan-from-sta, orphan-to-sta, rbcp, wired-guest, or any.

    port

    Physical port for packet transmission or reception.

    eoip-eth

    Filters packets based on the Ethernet II header in the EoIP payload.

    dst

    Destination MAC address.

    src

    Source MAC address.

    type

    Two-byte type code such as 0x800 for IP, 0x806 for ARP. You can also enter a few common string values such as “ip” (for 0x800) or “arp” (for 0x806).

    vlan

    Two-byte VLAN identifier.

    eoip-ip

    Filters packets based on the IP header in the EoIP payload.

    proto

    Protocol that can be ip, icmp, igmp, ggp, ipencap, st, tcp, egp, pup, udp, hmp, xns-idp, rdp, iso-tp4, xtp, ddp, idpr-cmtp, rspf, vmtp, ospf, ipip, and encap.

    src_port

    UDP/TCP two-byte source port like telnet, 23 or any. The controller supports the following strings: tcpmux, echo, discard, systat, daytime, netstat, qotd, msp, chargen, ftp-data, ftp, fsp, ssh, telnet, smtp, time, rlp, nameserver, whois, re-mail-ck, domain, mtp, bootps, bootpc, tftp, gopher, rje, finger, www, link, kerberos, supdup, hostnames, iso-tsap, csnet-ns, 3com-tsmux, rtelnet, pop-2, pop-3, sunrpc, auth, sftp, uucp-path, nntp, ntp, netbios-ns, netbios-dgm, netbios-ssn, imap2, snmp, snmp-trap, cmip-man, cmip-agent, xdmcp, nextstep, bgp, prospero, irc, smux, at-rtmp, at-nbp, at-echo, at-zis, qmtp, z3950, ipx, imap3, ulistserv, https, snpp, saft, npmp-local, npmp-gui, and hmmp-ind.

    dst_port

    UDP/TCP two-byte destination port like telnet, 23 or any. The controller supports the same strings as those for the src_port.

    eth

    Filters packets based on values in the Ethernet II header.

    ip

    Filters packets based on values in the IP header.

    lwapp-dot11

    Filters packets based on the 802.11 header in the LWAPP payload.

    bssid

    Basic Service Set Identifier of the VLAN.

    lwapp-dot11

    Filters packets based on the IP header in the LWAPP payload.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable logging of the packets:

    > debug packet logging enable

     
    Related Commands

    show debug packet

    debug pem

    To configure the access policy manager debug options, use the debug pem command.

    debug pem { events | state } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    events

    Configures debugging of the policy manager events.

    state

    Configures debugging of the policy manager state machine.

    enable

    Enables access policy manager debugging.

    disable

    Disables access policy manager debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable access policy manager debug settings:

    > debug pem state enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug pm

    To configure debugging of the security policy manager module, use the debug pm command.

    debug pm { all disable | { config | hwcrypto | ikemsg | init | list | message | pki | rng | rules |
    sa-export | sa-import | ssh-l2tp | ssh-appgw | ssh-engine | ssh-int | ssh-pmgr | ssh-ppp | ssh-tcp } {enable | disable}}

     
    Syntax Description

    all disable

    Disables all debugging in the policy manager module.

    config

    Configures debugging of the policy manager configuration.

    hwcrypto

    Configures debugging of hardware offload events.

    ikemsg

    Configures debugging of Internet Key Exchange (IKE) messages.

    init

    Configures debugging of policy manager initialization events.

    list

    Configures debugging of policy manager list mgmt.

    message

    Configures debugging of policy manager message queue events.

    pki

    Configures debugging of Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) related events.

    rng

    Configures debugging of random number generation.

    rules

    Configures debugging of Layer 3 policy events.

    sa-export

    Configures debugging of SA export (mobility).

    sa-import

    Configures debugging of SA import (mobility).

    ssh-l2tp

    Configures debugging of policy manager l2TP handling.

    ssh-appgw

    Configures debugging of application gateways.

    ssh-engine

    Configures debugging of the policy manager engine.

    ssh-int

    Configures debugging of the policy manager intercepter.

    ssh-pmgr

    Configures debugging of the policy manager.

    ssh-ppp

    Configures debugging of policy manager PPP handling.

    ssh-tcp

    Configures debugging of policy manager TCP handling.

    enable

    Enables the debugging.

    disable

    Disables the debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to configure debugging of PKI-related events:

    > debug pm pki enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug poe

    To configure debugging of Power over Ethernet (PoE) debug options, use the debug poe command.

    debug poe { detail | error | message } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    detail

    Configures debugging of PoE detail logs.

    error

    Configures debugging of PoE error logs.

    message

    Configures debugging of PoE messages.

    enable

    Enables the PoE debugging.

    disable

    Disables the PoE debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable PoE debug settings:

    > debug poe message enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug rbcp

    To configure Router Blade Control (RBCP) debug options, use the debug rbcp command.

    debug rbcp {all | detail | errors | packet} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of RBCP.

    detail

    Configures debugging of RBCP detail.

    errors

    Configures debugging of RBCP errors.

    packet

    Configures debugging of RBCP packet trace.

    enable

    Enables RBCP debugging.

    disable

    Disables RBCP debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable RBCP debug settings:

    > debug rbcp packet enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug rfid

    To configure radio-frequency identification (RFID) debug options, use the debug rfid command.

    debug rfid {all | detail | errors | nmsp | receive} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all RFID.

    detail

    Configures debugging of RFID detail.

    errors

    Configures debugging of RFID error messages.

    nmsp

    Configures debugging of RFID Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) messages.

    receive

    Configures debugging of incoming RFID tag messages.

    enable

    Enables RFID debugging.

    disable

    Disables RFID debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of RFID error messages:

    > debug rfid errors enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug service ap-monitor

    To debug the access point monitor service, use the debug service ap-monitor command.

    debug service ap-monitor { all | error | event | nmsp | packet } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all access point status messages.

    error

    Configures debugging of access point monitor error events.

    event

    Configures debugging of access point monitor events.

    nmsp

    Configures debugging of access point monitor Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) events.

    packet

    Configures debugging of access point monitor packets.

    enable

    Enables debugging for access point monitor service.

    disable

    Disables debugging for access point monitor service.

     
    Command Default

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to debug access point monitor NMSP events:

    > debug service ap-monitor events

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    show nmsp status

    debug snmp

    To configure SNMP debug options, use the debug snmp command.

    debug snmp {agent | all | mib | trap} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    agent

    Configures debugging of the SNMP agent.

    all

    Configures debugging of all SNMP messages.

    mib

    Configures debugging of the SNMP MIB.

    trap

    Configures debugging of SNMP traps.

    enable

    Enables SNMP debugging.

    disable

    Disables SNMP debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable SNMP debug settings:

    > debug snmp trap enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug transfer

    To configure transfer debug options, use the debug transfer command.

    debug transfer {all | tftp | trace} { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    all

    Configures debugging of all transfer messages.

    tftp

    Configures debugging of TFTP transfers.

    trace

    Configures debugging of transfer/upgrade.

    enable

    Enables transfer debugging.

    disable

    Disables transfer debugging.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable transfer/upgrade settings:

    > debug transfer trace enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug wcp

    To configure WLAN Control Protocol (WCP) debug options, use the debug wcp command.

    debug wcp { events | packet } { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    events

    Configures debugging of WCP events.

    packet

    Configures debugging of WCP packets.

    enable

    Enables WCP debugging settings.

    disable

    Disables WCP debugging settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable WCP debug settings:

    > debug wcp packet enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all

    debug wps sig

    To troubleshoot Wireless Provisioning Service (WPS) signature settings, use the debug wps sig command.

    debug wps sig { enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    enable

    Enables debugging for WPS settings.

    disable

    Disables debugging for WPS settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable WPS signature settings:

    > debug wps sig enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug wps mfp

    debug wps mfp

    To debug WPS Management Frame Protection (MFP) settings, use the debug wps mfp command.

    debug wps mfp { client | capwap | detail | report | mm }{ enable | disable }

     
    Syntax Description

    client

    Configures debugging for client MFP messages.

    capwap

    Configures debugging for MFP messages between the controller and access points.

    detail

    Configures detailed debugging for MFP messages.

    report

    Configures debugging for MFP reporting.

    mm

    Configures debugging for MFP mobility (inter-controller) messages.

    enable

    Enables debugging for WPS MFP settings.

    disable

    Disables debugging for WPS MFP settings.

     
    Defaults

    None.

    Examples

    This example shows how to enable debugging of WPS MFP settings:

    > debug wps mfp detail enable

     
    Related Commands

    debug disable-all
    debug wps sig

    eping

    To test the mobility Ethernet over IP (EoIP) data packet communication between two controllers, use the eping command.

    eping mobility_peer_IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    mobility_peer_IP_address

    IP address of a controller that belongs to a mobility group.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This command tests the mobility data traffic over the management interface.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif This ping test is not Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) based. The term “ping” is used to indicate an echo request and an echo reply message.


    Examples

    This example shows how to test EoIP data packets and to set the IP address of a controller that belongs to a mobility group to 172.12.35.31:

    > eping 172.12.35.31

     
    Related Commands

    mping

    config logging buffered debugging

    show logging

    debug mobility handoff enable

    mping

    To test mobility UDP control packet communication between two controllers, use the mping command.

    mping mobility_peer_IP_address

     
    Syntax Description

    mobility_peer_IP_address

    IP address of a controller that belongs to a mobility group.

     
    Defaults

    None.

     
    Usage Guidelines

    This test runs over mobility UDP port 16666. It tests whether the mobility control packet can be reached over the management interface.

    note.gif

    Noteblank.gif This ping test is not Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) based. The term “ping” is used to indicate an echo request and an echo reply message.


    Examples

    This example shows how to test mobility UDP control packet communications and to set the IP address of a controller that belongs to a mobility group to 172.12.35.31:

    > mping 172.12.35.31

     
    Related Commands

    eping
    config logging buffered debugging
    show logging
    debug mobility handoff enable